SYNTAX OF 
“CLASSICAL GREEK 





BASIL LANNEAU GILDERSLEEVE 











Southern Branch ; 











of the 
University of California’ 
Los Angeles U 
PA 
SGN 
G48 
\.) a 
[ 
( 
a : ; }7 
~ 2 bw | 
od | , 


_ SOUTHFr 
3INIVERS! 7 
LIBF 


LOS ANGEL Es CALIF 





Digitized by‘ the Internet Archive 
in 2007 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


https://archive.org/details/syntaxofclassica01 gildiala 


Sateen ene 


OF 


Oe Ts as es ton les Ol Kd oa 


FROM JHOMER- (FO. DEMOSTHENES 


First PART 


THE SYNTAX (OF (LHE. SIMPLE SENTENCE 
EMBRACING, THE DOCTRINE OF 
THE MOODS AND TENSES 


RY 


BASLL. LANNEAU GILDERSLELVE 


WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF 


CHARLES WILLIAM EMIL. MILLER 
OF THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY 





ro 2 6 1904 


NEW YORK -:- CINCINNATI -:- CHICAGO 
Pa ERA GEA IN BOOK (GO MEP Ao NY, 


SI ie ew ago 


Copyright, 1900, by 
B. L. GIL_pERSLEEvVE, 
Entered at Stationers’ Hall, London. 





Greek Syntax. 


Wen Ped: 


ie PIS hee! 


bei AC: 


IN compliance with the wishes of many of my former pupils, 
I have determined to publish my Greek Syntax in parts. The 
framework was planned many years ago, and corresponds in its 
structure to the scheme of my Latin Grammar, the first edition 
of which was published in 1867. In fact, the Latin Syntax was 
based on the MS of the Greck. Doubtless the syntactician of 
to-day will find ample opportunity to criticise the arrangement, 
but to refashion the book would require more time than the 
speeding years will allow me to presume on. Nor will I under- 
take in this place a vindication of the principles that have 
guided me in my syntactical studies. A word, however,as to the 
order of the examples may be deemed appropriate. A catcna 
of syntactical usage would be a memorable achievement, and 
I do not deny that at one time I thought it possible to organize 
such a work, for which a large staff of helpers would have been 
needed; but I have learned to renounce this ambitious scheme. 
and even the present far more modest undertaking would have 
been impossible unless I had associated with myself a scholar who 
is acquainted with every detail of my syntactical work, publish- 
ed and unpublished, and who has brought to the task not only 
a hearty sympathy with my views and methods, but a clearness 
of judgement and an accuracy in details that have been of great 
service to me in my own researches. In completing the list of 
examples, and in filling up the gaps in the presentation, I have 
availed myself freely of his help, and we have worked side by 
side in the collection and the scrutiny of the passages cited; and 
to this pupil, colleague, friend, Professor C. W. EE. MILLER, the 


lv PRIEACE 


completion of the work has been committed, in case the privilege 
should be denied me of putting the last hand to the labor of 
many years. 

Like myself, Professor MILLER is thoroughly imbued with the 
conviction that the study of syntax is of the utmost importance 
for the appreciation of literary form,and we both believe that 
the presentation of the phenomena under the rubrics of the 
different departments of literature will be found useful for in- 
struction and even more so for suggestion. Taking the Attic 
Orators as the standard of conventional Greek, we have worked 
backward through philosophy and history to tragic, lyric, and 
epic poetry, comedy being the bridge which spans the syntax of 
the agora and the syntax of Parnassus. Individual syntax we 
have not been able to set forth with any fulness, but the differ- 
ent departments have been represented to the best of our ability 
and judgment. The plan has saved us from giving the usual 
medley of examples, it has forced us to rely largely on our own 
collections and to examine the texts for ourselves, and it will 
enable those who come after us to fill up these outlines with 
greater ease. 


BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE. 


THE JonNs Hopkins UNIVERSITY, BALTIMORE. 


CONTENTS. cOFr “PART 21 


Simple Sentence, 1-467. 

Nominative Case, 3-13. As Subject, 3-4. In Titles, Inscrip- 
tions, etc., 5. In Citations, Enumerations, and Indefinite 
Predications, 6-9. In Suspense, 10. In Exclamations, It. 
For the Vocative, 12. In Apposition with Vocative, 13. 

Vocative Case, 14-25. ® with Vocative, 15. Position of 6, 
16-18. Repetition of &, 19. Omission of &, 20. Position of 
Vocative, 21-23. Vocative in Exclamations, 24. Predicate 
Vocative, 25. 

Forms of the Subject, 26-59. Adjectives used Substantively, 28-39. 
Masculine and Feminine Adjectives used Substantively, 28-30. 
avip, yuvy, avOpwros, expressed, 31. Ellipsis of Masculine Substan- 
tives, 32. Ellipsis of Feminine Substantives, 33-35. Neuter Ad- 
jectives used Substantively, 36. Neuter Plural of Adjectives and 
Verbals, 37. Ellipsis of Neuter Substantives, 38. Possessive Pro- 
noun or Genitive with Substantivized Adjectives and Participles, 39. 
xpqpa and mwpaypea [:xpressed, 40. Abstract Noun used as a Concrete, 
41. Plural of Abstracts used Distributively, 42. The Distributive 
Singular, 43. Plural of Abstract Nouns used Concretely. Plural 
of Proper Nouns, 44-46. Divergent Plural Expressions, 47. Plural 
of Feminine Names of Towns and of Parts of the Human Body, 
48-50 Name of Inhabitants as Name of City, 51. Pluralis Maie- 
Statis, 52. Plural of Courtliness and Reserve, 53. First Person 
Plural for First Person Singular, 54. \Gender of the same, 55. 
Singular in Collective Sense, 56-58. elaé, dépe, aye, etc., of more than 
one, 59. 

Copula, 60-67. Periphrases with ylyvouat, 61. Copula as the Predi- 
cate, 62. Forms of elvat at head of Senterce, 63. Copulative Verbs, 
64 Passive Verbs as Copulative Verbs, 65. efvat combined with 
Copulative Verb, 66. Previous Condition, 67. 

Omission of the Subject, 68-82, Personal Pronoun Expressed, 68. 
Unemphatic éyé and ov, 69. Omission of Subject of Third 
Person, 70. Even when there is a Sudden Change of Subject, 


CONTENTS 


71. Subject contained in Verb, 72. Octa pyyara, 73. Divine 
Agent Expressed, 74-75. Impersonal Verbs, 76. Subject an 
Infinitive or Sentence, 77. Indefinite Subject to be Supplied 
from Context, 78 Ellipses of Time, Circumstances, and the like, 
79. “One,” how expressed, 80-81. Indefinite Subject of the 
Third Person Plural Omitted, 82. 

Omission of the Copula, 83-86. éori and eo, 84. Other Forms, 
85. In Dependent Clauses, 86. 

Omission of the Verbal Predicate, 87. 

Concord of Predicate, 88-136. Verbal Predicate, 88. Adjective Predi- 
cate, 89. Concord when Subject is an Infinitive, or a Sentence, or 
when the Verb is Impersonal, 90. Agreement of Predicate with 
Subject of Leading Verb, 91. Predicate Vocative for Nominative, 
92. Substantive Predicate, 93. Substantiva Mobilia, 96. 

General Exceptions, 97-118. Neuter Plural with Singular Verb, 
97-98. Adjective Predicate of Neuter Plural Subject, 99. Neuter 
Dual Subject, 100. Plural Accusative Absolute with Singular 
Participial Predicate, 101. Neuter Plural with Plural Verb, 102. 
Neuter Plural Subject Comprising Duality with Dual Verb, 103. 
With Singular, 104. Dual Subject with Plural Predicate, 105- 
109. Of First Person, 105. Of Second or Third Person, 106, With 
Plural Participial Attribute, 107. Dual Genitive Absolute with 
Plural Participle, 108. Dual Subject and Plural Predicate Ad- 
jective, 109. Plural Subject and Dual Predicate, 110-114. Plural 
the Rule, 111. Plural Verb with Dual Participle, 112. Dual 
Verb with Complementary Plural Predicate Participle, 113. 
Dual Adjective Predicate with Verb of First Person Plural, 114. 
Transition from Dual Verb to Plural Verb, or vice versa, in 
Same Sentence, 115. Dual Number, 116. Plural Subject and 
Singular Verb, 117-118. ZyAyua TIwSapudv, 118. 

Special Exceptions, 119-136. Nouns of Multitude, 120. Organ- 
ized Number, 121. Agreement in Sense, 122. Periphrastic Sub- 
ject, 123. Agreement of Copula with Predicate, 124. Agree- 
ment of Verb with Appositive, 125. Neuter Adjective as Sub- 
stantive Predicate, 126. Demonstrative Attracted to Gender of 
Predicate, 127-128. Demonstrative not Attracted, 129. Differ- 
ence between ti and tis in Predicate, 130-131. tt instead of tiva, 
132. tha, 133. Attraction of Superlative Predicate, 134. Super- 
lative Predicate Agreeing with Genitive, 135. Masculine Re- 
ferring to Indefinite Subject known to be a Woman, 136, 

Forms of the Verbal Predicate, 137-467. 

Voices of the Verb, 137-182. 

Active Voice, 138-144. Transitive and Intransitive Verbs, 139. 


CONTENTS vii 


Transitive Verbs without Outer Object, 140. Periphrases 
with yiyvopat, 141. Transitive Verbs used Intransitively, 142. 
Infinitive Active apparently as Passive, 143. Causative 
Active, 144. 

Middle Voice, 145-156. Direct Reflexive Middle, 146. In- 
direct Middle, 147. Active for the Indirect Middle, 148. 
Reciprocal Middle, 149. Causative Middle, 150. Active 
and Reflexive, 151. avrtds éautdv, 152. Middle with Reflex- 
ive Forms, 153-154. Middle and Accusative of the Part 
Affected, 155. Details of Difference between the Active 
and the Middle, 156. 

Passive Voice, 157-178. Instrument, Means, or Cause, 158. 
Agent, 159-165. Interchange of Instrument and Agent, 
166. Permissive Passive, 167. Future Middle in Passive 
Sense, 168. Aorist Passive for Aorist Middle, 169. Passive 
of Middle Verbs, 170. Active Serving as Passive, 171-172. 
Passives of Intransitive Verbs, 173. Passive of Verbs that 
take Genitive or Dative, 174-175. Impersonal Passive of 
Verbs Governing an Oblique Case, 176. Deponent Verbs, 
177. Passive of Deponents expressed by Periphrasis, 178. 

Reciprocal Expressions, 179-182. éAAjAwy, 179. Reciprocal 
Reflexives, 180. Reciprocal and Reflexive in Contrast, 181. 
Repetition of Cognates, 182. 

Mood Defined, 183. 
Tenses of the Verb, 184-360. 

Present Tense, 189-204. Specific Present. Universal Present, 
189-190. Present Participle combined with Copula, 191. 
Conative Present. Present of Endeavor, 192-193. Present 
Anticipating Future. Praesens Propheticum, 194.  etp, 
195-197. Present in Passionate Questions, 198. Historical 
Present, 199-200. Annalistic or Note-Book Present, 201. 
Present of Unity of Time, 202. Perfect of Unity of Time, 
203. Present for Perfect, 204. 

Imperfect Tense, 205-225. With Adverb of Rapidity, 206. 
Descriptive Imperfect, 207.. Imperfect with Detinite Num- 
bers, 208-210. Imperfect and Aorist Interwoven, 211. Inter- 
change of Imperfect and Aorist, 212. Imperfect of Endeavor, 
213. The Same combined with Aorist of Attainment, 214. 
fuedXov with Infinitive, 215. Negative Imperfect, 216. Imper- 
fect of Past Impressions, 217-220. In Description of Sce- 
nery, 217. Of Points Assumed, 218. Of Former Views, 219. 
Of Sudden Appreciation of Real State of Affairs. Imperfect 
for Present, 220. Origin of Modal &et, éxpv, ctc., 221. Imper- 


wit: CONTENTS 


fect of Unity of Time, 222-223. Imperfect apparently used 
as a Pluperfect, 224. Of few and otyeo@ar used Aoristi- 
cally, 225. 

Perfect Tense, 226-234. Perfect of Maintenance of Result, 
228. Intensive Perfect, 229-232. Perfect of an Action that 
is Dated,;233. ‘Por Future? Perfect; 234. “Gaomic-Periect: 
257. Periphrastic Perfect, 286-288. | 

Pluperfect Tense, 235-237. Of Rapid Relative Completion, 
236, As Impeértect,.237, 

Aorist Tense, 238-264. Ingressive, 239-242. Of Actions of 
Long Duration, Complexive Aorist, 243-244. Of Total 
Negation, 245-246. Present used in Negation, 247. Aorist 
for Perfect, 248-252. Translated by Pluperfect, 253-254. 
Gnomic Aorist, 255. Aorist of Comparison, 256. Gnomic 
Perfect and Future, 257-258. Empirical Aorist, 259. Aorist 
in General Descriptions, 260. In Passionate Questions, 261. 
Where English uses Present, 262. Of the Future, 263. 
Imperfect, Aorist, and Pluperfect Side by Side, 264. 

Future Tense, 265-278. Modal Nature of, 267. In Delibera- 
tive Questions, 268. Imperative Use of, 269. py and the 
Future Indicative in Prohibitions, 270. ot with Future In- 
dicative in Questions as Imperative, 271. Periphrastic 
Future with péAdo, 272-276. péAdXw with Future Infinitive, 
273. ‘With Present Infinitive, 274. With  Present-sand 
Future, 275. With Aorist, 276. péddgo, 7 postpone, 277-278. 
With Present, 277. With Aorist, 278; Gnomic ruture, 
257-258. 

Future Perfect Tense, 279-284. Future Perfect Active, 280. 
Future Perfect Middle used Passively, 281. Future Perfect 
in Imperative Sense, 282. As a Future, 283. Periphrastic 
Future Perfect Middle, 284. 

Periphrastic Tenses, 285-296. Periphrases with Perfect Parti- 
ciple, 286-290. Perfect Participle with etm av, 288. Perfect 
Participle Parallel with an Adjective, 289. As Predicate of 
Participle of etpt, 290. Periphrases with Present Participle, 
291-292. Present Participle Parallel with an Adjective, 292. 
Periphrases with Aorist Participle, 293-295. Aorist Parti- 
ciple with forms of datvoyat, 294. With éw, 295. Peri- 
phrastic Perfect Participle with éxw, 296. 

Epistolary Tenses, 297-298. 

Tenses of the Moods, 299-360. Of Imperative, 303. Of Sub- 
junctive, 304. Of Pure Optative, 305. Of Optative with av, 306, 
Tenses of Optative as Representative of Indicative, 307-312. 


CONTENTS ; ix 


Present, 307. Aorist, 308. Perfect, 309. Future, 310. Re- 
tention of Imperfect and Pluperfect Indicative in Oratio 
Obliqua, 311. Present Optative representing Imperfect 
Indicative, 312. 

Tenses of the Infinitive, 313-328. Infinitive as a Verbal Noun, 
313-326. As Subject, 314-319. As Object, 320-326. Future 
Infinitive as Object of Verbs of Creation, 326. Infinitive as 
Representative of Indicative, 327-328. Anarthrous, 327. 
Articular, 328. 

Tenses of the Participle, 329-360. Of Participle as Verbal 
Adjective, 329-353. Present, 330-338. Of Contemporane- 
ous Action, 330-336. Prior Action, 337. Subsequent Action, 
338. Aorist, 339-347- Perfect, 348-353. Of Participle as 
Representative of the Indicative, 354-360. Present, 355-357. 
Aorist: 355, ~Perlect, 359. uture, 360: 

Moods, 361-467. 

Indicative Mood, 361-368. Expression of Possibility, Power, 
Obligation, and Necessity, 363-364. et, éxpyv, etc., of 
Present, 364. In Generic Sentences, 365. Non-use of 
Certain Tenses of Indicative with Temporal Particles, 366. 
Indicative in Wishes, 367. In other than Simple Sen- 
tences, 368. 

Subjunctive Mood, 369-387. Name, 370. Theory, 371. Im- 
perative Subjunctive, 372-375. Imperative of First Person, 
373-374. Imperative Subjunctive of Second Person, 375. 
Aorist Subjunctive in Prohibitions, 376-377... Present Sub- 
junctive Third Person as Negative Imperative, 378. | Sub- 
junctive Questions, Deliberative Subjunctive, 379-384. First 
Person, 380. Second Person, 381. Third Person, 382. Sub- 
stitutes for the Deliberative Subjunctive, 383. ti ma@w; 384. 
Subjunctive in tlalf-Questions, 385. Homeric Subjunctive, 
386. Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses, 387. 

Optative Mood, 388-400. In Wishes, 388. Potential Optative, 
389. Optative in Questions, 390. Tenses of Pure Optative. 
391-393. Imperative Optative, 394. Optative with fe, e 
yap, 395. With e and os, 396. Pure Optative in Relative 
Sentences, 397. Bovdoipny av, 398. Optative in Semi- 
dependent and in Dependent Clauses, 399. Parallelism ot 
Optative and Infinitive, 400. 

Imperative Mood, 401-422. Tenses of Imperative, 402-409. 
Present, 403. Aorist, og. Additional Remarks, 405. Per- 
fect Active, 406. Perfect Middle, 407. Perfect Passive, 
408-409. Third Person, 408. Second Person, 409. dye, th, 


CONTENTS 


dépe, with Imperative, 410-413. Negative Imperative, 414- 
419. Difference between Present and Aorist in Prohibitions, 
415. Examples of Present, 416. Aorist, 417-418. Third 
Person, 417. Second Person, 418. Perfect, 419. Equiva- 
lents of Imperative, 420. Representatives of Imperative in 
Oratio Obliqua, 421. Imperative in Dependent and in In- 
terrogative Sentences, 422. 

Particle av, 423-467. Distinctions in Use of &v, 424. Shifting 
from Definite to Indefinite, 425. Kkev(ke), ka, 426. Etymology 
of av. 

Indicative with av, 428-433. Unreal Indicative with av, 429. 
As Potential of Past, 430. Of Intermittent Action, 431. 
év with Future Indicative and its Representatives, 432. Non- 
use of ay with Present and Perfect Indicative, 433. 

Optative with av, 434-450. Potential Optative, 434. Time and 
Tenses of Potential Optative, 435-440. Present, 436-437. 
Aorist, 438-439. Perfect,440. av with Future Optative, 441. 
Translation of Optative with @, 442. Imperative Use of av 
with Optative, 443. Combined with Indicative, 444. In 
Questions, 445. was av with Optative to Express Wish, 446. 
Optative with év in Dependent Discourse, 447. Adherescent 
av, 448. éav, Stay, etc., with Optative, 449. Omission of av 
with Optative. Pure Optative as a Potential, 450. 

Subjunctive with @v, 451-456. As a Form of Independent 
Statement, 452-455. Omission of av in Subjunctive De- 
pendent Clauses, 456. 

Other Uses of &, 457-458. av with other Moods, 457. &v 
without a Verb, 458. 

Position of av and xe(v), 459-467. After Verb, 460. With 
Negatives, 461. With Interrogatives, 462. After Participle, 
463. With any Leading Modifier, 464. With Verbs of Say- 
ing or Thinking, 465. Rare Position in Relative Subjunctive 
Sentences, 466, Repetition of av and ke(v), 467. 


GREEK SY NEA X 
ys you | 





1. SYNTAX treats of the formation and combination of sen- 
tences. 

A sentence is the expression of thought in words. It is a 
Aédyos. 

The necessary parts of the sentence are the swéject and the 
predicate. 

The predicate is that which is said of the subject. 

The subject is that of which the predicate is said. 

GvOpwmros pavOdve, PLATO, Soph. 262 C; Jan learns. GvOpwmos is the 
subject; pavOaver is the predicate. See also 2, 27, and 68-82. 

Sentences are divided into sewple and compound. 

A simple sentence is one in which the necessary parts of the 
sentence occur but once, as above, avOpwros pavOaver. 


For the compound sentence, see Index. 


SYNTAX OF THE SIMPLE SENTENCE 


2. The most simple form of the sentence is the finite verb: 
ei-pi, J am; 8i8w-s, thou givest; dy-ot, he says. 


Here the form contains in itself all the necessary elements, the subject 
being indicated by the ending. 


Nominative Case 


3. SUBJECT.—The subject of the finite verb is always in the 
nominative case, or so considered. 


Kdévav... évicnoe, DIN. 1,75; Avnon gained the victory. 


4. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative case, or so con- 
sidered. See /ufinetive. 


GREETS “SY NLAX 


Ny 


aSvvatov ... avOpwmov wavta Kalas woeiv, XEN. Cyr. 8, 2,5; Fora man 
to do all things well rs tinposstble. 

For the nominative with the infinitive, see Index. 

5: NOMINATIVE’ IN TITLES, INSCRIPTIONS, (ETc. The 
nominative is used as in English, not only as the subject of the 
verb, but in titles, inscriptions, and the like, which imply action 


or character. 


Nedédar, Clouds; dines, Wasps; Hipyvn, Peace; Barpayo, Frogs ; 
TlAotros, P/i/is, etc. 

KadAtot® Nikoditov “AyyeAnbev, CIA. 11, 1682. ILpondei8ys Pido- 
kdéous “AyyeAnOev, CIA. 11, 1686. CIA. 11, 1689. 1690. 1691. 1692. etc. 


6. NOMINATIVE IN CITATIONS, ENUMERATIONS, AND IN- 
DEFINITE PREDICATIONS.—Under the former head more prop- 
erly belongs also the use of the so-called nominative absolute 
in the citation of names, in. enumerations, and in indefinite 


predications. 

avnp dé yevdpevos mpoceiAnde THY TeV TOVNPOV KOLVIV eTrwvUpiav CVKOdaVTHS, 
AESCHIN,. 2, 993 lVhen he became a man, he received the common surname 
of scoundrels, 1. e. sycophant (informer). 


7. Nom. in Citations of Names: 


AESCHIN. 2, 99 (see above). 

PLATO, Legg. 956 C: dcacrnrat dicaoréy rovvoua waddov mpérov exovres. 
Soph. 218 E: otov domadteutns. Theag.124 D: riva yap adXnpv (sc. ér@r- 
puav),..., wAny ye xpnopodot; Shed. 124 E. 

XEN. Cyr. 3, 3,58: mapnyyta 6 Kipos ovvOnua Zevs ctippayxos Kal jye- 
poy. Occ. 6, 14: rods €yovtas TO Gepvoy Gvoua TodTO TO KaNOS TE KAaYAOOS. 

Ar. Vesp. 1185: pis Kat yada péddets Néyeww (SO R). 

Eur. Tr. 1233 (but Kirchhoff puts a comma after éarpos). 

SOPH. Ant. 567: aad’ 7O€ pevtot pn A€y(€). 


8. Nom. in Enumerations : 


DEM. 23, 207: ra de THs TOAEwS OlKOSOMNMATA ... TOLAdTA (SC. Opa), . + +. ™po- 
mUAALA TAVTA, VEWTOLKOL, TTOAL, Ilecpacevs. 

PLATO, Soph: 266 D' TtOnpe dvo Sey mrountexns €tdn+ Oela pev Kai dv é po- 
Wiyn KTE. 

AESCHYL., Pers. 33 sqq.: dAdous 8 6... NetAos emepWev* TovTtaKavns, 
IInyagtayov Atiyurroyerns, 6 Te THS iepas Méudidos apxwv xkré., And 
others Nile sent, Sustskanes, etc. 


NOMINATIVE CASE 3 


This use of the nominative abounds in inscriptions: 

CIA. 1, 37 (= Hicks, No. 47). /6¢d. 170-3 (= Hicks, No. 50): rade mapé- 
QOTAV 2 5 CHEPAV OF chy PUEAML a. 7, KOPN: an ROUT Md le RTE KTES SOLE: 
259 (= Hicks, No. 48), etc., etc. See Msth., Gr. d. Att. Inschr.? § 82, 3 d). 


g. Nom. in Indcfinite Predications : 

Hom. Od. 1, 51: viycos Sevdpnecaa, bea 8 ev Samara vaiet, A wooded rsl- 
and, and tn tt a goddess hath her abode. 11. 6, 395-6: peyadnropos ‘Hetiwvos, 
"Hetiwy ds €vacev. dtd. 10, 437. 547. 

For the free and frequent use of this nom. in inscriptions, see Msth.? 
§ 82, 3 a-c. 

CIA. 11, 809 c, 154-55 (325/324 B.C.)! amo THs Tetpnpous ’Avicews, AvTido- 
pou €pyov, from the guadrtreme Anysts, the work of Antidorus. So often 
in the same inscription. /dzd. 1, 179, 7 $qq. (433 B.C.) : mapédocar .. . Tpeis Kat 
Séxa nuépat evednrvdvias. 


10. NOMINATIVE IN SUSPENSE.—The nominative is some- 
times left in suspense (wominativus pendens, anacoluthon, want 
of sequence), an equivalent construction being substituted. 


Siareydpevos aito eok€ por, PLATO, Apol. 21 C; Zulking with him 
zt seemed to me. 


Isoc. 4, 107-8: €xovres ... kextTypévot...Kkpatrovvtes...etddores 
. .. Opws ovdey TovTwy nuas emnpe. 12, 118. 

Anboc. 1, 16. /dzd. 29-30: Kali yap of NOyot TOY KaTNYyOpwr .. . TOUTwY Oty 
€poi Tav Adywv... ti mpoonker; Lbid. 95. 

PLato, Apol. 21 C (see above). Crat. 403 A (dz5). /bzd. 404 C: Deppe- 
dartra dé, modo pey Kai TovTo PoBovvra 7) Gvopa. Lb¢d. 412 B-C. 419 B. 

XEN. An. 2,5, 41: Ipokevos d€ nat Mévwv... méupate adtous devpo. 
Chia oi» 776-37.. Migro..4;6, 2 G..hs, 

ADT? 1134: 

EUR. /H. £085: Phoen.283=5. 

AESCHYL. Cho, 520-1. 

Hom. II. 2, 350-3. 


11. NOMINATIVE IN EXCLAMATIONS.—In exclamations, the 
nominative charactcrizes, the vocative addresses, the accusative 
implies an object of emotion, and the genitive the source or sphere 
of emotion. 

PLATO, Phaedr. 227 C: & yevvatos, ele ypawerev ws xré. 


Ark. Ran. 652 i avOpwros iepos. Pit 23/5 Anpos, Stuff and nonsense! 
Eur. Med. 61: & pe@pos, O foolish woman that she ts! 


4 GREEK SYNTAX 


SOPH. El. 1354. Ph. 254: & wéAd’ eyo pox Onpos, & mixpos Oeois. Tr. 
1046 sq. 

Hom. Od. 20, 194: dvepopos. 

Il. 1, 231: SnpoBdpos Baacrevs, eret otridavoiow avacoes, Folk-devour- 

ing king that thou art, etc. 2, 38: vymos. 5, 403: axérdos. /bzd. 406: 
yymos. Lb%d.787: aidws. 9,630: oxérrduos. Lb2d. 632: vnANs. 13,95: aidas. 
16, 422: zd. 17,236: vnmio. 22, 86: oxérAcos. 

For the Vocative, see 24. 

For the Accusative in Exclamations, see Index. 

For the Genitive in Exclamations, see Index. 


12, NOMINATIVE FOR THE VOCATIVE.—lIn the absence of a 
vocative form, the nominative is used as a vocative. When the 
vocative exists, the use of the nominative as a vocative has 
often a perceptible difference of tone. It is graver and more 
respectful, because it appeals to character, though sometimes 
metrical considerations come into play. In Homer, the nom- 
inative of proper nouns is frequently substituted for the voca- 
tive because of certain irregularities of metre. 

éyo ..., 0 yq kal Ate Kat... cUVETLS... BeBonOnxa, AESCHIN. 3, 260. 

AESCHIN, 3, 260 (see above). 

PLato, Hipp. Mal. 281 A: ‘Immas 6 Kadds te kai codds, os bua ypdvov nuiv 
Kathpas eis Tas "AOnvas. 

Ar. Nub. 264-5: & dS€éomor’ tvaé...|Aapmpos 7 aiOnp.' 1168. 

Eur. Hel. 1399: @ KAewos Hiv wooes. Suppl. 277: & Pidos, & Soxtpo- 
tatos EAXabe. 

SopH. Ai. 525: Alas, and so regularly in Sophocles. (See Ellendt, Lex. 
Soph.). 

AFSCHYL. P. V. 88-90: © Stos alOnp kai taxyvmtepoe tvoai, | rotapev Te 
mnyat Tovtioy Te Kupatwy | dvypiOpov yéacpa, Tappnrop te yn. Lbéd. 545: @ 
piros, eine. Fr. 207 N?: rpayos, yévetov dpa revOnoes ov ye. 

Hom. Od. 1, 301: kat ov, Piros, para yap o(e) kre. 17,415: Sos, Pidos. 
19, 406: yapBpos euos Ovyatép Te, TiOecO dvow Orre Kev €tTrH. 

Il. 3, 276 sq.: Zed marep "Idnbev pedéwv kidurte peyote | HédAtds' O bs 
mavt’ edopas. 

For the occasional use of the Nom. Adj. with a Voc. Subst. or of a 
Voc. Adj. with a Nom. Subst., see Index. 


1 This is a curious coincidence with the Vedic rule (Delbriick, Synt. Forsch. V. 
€§ 66) which prohibits copulation of two vocatives by ca (re), but requires the word 
connected by ca to be put in the nominative instead of in the vocative, 


VOCATIVE CASE 5 


13. NOMINATIVE IN APPOSITION WITH THE VOCATIVE.— 
The nominative with the article is sometimes in apposition 
with an expressed or unexpressed vocative which is identical 
with the subject of the verb. Similarly the pronoun otros is 
often used in calling to a person. 


5 wats, dxohovOe: Sedpo, AR. Ran. 521; Vou doy, follow this way! odrtos, 
wi woveis 3 (bcd. Nub. 723: You there, what are you doing ? 


PLATO, Conv. 172 A: 7Q badnpedvs, &py, otros ’AmoAAGS wpos, ov TreEpt- 
peveis; Kadyw emoras Teptepeva* Kat ds, ’AmoANOSwpe, Ey Kré. (Note difference 
between nom.and voc.). /é¢d.218 B: of b€ olkérat Kat et Tis Gos eat Bé3n- 
Nos..., wUAas ... Tots Wow eTiOeabe. Protag. 337 C: & davdpes, en, of maporvres. 

XEN. An. 1, 5,16: Hpo€eve kai of GXXNot of TapovTes “EAANveEs, otk lave 
6 rt woeite, Proxenus and the rest of you Greeks that are present, you do not 
know what you are doing, Cyr. 4, 5,17: (0 pev obv ov, &pn, 6 rperpvraros, 
kat iay tavta Néye. Lb/d. 4, 5,22: od 0", Ep, 6 Tov 'Ypxavioy apy wv, bropewov. 
Jbid. 5.3.43: empedcoOe ... of Te GpyovTes Kat mavtes b€ of GCaoppovoitr- 


v '€ 


tes. bid. 6, 3, 33: od b€ 6 dpywv...extarrov. /bid. 8,7,28: Kai wavtes 
d¢ of mapovtes Kat of amdvtes Pidoe xatpete. Mem. 3, 14,4: maparnpeir’, 
én, TovTov, of TANG Lov. 

AR. Ach. 242: mpoi? és 16 mpdadev oXdiyov, » Kavnpopos. Nub.723 (see 
above). Vesp.1: odros, ti macxyes; b2d.1364: & otros, otTos. Av.665- 
6: » Ipoxyn, | exBawe. Lys. 437: &Secoas, odros; Ran. 521 (see above). 

Eur. Alc. 773: obros, ri cepvov...Srémres; Med. 922: airn, ti yAwpois 
Baxpvos téyyers Kopas; Or. 1567: odros ov,... py Watons (ot expressed 
with the otvos). 

SOPH. Ai. 71-2: obros,aé...|...Kadrdd. brd. 89: & otros, Alas, Sevte- 
pov we TpogKare. 

AESCHYL. Pers. 155-6: © Badu(aver tvacoa . . .| pytrep ) ZéepEov ye- 
paid, yaipe. 

Hom. Od. 3, 427: of dAdo. = Cf.9, 172: GAO pev viv pipver’ epot epinpes 
éraipot. 


Il. 3,94: of dAXo. 19,83: za. Cf. zb2d. 190: dAXow. 


Vocative Case 


14. The Vocative (the case of direct address) is not affected 
by the structure of the sentence, and does not enter as an ele- 
ment into syntax, except in the matter of concord. 


15. 6 WITH THE VOCATIVE.—® is commonly prefixed to the 
vocative. 


6 GREEK SY VLIPAX 


& Gvbpes "AOnvaio, DEM. 1,1; Gestlemen of Athens. dei Bporos ei, &Atod- 
Ad8wpe, PLATO, Conv. 173 D; You are always altke, Apollodorus. 

DEM. 1, 1: & dvdpes A@nvaton, and so hundreds of times in the same au- 
thor. 19,4: © dvdpes dukaorai, and the same phrase hundreds of times in 
the same author. | 

AESCHIN. 1, 122. 

PLATO, Conv. 173 D (see above). In the Conv. there are about 70 ex- 
amples of the use of ® with the vocative of proper names, and only 8 in- 
stances of the vocative of proper names without ® (See Hug on Plat. 
Conv. z77.). Protag.: All of about a hundred vocatives of proper names 
seem to have the & (See Hug /.c.). 

XEN. Anab.: ® with the vocative occurs about 4o times;! e.g. 1, 7, 3. 

SHuc-: About 40 times :* 2.27.17.32,% 

Hpt,: 7;160;.16r- 

Ar. Eq. 1194. Nub. 793. 794. Vesp. 136. 

Eur. Hel. 744. 

SopH. Ant. 49. 572. 

AESCHYL. Sept. 203. 255. 

Hom. Od. 1, 45 e¢ saepe. 

Il. 1, 74 e¢ saefe. 


16, POSITION OF 6.—6 regularly precedes the vocative or 


the vocative and its attribute. In poetry it is sometimes in- 
terjected between the vocative and its attribute. 


17. Normal Position: 

DEM. I, 1 (See 15). 19, 4 (see 15)- 

PLATO, Phaedr. 227 A: & ite Paidpe. Lbzd. D: & BédAriote Voxpares. 
Soph. 230 C: & mat pire. 

Ar. Eq. 108. 

Sopu. El. 86. Ph. 1128. 

18. Exceptional Position : 

Eur. Cf. El. 167. Hel. 1451. Or. 1246: Muxnvides & dirrat. 

SOPH. Ai. 395. 

PIND. P. 2, 1: peyadorodues & Supaxocat. 

Hom. Od. 8, 408: xaipe, ratep & Eeive. 

Il. 4, 189: gidos & MevéAae. 17, 716. 

1g. REPETITION OF &.—@ is occasionally used with both sub- 
stantive and attribute. 

SOPH. Ph. 799: @ réxvov ® yevvatov. 

Hom. Il. 6, 55: @ mémov & Mevedae. 


1 Cf. Rockel, De Allocutionis Usu, Nonigsberg, 1884, p. 8. EZeCupLiGaSde 


VOCATIVE CASE 7 


20, OMISSION OF 6.—The omission of & in prose is passion- 
ate or late. 

Anpeir’, "A Onvaior, DEM. 8, 31; Vou are talking nonsense, Athenians. 

Dem. 8, 31 (see above). dydpes ’A@nvaion, as for example in 8, 35, is 
rare by the side of & dvdpes ‘AOnvain. dvdpes Stxacrai, as for example in 
18, 196, is rare by the side of & dvdpes Stxaorai. 18, 243: €uBporrnr’, eira 
vov A€éyets; Lbzd. 290: axovets, Ala x lyn; 

PLATO; Conve 172; A. 173 Es 975) Anes). (Gorg. 518 Carb pure, 
éraiets ovdev Tmept yupvaotexns. Lach. 197 E. Phileb. 11 A. Soph. 220 D. 
Theaet. 143 C. 

XEN. An. 1, 5, 16 (see 13). Cyr. 2. 2, 7: dvOpwme, ri woveis; Mem. 
2 ls 

HUGS 2 ET a Ma 120) oe 6 Ot. 

HDT) 1254075) 2G ile 7h Go. 8 102: 

Ar. Ach. 1097. 1098. 1099. IIOI, etc. 

EuR. Tels 35s. 

SOPH. Ai. -36°e7 saefe. Ant..11. 223. 

AESCHYE> Pri Va 35 144) 635: 

S1IMon. C. 145 Bgk.*‘ 

HOMO) 1751) 560: 02: 647, 158. 3375, 346 ete. 

Vyasa 277 226s £37. 280). FOOs 122) EBT ete: 


21. POSITION OF THE VOCATIVE.—In quiet passages the 
vocative does not begin the sentence. When it heads the sen- 
tence, the omission of # heightens the excitement still further. 


22. Vocative Postpositive - 


DEM. more than a thousand times, as in 18, 5. 21,1. 23, 1. 30,1. 

AESCHIN. I, 122: attn pév €otw, & Tipapye, avdpds dyabov . . . amodoyia, 
and so in the other orators. 

PLATO; Conv.173 D. “262, By eGorg.. 518 “Phiteb,.1i-A0(s"); 

AEN, Afi (0, G(s)iv Jao 285. “0, 

Tuuc. Postposition is the rule for Thuc. as in 1,75, 1. 1, 76,1. 

PLOT sONS).2 arcs). 

AR. Ach. 1099 (s). 1136. Nub. 794. 

Eur. Hel. 744. 

SOPH, -Antsir (s):, 046. 

AESCHYDL. Bo Vlad). 307 G);~ 319K5). 635"(5)- 

Hom Ode): 

TSE, 26AS)s SES). = G8: 


' In this section and the following, & is used in all those passages which are not 
followed by an s = sine. 


8 GREEK SYNTAX 


23. Vocative Prepositive : 

DIN. 1, 72 (once in 67 times). 

DEM: rare, as in’ 8,.35(s): 20;,1 (5). 32,78 (5). 

AESCHIN. I, 121 (s) (only once, and that a quotation). 

ESV oben GLAS 

PLATO Conv’ 173-E;. “Crito, 46.8. Eathypnr 3c. 

REN ADS TS; LO (i). 73,375 23,5, 27; 

THUCS 2 1) FES a OID Ob. 35)'016) 557, OE) 

Hpt: 1, SG; 623) 7, 25S 6): 160 TO, 1627s): 

AR, Ach, 432.. Eq. t194, Vesp: 136: 

EUR. Hel. 858: (5): 

SopH: Ant. 223 (s).. $72. 

AESCHYE.“P.-V.3°(S. Sept. 203... 255: 

Hom. Od.1,45. 64(s). 81. 158 (5). 337(5). 346(5). 384(5). 389(5). 
400 (5). 

1,17. @)259.48).: 7a. 106-45). 1227(5)5, Fads, 


24. VOCATIVE IN. EXCLAMATIONS.—The vocative may be 
used in exclamations. 

“Hpakdets, DEM. 9, 31; FHlerakles / 

DEM. 9, 31 (see above), 19, 308: ‘HpdkAes. 21, 66: zd. 22, 78: & yi 
Kal Ceot: . 24; 1864.22. 30; 21s 2a. AO; $222. 

PLATO, Prot. 310 D: & Zet kai Geoi. 

XEN. Mem. I, 3, 12: & ‘Hpdkdets. 

AR. Nub. 153: ® Zet Baoired. Sbzéd. 184: & “Hpakdrers. Vesp. 143: 
dva& Tooedov Lbzd. 161: "Amoddov amotpémae. Lb2d. 420: ‘Hpakrers. PA. 
374: & ‘HpakXers. 

Eur. Med. 764: @ Zed Aikn re Znvos ‘HXlov te hos. 

SOPHA HH £460 t oven: -O.'Cr221., 632 OL A 3100. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 1257: drorot, AvKet’ "AmoAXoy, ot eyo eye. 

ALCMAN, fr. 29, Bgk.*: Zed marep, ai yap €uds moors ety. 

Hom. Od. 4, 341: Zed re mdrep kat "AOnvain kai “ArrodXoy (not real prayers). 

bY Re Pee we 8 ae 


25. PREDICATE VOCATIVE.—The vocative, not being a case 
proper, cannot take a predicate, but the predicate (nom.) adjec- 
tive is occasionally attracted into the vocative. Clear cases are 
late: 

avti yap ekdnOns "IpBpace UWapbeviov, CALLIM. fr. 213, Zhou wast called 
(Imbrasus), O /ibrasus, instead of Parthentus. 


6AB ce Koipe, yevowo, THEOCR. 17, 66; Happy laddie, mayst thou prove (so). 
1 Rockel, 4 ¢., pp. 49-50. 


VOCATIVE ‘CASE. 9 


In the classical period the examples are only apparent, or, at most, the 
predicate may be picked out from the attribute which precedes the verb. 
AR. Av. 627. & pidrar’ éuoi modd mpeoSurav €& €yPiorov petanintav. 

Eur. Tr. 1221-3 ov 7 & mor odoa kadXivixe pupiov | prep tporaiwr, 
“Exropos didov aakos, | orepavov. 

SopuH. Ai. 695-6° & Hav Mav dXimXayKre, KudAavias ytovoxturoy | me- 
tpaias amd Setpados avn’, & Be@v xoporot dva€. Ph. 759-60° ia ia dvarnve 
av, | Svarnve Syra da rover ravtwv paveis. 

AESCHYL. Pers. 674. & moXtvKAaure Oavav Suvaota. 


26. FORMS OF THE SUBJECT.—The expressed subject of the 
finite verb may be in the form of a substantive, a pronoun, or 
some word or phrase used as a substantive. 


Kovov... évicnoe, DIN. 1,75, Conon gained the victory. woddev xpnpc- 
Tov Td XpnaToy elvat Avoitehéotepdy ott, DEM. 36, 52. otros éynue, DEM. 
[46], 21, Zhzs man got married, 

DIN. 1, 75 (see above). 

DEM. 36, 52 (see above). [46]. 21 (2@.). 

Lys. 1, 11 16 watdiov €30a, The baby was bawling. 13, 85: et pev ro 
én altopape pn Tpoceyéeypanto. 

PLaro, Alc. I, 116 C. ra dyada ouphéper } ot, Rpb. 372 E: oa arep 
Kat of vuy €xovat. 

*XEN. Cf. Hell. 4, 2,21 ov« améOavov aitav mAnv ef tus kré. (Part. gen. 
as subj.) 

THUC. 1, 126,9 of... peta rov KiAwvos 3, 108, 2: of kata To SeErdv 
Képas €vikwy TO Kad’ €avtous 4, 33, 1 ot b€ epi Tov ’Emiraday, 


Hpr. 1,62 of audi Wewiotparov. 3,76 9, 69. 


27. Even prepositional phrases like eis dxrwxaidexa, etc., without the 
article, may be treated as the subject. 
el xatacKadein Tov TeLXav Tov paxpav éwi Séxa atabta éxarépov, LYS. 
13, 8. (Strictly speaking, rév recxov is the partitive genitive dependent on 
carackagein and emt Séxka oradia 1s an adverbial modifier.) 
Lys. 13, 8 (see above). 
XEN. An. 3, 4. 5 (wot eAnpOnocav cis dxrwxaidenca, About 18 were 
taken alive. Tbid. 6, 4,23 eis SurxAiovs avOpwmovs Hell. 6, 5, 10 epuyov 
.. TWept OKTAaKOTLOUVS. 
THUC. 3, 20,2. €s b€ dvdpas Staxogiovs Kat etkooe padiora evé- 
pewav tT €&00@ €OedovTai. 
Hp. 5.64. xai opewy execov tréep reaocepaxorvta dvdpas, nd of 
them there fell above 40 men. 6, 117 améOavov.. Kata €Eaxcayidcious. 


28. ADJECTIVES USED SUBSTANTIVELY. — Masculine and 


tte 


10 GREEK SYNTAX 


feminine adjectives and participles are used as personal substan- 
tives freely with the article in both numbers, less freely without 
the article in standard prose. 


29. a. With the article: 


DEM. I, 1. trav BovAopévov. 3,17: Tovs atriovs. Tb¢d. 21: Tov Ope@vupoy. 
4,44: Tov Aeyovt@y. 20,74: Tovs KwAVGorTas. 29, 44: ot SixaCovTes. 

ISOC. 5, 24: Trois €mirndetors Tots pois. 

ANT. 5, 18: Trois €uots mpoanKovaow 

PiaT. Alc. 1, 113 A: 6 épwra@v... 6 amoxpwopevos. 125 B: robs ayabov's. 
134 B: of caxot. Conv. 178 E: tov épapevov. 181 B: of daiAn. 204 D: 
6 épav. Lach. 180 D; of nrixo eyo. Legg. 868 A: 7@ Kextnuevw. Rpb. 409 
C: 6é¢yov. Theaet. 147 D: to o@ épovipo. 

XEN. Apol. 20: trois yetvapévors. 27: Tots euots evvors. Hell. 5, 2, 33: 
tois tpetepos Svopevéeot. Mem. 1, 1, 1: of ypaydpevor. 

THUC. 3, 4,4: tov... dvaBaddrAdvrov. 5, 32, 1: Tovs nBavtas. 

HDT. 1, 120: rovs yewapeévous. 3,65: tov... olknioratav. 

AR. Eccl. 1126: rhs euns Kextnuévns. Pl. 495: tovs ayadovs. 

Eur. Alc. 167; atr@v 7 rexovo(a). El. 335. 67° exeivou texav. Hipp. 413: 
tas gwdpovas. Or. 510: 6 keivou yevopervos. 

SOPH. Ai. 456: x@ Kakds Tov Kpeiooova. Ant. 520: otx 6 xpnotos Th 
kak@ daxeiv toos. fr. 321 N?: rov Ovnrov. 

AESCHYL. Suppl 951: rots dpoeow. 

THEOGN. 1026: trav ayabov. 

Hom. Od. 15, 324: trois dyaOoiot. 17, 218: Tov dpotov (b75). 20, 133: TO 


. Gpeiov(a). 224: Tov dvatnvov. 


Il. 3,255: 7@...vuxnoavre. 6,435: of dproro. 8, 342 = 11,178: rév omt- 
oratov. 10, 237: Tov apelw. 11, 658: of dpioro. 13, 279; Tov... KaKkod 


Tpémetat xpws. 16,53: Tov dpoiov. 21, 207: Tov dprorov. 23, 663: 6 wxnOeis. 


30. b. Without the article: 


DEM. 18,70: & A€ywr evyepas 6 Tt dv BovdAnO7s. 

ANTIPH. 3 8 12: a@Atwratw dvo (acc.). 

Piar. Alc. I, 119 C: & dpirre. Conv. 194 B. voty €xovre dXdiyo €p- 
ppoves Todov afppivev HoBeporepan. Legg. 795 B: duapepe... padav 
Ti) pabovros. Phaedr. 239 Aj EPOLEVO. Tim. 29 E: ayabo. 

XEN. Hell. 5, 1, 19: emt odds vavs Kextnpévous. 

AR. Nub. 518: & Oeapevor. Pax, 384: & rovnpoi. 

Eur. Hipp. 682: & mayxaxiorn. I. A. 1244: ev vnriots. 

SopH. O. R. 334: & xax@v xaxiote. bed. 1397: Kak Kaxov. O. C. 1384: 
kak@v Kkakiote. Ph. 384: xdk xaxov. bd. 984: ® Kak@v Kakiote Kai ToApN- 
atate. Lb¢d. 1371: Kakous. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 861, 1231: dpaevos. Suppl. 393,644 dpoever. 


VOCATIVE CASE It 


THEOGN. 1025. detdAoi. 
Hom. Od. 3,74: addodamoiot. 4, 822 Suopevées . . . moddoi. 6, 184° 
Svopeveeaow. 17,217 Kakds Kaxov. 
Il. 3,48 addoSamoiot. 3, 51° Svopevéow. 10, 238: yxetpor(a). 


31. Of course avjp, yun, and cvOpwmros are often expressed. dynp is at 
once more poetic and more homely than the article. 


DEM. 15, 23. SapSapov dvOpwror (fem.). 19, 196: "OdXvvPiay yuvaixa. 

ANT. 1, 14. avnp Kados te Kai ayaos. 2, 6, 5: Oeppov Kat avdpetov avOpwror. 
5,72. ov yap €orw 6 te dy dpytCopevos avOpwros eb yvoin. 

PLATO, Alc. I, 125 B: rovs ayabovs dvdpas. Gory. 470 Ci didov avdpa. 
Legg. 846 D. avdpos emywpiov. Menex. 247 D>: 6ynt@ avdpi. 335 E: rov 
dtxaiov avdpés. Prot. 316 C  Eevov dvdpa. 316 D: trav mada avdpav. Rpb. 
331 C. rou avdpos. 

PIND. P. 4,1. map’ avSpt PXo. 

THEOG. 31-2° kaxotoe Se pr mpocopirer | avdpaacy arr ale tov ayabav 
€xeo. 43 ef Sacfe. 

Hom. Il. 3, 108° omAorepwv avdpav. 9, 320: 6 T depyds avyp. 13, 278: 6 
.. . OetAOs avip. 23, 704 avdpt S€ vexnOevte. 


32. ELLIPSIS OF MASCULINE SUBSTANTIVES.—When per- 
sons are not meant a substantive is understood.  Ellipses of 
masculine substantives are rare but clear. 

6 Kufucnvds (sc.otratyp), Zhe Cysicene (a coin). 

Lys. 12, Il retpaxoaious Kuixnvovs (SC. atathpas), but 32, 6. rptaxovra 
oratnpas Ku¢ixnvovs. 

THUC. I, 47, 2, and elsewhere: 6 meus (sc. et paros) (but 6 melds orparos, 
4,8, 2). 3, 107, 1. Tov ’Apmpakexdy (sc. KoATOY). 6, 30, 1: Tov ‘Idvtov (sc. 
KoAmov). 34, 4: (2d.). 

Hp?r. 3, 25. tov meCov. 4, 128: 6 mefos and tov meCov (67s) (but 1, 80. 
Tov meCov oTpator). 

AR. Ach. 1229: dikpatoy (sc. ofvov). Eq. 105: axpatoy .. . modu. Lord. 
1187: €ye Kal mew KEK pupeévor Tpia Kat Ovo. 

Com. Fr. Mein. 3, 462, 13-4. € mornpia yAuKuy (SC. olvoy). 4, 563: 
mpo Tov mew | TOY akpaToy Nue@r. 4,352,420: 6 moALs dxpatos OLY dvay- 
calee ppoverv, Much makes your senses crooked, tf you take tt stray ht. 

Eur. Cycl. 569: Gatis dv min moXdvy (sc. ofvoy). Lord. 573. 

Hom. Il. 9, 203: Cwporepov (sc. olvor?) be Képace, Don't draw tt too 
mild. 


33. Much more common are ellipses of feminine substantives, such as 
dykupa, yn, yuoun, dSpaxpy, Nwepa, AaBal, pepis, popu, dus, olka, TANYN, TEXYN, 
xEtp, xopon, Xopa, Wipos. 


- 


ae C INS 
- Qi pr sric IN, 


: me . y 
Feat aire wl 


> 


LET | 


( 


CNY EORN A 


12 GREEK SYNTAX 


DEM. 18, 281: ovx émi rhs adtns (SC. dyKUpas) Sppet Tots moAdois, He does 
not ride at, depend on, the same anchor as the people. 21, 84: 4 Kupia (sc. 
nuépa)...els thy torepaiay (SC. nuépayv). 24,7: apdre xAlas (sc. Spa- 
xpas). 27,34: tpia radavta kai xiAlas (Sc. dpayx pas) eiAnpora, Three talents 
and a thousand drachmae. 

Isoc. [1], 43: 7 mempapévy (SC. potpa). 

PLATO, Apol. 18 C: épnyny (sc. Six nv) xatnyopovyvtes. Gorg. 465 B: rH 
iatpikyn (SC. TEXYN), 7) Oorrouky, TH yupvagTiKy, 7 Koppotikyn. Lbzd. 465 C: ao- 
guorikn, vopoberiKy, pntopixyn. 62d. 512 E: ryv eipappévny (sc. poipay). Lach. 
184 D: rh evartiay (sc. pndov)... ero. Legg. 862 A: éeav 7 y eur (sc. 
yvapn) vxa. Phileb. 13 D: avovtes eis tas dpoias (SC. AaBas). bed. 41 B: 
kata ye Thy euny (SC. yv@pnyv). Soph. 231 C: 6p0n yap 7 wapoiia, ro Tas 
dmagas (SC. NaBads) py padsoy etvar Suaevyecy. 

XEN. An. 3, 4, 37: TH votepaia (SC. Huépa)...77 Tpitn...TH TeTapTy. 
Lbid. 3, 4.46: rhv Nour (sc. ropetiay ?) ropevodpeba. Lb7a.4,6,12: 4 Tpaxeia 
(sc. yj OF x@pa) Tois ToTwW apayet lovow evpevertépa 7) 7 Spar (SC. yn OF 
x pa) tas Kehadras BadAopévors. /b2a. 5, 8,12: TovTov . . . avéxpayov ws dXiyas 
(sc. tAnyads) maioeev. b2d.7,8,20: tH voTepaia. Hell. 4, 4,13: hye tiv emt 
Méyapa (sc. 666v) and rv ert Aakedaipova amexwope. Lbéd.7, 2, 13: Tip 
ovvtopoy (SC. 656v)... adpixéeoOa and tevto tv Tapa TO Tetyxos. Hiero, 
2, 8: dua wodepias (SC. yjs OF xwpas). 

THUC. 5, 26, 5: hevyesv ry euavrod (sc. ynv). Lbéd. 6, 54, 5: etkoariy (SC. 
peplOa)... mpagoopevot Toy ylyvopevan. 

HDT. 3, 64: xatpin (sc. Any) Soke tervpOa. Lbzd. 5,17: cvivtopos (SC. 
660s). Ibid. 8, 27: 7 Sexarn (SC. potpa). 

Ar. Ran. 685: kav toa (sc. pido) yévovta. Lbzéd. 1096: tumTdpevos 
taiot mAaTeias (SC. xepoir). 

Eur. Alc. 784: tiv avpiov pédAXoveay (SC. 1 mé par). 

SopH. Ant. 1308-9: avraiay (sc. Trhaydv) éracev. O. T. 810: od pry 
tony (sc. Sixny?) y’ €ruvev. Phil. 1398: Se€sas (sc. yeupos) €uns Aryov. 

AESCHYL. Cho. 639-40: Eigos | dcavratay (sc. rhaydy)... ovra. 

Tyrt.15 Bgk.*: Aaa (sc. xetpi) per iruv mpoBarea be. 

Hom. Od. 4, 588: évdexarn re (sc. nuépn) Suwdexatn te. 9, 42(= 549 = 11. 
11, [705]): drepBopevos ... tons (SC. polpns?). Il, 594: apuorépnow (sc. 
XEpotr). 

Il. 10, 542: de&ty (sc. yerpi). 


34. There is often no conscious, or at all events no definite, ellipsis 
(cf. Lobeck, Paralipp. pp. 329-388). So in the examples of the preceding 
sections the exact ellipsis is often doubtful. 


DrEM. 14, 6: az’ tons. 
XEN. Hiero, 6, 8: od yap €€ €vayrias povoy adda Kat ravtober. 


oT. arr Z ~ . , , x , 
THUC. 1, 15,2: 008... am76 Ts lons Kowas OTpatetas EmotovvTO. 1, 27,12 
f 


NEOTER ADJECTIVES 13 


émi rh ton Kai opoia. 4, 33, 1 and 35, 3: €& evayrias. 4,105,2: THs tons Kak 
bpolas peréxovta pévew. 

HD?. 1, 109: 76 madiov Kexoopnpévoy THv emi Bavaro. 3, 119: nae Thy 
émi Oavat@. 5,72: xatédnoay rv emi Oavatw. 7,62: thy avtny TavTny 
€otadpévar. 7, 54: THY adTHy eoxevacpevor. 8,6: ek... THs avTins Tpos- 
tréew od Ko ou edoKee. 

PINb. O.7, 82: dAXav (vinay?) er adda. 

Ho. Il. 2, 379: &s ye play (3ovrAnv?) SovrAetooper. 


35. So the feminine adjective is often used adverbially for locality, 
distance, direction. Regularly in the case of dnyooia, idia, cow, we¢n, for 
examples of which see the dictionaries. 


DEM. 4, 23: Anotevew avayxn ... THY TpaTny. 18, 36: Ti ody auvEBn 
peta Tait evOus, ovx eis pakpar; 

PLAT. Legg. 683 C: paxpay (sc. 680?) dv €AOoun eywye. Theaet. 200 
A: paxpav reptedOortes. 

XEN. An. 3,4,17: tévtes paxpav. J/bid.7, 8, 20: drws ote pakpotatny 
“Ado. Hell. 4.5.8: jeew tyv trayliorny. Mem. 3,6, 10: tHv mpwrny. 

THUC. 6, 98, 3: amookidvacOa pakpotépav. 

AR. R. 434: pndev pakpav amedOns. 

Eur. Phoen. 906: od paxpayv ameote. 


36. Neuter Adjectives and Participles are freely employed 
as substantives in almost any relations, but Homer's range is 
limited, and the boldness of Thucydides is to be noticed, nor is 
poetry ever very free. 


Td wapednrAvdds ... 7d péANov... Td wapdv, DEM. 18,192; The past... the 
future... the present. aviv BW aaortel eimwow, /b/d. 23, 206; If they say 
one or two clever things. 

Dem. 18, 192 (see above). 19, 151: dvow ypnoivow. 20, 26: els Séov. 
23, 51: dv0 dndot Sixaca (sc. 6 vopos), The law sets forth two lines of legal 
procedure. 23,120: mavt jv ‘Adé€avdpos. 23, 206 (see above). [61], 6: 
dvoiv tow KkadXAlorouy. 

AESCHIN. 3, 165: 70 8’ €oopevov. 3,218: apxet yap pot pexpa cat pet- 
Covey aicxpas otk emOupa. 

ISAE. 1, 22: Ovoiy roi €vaytiwrarow. 

Isoc. [1], 29: 7o peéAAov. 31: TO... dkatpov. 34:76... ahaves €x Tov 
pavepov. 40: péytortoy ev eXayxlaoty. 3,19: ev te S€ovTt. 4, 42: &v 
péow THs EAAdbos. 4,54: Todd... mpd Ta@v Tpwtko@rv... Kal wixpov mpo 
routwy. 4,189: peydAa... pixpd. 11, 43: dvow row alayiorocy. 

ANTIPHON, 6, 31: 800 T® peylorw Kat lo yupotatw. 

PLatvo, Charm. 158 A: ra édpopeva ris ideas. Conv. 186 D; for be 


14 GREEK SYNTAX 


éyOiora Ta €vayti@rara, puxpoy Oepuo, meKpoy yrvuKei, Enpoyv typo. 
Lbid. 195 B: Gpotov b6poi@ det meddle. Sb¢d. 220 C: &€€ éwOwod. Euthyd. 
282 C: amo tatvrouarov. béd. 304 B: 76 oramov. Euthyph. 5 D: ro dccrov 
... kal TO GvVOTLOY... TOD Ev OOLOV TavTOS ...7Td GOLOY kai TO GvdatoV... 
To dovov. Sbid.6 D: to dotov... & m1 i S00... Tav TOAMOY ébciaV 
...mavta Ta Gola... Td Te avOgta... Kai ta dota. Lbtéd. 6 E: 76 pev ois 
Geois tpoa pres... 70 O€ pn tpoapirés. Gorg. 449 C: ev Bpayxuréposs. 
Lbid. 473 B: ro adynOes. bed. 488 D: 70 kpeirroy Kai rd BéAtwov Kai 7d ioyupo- 
tepov. bid. 488 E: ro toov éyew. Legg. 642 A: wept opexpod modAda. 
bid. 731 E: rupdovdra rept to Pidovpevov 6 piridy. Lééd.791 E: wav... 
To yevvopevoy. Ldtd. 796 E: eis kowdv. Lbéd. 816 D-E: tvev yap yedoiwy 
Ta orovdata kal TayTwY TOY €vayTioy Ta evaytia pabei ... ov Suvardv. 
Tbid, 829 C: vxnrnpra. Lbéd. 875 A: rd péev rotvov... 7d Se tdtov. Lbzd. 
885 A: eis kowov. Led. 932 A: péxp- Tov €o) atwy Tod Biov. Lys. 214 B: 
TO Gpotov TO 6pol@ avaykn dei Pidov eva. bd: wept... Tod ddov. Meno, 
89 A: ro &pAmov. Parm. 145 B: 76 ye péaov toov tov eaxdtov anéye. 
lé¢d. 166 B: mwodda. Phaedo, 90 C: mavta tra dvra. Tb¢éd.92 D: dia rev 
eikotwv. Lota. 100 D: to kaX@ mavra Ta KANG yiyvera Kara. bed. 112 B: 
To Uypov tovro. Phaedr. 230 C: 76 e%mvovy tov tomov. Phileb. 56 A: ro 
pn capés...7d Bé€Bacov. Rpb. 338 D: 16 dpyov. Lbzd. 410 E: 76 jyepov. 
Lbid. 433 A: bia mavrées. Lbtd.C: rd brorerPHOev exeivwy, ei TA Tpla evpol- 
pev...mepi Secv@v te kat py. Theaet. 184 B: ra Aevkd Kai péAava .. . Ta 0€€a 
kat Bapea. Lb7d. 187 E: opexpov ed... woXdd py tkavas mepava. 

XEN. Ag. I, 15: immexdy ovx efyev. An. 2, 5, 38: els exnxoov. bzd. 3, 
1, 21: €v peo. 162d. 3, 3, 9: €k woddov. bd. 3, 3,17: €mi Bpayv. bed. 4, 
7,3: «ts kadov. Lbed.7, 6, 8: ev emnxo@. Conv. 3,3: eis péoov. Cyr. 1, 3, 18: 
avtt TOU BagtAtKkod TO Tupavvikdy., bed. 1,6, 14: Ta Takruka. bed. 1, 6, 
35: €v epupva. Third. 1,6, 38: ev rots povarkors (neut.). /bzd. 2, 3, 8: ev Kowg. 
Lhid. 3, 3, 28: ev mepitetadpevpéva pev, katahpavet b€ ... &v apave- 
oratw. Cyr. 4, 3,2: ra mdeiorov déca (including males and females) .. . ra 
didrara (including males and females). /ézd. 5, 3,37: trod Baputarov...ta 
Oarrov idvra. TLbtd. 6,1, 29: ra wratéa. bid. 6, 3,10: moaov... ameati. 
Lbid.7,1,4: €v tow evecOa. bid. 8,1, 31: Ta ev TO Pavep@ aiaxpa... Tae 
To apavet. bed. 8, 1, 34: TodepeKar. bid. 8,2,12: peyada...avti pikparv. 
Hell. 2, 1, 2: é€k rov enpavous. Lbéd. 2, 1, 25: ovK cv KaA® Ey adltovs Oppety. 
Jbid. 2,2, 16: rpeis pavas kat wr€tw. Lbed. 2, 3, 29: TO aaves and rov avepov. 
Ibid. 4, 5,15: eis ta yupvd. /b2d. 5, 4, 54: mpos dvavtes. Lbéd. 6, 1, 15: Ta 
parakd. b/d. 6, 2.29: ert wr€éav ... €k TOD Gpadod, ap’ LYnAorépov. bz. 6, 4, 
21: ra Oéovta. Jbéd. 6,5, 24: €mt trois evrporodwraros. Lbéd. 7, 1, 29: én 
atevoy tis dd00. Hiero, 8, 5: rots €k tod toou nuiv odor. Mem. 1,1, 10: év 
7] pavepo. GIG 2 Oe év UralOpa. Tbed. 2 6.16: €€ ETOLMLOV. Tbid. 2% 6,2 : 
els TO peTapernaopevor. bid. 3,5. 18: ev tots var tkots. Lbéd. 3, 10, 5: TO 


, ‘ > ’ ‘ ‘ ’ ‘ > Ne / 0 ‘ 
y) eS: € a € O 
peyudompemes Te kat ELeVOE poy Kal TO TuTEtvOD TE Kal dveNeUGEpoY Kat 


NEUTER ADJECTIVES 15 


TO Toppornrixoy re Kai Ppdvipor kat 76 UBprotiKnoy Te Kai ametpoxadoy. 
Ibid. 3,10,9: ta Seopeva oxénns. Sbtd. 4,5,6: to xeipov arti tov Bedrio- 
vos. bid. 4, 5,7: avtitav OpeAovvtwyv ta Bramrovra. bid. 4,6,15: ba 
Tav patiota 6podoyoupévar emopeveto. bid. 4,7, 5: ToAN@Y Kal OPeXipor. 
Oec. 7, 8: tar Siacxopevor. /btd. 14, 2: tov deamociver. Hipparch. ARTS 
dei pévtroar To loxupotépw To aabevéatepoy (sc. xpy) Onpav. KR. Eq. 7, 3: 
ex tov SeEtav... avannday... trois Se€tois tov cwpatos ...tois dpratrepois 
... Tos aptaotepots tos Se€tois. 

THUC. I, 3, 3: moAA@.. . Uorepoy . . . Tov Tpwtkay. 1,4: vauTeKoy 
extnoato. 1, 6,6: rd madady “EAAnvexoyv...7@ viv BapBapiko. 1,13, 5: 
TO Anorixov. 1,18, 1: éwt modv. 1,18, 1: &€k madavordtov. 1, 36, 3: Tpia... 
vautikd. 1,77,5: 70 mapov. 1, 80,4: €y Kow@. 1,90,2: 70 BovAdpevoy Kai 
Umomroy ths yyouns. 1,142,9: TO vautiKoy. 2,15, 4: Ta apyattepa Atovicta. 
2, 21, 2: ev t@ euavet. 2, 59, 3: TO OpytCopevor ths yrapuns mpos TO NTLw- 
Tepov kai dde€aotepov. 2, 62,5: €v ta amopw. 2, 63, 3: TO ampaypoy .. . 
peta tov Spaotnpiov. 2, 64,5: €v Ta TapovTe...émi TOA. 3, 11, 3: Ta Kpa- 
tiota. 3,18, 4: emi ray kapTtep@r. 3,21, 4: Se dAiyou. 3,40, 1: TO dxovator. 
3.43, 3: €k Tov mpodavots. 3, 72,3: Ta petéwpa. 3, 82,6: To Evyyeves tov 
€ratptKod addotpiw@repoy eyéveto. 3, 82, 7: amd tov mpodavots. 3, 83, 1: 7d 
etnOes ... 70 yevvaiov. 4, 32,4: €k moddov. 4, 36,2: T@ adoxrtm. 4, 61, 5: 
TO avOpwrevov, Sia TavTos, Tov eElkovTos, TO Emov. 4, 63, 1: TO EAXUTES, Es atdiov. 
4,63, 2: €Etoov. 5,16, 1: ro axivduvov. 5,66, 3: To Séov. 5,69, 2: €k moAXor, 
6. dAtyou. 6,2,5: Ta péaa. 6, 34,4: Sed To Evynbes Favyov jor dv ows 
meiOocbe. 6,89, 4: mav TO €vaytiovpevoy. 6, 92, 4: TO pirdToAL 7, 36,6: 
€s ONyov. 7,75,7: OmALTLK@® Tpogexortas paddov }) vauTiK@. 8,95, 2: Ev- 
Bova aitois ... TavtTa Hy. 

Hpv.1,8: ra cada. 1, 11: ta Aeyopeva. 1,13: €s T@uTO. 1, 18: TO Gpocov. 
I, 20: mpos 70 mapeov. 1, 22: €s TO Eo XaTOY KaKOv. 1, 30: TavTa, Ta TavTa. 
I, 30: To Ney dev. 1, 32: TO Oeiov. 2,2: dAAa patata ToAAAa., 3,2: Ta Tepoéwr 
voptpa. 4,5: euot ov meata Aéyovtes. 5,6: 70 b€ GaTiKTov ayerves (KéKpt- 
rat). 6,1: €Owupate ... TO yeyovos. 7,5: wodda Kaka. 8, 3: TO vauTiKor. 

, 2s 0mar ed: 

Ar. Eq. 187: éc0v ménovOas dyabov. Nub. 26: rouri ro kaxov. Vesp. 
3: Kaxov...péya. Pax, 272: ev Sorte. Thesm. 23: mpos trois dyadors Tov- 
rogw. Av. 382: pado. yap dv tis Kato tov €xOpav codov, Ran, 1: tev 
elwObrwv. /bid. 421: Kaotiv (sc. Apxédnuos) Ta peta THs exet poxOnpias. 
Plut. 2: ra BéAriota. 

Com. 2, 3 (M): otk €orw otkew olkiay dvev KaKkOov. 2, 9! Tov KaK@yY Tap- 
opides. 4,13: Ta mapa Tos GANT... KaKd. 4, 22: Aeyoute Tata padXov 7 
ri tayaOuv. 4, 39: mavtav apopyn tov Kada@y eciploKeta. 4, 412 TO TeTpw- 
pévov ... adeuxtoy est. 4, 443 TO AuTovy TAEtov TO TaCov. 

Eur. Alc. 199: 9 mou atevaet roid’ "“Adpnros Kkakocs. Andr, 1842 Kano 


ye Ountois TO veov. Bacch. 216: veoypa... cand. El. 431: tooyv pepe. 


16 CREEKS SYMILAX 


Hec. 120: 76... adv... dya@dov. Hel. 271: pettov tis ddnOelas Kakov. 
Heracl. 570-1: ths Te ons evpuyias | Kai tov Sexaiov (exatt). Herc. F. 509: 
évopacrta mpacowr. Hipp. 379: ta xpnor’ emorauecOa. I. A. 408: €s Kou 
vov adyeiv Tots pirowwe xpy pirous. 1. T. 559: kaxdv Sixacov eiaenpakaro. 
Ion, 969: ra Ovnra rotatr(a). Med. 330: épwres... kakdv péya. Or. 397: 
copiy tor TO aaés, od TO py aahés. Phoen. 597: Pirdduyov Kakov. 
Suppl. 435: vka 0 6 petwy tov péyay Sikat éywv. Tro. 489: Optyxds dONwv 
kakav. fr. 21, 3 N?*: otk dy yevorro xwpis eo Oa kai kaka. 80: ged ed, Ta 
peydda peydda kai Tagxet KaKd. 236: ody puploge Ta KAA ylyveTal TovoLs. 
275,4: Kav opixp’ €xn Tis, peyad’ Exew voucero. 

SoPH. Ai. 1003: 16’, exxadAupov, os io 76 wav Kakév. Antig.77: Ta Tov 
Gedy Evrip(a). El. 333: ddy@ 'mi trois mapodowv. bed. 384: €v kao povew. 
O. C. 771: 76 avyyeves tovt(o). O.T. 110-1: 76 S€ (nrovpevoy | ddwror, 
expevyer O€ TdpeAovpevor. bid. 800: radnOes eEepo. Ph. 446: otdev rw 
kakov y am@dero, bed. 674-5: 70... vocodty. Lbtd. 919: cooa Kakod. 
Tr. 196: 7d moOovv. Trach. 474: wav co ppuow tadnOés. fr. 100 N?: 7d 
kados meukos. fr. 321 N?: hpovety...toaa. fr. 326 N*: ta pevdn A€yew. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 79: 76 @ tmépynpwv. Cho. 212: evyov ra Noewd. Eum. 
276: dSaydeis ev kakots. Pers, 228: exredoiro 5) Ta yxpnata. P.V. 26: rod 
mapdvtos ayOndav Kakovd. S.c. Th. 1: ypy Aéyew ra kaipta. Suppl. 77: 76 
Sikacov idovtes. fr. 390 N*: 6 ypnowp eidas, ody 6 TIAN eidas coos. 396 
N?: pavOavew copa. 

TRAG. fr. adesp. 31 N?: ovk d&@ pixpaov oe, peyadra O& otk éyw. bed, 
513, 2 N*: rapa yap Kados Exe. 

PIND. (not overcommon). O.1, 31: dwavta...ta peidtxa. bed. 2, 36: 
drewpet atv ayade. bid. 2,62: oidev ro péAXOv. Lb2d. 9, 28: Brava 7a 
repmv(a). bd. 9, 94: Kaddcora... peEas. bed. 10, 55: to cacaves. 
Ibid. 12, 9: tov S€ pedrXdvtwv tetvprwvta dpadai. Lbéd. 13, 103: Ta 7 
éoodpeva tor dv hainy aapés. Lbid. 14, 5-6: obv yap typ... Ta yrAuKe’ 
dvera mavta Bporois. P.1, 86: py mapiee kadXd, N11, 42: €v dpetBorre. 

BACCHYL. fr. I, I: poipay... Kkad@v. 

SIMONID. C. fr. 37, 13: Td ye Seevdr. 

SAPPH. fr. 51: apacavto S€ mayrav €aXa | To yauBpo. 

SOLON, fr. 4, 32: kaka mAeiota Todt SvTVOpia Tape xet. 

ALCAE. fr. 35, 1: od yp) Kakovoe Odpov emitpéerny. 

ARCH. fr. 20: kAalw Ta Oaciov, ov Ta Mayrynter KaKkd. 

Hymn. Hom. 4, 44: xédv’ eidviar. 

Hes. O. et D. 40: 60@ mréov ytov mavtos. bid. OI: drep Te KakOY 
Kat (irep xaderroio mévow. Lbzd. 116-7: €g OAa S€ mavra | toiow env. Theog. 
28: adn Oéa ynpicacba. 

Hom. Od.1, [140] = 4, 56 =7,176= 10, [372] =15,[139]=17,95: mapedvrov. 
1,274: emtoétepa oxidvacda. 1,428: Kedva idvia, 2, 231: alotpa etdos. 


2, 369: emi coiae KaOnpevos. 3,115: mevtderés ye Kai €Eaeres. 3, 118: elvderes. 


NEOTER ADJECTIVES. 17 


3,247: adnOés. 3, 277: pidra eiddres. 4,460: drAoGata eidas. 4,695 = 22, 
319: evepyéwy. 4, 696 and 711: rwemvupéva eidws. 4, 837: dvepwdrAta Ba- 
(ew. 5,182: otk amopa@dra eidws. 5,476: €v mepipawopévm. 7, 166: Evdov 
€dvTwy. 7,310: alotpa mavta. 8, 66=473: péoow. 8, 262: és péoor. 8, 
405: modéos. 8, 584: keyaptopeva eidas. 9,189: dbepioria nde. 9,474: 
KepTomiogw. 11, 432: Avypa idvia. 13, 405: Hmea oldev. 14,12: 7d pédap 
Spuvds. 14,91: véeoOa emi oérep(a). 14,125: adAnOéa. 14, 288: amarnAca 
elds. 14, 433: alowpa woe. 15,77: €vdov €dvtwy. 15, 88: veicOa €p’ 
nmétep(a). 17, 452: addorpiov. 17, 456: ddXorpiots. 18, 4O4: Ta yYepeiova. 
18,414: emt pnOevte Stkai@. 19,248: dpria nSet. 19, 329: bs...amnvea eidy. 
20,177: Kepropiogw. 21, 85: epnpépia ppoveortes. 

Hom. Il. 1,70: tar édvta tat €oodpeva mpot €ovta. 1,106: 76 Kpy- 
yvov. 1, 107: Ta Kaw’. 1, 539: Keptopiowtt. 1, 542: Kkpumtddsa poveorra. 
1,576: ra xepelova. 2, 213: dkoopa te moda Te Oe. 3, 69: ev pécow. 4, 
161: ov Te peydr@ aneriaav. 4,185: ev xaipio. 4,256: perdsxioow. 4,541: 
kata péooov. 6, 162: ayada dpovéorvta. 6, 376: vnpepréa pudijcacbe. 6, 
382: addnOca. 7,238: emi de€ia . . . ew dpiorepd. 7,277: péeoow. 8, 491 =10, 
199: év kaOapo. 9, 579: TO... Hutov. 10, 357: Sovpnvenés. 11, 336: Kata 
toa. 12,436: emi ioa. 13,824: motov €emes. 17,431: pedeytoror. 21, 214: 
mept 8 aiovaAa peters. 22,497: dvedetorow. 23.275 and 538: ra mpora, first 
prize. 23, 538: Sevrep(a), second prize. 23, 562: mod€éos. 23, 570: motov 
épeEas. 23,751: AowaOna), last Prize. 24, 531: tev Avypov. For feinoyr, 
£eina, Eewvniov, Eeuvyja, Vid. Hom. Dict. 


37. NEUTER PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES AND VERBALS IN -tTos AND 
-téos.— Especially to be noticed in this connection is the use of the neuter 
plural ot adjectives and of verbals for the singular. This use is not a 
standard prose use. See Bishop, A. J. P. xx (1899), I-21 and 121-138. 

woipwrepa éyévero, THUC. 1, 8,2; Greater facilities of navigation ensued. 


ORATORES ATTICI: No occurrence according to E. R. Schulze, Quae- 
stiunculae grammaticae ad oratores Atticos spectantes, Bautzen, 1889. 

PLATO: In Rpb. 416 E, Kriiger suggests data for dova, and /dsd. 562 A, 
cited by Matth. § 443, is not an example. 

XEN. An. 3, 4,49: €ws pev Bacipa fy, ext tov immo Hyer, ewe dé a3ara 
hv, katadira@v tov immov €amevde men. bid. 4,6, 17: €avmep arak Aaswpev te 
Tov Opous, Bata kat Tois trotvyios €arat. 

THUC. 1, 8, 2: katacravtos 5€ row Mivw vautixod TWAGipaTeEpa eyéveto Tap’ 
GAAnAous. 1, 72, 1: maperntéa. 1, 79, 2: wodepnréa. 1, 86, 3: mapadorea, dia- 
kpiréa, Tipwpntéa. 1, 88: modeunréa. 1,93, 4: avOexréa. 2, 3, 3: edoxes oly 
émyecpnréa eva. 2, 10, 2,and 56, 1: érota, 3,16, 2: dopa. 4,1, 3 and 
Ss, 14, 4: advvata. 6, 25, 2: mAevortéa. 6, 59, 5: moAeunrea. 


a 


Hor. 1, 4: dda... Gre. 1, QL: Thy wempwpevny poipay advvara €or aTo~ 


18 GREEK S¥NTAX 


puyew kai Oem. 1, 112: BeSouvdrevpéva ota. 1, 194: old Te, ef saepe. 1, 207: 
dna, ef saepe. 3,61: axovatéa. 3,109: Biooma. 5,124 and 6, 13: ddvvara. 
6,106: zd. 7, 185: mpocAoyworéa. 9, 2: xadera. 

Ak. Ach. 770: ob dewa; Loz. 1079: ob Secva py Ecivai pe pnd €opraca; 
Eq. 30: xpariata. Lbéd. 609: Sdewa. Av. 1033: od dewa; Lys. 626: Seed. 

Com. 4, 661: dvonra y' ei rotr’ nAOes emiraEav €pot. 

Eur. Alc, 218: dyAa (62s). Bacch. 1039: cvyyvwora. Hec. 1107: 7d. 
H. F. 583: dikaca rods texovras (subj.) apedew réxva (Obj.). Hipp. 269: 
donpa. Med. 703: ovyyvwora. Or. 413: od dewd. Phoen. 994: cvyyveorta. 

SOPH. Ai. 887: oyérAca. /bzd. 1126: Sikava. Ant. 576: Sedoypév(a). 
Tbid. 677: apuvré(a). Lb¢d. 678: noonréa. Ph. 524: aioypa. Tr. 495, 1116: 
Otkata. 

AESCHYL. Pr. V. 216: kxpariora. 

PIND.O. 1, 53: dopa. P. 1, 34: €oxdra. 2, 81: dSvvara. 4, 247 : paxpa. 
N. 8, 4: ayamara. 

Hom. Od. 8, 299: ot«ére huxra médovto, but Od. 5, 359: 6Oc por aro 
prvéi:poy eiva. 11, [456]: eet ovxére miata yuvakiv. 14, 489: ovkére Puta 
méAovtat. 20, 223: ovKér’ aveKTa TéAovrat. 

I]. 14, 97-8: dpp(a)... | Tpwot pev edxra yévnra. 16, 128: pr dy vajas 


€Xwot Kat ovKEeTL PUKTA TeAwYTAL. 


38. ELLIPSIS OF NEUTER SUBSTANTIVES.—Definite ellipses 
of neuter substantives are rare. 

Oeppo (Vari)... Aovafar, AR. Nub. 1044; Zo bathe tn hot water. 

Hr. 2, 37: Aovvrae de Sis tHs nuépyns Exdatns Wuype (sc. Vdare). 

Ar. Nub. 1044 (see above). Eccl. 216: Bamrovor Oeppo. 

CoM. 3, 445: TO Oeppov. 

THEOGN. 263: Wuxpov pot mapa 77d€ Pirot tivovaer Tok7es. 


39. POSSESSIVE PRONOUN OR POSSESSIVE GENITIVE WITH 
ADJ ECTIVES AND “PARTICIPLES. USED” SUBSTANTIVELY. Une 
less an adjective or participle is fully substantivized it does not 
take a possessive pronoun, and seldom the possessive genitive 
in attributive position. 

Ta TOU Sypov ovpdépovta, DIN. 1,107; The commons’ tnterests. 

Tov 6ywvupov Tov éxavToV, DEM. 3, 21; That namesake of mine. 

TO oH Spovipwo, PLATO, Theaet. 147 D; Your namesake. 

DIN. 1, 107 (see above). 

DeEM. 3, 21 (see above). 18, 47: TO tov mpodidovtos cupdépov. 18, 138: 
TO THS TOAEws Guppepov. 18, 139: TO TeV eyOpav cupdepov, but zhrd.- rept 
Tov cuppepovTwy TH TOAEL. 37,1: Tov Sukalov TovTov. [56], 25: peta TOU TUp- 


dépovros Tov Tov Savecorav. 


XPHMA AND IPArMA 19 


AESCHIN, 3, 80: rot tperépou cuppéportos. 

ISOC, 5, 24: rots émitndeiots Tois €pois. 

Lys. [2], 71: rovs mpoorxovtas aitav é€Xeciv, but [2], 76: rods rovras 
ampoonkovtas, and 12,72: Ta ty moet TUpepovta. 12,79: mapa... TeV TovTOVt 
ouvapxorvTwyv. 12, 87: Tos ovvapxovras avtov. 

AND. 2,9: T@ €u@ aicxpo. 

ANT. 5, 7: T@ tpetepm Stxaio. 5, 18: rots epois mpooyxovaw, but 5, 59: 
TOY Epol MpoagnKovT@V. 5, 59: T@v ekeivou dvayKaiwr. 

PLATO, Apol. 34 B: of rovtwr mpoankovres. Cf. Legg. 868 B: trav mpoonkov- 
Tw T@ TeNeTHGavTL, but just below: rovs mpoonxovtas Tov TeXevTHGavTos. Cf. 
thd. 868 C: trois mpoonkover Tov TeAeuTHGavtos, and Z6id. 947 C: of mpoonkovres 
tov teXeutnoavtos. Phaedr. 240 A: 16 atrov yAukv. KRpb. 338 C: 70 rod 
kpeitrovos ... Euppépor, and similarly often. Theaet. 147 D (see above). 

XEN. Apol. 27: rots €uois edvos. Hell. 5, 2, 33: rots... tuerépos Sutpe- 
veo. 

THUC. 2, 61, 2: €v T@ Upetéepw daOevet THs yrouns. 5,46, 1: ev pev TO 
opetép@ kar@, ev O€ TO exeivor ampeTet. 6, 11,6: 1d oerepov anperés. 

Hp?. 3, 65: to trav éwvrov oikntotatwr. 

Ar. Eq. 845: dma€anavtas trots €wovs €xOpovs emoropicer. Pl. 631: 
& BédAtiote TOY GavTov Prov. 

Eur. Alc. 167: éamep aitayv 7 teKova amoddvpa. El. 335: 6 7 éxeivou 
texov. Hipp. 1007: 1d cadpov tovpov. I. A. 1270: ov8" emi TO Keivou Bov- 
Adpevov eAndvOa. 

On the use of a Neuter Adjective as the Predicate of a Masculine or 
Feminine Subject, see under Concord, 126. 


‘ 





40. xpypa and mpaypa.—xpypa and wpaypa are often used to make a 
substantive of an adjective. The use of ypjpa and wpaypa resembles that 
of avnp. 

Kovdov yap xpHpa montys éom, PLATO, Ion, 534 B; A poet fs a light 
and atry thing. 

ORATORES ATTICI: xpjpa not in DemM., Lys., and ANTIPHON, 

DEM. [35], 15-6: Adxpiros péya mpaypa, looxparous padnrns. 

PLATO, Gorg. 485 B: mexpov ti poe doxet ypnpa eva. Ton, 534 B (see 
above). 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 4,8: xaraBaddXee tiv €Aahov, Kadov Te XpHpa Kat peya. 

Hb. 3, 53: tupavvis ypnppa oadepov. 5,96: may xphpa exivee, and 
xpnya elsewhere in Hat. 

Ar. Nub. 816: ri ypapa macyes; and similarly elsewhere in comedy 
and tragedy. Lys. 511: péeya mpaypa. /brdt. 677: immxwratoy . . . xpnpa. 
Pl. 856: oxéTAia. . . Tpaypara. 

Com. 4. 4: Snporixdy ... mpaypa Kat owrnpiov. 

Eur. Or. 70: dropov xpipa dvatuxov Sopos. 


20 


GREEK SYNTAX 


SOPH. Ai. 288: ri ypnpa Spas; 


AESCHYL. Cho. Io: 


Ti xpnpa Aevooa; 


PIND. O. 9, 104: ypnp’ €xaorop. 


41. ABSTRACT NOUN USED AS A CONCRETE.—Akin to the 
an adjective as a substantive is the employment of an abstract as a con- 


use of 


crete. So 
ayémovevpa = NYEMOY, KaTaTaupa, Thea, 
akoXovita, train, KaTnoen, 70Ooc, 
aAnpa, KyCevpa, Toimyn, 
arn, KooTnpa, Tovoc, 
Bioc, Livelihood, KwKULa, Toe Bela, 
Booxnpa, Anpoe, Toes PEvpara, 
yiduc, Jaughing-stock, AOxevLA, oTtyoc, 
yevea, kindred for kinsman, péyeBoc, ovyyéveta, 
yeveOXn, péeAnma, ouppaxia, 
YEVEOLC, pojvma, Tywal, 
yévoc, pape, Tot pa, 
yovoc, pyre, Teoon, 
OovXela, juiagpa, UBptopa, 
théyyxea, Evyyéveca, UTnpEsia, 
pec, VEOTNC, PObpoc, 
éraola, voooc, plague, gurorne, 
fy\wpara, VULGEVPLA, gA6E, 
NALKIA, OAEO poe, govoe, 
Oepamreta, Open ein, guyn, 
Ka\Xoc, TAOEVTLC, gudakh, 
caBaopa, offscouring, out- TraTadnwa, Xa ppa. 

cast, TEPIT PLLA, 


Many of the above examples are exclusively poetical, others are col- 
loquial or vulgar, and some belong to neither sphere. For references see 
the dictionaries. A few illustrative passages are cited below. Compare 
Massinger, “Careless harlotry”; Shaks., “What ¢rade art thou ?” 

col 8 apetis, © KadPappi(a)... tis petovoia; DEM. 18, 128, Vou and vir- 
tue, you offscouring of the earth, what have you in common with her ? 

DEMIS 127% bid. 128 (see 
above). 

PLATO, Phaedr. 228 D: & @urorns. Sbéd. 252 A: oe €yyu- 
Theaet. 176 D: otovrae axovew drt ob Ajpol eiat, yns GAdrAws 


Tepitptup ayopas, OXceOpos ypapparevs. 


comacbae . 
TatTw Tov TOGO. 
ay On. 

XEN. Cyr. 5, 2,7: tHv Ovyarépa, Sewov te kadAXNOS Kai peyeOos, An awful 
beauty and divinely tal. 

THUC. 2,41, 1: EvveA@y Te A€yw THyv TE Tacvav TdAW THs ‘EAAGSos Taide v- 


oy (schovl) eva. 


PLURAL OF ABSTRACTS 21 


HDT. 1, 31: rovroo... Bios re dpxéwy imqv, They had substance enough. 

Ar. Nub. 447: wepitpippa dixav. 

Eur. Phoen. 30-1: 4 8€ rév €udv &divav rovoy | pacrois ipeiro. [Rhes.] 
498-9: €or 8 aipvdw@raroy | kpotnp’ Odvacers. fr. 530: Kimpidos 8€ pion- 
p(a), Cf. “She is my pet aversion.” 

SopH. Ant. 650: Wuxpov mapaykdaAtopa, Hugging-ptece (wife). O.C. 
902-3: ws py... yéAws... eyw | Eévm yévwpa rode. fr. 827: xpdrnua. 

AESCHYL, Cho. 1027-8: kxraveiv ré gbype pntép’ ovk dvev dixns, | matpoxtovoy 
plaopa kat Oeay orvyos. 

PIND. P. 4, 135-6: trav 8 axovoas abros Uravtiacey | Tupods €pacim\oKdpou 
yeved. bid. 250: povov, murderess. 

Hom. Il. 2, 235: «dk €A€yyxe(a). Lbz2d. 9, 538: Siov yévos. 


The Greeks had no terms for our abstract and concrete, which are im- 
perfectly represented, the one by mpayya, the other by géua. What we 
call abstract formations are largely feminine and neuter, feminine collec- 
tives, neuter collectives: the feminine goes back to personification (the 
mother gender), the neuter to result (fruit), mass. 


42. PLURAL OF ABSTRACT SUBSTANTIVES USED DISTRIBU- 
TIVELY.—In Greek, the plural of abstract substantives is used 
distributively with far more freedom than in modern English. 
In Old English compare “ Lete us two preue oure strengthes,” 
Morte d’Arthur, 193, 22, and similarly elsewhere. 


ovS' areBreev (sc. 6 Sipos) els Tas oUaiags Tas TOVTwY, DEM. 21,2; The com- 
mons had no regard to their substance ( property ). tjodAe@v yap ta pépy tov 
adedpov doorepei, 36, 36; He deprives his brother of hés shares) in many 
things. 


DEM. 21, 2 (see above). 30, 21: addeAav kai bvyatépwv Bious eyxetpico- 
pev, Urep Gy Tas dodaXeias padiota oxorrovpev. 36, 36 (see above). 

Isoc. 2, 46: tas dAnOeias tev mpaypatoy. 3,15: Tas iadtntas Tots 
petéxovot Tov ToALTEL@y CnTovoL. 3,20: Tas evvolas €xovow. 4,151: Ta... 
owpara dua tovs mAOVTOVS Tpvportes. (In Isocrates the plural is so marked 
a mannerism, and is so often suggested by the avoidance of hiatus, that it 
is not necessary to insist on sharp distinctions in that author.) 

ANT. 1, 28: od . . . paptipwv > evavtiov of émiBoudevovtes Tovs Oavatous 
Tos méAas pnxavovrat. 

PLATO, Legg. 625 B-C: xumapirrav te €v trois (Aceow Un Kat KadXn, 
The herght and beauty of the cypresses tn the groves. Rpb. 425 A: ovyas 
Te ToV vewTépwv Tapa TpeaButépas, Selence of the Juniors in the presence of 
seniors. 

XEN. Cyr. 3, 3,19: popas. Hell. 6, 1, 5: rats nrcias. 


nN 
tN 


GREETS VIVA 


THUC. 7, 55,2: modeoe.. . Kal vats Kal Unmous Kai peyéOn e€xovoas. 

HDT. 1, 202; 2, 10: peydOea. 3, 102: pupynkes peyabea €xyovTes Kuv@v 
pev €hacoova, adwrékwv Oe wéCova. 3,107: peyabea. 6,58: tav yap ev BapBa- 
pov of mAetvES TO A’T@ vOouw@ XpéwvTat KaTa TO’s BavdTtovs TaY Baciiéwv, At 
the death of thetr kings. 7,103: peyadea. 

AR. Pl. 530: twatiov Barrov Samavats. 

Eur. Phoen. 870: ai @ aipatwroi Sepyparwv ScadpOopat. 

SOPH. O. C. 552: ras aivatnpas oppatwv SiadpOopas. Ph. 304: ovk evOad’ 
oi mot ToLaL Gappoow Bpotar. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 404-5: Aurotoa 8 aoroiow .. . vavBatas 6mALT BOs. 

PIND. O. 4, 12: tpodats éroipoy inrav (= inrorpopias). Lbzd.9, 19: ore- 
havev dwrot. bd. 12,9: Tov... pedAdOvTov...ppadai. P.1, 4: mpoompior 
apBodras. bd. 10,72: modiwv kuBepvaares. I. 3 [4], 48: tev aretpatov 


yap dyvwota cra. 


43. THE DISTRIBUTIVE SINGULAR.— The distributive sin- 
gular of abstract nouns is less common in Greek than the plural, 
and the distributive singular of concrete nouns is rare. 


kaxol Thy Wuxv, AESCHIN. 3, 47; Base of soul. 


AESCHIN. 3, 47 (see above). 

PLATO, Rpb. 452 B: py ndeis thy oer. 

XEN. An. 2, 3,15: Oavpacia tod KadXXOVS Kal peyéOous. 

THUC. 2, 70, 3: €€eOeiv abrovs ... Edy Evi ipario, yuvaixas dé Etv dvoiv. 
3, 22, 2: Tov apiotepov dda povoy Umodedepevor. 3, 22, 3: Widol Swdexa Edy 
Echidio Kat Owpake avéeBawov, but zb7d. just below: Wirot GAdo. . . Etv 
Soparios €ywpovv. 4,4, 2: tov mnddv... emt Tod vwrov epepov, They car- 
ried the clay upon therr backs. 6, 44, 2: ayopa ovd€ dare, vdate O€ Kai dpyo. 
8, 96, 5: duadopor... Tov Tpomoy. 

~ Hot. 1, 31: TovToot... Umny... pwoLN TwpaTos. 

Ar. Pax, 607: ras @ioers tyav dedokws kai tov a’toda& tpoTov. Av. 
643: Kat rovvop nuw dpacartov. 

Eur. Cycl. 225: capa oupremdeypévouvs. H. F. 703: xoopeiobe copa. 

SopH. O. T. 1375: aad’ 9 réxvav Ont’ Owes Hv epipepos. 

AESCHYL. Pers. 441-2: axpaior Piva | puyny 7 dpirto Kevyévecav 


EKTFpETTELS. 


44. PLURAL ABSTRACT NOUNS USED CONCRETELY.—PLU- 
RAL OF PROPER NOUNs.-— Pluralizing abstract nouns makes 
them concrete; pluralizing proper nouns makes them common. 

So pavia, attacks of madness; ®dvara, executions, cases of death. 

Tas Adxpryvas, AR. Av. 558; Your Alcmenas (women like Alcmena). 


DIVERGENT PLURAL EXPRESSIONS 23 


45. Plural of Abstract Nouns: 


DEM. [26], 19: Sia ras rovrwy arovolias. 38, 21: pdvoe eat U3pes, Mur- 
ders and outrages. (42), 8: mepi trav dAXwv axotcerOe mugas Tas GAN Oe Las. 

IsOc. 7, 4: tots mdovros, tais Suvacreias, tais evdelats, Tais TaTewdTnor. 
7,44: eiSdres tas amopias pev dia tas apylas yeyvopevas, tas b€ Kaxoupyias 
Oia tas amopias. 8, 90: €vy otrodetats cai moAtopKiars. (See note on 
Isocrates above, 42.) 

PLATO, Phaed. 84 C: wohkAds yap 81) ere Eye (SC. Ta AexOevra) Urowias 
kat avtiAaBuas. 

XEN. Hell. 6, 3, 8: €olkate rupavvioe paddoy f ToAtTe lacs 1 Sopevor. 

THUC. 6, 77, 1: Acovrivwy te Evyyevav Katotkioets Kat "Eyeotaiwv Evp- 
payor emixoupilas. 

Hbt. 3. 40: €uot b€ ai wat peyada edruylac otk apéoxovet. 

Ar. Nub. 1071-3: oxéyrar... ySovav... dowy pedres aroarepetc Bat, | 
maidwy, yuvak@rv, Kté. 1075: Tas THs PiTEws dviayKas. 

Eur. H. F. 835: pavias. 

SOPH. El. 873: epw yap ndovas. 

PIND,, ,O%,, Paccaperav.” So. forms ol aperat, 202d..92 > 2) £25.42. Os 50? 
15,etc. /brd.9, 39: paviaow. bed. 9,99 and N. 9, 31: a@yAataow. N. 11, 
48: paviat, 

Hom. Od. 1, 297: vnmaas. 12, 341: mavtes pev orvyepot Oavarot Secoiee 
Bporoior. 17, 244: dyXatas. 

Il. 4, 107: €v mpodoxnot. 9, 115: euas dras KatédeEas (Metre would 
admit of sing.). 10, 391: woAAnow ... aTyow 

Not so clearly concrete is the Homeric use of many other abstract 
plurals, chiefly datives in -yo1, and forms of nouns in -ovwn7. Metre may 
have had its influence. See also Stein on Hb’. 3, 52. 


46. Plural of Proper Nouns: 


PLavro, Conv. 218 A and B: 6pév ad Paidpovs, "Ayadwvas, "Epuéimayous, 
Tavoavias, ’Apiorodipous te Kat ’Apiotopavas. Crat. 432 C: dvo0 Kpartrdou. 
Menex. 245 D: IleAomes ... Kadpor... Atyumrot... Aavaoi. Theaet. 169 B: 
“HpakXées te Kai Onaées. 

XEN. An. Bh es Silo puplous owovtat av’ évos KAeapyous. 

THUC. 6, 27, 1: daoe “Eppat noav ALOuvoe ev T moAdet, Sales of Tlermes. 

Hpb?. 3, 160: BaBvva@vas .. . etkoae mpos TH Coven. 

Ak. Av. 558-9: ras ’AAkpnvas ... tas "AXomas Kat Tas SepeAas. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 1439: Xpuontdwy peAcypa tay Un’ 'INiw. 

TRAG. fr. adesp. 28g N?: &€&nA@ov “Exropés re Kat Lapmndoves. 

Hom. II. 18, ty Aes 60’ Atavtes. Cf. cord. 163: Svw Atavte. 


47. DIVERGENT PLURAL EXPRESSIONS. — Plural expres- 
sions that diverge from English proceed from different concep- 


24 CREETE SVNIAX 


tions. -mvpoi, wheat (grains), «pai, barley (corns), xpéa (pieces of) 
meat, adres (grains of) salt. 

tvAa, wupovs, DEM. 19, 145; lVood, wheat. 

DEM. 19, 145 (see above). 19, 189: mov 8’ aves; 19, 191: rods dAas. 

PLatro, Conv. 217 D: Stedeyounv moppw tav vuktrov, Tell late in the 
night (watches). Prot. 318 E: Aoyerpovs (computations) te kat actpovo- 
piav... diackovtes. Rpb.372C: adas. Lb¢d.621 B? pécas vixras yevérOa 
(so regularly péoar vixres). 

XEN. An. 6, 4,6: kpeOas kai mupods ... kal peXlvas kal onoapa kre. 
Cyti2) 2.23 Kpeduica tpi, Tell, 3,957: une, 

THUC. 4, 16, 1: do xoivkas... ddpitrarv. 6,22: mupods Kal meppvype- 
vas kptOas. 7,87,1: of... qrtot (Heat of the sun on successive days). 

Hpv. 4, 8: amd nAiov dvatohéwy, and so avatodai elsewhere. 7, 30: 
Aipyny ek THs Gres yivovTa.. 

AR. Pax, 192: ta kpéa tavri, and kxpéa very often in Aristophanes. 
Av. 622: xpiOds, rupovs. Lbzd. 626: mupods dXlyous. 

~ Eur. Cycl. 122: yddakri kai rupoian (sc. (aov). El. 652: jAlous, days. 

SOPH. Tr. 1053-4: €k pev €axaras | BéBpwkxe odpKas., 

AESCHYL. Eum., 254: éopn Bpotelwv aipatorv. 

PIND. fr. 168 Bgk.*: capkov.. . evoray. 

Hom. Od. 4, 604: wvpoi, and forms of mupoi elsewhere. 9, 219 and 225: 
Tupav. 11,123 and 23,270: ddeoou, but 17,455: ov y dv... ov5 ada Soins. 
18,77: oapxes, and forms of odpxes elsewhere. 22, 21: kpéa, and so forms 
of xpéa often in Iliad and Odyssey. 

Il. 5, 588: xovinow(v), and so regularly, but 23, 732 and elsewhere: 
Kovin. 23,15: Sevorvro papadoru and forms of Wapadoe often in Hiad and 
Odyssey. 


48. PLURAL OF FEMININE NAMES OF TOWNS AND OF 
PARTS OF THE HUMAN Bopy.— Feminine names of towns 
in the plural are dualistic. So also symmetrical parts of the 
human body, not a common prose usage. 

*"AOqva, I/hens (upper and lower towns!) ; OABar, Thebes; vara, back ; 
otépva, otH In, breast, Tpdowna, countenance, péetTwTa, furchead. 

49. Names of Towns : 

DEM. 9, 27: mAnctov OnBav Kat ’AOnvarv. 16,25: Tas... Ocomias... Kal 
tas HAatads. 18,48: dmoAece On Bas. 19,158: eis Pepas. [56], 5: fs “AOn- 
vas, etc. 

PLATO, Legg. 753 A: péya... ppovodow ai ’AOjvat. 

XEN. Vect. 1, 6: ras "AOnvas. 


} Sometimes explained as a locative mistaken for a plural (Johannson). 


PLURAL FOR SINGULAR 25 


THUC. 1, 31, 3: €s ras ’AOnvas. 2,8, 1: €v rais “A@nvas. 
Hp?. 1, 60: ‘A@nvas. 
AR. Nub. 207: aide peév ’AOjvat. 
Eur. I. T. 1087: eis ras "A@hvas. 
SOPH. O. C. 107-8: &... ’A@nvat. 
AESCHYL. Pers. 231: ras ’A@nvas. 
PIND. P.7, 1: ai peyadomoAees "AO avat 
HES. fr. 129: “A@nvawy iepawy. 
Hom. Od. 11, 323: ’A@nvawy iepawr. 
Il. 2, 546: ’A@rvas eiyov. 


50. Parts of the Human Body: 


PLATO, Prot. 352 A: tO 8 pot droxadvwas Kai ta or On Kat TO peradpe- 
voy eridecEov, and forms of orn of a single individual elsewhere. 

XEN. An. 2, 6, 11: adrov ev trois tpocwmo:s, if the reading is correct. 
Cyr. 4,6, 4: maioas eis ra otépva tov... maida, and so forms of orépva else- 
where, but An. 1, 8, 26: maiet Kata TO oTépvov. 

THUC. 2, 49, 3: és Ta ornOn. 

AR. Lys. 810: ra mpoowma, if the reading is correct. Thesm. 1067: dore- 
poewdéa v@Ta. 

Eur. El. 1321: mepi pou orépvots orépva mpocaoy, and so forms of 
orépva elsewhere. Hel. 1568: pérwma (sc. ravpov). Tr. 763: epois vara, 
and so forms of vara elsewhere. 

SOPH. El. 1277: trav cay mpoawmev, and so forms of mpécwma elsewhere. 
Tr. 1090: ® vera kai orépy(a), and so forms of v@ra and orépva elsewhere. 

AESCHYL. P. V. 65: orépyvwy Stapraf, and so forms of garépyva else- 
where; sing. not in Aeschyl. /d7¢. 430: vearos (of Atlas). 

PIND. P. 1, 19: orépva Aayvdevta. N. 9, 26: vara. 

Hom. Od. 6, 107: pétwmra (the only instance of the plural of this word 
in Iliad and Odyssey). 6, 225: vwra, and so forms of vera often. 8, 85: 
mpoowma, and so elsewhere. 18, 69: o7@ea, and so forms of o7y@ea often. 
orépva not found in sing. sense in Od. 

Il. 8,94: vora. 13,290: orépvwy. 18, 414: mpoowma, and so forms of 
mpoowna elsewhere. 18, 415: o77Oea, and so forms of or7Oea elsewhere. 


51. NAME OF THE INHABITANTS AS THE NAME OF THE Ciry.—The 
name of the inhabitants is sometimes used instead of the city: (oi) SeAdor, 
Delphi, (ot) Neovtivot. 

Kal kpatyaavtes tou tv Aed dois lepov mapéSoaav Aeddois, Thuc. 1, 112, 5; 
And having made themseloes masters of the sanctuary at Delpht (among the 
Delphians), they handed tt over to the Delphians. 

DEM. ro, 65: eis AeAthous. PH eta (ea ex Ae A:a@v Kat ex Awdovns. 25, 34: 
ev AeAdbois, and similarly often in Dem, 


26 GREEK SYNTAX 


ISOC. 9, 27: awbeis eis DdXOvsS tHs Kirkias. 

PLATo, Legg. 738 C: ek AeAhov 7 Awdorns, and similarly forms of 
AeAdoi often. 

XEN. An. I, 2, 24: €vy SdAots nat ev Iooois. 1, 2, 26: Thy Te TOAW TOUS 
Tapoods Sippmacav. 3,1, 5: eAOdvra eis AeAdous, and similarly forms of 
AeAgoi elsewhere. 

THUC. 1, 112, 5 (See above). 6, 3, 3: Aeovrivous. 

Hpr. 1,14: és AeA*ovs, and similarly often. 


52. PLURALIS MAIESTATIS.—The use of the plural often gives the 
idea of fulness (6yxos); cf. AR. Rhet. 3, 6, Ps.- Longin. § 23; hence it is 
often used in poetry, e. g. dopo, apartments, péyapa, halls; yapou, nuptial 
rites; tapai, sepulchre (burdal-grounds). Compare also the poetical use 
of rexvypata, Texvacpara, handiwork, wadevpara, nursling, etc.,and the prose 
expression maidixd, favorzte, which is used only in the plural form. 


Isoc. 9, 16: povov rovrov (SC. IIndéws) pact tay mpoyeyevnuevwv Um Oewv ev 
Tos yapots vpevacoy ac Onvar. | 

PLATO, Protag. 315 E: macdcxa Havoaviou rvyxaver dv, and so radia 
elsewhere. Rpb. 383 B: ev rots avris (sc. G€rid0s) ydpots. 

XEN. Ven. I, 7: tov... peylorwv ydpwy povos ervxyev (SC. MeAavior) 
*AtaXavTns. 

THUC. I, 132, 5: avnp “Apyiduos, macdiKd more dv avrov. 

HDT. 3, 10: e€radn ev rnot Tapnae...tas adtos oikodopnoato. 5,63: rapa. 

Ar. Ach. 450: dro Ootpa Sop (parod.). 456: ddr (parod.). Vesp. 
1026: matdiy’ €aurov. Pax, 1206: cou... eis Tovs ydpovs. AV. 132: éotiav 
ydapovs. Ran. 423: ev rats radbatae (parod.). 

Eur. Hipp. 11: ‘Immodvros, dyvod IirOéws macSevpara. lon, 192: xpu- 
géas Gpmacs. Or. 1053: ponpa... kédpov Texvacpara. 

SopH. Ai. 231: KeAawois Eiheov. LbzZd. 1090 and 1109: ets tagas, Comb, 
O. R. 825: yauors, and sim. elsewhere. J/d7d. 861: twpev és Scpovs. bed. 
1006: gov mpos Sdpovs edAOdvtos. So Aopor and forms very often. Ph. 35-6: 
éxmopa... | Texvnpar(a). 

AESCHYL. Ag. 1265: oxymtpa. P.V. 909-10: ek rupavvidos | Apdver tie). 

PIND. O. 3, 28: dyyeAtats EtpuaOéos. Tb7d. 7, 29: ee OaXapwv Midas. 
P. 3, 26: Néxrpoow. b2d. 4, 242: Ppiov payxatpar. bzd.9, 29: ex peyapar. 
N. 3, 43: Pidvpas ev Sopors. 

Hom. Od. 3, 476: appar(a). 5,6: €&v Swopace vipdns. 8, 268: ev “Hai- 
aro. Sépototv. 21, 424-5: evi peyapotowy... | mpevos. 

Il. 6 ie Wee kap7vAa To&éa, bow , t. also bow and arrows. 5: 745: oxea 
(always in plural in Homer). 14, 238: dopa 6€ roe daow Kaddy Opdvoy, and 
so dopa elsewhere. 18,141: O@para matpos. 22, 503: evdeck’ ev Né€xTpot- 
atv. 24, 455: kAnida bvup awy, but v. 453: Ovpny. However, Ovpat is usually 
to be translated as foldiny-doors. mia, gate, is always plural in Homer, 


PLURAL FOR SINGULAR 2) 


53. PLURAL OF COURTLINESS AND RESERVE.—The plural is some- 
times used for the singular as a more courtly or reserved mode of ex- 
pression. 

Eur. Andr. 403: @ovetouy "Exropos vupdevoua. Hec. 402-3: nai od 
mat Aaeptiov, | xuda toxevary (SC. ‘Exa37) elxdrws Oupoupévors. 1. A. 1015: 
ixérev’ €xeivoy mpora pi) KTEivew TéEKVA (SC. Ipeyéveray). 

Sopu. O. T. 1184-5: méhacpa. .. Edv ofs (sc. rH pntpi) 7 | od xpav opirov 
oUs (SC. Tov matépa) Té  odk ESet KTavor. 


PIND. P. 3, 66: €oAotar mapacyeiv avdpacw (sc. ‘lépwv). 


54. FIRST PERSON PLURAL FOR THE FIRST PERSON SINGULAR.— 
The use of the first person plural for the first person singular is due to 
modesty, which readily becomes affectation. The particular is sunk in the 
generic, the individual in the class, the woman in her male kindred. It 
occurs less frequently in Greek than in the more rhetorical Latin. 


Isoc. [1], 11: e€mAtroe & dv i pas 6 was xpdovos, ef macas Tas exeivou mpakers 
ckataptOpnoaipeda... dyooopev... €Eevnvixapev. 5,105: hosovpar 
BY Twes EMT Two piv Ei... TOAWMNY Gol Tapawetv, and so often to avoid 
hiatus. 12, 42: rods pev ody madaois dyavas . . . VoTepov €potpey (no hia- 
tus), vov d€ moujcopar . . . trols Aoyous. 

XEN. Cyr. 1,1: €vvout ro? npiv éyévero, etc. (15 times without change 
to singular). Mem. 1, 2, 46. é 

Eur. Alc. 383 (see 55). Andr. 355-61 (see 55). H.F. 858: fAcov pap- 
tupopeaba Spao’ & Spay od Bovdopa. Ion, 391: koAvOpeTOa py pabew a 
Bovropa. Lbzd. 1250-1: SwwxoperOa ...| Mvdia Widw KparnOcia’, exSotos Se 
yyvona. I. A. 823-4 (see 55). bd. 1025-6: nv 8 ad te py mpdoowper ov 
éy® Odo (Klytaemestra), | tod a adéts 6WopeaOa; (to Achilles) Med. 314 
—315 (see 55). 

SOPH. Ant. 926 (see 55). El. 399 (zb¢d.). Tr. 491-2 (cbe.). 

PIND: ‘See;comm:on P.;4, 27: 

Hom. Od. 16, 44-5: foo, Eeiv’> pets b€ Kat dAdo Snopev eSpyv | crabuo év 
NMETEPO. 

Il. 3, 440. /d¢d. 13, 257-8: ro vy yap kateakaper, 6 mw éxeoxoy, | 
aorida Anipo3oo Badrwyv (Meriones speaks). /b7d. 21, 60-1, 


55. GENDER OF THE First PERSON PLURAL FOR THE SINGULAR. 
—The gender of the plural attribute in examples of the foregoing sec- 
tion is the masculine. The masculine ts the generic. 

Eur. Alc. 383: apKovpev pecs (Alkestis) ot mpoOvnaKkovrTes oébev. 
Andr. 355-361: npeis (Andromache) yap ef ony maida dappaxevoper | Kat 
mpdiv €EapSrovpev, ws aitn A€yet, | Exovtes olk dKovres ovSe Bwpeoe | mi- 
TvovTes avTot THy dikny UpeEoper | ev moire yapBpots, olow otK« eXaocova | BAa3nv 


dpeikw mpogtiOeia’ azadiav. | nwets pev ody tocorde* (Notice change 


28 GREER SYNLAX 


to sing. and fem. sing. attribute.) Cf. I. A. 823-4: od Oatpa o npas (Kly- 
taemestra) dyvoeiv, ois py mapos | mpoonkes. Med. 314-5: kal yap 1dcxnpe- 
vow (sc. Medea) | crynodpeo Oa, Kpetooovay vikapevot 

SOPH. Ant. 926: wadovtres dy Evyyvoiper (sc. Antigone) »uwaptnkores, 
(Only) when I have met my doom, shall [ awake to consctousness of sin. El. 
399: mecovped’ (sc. Electra), ef xpy, matpi repwpovpevot, Ll fall, z7f fall 
f must, avenger to my father. Tr. 491-2: koro voooy y emakxtoy €€apov- 
peOa, | Oeoiat SvTpayodrres (sc. Deianeira). 


56. SINGULAR IN A COLLECTIVE SENSE.—The singular is 
sometimes used in a collective sense. 


Gprreos, vine( yard); apyvpos, szlver( plate); 4 tamos, cavalry, f Kapndos 
(HDT.), camelry, etc. 


LYCURG. 79: tpia yap €otw €€ Sy 7 Toditela ouvéatynkev, 6 dpxar, 6 Ot- 
KagoTns, 6 lOtorTns. 

XEN. An. 1,7, 10: dpiOpos eyéveto Toy pev “EXAnjver doris pupia kal TeTpa- 
kogia. Occ. 21,8: peyady xetpi. 

THUC. 2, 4,2: Aldous Te Kai Kepdp@. 3, 89,4: Kdparos éravaxwpnots. 
3, 96, 3: modAAn XeELpl. 4, 10, 3: Tov mod€ptoy Seworepov eEopev. 4, 9O, 2: 
apmeov Kkonrovtes... kal Aidous dua kai TAiyOov... KaOatpovvtes. 5, 10, 9: 
7 XaAkwdixy immos. 6, 24, 3: 6 O€ modvs Guidos Kal OTpaTL@rTns. 

HpT. 1, 80: ry d€ kapnArA@ erecOa. 1,174: modAy xecpi (sim. elsewhere). 
5, 30: oxraxicxiAiny do wida. 7,193: TO Kvpa. 8,113: THY immoy TH xrIny 
2+. Thy GAAny inmop. 

AR. Ran. 1466: 6 dtxaorns. 

Eur. Heracl. 275-6: wodAny...atypnv. Lbzd. 337: woddy ... xeupt. bid. 
1035: xepi. Med. 86: was mus avrov rod méXas (kis netghbor) paddov duiret 
(as in English) Phoen. 78: mo\Anv... aomid(a). b/d. 441-2: pupiav adyov 
| Aoyxny. fr. 243 N*: dAtyor GAkmoy ddpv. 

Sopu. O. C. 1251: Sakpvoy. 

AESCHYL. fr. 304, 7 N?: orayvs (sim. elsewhere in tragedy). 

PInDO37: 19: *Apyeta our aly pa. 

Hom. Od. 1, 162: xopa. 

Il. 4, 422: xodpa, and sim. elsewhere. In 5,490: vukras Te kai jap, and 
elsewhere, jap is an adverbial expression. 16, 11: Saxkpvoy (more than 
one tear is shed, as is shown by dakpva Oeppa yéwy &s Te Kpryn peAdvudpos, 
v. 3), and sim, daxpvoy elsewhere in II. and Od. 


57- Those Nations whose names are thus used are chiefly 
barbaric despotisms (“as one man’’): 6 Tépoys, (he Persian, 6 Av8és, 
the Lydian (‘the Hivite and the Hittite”); 6 MaxeSév (DEM. in con- 


MNGOLAR LOR PLORAL 29 


tempt). Thucydides, however, 6 ’A@nvaios, the Athenian; 6 Tvpaxé- 
ovos, fhe Syracusan. 

DEM. 41; 23: Tov ye Ilatova Kat Tov *DAupeov. 

THUC. 1, 69, 5: Tov Te yap Mydov, and elsewhere. 6,78, 1: tov per Supa- 
Kootov .. . TO “AOnvaiw. 6, 84, 3: 6 Nadnedevs. 

Hpr. 1, 69: tov"EAAnva. 8,2: 6 Adcwy(?) 8,136: tov A@nvaiov. 9, 12: 
Tov Sraptujtyy. 


AR. Pax, 214: viv arrikiwy dace Sixav. 


58. But the National Appellative with the article is often 
used of the king, the ruler, the general, and in some instances 
it is doubtful whether the nation ¢ masse or its representatives 
are meant. 


AESCHIN. 2,74: ths €v Sadapine mpos tov épony (ZépEnv) vavpayias, to 
be compared with § 75: typ... €v WAataais mpos trois Wépoas meCopayiay. 

DEM. [7], 6: mapa tod Maxeddvos, PAZp. [17], 10 sqq.: 6 Maxedav, 
Alexander. 

XEN. An. I, 2, 12 sqq.: 9 Katooa, The Cilictan queen. Cyr.1,1, 42 6 
SxvOns... 6 Opag... 6 Wrvpws. bed. 2, 1, 5: 6 “Aoovpeos, and elsewhere. 
Lbid. 3, 3,2: 9 yun rod ’Appeviov, and so 6 ‘Appémos and forms often in Xen. 
Cyr. 

Hpr.1, 141 and elsewhere: 6 Avéds Croesus. 7,173: 6 Maxedav. 8, 
108: 6 Iépons and tov Héponv, and so elsewhere. 

On the distributive use of the singular, see 43. 


59. elwé, dépe, aye, ETC., USED IN ADDRESSING MORE THAN 
ONE.—eiré, say’, is often used in fervid or familiar address when 
several are spoken to; the eye of the speaker shifts. Compare 
also the interjectional use of $épe, dye, with a plural verb. 


4 Bovieod’, cimé por, mepudvtes abttav muvOdverGar, A€yerai Tt Katvov; DEM. 


4, 10 (and sim. elsewhere). 


DEM. 4, 10 (see above). 20, 21: épa & ofrwat (addressed to the judges). 
25.73: pépe 67 mpos Oewy xaxewo oxeWaode, and sim. dépe elsewhere in DeM. 
and other orators. 

PLATO, Theaet. 151 FE: dada pépe dn aitd Kowy oxeWopeda, ct sim. alib. 
Prot. 311 D: eimé pot, & Yaxparés re kat Inmixpares, et sim. alib. 

XEN. Apol. 14: dye 61 dxotoare kai dda, et sim. alib. 

Hp. 1,97: phépe orjowper, but 4, 127: pépere... mepacbe. 

A Ri: Ach. Oh: eime pol, re pedoper Oa Twv ACB, @ Anporac: et sim. alib. 
Pax; TSTHIKS) aye bn, Oearat, Sevpo TvaTrAay XVEvETE, et sim. alib. Ran. the CL aes 
Pepe, TUETOE pov radi, ct sim, alib. 


30 CREEK SYNLAX 


Eur. Cycl. 590-1: aye 8, Avovioou maides ... | evdov pev dvnp. 

SopH. Tr. 1255: ay eykoveir’, aipea Oe. 

AESCHYL. Pers. 140 sqq.: aN’ aye, Iépoa. . . OapeOa, et sim. alib.; 
but Cho. 803-4: dyere... | Avoar He). 

PIND. P.1, 60: dy’... e&evpoper. 

Hoo. Od. 2, 212=4, 669: add’ aye por Sére, et sim. alib.; but 22, 252: 
aye@’... akovricar’, et sim. alib. 

Il. 2, 331: GAN’ Gye pipvere, et sim. alib. 


COPULA 


60. When the predicate is not in the form of a verb, but in 
the form of an adjective or substantive or equivalent, the so- 
called copula is generally employed to couple the adjective or 
substantive with the subject. The most common forms of the 
copula are the verbs eipi, J am, and yiyopa, J become, turn out, 
prove, behave. 

elpc: 

Oavaros H Cypta éori, LYS. 13,69; The penalty zs death. ovbrtor avdpetot 
eiow, PLATO, Lach. 195 C; These are brave. So everywhere. 

ylyvopac: 

76 T aoeBynpa npetepov yiyverar, ANT. 2 a3; The cupiety becomes ours. 

LYS. 1,7: mavtwy tov kakov arobavotaa airia poi yeyéevnrat. 

ANT. I, 4: otrou Tov pev teOvewros ovis yeyévnvra, €wot & avridixoi Ka- 
Oecract. 2a 3 (see above). 

PLATO, Lys. 223 B: xarayéAaorou yeyovapev eyw Te... Kal bets. 

XEN. Ag. 10, 4: Baoweds eyévero (sc. "Aynatdaos). (See 64.) 

THUC. 3, 2, 3: Tevédsot . . . penvurat ylyvovra, The Tenedians turn in- 
formers. 

Hort. 8, 86: jody ye kai €yévovto Tavtny Thy Nepny pakp@ apetvoves adrot 
éwutov, They were really and showed themselves that day to be far better 
than thetr wont. 

Ar. Vesp. 207: orpodOos dvnp yiyvera, The man turns to a sparrow. 

SopH. O. C. 272: ot8 dy &S eycyvopny Kakds. 615: Ta Tepmva meKpa ylyve- 
rat kavbis ira. 

PiInbD. P. 10, 22: evOaipov ... otros avip yiwera (approves himself) 
coors. 

MIMN. fr. 5, 4-5: GAN oAvyoypdvioy yiyverat Gorrep bvap | 73n Tiwnecoa. 

Hom. Od. 4, 361-2: of (sc. odpot mvelovres) pa Te vnwv | TopmHes ylyvovrat. 
708-9: al @ adds trot | avdpaae ylyvovrat. 


61. PERIPHRASES WITH ylyvopat.—Pcriphrases with y/yvoua are espe- 


COPULA 31 


cially common in elevated style. In addition to the pomp (éyxos) gained 
by the fuller expression, the moral character of the agent or action is 
brought more distinctly to the consciousness. gowrtnp yevou pot, AESCH. 
Cho. 2, is much more than gooov pe, puoitodts yevov, Sept. 130, than proac 
ty modu, and pr... Upioras yévy, SOPH. Ai. logt-2, than py Uspions. See 
further the comm. on ANT. 1, 2: ripwpots yevéeo Oa, and THUC. 3, 2, 3, and 
compare Periphrastic Tenses, especially 293. 


62, COPULA AS THE PREDICATE.—Strictly speaking, the cop- 
ula is itself a predicate, as is not unfrequently shown by the 
translation when it stands alone or with an adverb. 


et tav@ otrws éoriv, Dem. [58].16; /f matters stand thus. 48 érépa éotw 
én, AND. 1,120; Zhe other (daughter) ts still living. 


DEM. 20, 64: rovrav 8 tows €vior tov avSpwv ovkér elaiv. adda ta Epya ra 
mpaxdevr’ earev, eredymep anak empaxdn. [58], 16 (see above). 

Lys.1,4. /d¢d@. 11: 6 yap dvOpwros evdov hv. 13.44: avayxn 8 eoriv. Lbid. 
83: mept Sv €arw  airia. 19, 11: if) (SC. omdvs dpyupiov) vey €arw ( prevazls) 
€v ty ToAet. 

AND. I, 120 (see above). 

PLATO, Charm. 153 B: payn eyeyovew (had taken place) év rn Moredaia. 
Protag. 325 B: oxéwar ws Oavpagiws yiyvovrat (act, behave) ot ayabot (see the 
commentators, and comp. THUC. 3, 10, 1, below). /ézd. 335 D: é€av yap 
av €£€dOns, oly Gpoiws nui €oovra oi Suadoya, Jf YOU go out, our aiscusstons 
will not goon as well. 

XEN. An. 7, 1, 28: €ore rs ovTws adppwv doris oterac; Preathes! there the 
man who ts so foolish as to think ? 

THUC. 3, 10, 1: ed py pet apetns Soxovons és GAAnAoUs ylyvotvTo. 4, LO, 
2: ovons ths moAews mpos Adov, The city lying uphill. 4,118, 10: ai be 
orovéat eviavtov exovrat (are fo Last). 

AR. Eq. 1027: €uot yap €or’ dpOas mept rovrov Tov Kuvos. 

Eur. Alc. 1076: ovx €are rots Oavovtas eis ios podrew. Bacch. 773-4: 
owou Se pnker’ ovros otk €arw Kemps | 00d addXo Teprvdv odev avOpamoas ETL. 
fr. 236 N?: oty puplowe ra Kada ylyverae Tovots. 

SOPH. Ph. 1241: €orw ris, €otw 6s oe KwAvoEL TO Spay. 

SOLON, I 3, 16 Be kes: ov yap ony Ovnrois U3pios épya meéNet. 

Hom. Od. 19, 312: os €oerai wep, Flow things will turn out, 21, 212. 

Hom. Il. 1, 211: ws €oerat wep. 1,564: ef 8 o0rw rour ear. 4, 319: ds 
épev. 6,130-1: obSe... | Spy gy. 9,528: ws qu. How et was. 9.551: ropa 


5 , - 7% . ! » : te ’ 
8€ Koupyreaoe raxas ny, fared tll. 11,762: @s €ov. 23,043: @y mor’ €or, 


VCf. Pinp N. 6, 2-3: te prac O& mvéopev (wwe have our breath = we have our 


being) | parpog apporepor. 


32 CREEKAS VNBAR, 


63. elvar at the head of a sentence or clause is regularly emphatic, and 
gore is equivalent to the later évrws gon, 7s really, 7s én fact. 


DeM. 20, 18: €ore d€ rovd ovT@ai pev dxodoat Noyor Tw’ €yov. 

Lys. 1, 16: €ore &, ey, Eparoadevns Oinbey 6 radra mparrov. 

PLATO, Gorg. 449 B: etot pév, © &., €viat tov amokpicewy avaykatat Sia pa- 
Kpov Tovs Aoyous Troveta Oat. 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 4,3: Kal hy pev tows ToAvAoywrepos. 

THUC. 7, 1,4: &v otk advvaros. 

HDT. 5, 124: nv yap... 'Aptoraydpns 6 Manos Wuxnv ovk akpos. 8, 86: 
Hod ye Kal €yevovTo . . . ameivoves avToi Ewutwr (See 60). 

Ar. Lys. 1037: ws eore Owrikal pices. 

SopH. O. C. 1000: ef yap od Sixaos. O. T. 255: ef yap hy rd mpaypa py 
OenXarov. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 958: gorw Oddacaa, ris b€ viv KataoBéoet; 

PIND. O. 1, 36: €ore 5’ avdpi paper €oixds audi daiover Kada. 

SAPPHO, fr. 85: are poe kaAa Tas. 

Hom. Od. 2, 292-3: eiot d€ vines | modXal ev... “1Oakn. 

I]. 10, 378-9: gore yap €vdov | xaAkos. 


64. COPULATIVE VERBS.-——Other Copulative Verbs are: 


Gkovety, Kupeiv, c/sice, Tvyxavev, happen, 

Sratedety, Aayxavety, umapxetv, de (a basis), 

Svvac8at, peéverv, rere072, daivopar, appear, 

KkabtotacJai—yiyvecbar aréNeuv, TreAco Oat, vvar, comp, /zisse, 
(often in orators), Ted€Berv, etc. 


In the better days of the language such verbs as kaOicracOa, rvyyavew, 
trapxew, and diva are not mere fluxes for the predicate. The frequent 
use of @ova and rvyyavew arises from the Greek division of all manifesta- 
tion into the two spheres of g@vors and rvyn. In drapyew, which ultimately 
became colorless, the idea of a basis, of something to fall back upon, of 
resource or residue, was not wholly effaced in the good period. 


Dem. 18, 46: dvti yap pilav kat E€vov a TT’ wvopatovto, viv Kodakes Kal 
Bevis €yOpoi Kat mavO' & mpoonkey akovovary, hear =are called. 57, 47: €b 
wev €ayon lepers. 

Lys. [6], 4: dy vuvt ’Avdoxidns adoos amadayy... Kat Adyyn Bacirevs. 

ANT. 1, 4 (60): €not 8° dvridikoe Kabeorace 

PLATO, Charm. 154 B: oyedov yap ri pot mavres of ev TH NAtKia Karol ai- 
vovrat. bd. 154 C: Kat rote exetvos €uot Oavpaoros edavyn. Hipp. Mai. 300 
A: ov6€ y' ad 7 be’ axons ndovyn, ... dua ravra Tuyxavet Kady. Prot. 313 E: 
TuyYdvets emorypwv. Theaet. 146 A: 6 d€ duaprov... kadedetrac . 
ovos, The fellow that misses qwell set down an ass. 


XEN, Ages. 10, 4: idordraros be wehuk@s, anrrnros SceréXe wey, eve 


COR OLATINGE VERB: S) 33 


Baowers eyévero, Lorn ambitious, he continued unconquered after he became 
king. 

THUC. 4, 69, 2: Kai ai olkiat... adrai Urnpxov epupa, The houses them- 
Selves served as a fortress, 

Hpr. 4, 110: Svvarae d€ rd otvopa rovro Kara ‘EAXdba yAoooay avd po- 
KTOVOL. 

AR. Pax, 1045: ris dpa ror’ €ariv; ws ddatav paiverat 

Eur. Hec. 1229: tmnpyx(e). lon, 412: peraméooe (Sc. ra cupBodAaa) 
BeAriova. Med. 229: xaxtoros avdpov €x3é8nyx otpos moots. bed. 285: mé- 
gucas. bid. 728: peveis dovdos. fr. 360, 8 N*: épupev. fr. 382 N*: mé- 
gpuxa. 

SOPH. El. 45-6: 6 yap | péyeoros airois ruyxyavet dopvéévar. 

AESCHYL, Pers. 598: xax@v pev daTis eumeipos KUpet. 

PIND. O. 1, 47: os & adavros €meXes. 

Hom. Od. 7, 51-2: @apaadéos yap avip €v racw dpeiver | epyoow redé bet. 


Il. 1, 417-8: viv 8 Guar’ @ktpopos Kai di¢upos wept mavtwy | eae. 


65. PASSIVE VERBS AS COPULATIVE VERBS.—Passive verbs 
of making, taking, choosing, calling, and the like are used as 
copulative verbs, and like the others take the same case in the 
subject and predicate. Such verbs are: 


aipeioba, evpioxeoSat, A€yeo Gar, 

atper dat, totacIat, vopileobat, 

adioxerbar, Kaiorac@ar (cf. 64), dvopaler Gar, 
amodeixvucbat, xadeio Gar, qroveto Par, 

avéavecOan, kataleitreo Jat, TeTvxOar, TvxPyvaL, 
yryveoKeo Gar, Kpiver9at, trokapBaver Pat, 
SnAovo8ar, AapBaverOar, Xetpotoveto Gar, and others. 


DEM. 2, 5: péyas nvEnOn. 2,8: HpOn peyas. 4, 18: Wa)... apiAakros 
AnPOn. 9. 21: péeyas €k pixpod... Pitemmos nvEnrac. [12], 14: eav pev epy 
yvwodn (sc. 7 vyoos)..., €av & tyerépa xptOn. 18, 282: ab rotvev otros 
nupéOns. 27,63: ef kareXdeiPOny pev eviavavos. bed. 64: olkot radavriacoe 
kat Ouradavrou KaTaXdecpdevres. 

ISOC 12; ssc ovx OOS Etpee YlyVvwoKopPeEevos aAAd rovovTos UToAapBavo- 
feEVOS OloV KTE. 

Lys. 13, 66: Kai eA POn potyss. 16, 8: modrdods SF atrav arparnyovs Kat 
immapyous KEXELPOTOVN MEVOUS. 

ANT. 6, 11: éreidy xopnyos karearadny, 

PLATO, Lege. 689 Diy... peyiorn tov Evxppomarv peyiotn Sixacorar’ dy 
A€yotro copia. Phaedr. 236 Bs odupydaros ev ‘Odupria aradnre  Rpb. 
566 1): ripavvos dvtt mpoararov amorereNeopevos, 

XEN. An. 7, 1, 26: rod€utoe pev ead peda arodedetypevoe \axedapoviots. 

3 


34 GREEK SYNTAX 


THUC. 3, 82, 4: roApa pevy yap addyvoros avdpia dirératpos évopia On, 
Daring wzthout reftection was considered bravery of good comradeship. 
5,95: ro b€ pioos Suvapews mapaderypa Trois dpyouévacs SnAovpevov. 6, 33, 3: 
appaxrat AnpOnoed be. 

HbD?T. 2, 141: kal viv obros 6 Baoiwkeds Eaotnke... ALOwos. 3, 88: Aapeios 
... Baoirdrevs ame dé dexkro, ef sem. altbe. 

Ar. Nub. 1079: porxyds yap iy tiyns ddovs. Av. 798-9: Aurpépys... 
7péOn pvdapyos, €t6 trmapyxos. 

Eur. H. F. 150: od & os dpiarov powrds €kdX Ons Sauap. 

SOPH. El. 950: pova Nedeippedov. O. T. 576: od yap 57 hovels ddro- 
copat. Ph. 908: dSevrepov AnPOG@ kaos; 

AESCHYL., Eum. 353: maddevxcav b€ mémA@v cuotpos povva ervUYOnv. Pers, 
135-9: Ilepaides O.. . €xaora... Neimerat povd(v&. Sept. 698-9: Kakds od 
kekAn- | on, Base shalt thou not be called. 

PIND. O. 9,46: Aaoi 8 dvipacev. I. 3, 25-6: rydevres... NEyovrat 
| mpoEevoi r(e). 

Hom. Od. 9, 335: atrap ey méumros pera roiaw €Xéypnv. 20, 67-8: al 
d€ Alimovro | dppavai ev peyapo.or. 

Il. 1, 293: 7 yap kev Secdos Te Kal ovtiSavos KaXeoipny. 4,84: Zevs, ds 7° 


avOparav Tanins ToA€mowo TéTUKT AL 


66. etvat COMBINED WITH A COPULATIVE VERB.—Even after these 
etvac is sometimes found as /o ée is in English; e. g. “ Paul called to be an 
apostle.” 

TSA CES, 41: 08 eivat ovopaa ny. 

Piato. Cf. Apol. 23 A: dvopa 8€ rotro éyerOar copos eva. Rpb. 
428 E: doo emorripas €xovres dvopacovrai Tues etvat. 

HDT. 5, 25 (¢er). 7, 154: amed€éxOn maons ris trou eivat irrapyos. 

PIND. O, 10, 63-4: patpwos 8 exadeoo€ ve | iow@vupor euper. 

Hom. Cf. Il. 17, 150-1: Sapmnddr(a) . . . | kadAuTes “Apyetourw EAwp Kat 


’ , 
kuppa yevéo Oat. 


67. PREVIOUS CONDITION.— Previous condition is represented by 
avri or €€ with the gen. 


> : cus 1 5 Nest A , ‘ ' 
DIN. | ean i es €upnoere yap TovTOV ... avTl pev Aoyoypaou . « « MAOVGL@= 
TaTov ovTa Tov ev TH TOAEL, avTL 5S ayvwros .. . Evdo€ov yeyernpeévov. 


DEM. 9, 21: péyas &€k puxpod (see 65). 18, 46 (see 64). /b7d. 131: mAov- 
aos €k TTwXOU... yeyovws, A rich man ( plutocrat) from a pauper. 

LYS. 32, 17: avrt mAOVTiwy Trwyors. 

PLATO, Rpb. 566 D (see 65). 

XEN. Cyr. 8, 3, 39: €k mévnros mAOVELOS yeyevnoat. 

Hp. 1, 87: mwodépeov avri didov epot Kkaragrhvat. 

Ar. Cf. Av. 627 (see 25). Ran. 1011: &« ypnorey Kai yevyaiwy pox Onpords 


Tous améderEas. 


OMISSION OF THE SUBJECT 


Ge 
un 


SoPH. Tr. 148-9: €ws ris avri mapOévov yur | «AnO7. 
PIND. ©. 13, 66-7 : €& dveipou 8’ abrixa | hv trap. 
On the Double Acc. after Active Verbs see Index. 


OMISSION OF THE SUBJECT 
68. PERSONAL PRONOUN EXPRESSED. — The personal pro- 
noun of the first and second person is not expressed unless it is 
emphatic, as, for example, in contrasts. 


ti padAov €nod od Karnyopeis H yo oov; Dem. 18, 196; IVAy do vou accuse 
me rather than I you? obtos pév yap t8wp, éyw 8 olvov mivw, DEM. 19, 46; 
This fellow (drinks) water, I drink wine. 

Dem. 18, 196 (see above). 19, 46 (z/.). 21, 28: eyw... tpeis (see 88). 

Lys. 1, 26: ovx €y@ oe amoxtev® GAN’ 6 THs TOAEwWS VOpos, (It is) not J that 
am about to kill thee, but the law of the state. (Cf. AR. Eccl. 1055-6, 
cited below.) 

PLATO, Conv. 172 B: od oby por Siyynoa. Protag. 335 D (see 62). 

XEN. An. I, 3,6° adda eet Upets emot ov« EOeAcTE wEiPeTOar, ovd€ Exec Oat, 
€y@ ovv vy eYrouat. 

THUC. 6, 14: Kat ov, ® mp’tau, TadTa .. . emipygece. 

Hb. 6,1: rovro ro trodnua eppayas pev ot, vredjoato b€ 'Apiorayopns. 
7,11: ef nets novyiny Gkopev, GAN’ ovk €xewwor. 

AR. Vesp. 1426: ob eye. Eccl. 1055-6: GAX’ otk eye, | add’ 6 vipos 
€Axet o(e). 

Eur. Hec. 609-10: at 8’ ad AaBovoa TevXOS, apxaia Autpi, |... eveyKe 
Sevpo. 

SoPH. Antig. 508: od rovro povyn ravde Kadpeiwy pas. 

PIND. ey 27 times, ov and ru together Io times. 

SOLON, fr. 2: etny 61 ror’ ey a Poreyavdpros 7 Sexwyrns. 

Hom. Od. 1, 303-5: atrap éya@y ext vna Bony KateAXevoopa dn... or 
8 air@ pedro. 

Il. 1,76: rovyap €yav épéw, ov b€ oivOeo, 2, 485-6: bpeis... mapeore 


m” , € - ‘ ’ 7 > ‘, , 5 , to 
re, tate Te mavra, | npets de KA€os oloy akovoper, OVSE Te (Oper. 


69. UNEMPHATIC éyo AND ov.—The emphasis of the first and second 
persons is not to be insisted on too much in poetry or in familiar prose. 
Notice the frequency of éydéa, éydpa. Noteworthy also is the return of 
eyo in AESCHIN, 3. 


70. OMISSION OF THE SUBJECT OF THE THIRD PERSON.— 
The personal pronoun of the third person has no nominative. 
Hence, the unemphatic subject of the third person is omitted 
when it can be readily supplied from the context. 


36 GREEK SYNTAX 


71. SUBJECT OMITTED EVEN WHEN THERE IS A SUDDEN 
CHANGE OF SUBJECTS.—So free is the Greek in its omission of 
the subject that there is often a sudden change of subject with- 
out further warning. 

4 yuvty arryer ... @s Td Tatdiov, tva Tov TLTOdv adTa Bi8w (sc. 7) yun) Kal py Bog 
(sc. 76 watdiov), LYS. 1, 10. 

Lys. I, 10 (see above). 

ANTIPHON, I, 26: mas ovdv ravrnv ede (SC. twa) aEwv eotw fh aidods 
ruyxdvety (SC. TavTyv) Tap’ tpwv } Gov Tov; 

XEN. An. I, 2, 26: 9 yuvy adrov emevoe kai riatets EXaBeE (SC. Svevveats). 

THUC. 2, 3,4: €x@pour (SC. of WAaraujs). . . €m’ adrovs (SC. rods OnBaiovs), 
bros py Kata pos Oaprarewrépors odor Tpogpépwvrat (SC. of WAaratis) Kai opi- 
ow €k Tov toov ylyvwrrat (SC. of OnBaio). 3, 62, 5: emerdy yoo 6 re Midos 
dmjAe kat Tovs vopous €AaBe (SC. TOA). 8, 102, 1: ws adrois of Te PpuKTwpot 
€onpawov kal 70 Odavovro (SC. of ’AOnvaiot) ra mupa eEaibyyns Toda. . . Pavevra. 

Sopu. Ai. 549. Tr. 362-3 (where see Jebb). 

PIND, O. 3, 20-2: 6fOadpov avrépdreEe Myva, | kai peyddov aéOXov dyvav 
kpiow ... | Anke (sc. HpakdAjs). 9,45-6. P.4, 23-5. So elsewhere. 

HEs. fr. 5 Rz.: ov8€ of vrvos | wimrer ert Breapors, pvdakny O €xev (SC. 
"Apyos) €uredov atel. 

Hom. dl. 23, 704-6: avdpi d€ vexnOévre yuvaik’ és péccov €Onxev (SC. TnXet- 
dns), | woAdAa 8 eiararo (SC. yurn) epya, Tiov (SC. ’Axatol) dé € recoapaBouoy. | 
arn © opOds Kai poOov ev ’Apyetoow €etmev (SC. Hndetdns). ! 


72. SUBJECT CONTAINED IN THE VERB.—The subject is 
sometimes omitted in the third person, when it may be involved 
in the verb as the definite function of a definite character. 
ayputev, Le proclaimed (6 Khpv&), etc. Ina suit at law, the clerk 
is often addressed without any further note. In dramatic pas- 
sages, a servant is often supposed to be at hand. 

avayvaTw (SC. 6 ypapparevs), DEM. [44], 453 Let (the clerk) read.  émei 
éoadmyée (sc. 6 cadmeykris), TpoBadAcpevor Ta STAG emyoav, NEN. An. 1, 2, 
17; When the trumpet sounded, etc. 

Dem. [44], 45 (see above). 

Lys. 19, 27: @ b€ xarédurev (SC. 6 ‘Aptorodarns), avayveoetat (SC. 6 ypap- 
parevs) tpi. Lbtd. 57. 

XEN. An. 1, 2, 17 (see above). 2, 2,4: éemedav... onunvy. 3,4,4: €on- 
pnve. L620. 36: exnpvée. 5, 2,12: émdtav onpyyy (625). 6, 5,25: €ws onpaivor. 

1 Note also N. T, Marc. 1, 31: Kat agynKer abriy 6 ruperog EvOEwWC, Kai OinKovec 


(sc. éxetyn) adbroce. 


@ELA PHMATA Si 


Conv. 5, 2: povov, en, rov Aaymrnpa éeyyvs TpooeveyKara. Cyrr2eenes 
HpSaro (SC. 6 dprapos). 4, 5. 42: KnpvEdrw. 

THUC, 3, 21, 3: ote rupodov py eva, dAdAa SC abtov péecwy Siyoay (SC. oi 
Suovres) = those who had to go through =e purakes. 

HD?T. 2, 47: é€meav Ovan. 2,70: é€meav.. . deXeaon. 

COM. 3, 502: thy trpameCav HK’ Exwv (SC. 6 Sovdos). 

Pinp. P. 1, 48: dvix’ evplaoKxovto Oewy rarapas tiysav, ffrero cum fra- 
tribus. 

THEOGN. 473: olvoyoeiT@. 

Hom. Od. 4, 214: yevdvrwy (sc. Oeparovtes). 21, 142: olvoyoever (SC. 6 
oivoxvos). 


Il. 18, 492-3: vippas... | nylvevy (sc. vuppaywyoi). 


73- Sia pypara.— Not essentially different from this use is the 
use of the so-called Oia fypara, in which the name of the divine 
agent is omitted, such as te (sc. 6 twrv=Zevs), he rains (the rainer 
=Zeus). So Bpovrg, he thunders, vioe, he snows, oeie, he shakes 
(Poseidon). 

Lys. fr. 75, 4 (Sch.): #8n cuoKxoraorrtos. 

THUC. I, 51, 2: Evverkorace yap dn. 4, 52, 1: Kat rod avtovd pnvos 
iotapévou €geoe. 

Hbr. 2,22: boar... €xeove ce (625). 4, 28: tiv pev wpainy otk Vet Aoyou 
Gévov ovd€v, 7d b€ B€pos Uwy ovK aviee (note the masc. ptc. vw). 

AR. Ach. 1141: viges fr. 2, 963, 13: Kat Evyvevodhe Kai yetpépea 
Bpovta pan’ ev. 

CoM. 2, 851, 2: vidérw pev adrdiras, | pakalétw 8 dproow, této & 
evel. 

Hom. No example. See 74. 


74. DIVINE AGENT FEXPRESSED.—In Homer the divine 
agent is always expressed, as it often is in poetry, and even in 
prose that aims at reproducing the language of the people. 
That the notion of god is never abandoned is shown by the 
use of the genitive absolute, and not the accusative absolute. 
Bovtos, when itis ramming. See Partictpial Accusative. 

XEN. Oec. 8, 16: Grav yetpacn 6 Beds év ty Oadatty. Lbr7/. 20, 11: vdwp 
pev 6 avw Beds mapéxet. Ven, 8,1: érav vidby 6 Bevs. 

Hv. 3, 117: tov pev yap xeqava vee aque 6 Beds. So elsewhere. 

Ar. Ach, 510-11: xatrois 6 Hooedav ... | meloas.. . €utudoe tas olkias. 
Nub. 368: ris Vee; Av. 570: Bpovrarw voy 6 peyas Zav. Lys. 1142: yo Oeos 
Telwy dpa. So clsewhere. 


38 GREER SYNTAX, 


SoPH. O. C. 1606: krimnoe pev Zedvs yOovos. 
PIND. O. 7, 49-50: 6 pev (SC. Zeus)... | woAvv Bae xpvody. I. 6 (7), 5. 
ALCAE. fr. 34: Bee pev 0 Zevs. 
Hom. Od. 14, 305: Zeds & dpvdis Bpovtnoe. 
Il. 9, 236-7: Zevs d€ ogre Kpovidns evdéEva onpata haivey | aotpamret. 


12,25: te & dpa Zevs. 12, 279-80: Ore 7’ wpero pytieta Zevs | vidéepev.! 


75. Gen. Abs.: 


Lys. fr. 75, 4 (Sch.): 75n cucKoralovros. 
XEN. Hell. 1, 1, 16: dovtos TOAN®. 
Ar. Vesp. 773-4: eay Oe vin, mpos TO wtp Kabrpevos (sc. nAtavet), | VovTos, 


Settee 
Elo EL. 


76. IMPERSONAL VERBS.—The same principle lies at the 
basis of all so-called impersonal verbs. Sometimes the subject 
is contained in the predicate, as when the passive is used imper- 
sonally, or when the infinitive is used without a subject. 


épot ... Sediyynrar, ANTIPHON, I, 31; JZy dale has been told. 


ANTIPHON, 1, 31: eyot pev ody Sedinyntat kal BeBonOnrac te@ <Te > Te- 
Ove@Te Kat T@ vOu@. 5,75: duws O ody KextvdOuvevoerat. 

PLATO, Rpb. 457 E. ed pad’ dy apdhioBnrnbein (cf. zbéd. D: apduoBn- 
Tow yevéo Oat). 

XEN. Hell. 1, 3, 20: emet 5€ adrois mraperkevaoro. Mem.1,7,2: dp’ ov 
ra €£w Tis TEXYNS ENTE OY TOUS ayadovs avANTaS ; ... Kal TOUT@ TadTAa TOLNTEOV 
... Kal TOUT@ TOAAODS ETaLWEeTAS MAPATKEVATTEODY. 

THUC. I, 46, 1: of d€ Kopiv@co1, €rerd) ad’rois Taper kevaara, €meov emt 
thy Képxupav. 1,91, 1: teexiCerai re kat dn Vos NapBaver (SC. TO TeLxos). 
7, 25,9: os... OvamemoAepnodpevov. Cf. 7, 77, 3: ikava yap Tots Te Todepiors 
nuTuxntar 

Ar. Thesm. 1227: ada wématorat petpios nuiv. Ran. 376: nplornrae 
& e€apxovvras. 

Hom. Od. 9, 143: ov8€ mpovdaiver’ idécba. 19, 312: adAda pot OS ava 
Ovpov dlerat, ws EveTAl TeEp. 

Il. 22, 319: os aiypns dwéAapT’ edyxeos. 
For additional examples of the impersonal passive, see 176. 
For the impersonal neuter plural in -réa, see exx. under 37. 


77. Often the subject is practically an infinitive or a sentence. 
So in the case of such verbs as 6ée7, doxe?, eloépyetal (eloner, 


1 Note also POLYB. 31, 21, 9° suaKxoralovrog aprt tov Oeov. 
* Compare also POLYB. 31, 21, g (see above). 


INDEFINITE SCBJECT OMITTED 39 


’ a sy ’ , wv 
ela rGe) pe, evdéxeTat, EEeoriv, Eotiv, Eyer NOyor, odK ExT, Tape= 
XEl, MPETEL, TpoTnKeEl, TUEepel, Haivetat, pr, etc. 


Gmavta yap Sei radnOy Adyew, Lys. 3, 10; /¢ cs necessary to tell all the 
truth, The whole truth must be told. 


DEM. 19, 204: otre yap ws cuphépet Paxéas amoAwrévar . . . Evedtiv 
A€yeww alta. 

Lys. 3,10: €S0€€ pot xpatiotoy eivat arodnproa ex tis TONEwS. 

THUC. I, 120, 1: ypn yap Tovs nyepovas ... Ta Kowa TpogKomev. 1, 120, 
3: ed d€ mapacy oy, ex Toheuou Tad Evu3nva (sc. avdpav ayabav €arcy). 

HDT. 3, 71: €meire d€ €s Aapeioy dmixeto yrapuny amopaiverOa. 3, 142: 
kal pot Tape EL Vo Uuewy apyew. 6,27: iréer b€ kws Tpognpaivecy, evr dy 
péAAn peydda Kaka 7) mOAL H EOvEt Eoea Oa, but just below: ravra pev ode 
onuna 6 Ocds mpocdeEe. 9,68: SnAot TE por Gre TavTa Ta TpNypaTa TeV Bapsa- 
pwy iprnto ex Mepréwy. 

Eur. H. F. 302-3: dn 8 €aonrdO€ pw ef maparncaipeba | puyas téxvev 
tavele). 

Hom. Od. 1, 296-7: ot8 €re ce yp | vnmeéas dxyéew. Cf. 3, 14: Tyreuay’, 
ov péev oe ypr €r aiddos. 8, 146: €orke b€ a Wey aéOdovs. 

Il. 2, 24: ob} ypy mavvdyiov eddew Bovdndipov dvdpa. 9, 337-8: ti be 

Set! modepeCepevar Tpwecow | Apyetous; 

For other examples, see 37, and on the infinitive, see Index. 


78. Sometimes an indefinite subject is to be supplied from the context. 
This is very easy in the dependencies of the infinitive, as that form always 


involves an indefinite accusative subject. 


ISAE. 2, 13: [6 vopos] Kedevec ra €avrod e€eivae SiabéaOa érws dv €O€Xn. 
So elsewhere. 

ANTIPHON, 5, QI: ev pev yap aKkeoT@ Tpadypate Kat dpyy xpnoanévovs Kat 
diaBorn miOopévovs EAagoov €atw eEapapte: petayvors yap €re dv dpOas Bov- 
Nevoatro (SC. 6... xpNnoupevos Kre). 

Piatro, Men. 97 A: ov« €otw 6pOas nyeta Oar, €av pr ppovmos 7. So else- 
where. Cf. Rpb. 347 C: ris b€ Cnplas peyiotn ro bird movnpotépov dpyer Oat, 
€av pn avtos €O€An dpyxew. 

HpT. 1,195: eaOnre d€ rode ypewvrat, nOave trodnvenés Nwew, Kal ert TOLTOY 
ddov eipiveoy KOava emevdvvet (SC. 6 xpewpevos). 1, 2162 ovros Se HAcxins ee 
mpoxéerat GiAdos pev ovdels* eredy b€ yépwv yévntae Kapta Kré, 2, 38: Soxya- 
(ovat... iv... tdnrae (SC. 6 doxtpatwy). 2,65: ebxopevor...iorage... bidot 
(SC. 6 evydpevos). 

EUR. Or. 428: pucovped’ ottws Gore py) mT pomwevvé mety (SC. Tiva). 


! The only instance of dec in Homer. 


40 GREEK SYNTAX 


Hom. Od. 5, 400: éacov (dcov) re yéeywve Bonoas (?). 6, 294: 2d. 9, 473: 
ta, AZ, 1Ote 2a. 
Il. 13, 287: odb€ kev €vOa reov ye pévos Kat xeipas dvotto, a fault-finder. 
22, 199: as (=as) 8 ev dveipw od Sivarar hevyorta diwkew, a dreamer. 


79. Other ellipses of Time, Circumstances, and the like co- 
incide with the English. 


THs 8 dpas éyiyver’ dpe, DEM. 21, 84; /¢ was getting late. Av wpds Hpe- 
pav, Lys. 1, 14; /¢ was drawing on towards day. 

DEM. 21, 84 (see above). 

Lys. 1, 14 (see above). 

PLATO, Conv. 217 D: oxnrropevos ort oe etn. 

XEN. An. 1, 8, 1: dn Te Hy audi ayopay mAnOovoayv. Ap. 23: &vOa od 
mpoaBarov Oavdrw. Hell. 1, 6,20: eet oxdros €in, €€eBiBacev . .. emevdy dn 
Hécov Tuepas vy. 

THUC. I, 109, 3: ws d€ ait@ od mpovxwpet, matters. 2, 56, 1: émedy 
éroipa ny, things. 2,56, 4: é€s edmida pev iAOov Tov €deiv, ov pévTor Tpoe x w- 
pnoée ye. 4, 93,1: Hdn yap kal ths nuépas ope nv. 7, 84, 4: es Ta emi Oatepa 
T€ TOU TOTaLOU TapaaTavTes of Supakoorot (Hv Se Kpnuvades [SC. TO ywpioy)). 

HDT. 3, 82: &k d€ rov povov dwéBn es povvapxinv. 

Hom. Il. 22, 410: r@ b€ pddior’ dp’ €nv (the situation) evadlyxior, ws ei 
KTE. 

See also exx. under 37. 


80. ONE.— One may be expressed by tes, or, chiefly in 
phrases, by the Ideal second person, an imaginary you. 

TUG: 

DEMS P25 pnoeé Tis dv. 3, 10: etmoe tes av, and so elsewhere. 4, 25: 
ei yap €porrd tes twas. 18, 252: mavraydbev pev Tolvuy dv Tis tor. 

PLatTo, Legg. 905 C. Soph. 220 D: # ri tis av, Geairnre, etmot KaAXLov ; 
and so elsewhere. 

XEN. An. I, 9, 3: Katapador dy tes, and elsewhere. 

THUC. 1, 6,6: moda & dy kat (Ada Tes amrodei€eve Kré., and elsewhere. 

Hp. 1, 32: €» yap to paxp@ xpovm moddAa pev eore ideiv Ta py Tes 
eee. 

AR. Pax, 833: aorépes yryvoped’, Otay tis amobavn. 

SOPH. O. C. 1536-7: Oeot yap ed pév, ope & eicopa@o’, orav | Ta bei’ apeis 
Tus eis TO paver Oa tpamn. Ph. 505: yorav tes ed (7, and so often. 

Hom. Od. 4, 535 =I1, 411: &s tis re Katéxtave Bow emt parvn. 

Il. 3, 33: os & dre tis te Spaxovta Sov madivopoos améatn, and so else- 

where. 


INDELINTTE AS OBIECT OMe LED 41 


81. Jdeal Second Person: 


PLATO, Protag. 347 D: Grou 8€ Kcadoi xayabot cupmora Kai memadevpevor 
elaiv, ovx dv idocs ob’ alAnrpidas obre Kré. (?). 

XEN. Cyr. 8, 1, 33: €méeyvws & dy eet ovdeva obre dpytCopevov xpavyy otre 
xalpovta U3piatiKas yéwrt, dAAG (Sav dy adro’s nyNTw TH drt cis Kadros Chy. 
Tbid. 8, 3,42: wee (2). Lda. 8, 3,43: odSeva dv iSors (?). Hell. 6, 4,16: dv 
8€ Cavtes nyyeApevot joav (SC. of mpoonxovtes) dAlyous dv € ides. 

HbT, 2, 29: wxowar d€ dvw@dexa efor obroe tovs Sei rovTw To Tpdmw diexTrD - 
oa (which ove must...). Kat €mecta amifeac és (and then yo will reach) 
mediov Netov.. . FEELS... WoLnogeat...mrEvVTEaL... HEeEts. 2, 30: €v low 
xpova io PE CUS <r POU. 0.55 nAGes. 4,28: Vdwp exxéas mdAdv ov Totn- 
aeis, mup O€ dvakaiwy Toinaets mHAOv. 

Eur. H. F. 1196: ov« dy eideins (?). 

Sopu. O. C. 431: etzots dy (?). 

PIND. P. 10, 29: vavot 8 otvire weCos iy dv evpors. 

Hom. Od. 3,124: ovdé xe pains. 

Il. 4, 223: €v@ otk dy Bpifovra iSors "Ayapeuvova Siov. 4,429: otd€ xe 
pains. 5,85: ovK dy yvoins. 15,697: pains x(e). 


82. INDEFINITE SUBJECT OF THE THIRD PERSON PLURAL 
OMITTED.—In the third person plural, the indefinite subject 
may be omitted, chiefly in verbs of saying and thinking. 

&s daot, DEM. 4, 9; As they say, and so elsewhere. 

DEM. 4, 9 (see above). 19, 193: etme bn awe tov Sarupoy, Gre Kré. 19, 
194: elrew pacey adror. 

PLATO, Legg. 803 D: otovrar. . . yyotvrac(?) Rpb. 428 B: od ydp mov 
apabia ye aN’ emotnun eb BovdXevovTat. 

XEN. An.1,9, 5: €xptvov & avrov. 

THUC. 7, 69, 2: émep mag yoveey ev Tos peyadols ayaot. 

HDT. 2, 106: 7 Te &k rhs ‘Edeins €s Paxacay Epxovtrat Kat TH ex Sapdiwv 
€s Spupynv. 

Ar. Pax, 832: a Aéyovat. 

SopH. Ph. 335: os A€youvoey. 

PIND. O. 2, 31: A€yours. P. 1,52 and P. 2, 21: avri. 

Hom. Od. 1, 220: rod p’ &k pace yevéer Oa. 

Il. 4, 375: mépe 8 Grwv haat yeverOa. 18, 487: Kadeovow. 


83. OMISSION OF COoPULA.—The forms éord and efot of the 
copula are omitted in saws and proverbs, in short statements 
and questions, rapid transitions, abstract expressions. So reg- 
ularly with -réov, avayen, dpa, and the like. Other forms than 
bd U ’ ‘ . 
é€oTi or ecot more rarely. Cf. also g. 


42 CREEK SYNTAX 


Bpaxis 6 édXeyxOos (sc. eoriv), LYCURG. 33; Brzef zs the Proof. 
84. €oti and eict: 


LYCURG., 33: dmAoby 7d Sixaoy, padvoy Td ddnO€s, Bpayds 6 edeyxos. 

DEM. 18, 242: movnpov .. . movnpov 6 auKodav7ns. 

ANTIPHON, 5,7: 7) pev ovy airnots & dvdpes Kai vominws Kal doiws €xovca 
(sc. €oriv). 

PLATO, Euthyd. 304 B: ro yap oraniov, ® Ev6., tiwtov: 7 be UdSwp evwvo- 
tarov. Euthyphr.15 E: kai pou pa améva. Gorg. 507 A: avaykn taiz eva 
otvrws. Phaedr. 245 C: apyn d€ drodeiEews Se. Wuyi) waoa aOavaros. 76 yap 
aetkivntov aBavarov. Theaet. 144 D (dzs). 145 A: oKemréov. 

XEN. Ven. I, 1: 7 pev evpnua Oeay . . . ttypat Kat KUveEs. 

THUC. I, 32, 5: avaykn (SC. €oriv) ... Evyyvopn (Sc. €oriv). 3,82, 2. 7,77, 
7: avdpes yap TOALs, Kat ov Teiyn OvdE VHEs avdpav Kevai. 

Hbv. 6, 129: od dpovris ‘ImmokXeidy. 

Ar. Ach. 8: d&ov yap “EdAdd. = Ld. 40: GAN of mpuravers yap otrou 
peonuBpwwoi (sc. etaiv). Ld. 41: TovT exeiy’ obyw ‘Aeyov. Nub. 2-3. Jd. 207: 
aide pev AOnvat (sc. eiaiv). Ran. 658: Badioréov. 

Eur. Hel. 276: ra BapBdpwv yap SotAa mavra mA évos. Hipp. 436: at 
devtepail twas ppovrides coparepat, Sober second thought somehow ts best. 1. A, 
S34, jf. 234 etc. 

Sopu. O. T. 84. 110-11 (36), etc., etc. 

AESCHYL. Suppl. 998: répew’ drwpa & edtpvdrakros o'Sapas. 

PIND. O. 1, 34-5: dpépae & emiXouror | paptupes copwrarot (sc. eiaiv). Tbzd. 
6, 9-11. N. 6, 1-2: €v dvdpay, | &v Oe@y yévos. Pindar seldom uses the 
copula. 

Hes. O. et D. 311: &pyov & otd€év dvedos, depyin b€ 7 dvedos. Tbe. 346: 
ma Kakos yeitov. (Common). 

Hom. Od. 11, 379: pn pev trod€wy pvdwv, pn d€ Kat davov. bed. [456], 
and elsewhere. 

A TG (SOP e AG 7aneLe Shc: 


85. Other forms of the copula: 


DEM. 4, 18: eidws edrpemets tuas (SC. OvtTas). 4, 29: €yw TA€wy €OedoOVTIS 
marxew OTLoviv ETommos (SC. Elpi), av pr) TAVO OvTwS Exn. 18, 277: KaiTOL Eywy’ 
6p@ ths Tov Aeysvtov Suvapews To’s akovovtas TO TAEiaTOY KUpious (SC. OvTAas). 
19, 250: etr’ ov od codraTns (SC. €¢); Kat movnpos ye (SC. et). ot av Aoyoypapos 
(sc. ef); Kat Bevis €xOpos ye (SC. €¢). 

ANTIPHON, I, 4: tpets yap pot dvaykaiot (SC. €or). 

PLATO, Rpb. 499 D: rept rovrou €rouor (SC. Eo pe v) TO Ady@ StapayeT Oa, 
@s kré. Theaet. 143 D: cot 67 ode ddlyvoroe mANGLa ovat, Kai dikaiws: a&vos 
yap (sc. el) Ta Te GAAa Kal yewperpias evexa, 62d. 146 Bs eyo pev yap anOns 
THs TovauTns SuadexTou (sc. efpi), L'a unfamiliar with this style of talk. 


OMISSION OF VERB 43 


THUC. I, 23, 2: ovre puyat rocaide avOpwmwr nat ovos (SC. €y€ vovTo). 
SopH. O. T. g1-2: ef ravde xpy ers mAnoLaCovtwy KAveww, | Eroipos (SC. epi) 
elmeiv, etre Kal OTE yew ow. 
Hom. Od. 4, 206 = 18, 126: roiov yap Kai matpos (SC. €o a). 
Il. 9, 225: yxatp’, "Ayirev: Sards pev eions ovx émbdeveis (SC. elev). 20, 
434: oida 8’ re od pev ea Odds (SC. Coal), eyw b€ wéOev TOAD YeEipwy (SC. €iyi). 
21, 482: yadenn Tot €yw (SC. eit) pevos avtipeper@a, and so elsewhere. 


86. Jn Dependent Clauses : 


» 


dxovet’ © a.’A. THs émortoAys, a Kad Kal diddvOpwmos (SC. eoriv), DEM. 
19, 39- 

DEM. 4, 29: mdOev obv 6 mépos Tov ypnudtwy (SC. €orat), ..., ToT’ HS 
AeEw. 8, 6 (rel. sent.). 9, 16: €f pev yap pixpa taita ... dAdos dy ein Adyos. 
20, 55: eopey in rel. cl. 

Lys. 18, 11: aAX’ ols padtota mpooixov (SC. Hy). 

ANT. 5, 32: « ols dy... (SC. 9). 

PLATO, Rpb. 371 A: dy dv aitois ypeta (sc. 7). 

XEN. Apol. 23: €vOa od mpooBardr (sc. €in) Bavara. 

THUC. 1, 32, 5: €metdy b€ .. . péeyas 6 Kivduvos (sc. €oriv). 2, 53.3: O71 de 
Hn re HOU (SC. Hy). 2, 62, 5: Hs €v To amdpe@ (SC. Eariv) H iayts. 

Ar. Ach. 19-20: as viv, dmor’... |... Epnpos (SC. Eo riv) h mvd€ atrni. 

Eur. Hipp. 659-60: €or’ dv &xdnpos xOovds | Onaets (Sc. 7). 

PIND, O. 1, 84: Oaveiv 8’ oiow dvayka (sc. €oriv). Lbéd. 3, 42: ef 8 dpe 
orever pev Vdwp, KkTedvay Sé ypvods aidotegtatoy (SC. €aTiv). 

HEs. O. et D. 40: ot8€ tcacu, do@ méov juvov Tavis (SC. eariy). 

Hom. Od. 15, 393-4: ovd€ ti we xpr, | mpiy Spy (Sc. &), Katadr€xOat. 

Il. 1, 116: ef td y’ caewov (sc. €otiv). bcd. 156-7: eet ) pada moAAa 
perakd | ovped te oxwevta (sc. eotiv). Lbzd. 547: add’ dv pév Kw’ erecxes (SC. En) 
axovepev. 5,480: ds x’ emdeuns (sc. €), and so elsewhere. 20, 434 (85). 


87. OMISSION OF THE VERBAL PREDICATE.—As in other 
languages, so in Greek the verbal predicate may be omitted 
when it is more or less distinctly suggested by other words in 
the sentence. This happens most frequently in the case of 
verbs of Going, Coming, Doing, Happening, Saving. There 
seems to be no cllipsis of a definite word in examples of this 
kind. 

LYCURG. 119: ri doxovow tpi, & dvdpes (SC. ToLeiv?); dpa ye dpotws tp 
Tept Tay GOiKovWTWY YyryvOoKeLy | 

DrM. 24, 187: Kat mept pev tovtov Kata axoAny (SC. €p@ 7). [56], 50: devpo 
(SC. (Oc ?), AnpiaBeves. 


Isoc. 8, 37: oddev (Sc. motovgiw?) GAA’ fh cup/SuvdAcvuvgw Fw Tadw Tept 


44 GREER SYNTAX 


avSparobdiapovd Kwduveve (cf. DEM. 8, 10: okorei@’ dre ovSév GAXo Trocodaty 
7) kaGiotace THY TOALW eis TOY avTOY TpOTOY). 

ANDOC. I, 150: Setpo (sc. tre ?) "Avure, Kébare, ere S€ Kal of vAérat ot 
7pnpwévor ror wvvdikety, OpaavAdos kai of GAXor. 

PLATO, Theaet. 142 A: apr, & Tepiwr, i) madat €€ aypod (SC. Frets) ; 

XEN. An. 7, 7, 57: avepos iy oixade (SC. tévat?) mapackevatipevos. Hell. 
2, 3, 20: KeAevoavtes €mi ta Onda (SC. iévat?) 

AR. Nub. 690: Sedpo detp’, ’Apuvia. Vesp.142: ot d€ ry Ovpa mpdcKeico. 
tavt’, ® déomrora (cf. PLATO, Cratyl. 440 E: ratr’ €orat, & Sxpares). Vesp. 
982: €s Kdpakas. ws ovK ayabdy eott 7d poetry (cf. Ach. 864: mad’ és xépa- 
kas. Nub. 133: BdAD’ és kdpaxas. Plut. 604: €pp’ és kopaxas). Thesm. 241: 
vdwp Vdwp (SC. Pépete ?), @ yeiroves. Ran. 1279: ets tO Badaveioy (sc. iévat ?) 
BovrAona. Plut. 526: és kehadny coi (cf. Ach. 833: modAumpaypootvn vuv es 
keadny tpamotr enol. DEM. 18, 290: d oi Kai Tots Gots oi Beot TpéWetay eis 


xebadny). 
CONCORD 


THE THREE CONCORDS.—There are three great concords 
in Greek: 

1. The agreement of the predicate with the subject (88-136). 

2. The agreement of the attributive or the appositive with the sub- 


stantive (see Index). 
3. The agreement of the relative with the antecedent (see Index). 


Agreement of the Predicate with the Subject 


88. THE VERBAL PREDICATE.— The verbal predicate agrees 
with its subject in number and person. 

ToUTO yap av’Tov éya mpovBardpyv Kal wept TovTOV THy Widov olcgeTe viv 
tpets, DEM. 21, 28; Zhes cs why | presented him (thts zs the gist of my 
charge against him), and this ¢s the potnt about which VOU are now to cast 
your votes, th mwovovaryv ot vopot; DeM. 21, 30; What do the laws do? 
TH pev ovv GSeXpoH aita, d wep éyeverOnv, Gudw arabe ErekevTHTATHY, 
Isak. 6,6; He had both his brothers to die childless. tr’, & peyiorns Tlad- 
AdBos Kadovpevar | wragav "A OAvat tiptwraty mddts, SOPH. O. C. 107-8. 

For the use of a verb of the First Person Plural with a subject of the 
First Person Dual, see 105. 


89. Titi ADJECTIVE PREDICATE.—The adjective predicate 
agrees with its subject in number, gender, and case. 

SdEq pev xpy pata cTynTa, SdEa Se xpynpatwv otk @vyty, ISOC. 2, 32. 
macav qv BeATioTy (SC. H epH yum), LYS. 1,7. eyo 8... perrds Fv trowias, 


CONCORD 45 


Ibid. 17. at Sevrepal wus dpovtTides codurepar, Evr. Hipp. 436 (84). 
alaxpds davovpar, SOPH. Ph. 906 (Neoptolemos speaks). 


go. CONCORD WHEN THE SUBJECT IS AN INFINITIVE OR 
A SENTENCE, OR THE VERB IS IMPERSONAL.—When the sub- 
ject is an infinitive or a sentence (77), or the verb is impersonal 
(76), the predicate adjective (including verbals in -réos) is regu- 
larly in the neuter singular. 

dxotoal y aftov, AR. Eq. 624; '77s worth the while to lend an ear. 
davepov jy Sri ovdev Servdv eyeydver wept thy wodww, LYCURG. 21; // was er- 
dent that no calamity had befallen the city, Bevwov...e paxovpeba, AR. 
Vesp. 426; /?’s dreadful tf we've got to fight. épdpevos et rwov eldeiév Te ywpiov 
-..€v0a ov mpoaPartoéyv Bavatw, XEN. Apol. 23 (86). BaStaréov tap’ éotiv 
els dyopav époi, AR. Eccl. 711. 

Lycurc. 3. J/ézd. 21 (see above). 

Lys. 12, 36: Secvdv ef rovs ... orparnyots ... e(nuiwoare. 18,15. 34, 
It: Secvor yap dy ein, OA, ei... otk oby ainypovel...; 

AND. 1, 8: dpa d€ rept ravrwv eivety adtvvaroy. 

ANT. 1, 26: ros obv ravrny edeciv GEL ear; 

PLATO, Crito, 53 C: dpa dEtav oot Gyyv €orar; Theaet. 187 E: xpeirroy 
yap Tov opikpoy ed f TOAD py ikavws Tepavat. 

XEN. Apol. 23 (see above). Mem. 1,7. 2 (76). 

PRwLys. 2027 (293: ‘Ran.662."-656,, 655. ech 711 (see.above).- 675-02 
Bad.oréov | ope’ €ortt Setmvicovta Ko’ peAANTE ov. 

Eur. Alc. 1078: paov mapawetvy i) maOdvta kaptepewv. Tr. 472. 637: Tov 
Civ b€ Aumpas Kpetoody eote katOaveiv. 1225. 

PIND. P. 4, 272: padcov pev yap wodw oeioa. 

SOLON, 7: €pypaow ev peyadros waow dade xareT ov. 

MIMNERM. 2, 10: avrixa reOvdpevat BEATLOY 7H) BloTos. 

Hom. Od. 5, 359: 60¢ por paro pu Etpoy etva (37). 

| pe 298. 5, 253: ov yap pol ye vvatoy advoxacovte payer Oat. 
For the use of the neuter plural instead of the singular, see 37. 


g1. AGREEMENT OF THE PREDICATE WITH THE SUBJECT 
OF THE LEADING VERB.—When the subject of the infinitive 
is the same as the subject of the leading verb, the subject of 
the infinitive is commonly suppressed. In that case the sub- 
stantive or adjective predicate of a copulative verb, or the pred. 
icate attributes of any verb, agree with the subject of the lead- 
ing verb. 


modu Gv avtys paddov ty moAit ys Sebainny elvar A érépwv Tokewv, ANDOC. 


46 GREEK SYNTAX 


1,5; Far rather would I be a cttizen of her (my country) than of other 
States, U8av 8€ ratr’ Eby emi Aatprov iévar, bz. 39; He satd that when he 
had seen (all) this he went on to Laurion. dkotpev éhevOepor elvar, XEN. 
Cyr. §,1,4; We claim to be free. 

For further exx., see /finztzve. 


92. On the use of the Predicate Vocative for the Nominative, see 25. 


93. AGREEMENT OF THE SUBSTANTIVE PREDICATE.—The 
substantive predicate agrees with its subject in case. 

Tav yap opBpwv Kal Tav aiyyav...6 Zeds Tapiags éoriv, ISOC. 11,13; Zeus 
zs the dispenser of showers and droughts.  éme otrot ye davepa got... 
Stadbopa tav avyytyvopevwy, PLATO, Meno, g1 C; Sznce these fellows are a 
manifest ruin of those who go with them. 

Isoc. 11, 13 (see above). 

PLATO, Hipp. Mai. 284 C: vowov dé Ayers, & ‘Immia, BAGBY TOAEws Elvat 
}) @peXevav; Meno, g1 C (see above). 

Hpr. 2, 38: aorpartoy b€ Ovaoavte Odvaros 7H Cypin emkeerat. 

PIND. P. 1, 88: woAdA@v rapias eco. 


94. On the use of the Predicate Nominative, etc., where the Latin uses 
the Dative of the Object For Which, see under the Dative. 


95. For the Substantive Predicate agreeing with the Subject of the 
Leading Verb, see gr. 


96. SUBSTANTIVA MOBILIA.—Sudstantiva mobilia are treat- 
ed as adjectives and follow the number and gender of the 
subjcct. 

+75 “Adpoditns ...8epamwy yeyovey 6 “Epws, PLATO, Conv. 203 C; “ros 
zs the man-servant (valet) of Aphrodite. ob yap éatw év yéver cor } avOpwros, 
ot8e Cepdmatva, DEM. [47], 70; Zhe wench ts of no kin to you, not even a 
mad (-servaitl), 


Dem. [47], 70 (see above). 

PLATO, Conv. 203 C (see above). Politic. 301 B: BaatAéa (Sc. ad’rov) 
kadotpev. Tim. 22 D: tyiv b€ 6 Neidos ... owrip.! 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 4,9: ob yap viv ye tov €oxas Baaededs eat. 

Hp. 1, 7: "Aypov ... Baairedbs éyévero YapdSiov, Agron became King 
of Saris. Os 205% Hv ere ise: yun T@V Maooayeréwy BaciXeca. 

AR. Ran. |b Gea a3 o wT?) five yevou poe (To Hermes). 


"Tt must be noted, however, that the inflection is capricious and owrnp is found 
for owrepa. 


NEOLER PLORALS 47 


General Exceptions 


97- NEUTER PLURAL WITH SINGULAR VERB.—The neuter 
plural is treated as a collective, and takes a singular verb. 


Stapracbycerar Ta xprpara, DEM. 8, 54; Our money (treasury) will be pil- 
laged. HoOy Ta petpaxca, PLaro, Riv. 134 B; The lads were delighted. Ta 
xuvidia ... xuBiorav Kal GAAa moda pavOave, NEN. Oec. 13, 8; Lvodles learn 
to turn a somersault, etc. 


Deo. 8, 54 (see above). [59], 58: rair €orw tpiv rexpnpia. 

ANT. 5, 20: ovvémder O€ ta te avdparoda. 

PLATO, Crat. 4o2 A: mavra ywpet kai ovdev pever. Riv. 134 B (see 
above). 

XEN. Oec. 13, 8 (see above). 

THUC. 6, 32, 1: €metd)... €oéxetto mayra. 

HDT. 7,9, y): ov« €s rovto Opdceos dviket ta ‘EMAnvav mpnypara. Lbid.: 
aro Teipns Tavta avOpwraca Pireet yiverOat. 

AR. N. 39-40: ta d€ ypéa... | els rv Kebadny aravra thy ony TpéWerat. 
Vesp. 818: ra 8 GAN apéoket por. 

Eur. Heracl. 838: nv d€ dto keXevoparta. Jb%d. 1004: toratta dpavre 
Tap’ €ylyver aradn. 

SOPH. Ph. 113: aipet ra roa ravra rHv Tpolay pova. 

AESCHYL. Pers. 418-9: tmreotro b€ | cxagdn vewr. 

PiInb. O. 1, 77-8: @asia S@pa Kumpias ay’ et rt, MooeiSaov, és yapw | 
réeAXerat. 

THEOGN. 171-2: ov row drep Oe@v | yiverat avOpwras oir aya’ otre 
Kaka. . 

HomeER. —In Homer, neuter plurals are found sometimes with the 
singular, sometimes with the plural. There isa long list of neuter plurals! 
that are construed only with a singular verb; other words, such as mavta, 
ravta, appara, Sovpara, etc., occur with both singular and plural verbs, and a 
few are used exclusively with the plural. 

Examples of the neuter plural with a singular verb are: Od. 4, 703: 
THS 5’ aitov AUTO youvara. SP 2O7i: Rae rot’ 'OdSvaanos AUTO yovvata. 

Il. 10,252: dorpa b€ 6) mpoBeSnne. 24,420: atv 8 eXxea marta pe- 


HUKEYV. 


98. This construction is ascribed to the form, for some of the neuter 
plurals seem to have been originally collective singulars. 


' See Vogrinz, Gram. des hom, Dialektes, pp. 285-9, and compare Monro, 
Homeric Grammar’, $ 172. 


48 GREEK SYNTAX 


99. ADJECTIVE PREDICATE OF NEUTER PLURAL SUBJECT. 
—The adjective predicate of the neuter plural subject is, of 
course, plural. 


Tait éotiv dh 04, DEM. 2,19; That zs true. 


too. NEUTER DUAL SUBJECT. — The neuter dual is found with the 
dual, the plural, and the singular. 


doce Ww. dual: Hom. Od. 4, [662]. Il. 1, 104: daoe S€ of mpi Aapre- 
Taovte €iktTnv. 17, 679-80. 

dooce W. plural: HOM. II. 1, 200: dewa dé of Gove Paavbev. 19, 16-7. 

dooe W. Sing.: Hom. Od. 6, 131-2: é&v dé of 6aoae | Saterat. Il. 12, 466. 


23,477. 


101. ACCUSATIVE ABSOLUTE IN PLURAL ACCOMPANIED BY A PARTI- 
CIPIAL PREDICATE IN THE SINGULAR.—In the accusative absolute, the 
participial predicate sometimes follows the analogy of the verbal predi- 
cate. See Participial Accusative. . 


102. NEUTER PLURAL WITH A PLURAL VERB.—When the 
neuter is merely a formal neuter, the plural verb say be used. 
So also when variety is emphasized (distributive plural). In 
older poetry, this occurs frequently when the plural form of the 
verb would be more convenient than the singular, yet not with- 
out a tinge of personification or a suspicion of dualism. In the 
mechanical syntax of later Greek the neuter plural with the 
verb plural becomes common. 


ov phy Ta petpakia... THY ai’THY epol yvwpny ~oxev, GAN’ ne pev Emyve- 
gav... ékeivov € katedpdovyaay, ISOC. 12, 229; True, the lads did not take 
the same view with me, but (for all that) they applauded me and despised 
him, 

Isoc. 12, 229: ov pny Ta petpakta Ta Tact mapayeyevnpeva ToUTOLS TH 
aitiy €“ot yyopuny €oxev, GAN’ eve pev emnveray ws drecteypevoy Te veapwrépws 
i) wmpooeddxnaay,... exeivou de katepporvnagay, ovk opOas ylyy@oKorTes 
dda Sinpaprynkores aporepwr nuav. 

ANT. 5, 34: ov0€repa aéAnoav, Netther did any good (sc. radnOn ... Ta 
Wevdy); but Blass follows Reiske and the Zurich editors in reading apéAn- 
oev. 

PLATO, Lach. 180 E: ra yap petpakca rade mpos addAnAovs oikoe Stade yo- 
pevot Oapa emipéepynvtrat Swxparovs Kai opodpa éemarvotary, These lads, 
while conversing with each other at home, often make mention of Socrates, 
and praise him highly, Legg. 856 D-E: rev S€ Aaxovtwy ra dvopara eis 


DUAL AND PLURAL 49 


Aerhois mepPbévrwr, Let the names of those who drew the lot be sent to 
Delphi. 

XEN. Cyr. 2, 3,9: &omep ye wai rida (a émioravrai twa paxny éxa- 
ora... Kat pudarreaOai y’, &pn, dmavra raira émigravrat. 5,1, 14: ra 
poxOnpa avOperia racay olpa tov émOupidy axpary €or, Kamera Epwra 
airt@vrat, The wretched mass of humanity ts powerless over all its desires, 
and then they (the individuals) dame love. Hell. 1, 1, 23: mapa 8€ ‘Inmoxpa- 
Tous... eis Aaxedainova ypappata reppbevra €adwoay eis ’AOnvas. 

THUC. 3, 82,8: ra d€ péoa trav modrav... SeepOeipovro, The neutral 
party of the citizens (in the state) were exposed to ruin. 5,75,2: Kapveta 
...€tvuyxavoy ovra, The Karneta happened to be holding, but Hpr. 7, 206: 
Kdpveca ydp ode jv eprodav. 6,13, 1: emOupia pev eXdytora KaTopbodir- 
tat, mpovoia de mAetora. 

HDT. 4, 149: rotor de €v rH pudy taityn dvdpacr od yap bwé petvay Ta TéKVa, 
idpvoavro.. . ipdv* Kat peta TovTO UTE petvay. 

Ar. Ach. 805-809: eveyxarw tis evdobev trav icyddwr | Tois xotpdiow. 
dpa rpw@govrac; Baai, | oiov poOrtafova’, & modvtipnO ‘Hpaxders. | rodama 
Ta xopt ; ws Tpayacaia paiverar (note sing.). | dX’ otre mavas KaTéTpayov 
tas ioxadas. | 

PIND, ©: 2,022 Soe 2Oo(h), Sk. APT ea, “AR ADE eed dae auroy 
mopporvéav Sakpva ynparéwy yrAehupwry. 9,88: ra (sc. Vara) vw Ope pavro 
kat Idicréea, Which waters reared him and [phitkles. 

Hom. See remark on HOMER, 97. Od. 4,.132: ypuoo & éme yeidea 
kexpaavto. Lbid. 417-8: dao" emi yatay | épreta ylyvovtat. 437: mavra 
& €oay (sc. ra d€ppata) vecdapra. 

Il. 7, 102: vikns meipar’ €yovrat év adavaroot Oeoiaw, The corids (lit. 
=rope-ends) of vectory are in the holding of the tmmortal gods. (Else- 
where in Homer zeipara takes a singular verb.) /éz:¢. 16, 403-4: é« 5 dpa 
xetpav | nvia nixOnoay, The reins leaped (like a pair of living things). 

103. NEUTER PLURAL SUBJECT WITH A DUAL VERB.—The neuter 
plural subject may take a dual verb when the subject comprises but two, 

PLATO, Tim. 56 E: dv0 mupos copara eis év Evvictaad Gor eidos aépos, 
Two corpuscles of fire combine tnto one figure of atr. Compare bid. 56 
D-E (124), where yevoioOnv is due to the neuter plural predicate dvo g@para. 

104. The singular, however, is the rule: 

AESCHIN. I, 116: 800 5€ pou tis Katnyopias etSn A€AXetmrat, Two heads 
of the accusation are left me—TI have two heads of the accusation left. 

On the use of the Neuter Plural Adjective Predicate for the Singular, 
SCE537,. 

105. DUAL SUBJECT WITH PLURAL VERB.—When the sub- 
ject is of the dual number, but of the first person, the verb is 

4 


50 GREEK SYNTAX 


regularly of the plural number, for in the first person the dual 
and the plural forms of the verb coincide, the dual in -weOov oc- 
curring but thrice in classic Greek, and being even then ques- 
tioned by some scholars. 


éredixacaueda audw, AND. 1,120; Ve lazd our clazms (to the heiresses), 
both of us. ve «ataBavte cis TO Nupdaov vapa... WKovamapev Adyoy, ot KTé., 
PLATO, Phaedr. 278 B; IVe both went down to the fount of the Nymphs and 
heard utterances, which etc. 

ANDOC. I, 120 (see above). 

PLATO, Phaedr. 278 B (see above). 


106. When the dual subject is of the second or of the third person, the 
verb is occasionally in the plural. 

Sigow yap Gaotép’ immois emi Cuyois | orabévt’ Expuwav appa Avyaiw veder, 
Eur Heracl. 854-5; 7wazn stars atop the horses’ yokes did perch | and 
hid the chariot with a murky cloud. 

PLATO, Phaedr. 256 C: dito pev ody Kai ToUT@ ... addjAow bia TE Tod 
épwros Kai €€w yevouevw Stayovc. 

AR. Ach. 1216-7: €uot dé yeopa... ippo...| tpocraBeod’, d pira. 

Eur. Heracl. 854-5 (see above). Or. 1415: €B8adov é@3adov .. . dupa. 
Cf. Phoen. 1423-4: yatay & dSa£ éNovres adAjAwY Tédas | Timrovoety ppo 
kov Otoaptoav kparos. Shed. 1454: dppo & aw €Eémvevoay &Oduov ior, 
Both at once breathed forth a wretched ltfe. 

SopH. Ant. 55-7: tpirov 8 adeXpa dvo pilav kad Hpépay | adtoxtovoivre 
Tw TadaiT@pw popov | Kody KaTELpyamavT emadArdrow xepoiv, Aid third (both) 
our twain brethren tn one day self-murdering—the ill-fated patr—wrought 
out a common doom with mutual hands. 

Hes. Sc. 233-4: é€mt d€ Cavnot Spakxovre | dow amnwpedyvr(o). 

Hom: Od) a 


Seo , , ‘ eevee: 
Il. 1, 321: rw of €oav Kypuxe Kat drpnpw Gepimovre. 16,218: bv’ dvépe 


- . P29) 5 ¥ , a 
20-2: Tw O auT Ev Tpodvporot Odpev oes OTNTAD. 


bOwpnaacovro, The two men ‘gan to don therr corselets. 


107. THE DUAL SUBJECT WITH A PLURAL PARTICIPIAL ATTRIBUTE 
(SEMI-PREDICATION). 

PLATO, Euthyd. 273 D: éyeAacarny obv dupa BXrXEWavrTes eis addrAous, 
Then they laughed, both of them, looking at one another, Compare Phaedr., 
259 A: ef ody orev Kat vo KaOarep Tos TOANOLS Ev peonuspia py Stade youe- 
vous, adda vuotacortas. 

108. DUAL GENITIVE ABSOLUTE WITH PLURAL PARTICIPLE, 


DEM. 24,9: dexagrnplow dSvow... ewndtopévarv. [50], 20: emure- 
TpinpapxNPevav On por vow pynvorp. 


DUAL AND PLURAL 5t 


tog. DuAlL. SUBJECT AND PLURAL PREDICATE ADJECTIVE. 

Isoc, 12, 156: ef yap tis hain to TOAEt TOiTW TAEOTeY ayabav airlas 
yeyerno Oa, /f any one should say that both these cities have been the authors 
of many blessings. (The dual in -a does not occur in the orators, and is 
rare elsewhere’), 


110. DUAL VERB WITH PLURAL StUBJECT.—The dual verb 
is used with the plural subject only when the dual notion is ex: 
pressed or in some way suggested. Of the Attic orators only 
ANTIPHOX, ANDOCIDES, LysSIAS, ISOCRATES, and ISAEUS use 
dual forms of the finite verb.’ 

eE hs atitw éyryveaOny vieis Svo0, [sav.8.7; Of whom there were born 
fo him—by whom he had tssue—two sons, 

Isak. 8, 7 (see above). 

Lys. 13, 37: Ovo be trpame Cac ev To mpvabev Tav Tpuixovta exeiaOny, Two 
tables had been placed (=stood) in front of the Thirty. 

PLATO, Rpb. 478 A-B: etwep .. . duvapets ... apporepai éaroy. 

Hom. 11. 4, 27: capérny b€ poe tmmot. 9,198: of (Aias and Odysseus) 

2-3. 417-8 = 446-7. 


: : eeu eae ie 
pot oxulopev@m Tep Axat@y Pidrtratoi €atorv. 23, 39 


111. Even here the plural is the rule, 

Kal tas elodgopas elaoevynvoxaciv apddortrepot macas, ISAF. 6, 60. 8to 
tTpdémo. TvyXavovaty ovtes, [SOC. 7,46; (14 so happens that) there are tio 
methods. ovmoi Bv0 paves Hoav, ANT. 6,42; Two months were left. 

DEM. 23,75: waoly eto mpdypaot... dio mpog Anka. 142° €v &) Aap- 
Wuxo twes dvOpwroe ylyvovtat dvo. 180: ydiknyto...ot Sio trav Sacréwv. 

ISAE. WIESE S b6to yap elou avutn. 6, 60 (see above). 

Isoc. 7, 46 (see above). 

ANT. 6, 42 (see above). 


112. The Plural Verb is found with a Participle in the Dual 

wal Stampatapéevw To Aoirov Hdy ypovTar pey aity, oravia 8, PLATO, 
Phaedr, 256 C; «lad having effected thetr destre, they continue to enpoy tt, 
but only rarely. 

PLaro, Phaedr. 256 C (see above). Riv. 132 B: cat éyxAioes twas 


€ptpouvTo Tow xyepow emeKAlvorTe Kat par eatovdaKore. 


Eur. Med. 969 ff.: adX’ & réxv’, eloeNOovre. .. imerever CEatreiabe. 
Phoen. 1404 ff.: épmdoavre .-. Reov, cvpBadrovre 8... apesavr 
€lxyov. 


VSee Keck, Uber den Dual bei den Griechischen Rednern, Wurzburg, 1552, p. 14. 
2 For entire subject, see Hasse, Der Dualis im Attischen, Leipziv, 1893 


52 GREEK SYNTAX 


Hom. Il. 5, 487-8: pn mos, as aior Aivov dXdovre mavaypov, | dvdpact Suc- 
pevéecow EdXwp Kai KUpna yévnaOe. 16, 370-1: modXAoi & ev rappw epvodppares 


Dees inmoe | GEavt’ ev mpwaT@ pun@ Altov Gpyat’ avaktoy 
@kées intron | GEavT ev Tp@Tw pupLa Pp , 


113. The Dual verb occurs with a complementary plural predicate par- 
ticiple. 

KUKAous youv ypadovTes EharveacOnv, PLATO, Riv. 132 A-B; They were 
seen to be drawing circles. 


Tr4.. Of course the use of a Dual Predicate, with awerbiin 
the First Person Plural is not a violation of the rules of con- 
cord. See above 105. 


éxpév 8€ povw év épnpia, PLATO, Phaedr. 236 C; We are alone (just 
you and I)—all alone. 


115. Transition from a dual verb to a plural verb, or vice 
versa, takes place even within the limits of the same sentence. 


éynpav... Svo dvre MeBovtidda ... kal Evvwkeiryy, LYS. fr. 4 (Scheibe). 
kal Ste wadia HaoTHY Kal EBs yevdpevor Hriotagbe; PLATO, Euthyd. 294 E. 
immovus 8 "AtpetSao kixavete, pnde AimnoBov, Hom. II]. 23, 407. 


116, DUAL NUMBER.—The dual number carries with it the notion of 
a pair, natural or artificial, and emphasizes the notion “ both” rather than 
the notion “two.” It goes back to the beginnings of Greek speech, but is 
not found to any great extent except in the language of the epos and in 
Attic. It is a stranger to Asiatic Aeolic, is absent from Herodotus, and 
even in Attic dies out towards the end of the fourth century, by which 
time it had become more or less literary and studied, as is shown by 
Plato’s usage. The dual declines from Aristotle to Diodorus, and rises 
again after Christ, but it is limited to a few familiar nouns, and of dual 
verbs there is but atrace. See A. J. P. xiv (1893), 521. 


117, PLURAL SUBJECT AND SINGULAR VERB.—As the sin- 
gular is the generic, and the plural the specific, a plural subject 
following a singular verb may be regarded as an afterthought. 
In Greek the oblique cases of éemw of are common, but gon of 
itself is very rare, eéotv of being regularly used instead. 

axwv 8’ oti ots eyo érmawe Kai dra, PLATO, Prot. 346 E; There be those 
whom—there are some whom—TI praise and love against my well. 

PLATO, Prot. 346 E: €orw ovs (see above). 

XEN. An. 1, Brivis ny auOUss Cyr. Dias 18: gorw o« Hell. By ilinc7 iy dé 


ZXHMA ITINAAPIKON 53 


ds. Mem. 1, 4,2: €orw ovorwas; /bid. 2, 3,6: } €orw ols cai wavy apéoxet; 
Vect. 3, 11: €ore d€ ds . . . moder. 

THUC. 3, 92,5: mAnv ‘lovwy cai “Ayat@v cat €otw dv drdwv ebvav, Lxcept 
Lonians and Achaeans and other tribes that be. 5, 25, 2: €orTw €v ois. 


118. Zxipa [wSapiuxdv.— Outside of these phrases, the construc- 
tion is commonly called the cyja Huwédapixor, or Pindaric Figure, 
though the name is hardly justified by Pindar’s usage. When 
the verb precedes, the genuine examples are to be explained on 
the principle given above, but many of the examples cited are 
to be accounted for on other grounds, and in many the reading 
is doubtful.’ 


Hv Se tov Saveioparos tetTTapaxovra pév Kal méevte [pvai| éyai, tadavrov 8’ 
Evépyov, DEM. 37, 43 / the loan there was forty-five minae of mine and a 
talent of Euergus's. 

DEM. 37, 4 (see above). 

AND. I, 145: yeyévnrac (?) (vid. Blass? ad loc.). 

PLATO, Conv. 188 B: mayvae cai yadaCat cat epvogiBat...ylyverat 
(all MSS.). Gorg. 500 D: ef €ore rovtw Sittm to Biw, If the existence of 
these two different lives %s accepted, but see B. L.G. on PIND. O. 11 (10), 
6. Legg. 732 E, €or: agrees with pred. (124). Rpb. 463 A: ri odv; €are 
pév mov kal ev tais @AXats TOACoW dpyovTtés Te Kat Snpos, €ote be Kat ev atty; 
There ts such a thing as, etc.2 Theaet. 173 D, anacoluthon, 

EDILUG! 25 3.235 dpa€at is not the subject of WW’ avri TeLyous 7 4, 20.75%: 
airtoy b€ Hv of AaxeSatpovioe mpoermovtes. Here the sing. is due to attrac- 
tion of predicate (see 124 and 126). 8, 9, 3 (see 124 and 126). 

HDT. 1, 26: €ore b€...én7a oradctot. 7, 34: €ore O€ émra orabror €& 
"ABUSou es TH amavtiov, [t 2s seven stadia from Abydos to the oppostte shore. 

Ar. Vesp. 58 ff.: tpiv yap otk €or otre Kap’ ex oppidos | SovrAw Siappe- 
mrovuvte Tos Oewpevars, kre. Lor we have no such thing as a brace of servants, 
ele, 

Eur. Bacch. 1350: aiai, déSoxnrat, mpéaBv, trAnpoves puyai, It ty decreed 
—decreed ts bitter extle. Hel. 1358-61: péya toe Stvaract veSpav | mayroi- 
Kioe oTOALOES | Kiaaou Te aTePOeioa yAva | vapOnxas eis iepovs, There ¢s great 
virtue in, etc. 

PInbp. See Gildersleeve, Pindar Ixxxvili, and note on ©, 11 (10), 6. 

Hom. [1.17, 385 sqq.: capar@ d€ Kai iSpoe vadepes ater | yotvata te Kvjpat 
te modes O imévepOev Exagtov | xetpées T OPOarpol te Tatadaoeto papva- 
pevoow. (The emphatic position of yovvara keeps it before the mind, and 
re is treated as cum would be in Latin.) 


' Compare B. L. G., Pindar Ixxxviii, and R. S. Haydon, A. J. P. xi (1890), 
182-192. 


54 GREIGETS PS MIVLAXG 


Special Exceptions 


11g. The natural relation may be preferred to the artificial, 
the nearer to the more remote. Hence: 


120. NOUNS OF MULTITUDE.—Nouns of multitude often 
take the verb in the plural. 


Pépos... Tr... avOpurwy...ovx Hyotvrat Oeovs, PLATO, Lege. 948 C; 
A portion of mankind do not believe in gods. 

PLATO, Legg. 948 C (see above). 

XEN. Cyr. 2, 4, 20: ro pev wAHO0s tev meCOv Kat TOY inréwr @ywevov 
airo. Hell. 3, 3,4: rovadra S€ dkovoaca modus .. .’Aynoidaoy eidovto 
Baoiréa. 

THUC. I, 89, 3. 125, 1. 4, 112, 3: 6 d€ adXos GutdAos Kara Tava époiws 
€okedavvvvto, The rest of the multitude scattered tn every direction alike. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 189: edr(e). . . Bapvvovr ’Ayatixis News. Lbtd. 577-9: 
Tpoiay €Novtes...’Apyelwy otoXros...Aapupa... €magcaaXevaay. 

PIND. P. 2, 46-7: é« 0 é€yévovro atrparos | davpaaris. 

HoM. Il. 2, 278: ds pPadocav 7 rANOUsS. 15, 304-5: ad’rap driaow | ) TAN- 
Ovs emi vnas "Axaav dmovéovto. Cf. 17, 755-7: @s Te Wapav védos epxera 
née Kodotwv, | ovAov KekAnyovTes, Ore Tpotdwoty ldvra | Kipkov. 23, 156-7: 


: 2 : ce 
ArpetSn, oot yap Te padiora ye ads ’Ayaav | weioovrat pvOoer. 


I2I. ORGANIZED NUMBER.—Organized number is singular. 
So Sjmos of the (official) people. The conception often shifts. 


6 Si pos Seaomdtys Hv Kal Kiptos mavtwv, DEM. 3, 30; The people was lord 
and master of all, * 8 Bovdn... ddryapyias éweOUper, LYS. 13, 20; Zhe 
senate craved en oligarchy. 

DEM. 3, 30 (see above). 

Lys. 13, 20 (see above). 35: 6 d€ Ojpos... eyndiaaro, ef sache. 

XEN. Hell. 1, 4, 12: nuépa 7 WAuvtnpia nyev 7 modus, The day on which 
the city was celebrating the Plyntertes. Tbid.1,7,3: 9) BovaAn €dnae. bid. 
1,7, 12: 7d bé wrHOos €Bda Sewov etvar ef py tes €aver Tov Sipov mparrew 
6 dv BotAnrar, The multitude cried out that ¢t was an outrage tf the com- 
mons were not to be permttted to do what they would. (Here the mrjOos 
claims to be the éypos.) 

THUC. 3, 22, 5: 70 d€ orparomedov emi TO Tetyos Gppnoev, The army 
rushed to the wall. Seay eR 6 prev Snpos és TH akpotrokw Kkatapevyet Tess 
kat Tov ‘YAXaixdv Areva elyov, The people fice to the cttadel and they held the 
Flyllaean harbor. 5, 82,2: 6 &npos dvabapaonoas éméOevro (=v rodXoi) 
tois dAtyos, The commonalty took heart again and they attacked the oligar- 


chy. 6, 30,2: Evyxareé sn de kai 6 dAdos Gptros Gras ws eEtmetv 6 ev TH TOAE 


AGREEMENT IN “SE.VSE SS 


kal dora@y Kai Eévwv. 6, 31, 1: of b€ E€vor kai 6 dAAOS GyXos Kuta Ocav Heev ws 
émi a&wypewr kai dmorov Sidvorav. 

SopH. Ant. 733. O. C. 741-2: mwas ce Kadpeiwy News | Karei Stxalas. 
Tr. 194-5. 

AESCHYL. Pers. 127-8: News opivos ds €xéNoeTEY. 

PIND. N. 7, 23-4: tuprov 8 Exec | jrop Guedos avdpav 6 mrEioTos. 9, 21: 

: Vita LO. oy) 3 7 cate 

awopeévay 5’ ap €s drav ometdev Gutros ixecOa. 

Hom. Il. 2, 99: awmovsy 8 €Cero Aabs. 17, 723-41 em & taye Aavs 
Gmabe | Tpwikis, as etSovto «ré. 17,755 (120). 18, 603-4: woANss 8 ipeps- 
evta xopov wWeptiata® Gpiros | repmTopevot, 23,133: pera de ve*hus eimerto 


teCov. 


122. AGREEMENT IN SENSE OF PARTICIPLE OR ADJECTIVE 
WITH SUBJECT.—The adjective predicate may follow the nat- 
ural number or gender (or both) of the subject. So especially 
often the participle. 

6...8xAo0s AIpoiaIy mpds Tas vals... iBetv BovAdpevor Tov AAKiBiadny, 
XEN. Hell. 1, 4,13; Zhe rabble gathered to meet the ships, they wishing to 
see Alctbiades. 

DEM. 21,117: Kai ratr’ €Xey’ papa Kat dvatdis attn Kehadn, €EeAnXAv- 
Ows xré. 

AESCHIN. 3, 133: On Bat, wor«s dotuyeitav, ... Tept TOY OAwY oOvK Opes 
Bovrevodpevos adda... KTNTGpeEvoLt. 

PLATO, Lach. 180 E: ra yay petpakea rade mpos ddArAous olkot Scade- 
yopevot Oana ericpynvrat Swx;.trovs (see 102), Cf. Phaedr. 239 A: obre 6) 
KpetttTw ovre (aot pevorn exwy €epagtys Tacdtka aveeta, FTTwW Oe Kai UTOdE- 
éorepov aet amepyizerar. 60d. 240 A: dyapov, dmatda, dotxov 6 te 
mAetoTov ypovoy macdeKa epaatis evEarr’ dy yevér Oat. 

XEN. Hell. 1, 4, 13 (see above). 

THUC. 3,2, 1: A\éoBos wAnv MnOvpuns anéatn an’ ’AOnvaiwy, Bovrtnbévres 
pev...dvayxacOévres b€ kre. 7,75, 4: GoTe Suxpuot Tay TO TT paTevpa 
mAnaOev Kat aropia ToLa’Ty pi) Padiws apoppacGat, KaiTEp EK TOE MLAS TE Kal PEL Cw 
i) kata Suxpva Ta pev metovOdras Hon, Ta b€ Tept Tov ev aaver Sedtoras py 
madwor. 

Ar. Vesp. 594-5: kav ta Sipw yrouny oddeis mwror’ eviknoev, €av pr) | etry 
ta OtkagTiypt apewat mpwriota play OekagavTas. 


Hom. Il. 17, 755-6 (120). 18, 603-4 (121). 


123. PERIPHRASTIC SUBJECT.—In the case of a periphrastic subject 
like ré6 or ra with the genitive plural, is TyAeuayowo and the like, the verbal 
predicate regularly agrees in number, and the participial or adjective pred- 
icate in number and gender with the real subject which is contained in 
the genitive. 


56 GREEK SYNTAX 


PLATO, Legg. 657 D: 16 d€ trav mpecButépwy (=oi S€ mpecBvrepor) 
Nua, ekeivous (SC. Tovs véous) ad Oewpodtyres Sudyew nyovpeda mperovTas, 
xaipovres xré. Cf. Phileb. 45 E: 76 d¢€ ray appovey te kai UB ptora@y (op- 

‘ ‘ , , , ¢ ‘ € A , Ve , 
posed to rods péev owdpovas) péxpe pavias 7 opodpa ndovn Katéxovea Te pt3on- 
Tous anepyatera. Rpb. 563 C: 16 pev yap rav Onpiov... dom ehevbepa- 

, > > a a > > a” rg od 
Tepda €otw evtada i) ev GAN, OvK Gy Tis TELOoLTO GreELpos. 

SOPH. Ph. 497-9: aA’ i) réOvnkev, ) Ta TOY Stakdveay, | ws eikds, oipat, 
Totpov €y outxp@ pépos | ToLovpevoe Tov otkad Hrevyov arodop, * Dut ecther 
he @s dead, or else, methinks, my messengers—as was likely—made small ac- 
count of my concerns, and hastened on their homeward voyage. —Jebb. 

Hom. Od. 11, 90-1: ArAGe & emt Wuyx OnBatov Tetpeciao, | yptocov oxi- 
mtpov €xwv. 16,476-7: peidnoev & iepy ts Tnrepayoo | &s rarép’ 6pOarpoiow 
> , 
idov. 


Il. 11,690: €AOwyv ydp p’ exdkwoe Bin “HpakAnein. Cf. 17, 755-6 (120). 


124. AGREEMENT OF COPULA WITH PREDICATE.—The cop- 
ula (copulative verb) often agrees with the predicate. Cf. ‘* 7he 
wages of sin 1s death.” This is true also when the copula is in 
the form of a participle. 


Mvxyvat pexpdv qv, THUC. 1, 10,1; JZycenae was a smallaffair. re 
awpolt dySorxovTa pvai yevicovtat, DEM. 31,7: The dowry wll amount 
to erghty minae. wwe&éJevto tas Ouyatépas (sc. AmoAXNopavouvs) Tar8i’ bvT 
eis “OAvv0ov, DEM. 19, 194; (Lor safety'’s sake) they removed his daughters, 
who were little children, to Olynthus. 


DEM. 19, 194 (see above). 31,7 (see above). 

ANT. 2y 8: ai 8 eciodopai... evdapovias péev... onpetov eore. 

PLATO, Legg. 732 E: gore 6) pice: dvOpametoy pariota 7Sovat Kat 
Admac kai emrOvpiar. bid. 735 E: rovs yap péeyrota €Enpaptynkoras, avid- 
tous O€ ovtas, peyiotny d€ odcav BrAaBnv Trews. Meno, 91 C (93). Prot. 
359 D: ered) TO Arrw elvat €avtod evpéOn anadia odoa. Tim. 56 D-E: ra 
b€ depos Tunpata e& évds pépous StadvOevtos Ov’ dv yevoic Onv gwopata Tupos, 
The dtuistons of atr from one particle when broken up may become two cor- 
puscles of fire. 

THUC. 1, Io, 1 (see above). 4, 26, a atrviov Oe yv ot Aakedatpoveoe 
TpoeimovTes. 5,4,4: KatadapBavovor Kat Bpekevylas, by €pupa ev ty Aeovtivn. 
8,9, 3: atreoy 8 €yéveto THs aToaTOANS TY ve@y oi pey TOAAOL T@Y Xiwy ovK 
elOdTes Ta Mpagobpeva KTE. 

Hpr. 1, 93: 9 pev b) wepiodos tod onpatos eiot aradcoe €& kai dvo 
mArACOpa. 1, 163: Kat yap Kat 7 meplodos tod Telyeos ovk OAlyoe a@TAdLOL Eiot 
kré. 2,15: 706) dy mdda ai OnBat AtyuTTos e€xahé€ero, THS TO TEPipeET POV 
oradtol eioe eikoot kai Exatov Kai éEaxurxiAuot. 2, 14212 yeveat yap Tpets ay- 


dpav éxarov €red €att, Three human generations are one hundred years. 3, 


RECOLERCADIE CTIA REDICALE. 57 


108: 7 d€ 5) A€acva €dv layvporaroy kat Opacvratoy drak ev to Biw Tixrer 

@ rhe < ‘ ’ ’ ’ ‘ ’ et Pye , 

év. 6,112: noay d€ cradioe ovx €Xaoaoves TO METALY MLOV QUT@Y 1) OKT. 
Eur. Hec. 123-4: ro Onceida 8, ofw AOnvar, | Siooav pidwy pnropes 


> 
noay. 


125. AGREEMENT OF VERB WITH APPOSITIVE.—The verb 
sometimes agrees with the appositive instead of with the subject. 

OnPar, wodrrs aorvycitwy,...avypmracrat, AESCHIN. 3,133; Thebes, a 
city that ts our neighbor, has been swept away. 

AESCHIN. 3, 133 (see above). 

XEN. An. 1, 8,9: mavtes 8 ob roe Kata €Ovn ev mratoio TANpEL avOpwTav 
€xaotov TO €Ovos €mopeveto. Conv. 4,44: Kai py cal 7d dSporatév ye KTH pa 
Tv TXOAnY aet dparé por mTapovoay. Hell. 1,7, 5: pera ratra S€ of or parn- 
yo Bpaxyéws Exagtros ameoynaaro. 

Hpbt. 7, 104: é€vt rovray tov avdpav ot ‘EXAnvav Exagros dnote tpov 
G&vos eivat. 

Hom. Il. 16, 264-5: of 8° GAxipov Hrop €xovtes | mpdcow was wéreTat Kat 
Gpvuvet oot TéKegaot. 

126. NEUTER ADJECTIVE AS THE SUBSTANTIVE PREDI- 
CATE.—The neuter singular adjective is often used as the sub- 
stantive predicate of a masculine or feminine subject, whether 
singular or plural. 

StaBorH yap éore Servdtarov, HDT. 7, 10,7; or calumny ty a dread- 
ful evil. Mvnivar pexpov qv, THUC. I, 10, 1 (124). 

DEM. I, 5: kai OAws dimearoy oipat Tats modiTelats 1) TUpavvis. 19, 336: 
pr A€y’ ws KaXOV ElpHynN, pd’ as TUBE por. 

PLATO, Gorg. 506 E: ra&ee dpa retaypévov kal KeKoopnpéevoyv €atw 7 
dpetn éxaotov; Legg. 663 FE: caddv pev 7 adnOeca, ® E€ve, Kat povipor. 
Lbtd. 732 EF: €ate bn pice avOpamecov padrtata ndovat Kat AUTae Kat emOv- 
pia. Rpb. 368 E: obxoty pet Cov modes vos avdpos ; 

XEN. Mem. 2, 3,1: ypnotporepov vopigovar xpypata i adeAdots. Occ, 
12,15: kepOadéov €or 1 emipéeXeta. 

THUC. I, 10, I (see above). 1, 138, 5: eSdcee yap (sc. 7 AdppaKkos) mro- 
AvotvdTaroy Tay TOTE Eval. 3, 37, 3- 4, 26, 5 (sce 124). 4, 62,2. 58, 9,3 
(see 124). 

Hp. 3, 108-(see 124)... 7;. 10, n (see above). 

Ake Pi: 203: SetAoratov €c@ 6 TAOUTOS. 

Eur. El. 1035: pa@pov pev ody yuvatxes. H. F. 1292: ai perapsodai 
Aumrnpov. Or, 232: dvTdpecrov ot vowovrtes dmoptas tro, Thtd. 772: 
Secvov of moAXOL, Tuvotpyous Grav Exwoe Tpoatatas. Suppl. 508: opurepov 


nyepaov Opacis. 


58 GREETS SYN LAX 


SopuH. O. C. 592: & pape, Oupos 8’ ev Kaxois ov EVpgopor. 

PIND. fr. 110 Bgk.*: yAukv 8 ameipoot moXepos, A sweet thing 7s war 
to those that have not tried ct. 

Hom. Il. 2, 204: otk ayaddv modvKotparin. 

So a Neuter Relative or other pronoun may have for its antecedent 
a Masculine or Feminine substantive. See Melatzve Sentences. 


127. ATTRACTION OF THE DEMONSTRATIVE BY THE PRED- 
ICATE.—The demonstrative pronoun is commonly attracted into 
the gender of the predicate. 


éxeivos 8 éorily €LeyyXos peyioros, Lys. 16,6; That zs the most cogent 
proof. : 

Lys. 16, 6 (see above). 25, 23: vopigovres kai THs TOAEWS TaUTHY ikavo- 
TaTHY EWal THOTHPLay Kal TOV €XOpOY peyloTny TLLwpPlay. 

PLATO, Men. 71 E: atrn €ortiy avdpos apetn, ikavoy etvat Ta THs TOAEwS 
mpatrew Kré., This 7s a man’s virtue, to be able to manage affairs of state. 

XEN. Cyr. 8, 7, 24: ef O€ py, Kat mapa tev mpoyeyevnpévoy pavOavete* adTn 
yap apiatn SudaaKaXia. 

THUC. I, I, 2: kivnots yap avtn peyiorn ... éyévero. 

Hr. 1, 1: ‘Hpoddrov ‘AXtkapynoaéos ioropins amddekts noe, This zs the 
setting forth of the research of Herodotus. 

Sopu. Ph. 1-2: adkry pev 7de... | Anjpvov. 

Hom. Il. 17, 336-7: aidas pev viv 7de... | "TAtov eis avaBnvat kre. 


128. /n the oblique cases: 

Lys. 1,16: ravrny yap Téxvnv €xeu (SC. 7d yuvaikas diapGeiperv), This zs 
his trade. 

PLaro, Cf. Euthyphr. 2 A: otro 8) 'A@nvatot ye, & EvOvdppov, Sixny 
abvtiy kadovow, dAa ypahny, The Athenians do not call ¢t diké but graphé. 
Phaedr. 245 E: ws ratrns ovons picews uxis, “Nam haec est propria 
natura animé atqgue vis,’ Cic. Tusc. 1, 23, 54. 


129. DEMONSTRATIVE NOT ATTRACTED.—The attraction is 
sometimes pretermitted, especially in definitions in which the 
pronoun is the predicate. 

Tout éoTw Hwpdvota, LYS. 3, 28; 77s 2s what ¢s meant by malice 
prepense (Answer to the question ri 7 mpovo;). trepBodrh yap abiKias 
Toure ye, DEM. 18, 16. 

Dem. 18, 16 (see above). 

Lys. 3, 28 (see above). 

ANT. 1, 5: Oavpatw 6’... vopitee TodTo evoeBetav Elva, TO... My 


mpodouvat. 


TIS AND TI 59 


PLATO, Gorg. 478 C: ob yap rotr nv etdatpovia, as fore, Raxov amad- 
Aayn. Cf. Phaedr. 245 C: adda cai trois dAXos Goa Kiweitae ToUTO (SC. TO aito 
Kwovv) mnyn Kat apx1 Kuwyoews. But Cicero, Tusc. 1, 23, 53, translates: 
Quin etiam ceteris, guae moventur, hic fons, hoc princtptum est movend?. 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 3, 10: rovur’ dp’ wv ionyopia. Cf. Mem. 3, 11, 6: 6 tT 
dy évratda euréon, ToUTw Tpody xpovrat. 


130. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ti AND tis IN THE PREDICATE. 
—In questions distinguish between ti, the essence of a thing, 
and ris, the classification of a thing. 

Ti 8 éotiv 6 xpdvos Kat tis avtov h Pvatis... adyddv gon, ARISTOT. 
Phys. 4, 218 a 31-2; What time ts and what tts nature does not appear. 

rte 

DEM. 9, 16: Kai pndeis etn, Ti Se ratr’ €ativ, } ri rovTwv peer TH THAEL; 

PLATO, Crat. 398 C: 6 d€ 89 pws ri dv etn; What might “ hero” be? 
Men. 71 D: ri gays dperny evar; Prot. 312 C: 6 re 8 more 6 codearis €or, 
Oavpatorp’ dy ef ota Oa. 

XEN. Mem. I, 2, 43: tavra ri €ort;...xat ravra vopos €or; ... Kat 
TavrTa vopmos KaNeirat. 

b Cac tare 

PLATO, Gorg. 448 E: add’ otdets npwra rota tis ein 1) Popyiov réxvn, adda 
ris kat Ovriva Sco kadtew tov Topyiav. hid. 449 A: eime ris  Téy¥N Kai 
tiva Topyiav xadew xp) nuas. Phaedr. 278 E: ‘looxparn tov xadov, @ Th 


> - 3 ' 9 ’ ‘ ’ = 
atrayyeXeis, @ ZwKpates; Tly auTov prjcopey ewal; 


132. ro INSTEAD OF tiva.—When the subject is a neuter plural that 
may be considered as a unit, ré is regularly used instead of riva, unless the 
idea of selection is to be emphasized. 

atte 

ti ovv éott TavTa, & tyes tote Kal ov Tap’ Hudv twas axovoa Sei; |)EM. 
19, 217; What then are these things, things that you yourselves know and 
need not hear front us ? 

DrEM. 19, 217 (see above). 

PLavro, Phaedo, 57 A: ré otv 89 €or arra eimev 6 avip po Tov Bavaror ; 
Tbtd. 58 C: ri qv ta Nex Oevra kai mpayO€vra Kat Tives oF Tapayevopevot Tw 
eminoeiwy To avdpi; (Best MSS. ri Schanz and Wohlrab both read 4, 
Herm. riva.) 

XEN. An. 2,1, 22: piv ratra boxet Gmep Kat Bagiet. Vi ody ravra ear | 


én 6 Padwos. 
je He ea elon TEL oo 


DeM. 18, 246: ddAa pov dv y' dy 6 pyrwp UmevOuvos et, macav ebéragw 


ai : LS ie < = Eas 
AapBavere - ov TapaToupat, Thy Ouv €OTL TAUTA Ss SU 9, s2Hi7 (132): Te. 


60 CREEK “SYNTAX 


PLATO, Phaedo, 102 A: adda tiva 67 Av Ta peta TadTa AexGévra; But 
thid. 57 A and 58 C cited in 132: ri. 


For the Attraction of the Relative with the Predicate, see Aelasive. 


134. ATTRACTION OF THE SUPERLATIVE PREDICATE.—The 
superlative predicate may agree in gender with the subject 
rather than with the genitive. 

6 8 FALos TOV TavTa xpdvov TavTwv AapTpdTaToOsS ov Srapever, NEN. 
Mem. 4, 7,7; Zhe sun abideth forever the most brilliant of all things (thing 
zn the world), 


PLATO, Gorg. 487 E: mavroy S€ kadXlorn eorw 7 oKéis... mepi 
tovray ay kre. Tim. 29 A: 6 pev yap (SC. 6 Koapos) KaAXLOTOS TeV yeEyo- 
votwv, 6 & (sc. 6 Snprovpyos) a&piortos tev airiov. 

XEN. Mem. 4, 7, 7 (see above). 

HDT. 4, 85: meAayéay yap adrdvtav réppuxe Owvpactw@rtaros (Sc. 6 Idv- 
tos). Cf. 6, 37: mitus povyn mavtav Sevdpéwy exxoreica BAracrov ovdéva 
petiet, Of all trees the pine ts the only one that after being cut lets out no 
aftershoot. 

CoM. 4, 231: voowv xadrerr@ratos | POdvos, Of (all) dseases hardest to bear 
zs envy. F 

Hom. Cf. Od. 13, 86-7: o08€ Kev ipn& | kipxos épaprnaeerv, ehLapportartos 


METENVOY. 


135. Superlative Predicate agreeing with the Genitive: 


6 8 waits mavtwv Onpiwv éort Sopetaxetptatdétatov, PLATO, Legg. 
808 D; The boy (animal) zs the hardest to manage of all (animals). 


PLATO, Legg. 808 D (see above). 

Hbv. 5,24: ktnpat@y ravtoy e€oti tint@ratoy avnp piros, Of all pos- 
sesstons most valuable ts a friend. 

On the Attraction of the Predicate Adjective into the Vocative, see 


25. 


The dramatic jets for eyo of a woman is masculine. See 55. 


136. INDEFINITE SUBJECT, REFERRING TO A WOMAN, TREATED AS 
MASCULINE.—The masculine, as the more generic, is sometimes used of 
an indefinite subject, even when the indefinite subject is known to be a 
woman. 

Eur. Andr. 711-2: f) oretpos odca pooxos odk avéEerar | Tiktovras ah- 
ous, ovk €xove’ adtn Tékva. 

Sopu. EL. 770-1: Sewov 76 rikrew eativ: otb€ yap Kak@s | TAT XOVTL piTOS 
dv téxn mpocytyvera, Strange ts thts thing of being a mother. Not even 
when one suffers wrong can one be brought to hate the child that one has 


VOICES OF THE VERB 61 


borne. Tr. 151-2: rér’ (Sc. [drav] tus dvti mapOévov yuri) | KAnO7 Kré., VV. 148-9) 
dy tts eioiSoiro, Thy avTov oKOTaY | mpagéw, caxoiow ois €y@ Bapivopat.! 


FORMS OF THE VERBAL PREDICATE 
Voices of the Verb 


137 There are three voices in Greek—Active, Middle, and 
Passive. 


The distinction of passive from middle is a distinction of function, 
not of form. The terminations of the passive are either middle or active, 
and only one comparatively late form is uniformly differentiated, the 
future in -@jcopa, which is constructed on the basis of -6ny, itself only prev- 
alently passive. 


Active Voice 


138. The Active Voice denotes that the action proceeds from 
the subject. 


outos éynpe, DEM. [46], 21; Zhzs man got married (26). 1d wa8lov éBéa, 
Lys. 1,11; Zhe baby was bawling (26). 


139. TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS.—Verbs that regularly 
take an object are called transitive verbs, verbs that do not regularly take 
an object are called intransitive verbs. So kreivw, / &7//, is a transitive 
verb; cw, J am silent, is an intransitive verb. But any verb may be 
transitive or intransitive, according to its use, and the traditional dis- 
tinction given is a mere matter of convenience, and does not rest on a 
difference of nature. 


140. As all verbs involve an inner object and may take an inner ob- 
ject, it is better to confine the term transitive to verbs that take an outer 
object, and when such verbs are used without an outer object, they serve 
to characterize the subject. So govevo, / commit murder, and vixo,/ gain 
a victory, become J am a murderer (povevs), and J am a victor (vixnrns). 
dyet (PIND. P. 2, 17), she zs a leader, she ts tn the van. 


141. PERIPHRASES WITH yiyvopat.—The analysis given above is some- 
times expressed. So avarpéma, / overturn, may be analyzed into dvarporeds 
ytyvonpa, [ show myself a subverter, or avatporny Trowipa, [ produce subver- 
ston. The former dwells on the character of the agent, the latter on the 
character of the action. Hence the solemnity of both the periphrases, in- 
volving as they do moral responsibility. Compare 61 and A. J. P. xx, 111, 


1Eur. Med. 1018, Soph. El. 145 and 1026, are sometimes unjustly cited as 
instances of this usage. In each of these examples a woman makes but a personal 


application of a rule that applies to men as well as women. 





62 : GREEK SYNTAX 


ISOC. 2,17: paduota pev evpeTns ylyvou tay Bedriotoy, ef dé py, pimod Ta 
mapa Tvs ddNos 6pOa@s Exovta. 10, 42: Trav d€ Swpewy avaykacbeis yevér Oat 
kpitys. bid. 43: €weOipnoe Atos yevér Oar kndeorns. 

ANT. I, 2 (see 61). 1, 4 (60). 282: enor dé Cav re dvOpwros avatpo- 
TEUS TOU Oikov EyéveTo KTE. 5,47: Kal TOY wey... Adywv... ToUTOVTL KpLTas 
n&wwaare yevéo Oat, trav bé épywy adroit Sixagrat éyéved Oe, et stm. alto. 

PLaro, Conv. 218 C: ov €poi doxeis, qv & eyo, €uod €paatis a&uos ye yo- 
vévat povos. Legg. 872 C: av b€ ris SovAov kreivy pndév adicovyta, Po8e@ 6é, 
HN) NvuTiS aloxypav epywv Kal KakK@Y aiTod ylyvnTat KTE. 

XEN. Ag. 10, 4 (64). 

THUC. 1, 4: kat tay KuxdaS@v vnowy npg re Kal oikiaortns mpetos Tav 
TrEloTwY EyéveTo. 1, 132, 5: pnvuTns ylyvera. 1, 136, 3: ikérns yevopevos. 
3. 2, 3 (60). 5, 11, 1: cwrnpa... yeyernoOa. Cf. 8, 48,6: moptaras ovtras 
kai €onyntas Tov Kakov TO Snuw. 8, 86, 4: Kwduris yever Oar, et sz. alib. 

Ar. Ran. 1152: c@ryp yevod po. LIQ: wa py ‘krpadels yévotro Tov 
matpos Povevs. 

Eur. Cf. [Rhes.] 167: od & adda ynwas Mprapidav yap Bpos yevor. 

SoPH. Ai. 1092 (61). O.C. 582: érav... ov pov radevs yévy. 

AESCHYL, Ag. 224-5: érAa & obv | Outnp yevéaOacr Ovyatpos. Cho. 
2 (61). /b¢d. 246: Oewpos . .. yevot. Sept. 130 (61). 

PIND. P. 4, 274: e¢ pn Oeds dyepoverot KUBepvaTtnp yévntaL 

Hom. Od. 17, 223: et pou Soins crabpav putnpa yevéo Gat. 

I]. 18, 100: ued de Sénoev apjs adXkrnpa yevéo Oat. 


142. TRANSITIVE VERBS USED INTRANSITIVELY.—Among 
the active transitive verbs that are frecly used intransitively and 
are sometimes called immediatives may be mentioned éAatve, / 
drive, and its compounds; the compounds of tym, J sexd forth ; 
Bardo, / zt, cast, and compounds of Bade. 


The following is a more complete list of the verbs belonging to this 
class: dyew and cpd.!, aipew and cpd., cpd. of addarrewy, cpd. of avvew, Budr- 
Aew and cpd., epd. of diddvar, duvetv, eAadvery and cpd., eelyew, €yew and cpd., 
iévac and cpd., dvakadiarew, KevOew, Cpd. of Krew, Cpd. of AapBavew, cpd. of 
Necrew, Cpd. of peyviva, pwv0ew, vicar, vowav and cpd., olkeiy, dpyav and cpd., 
mavety, mpurtev, oTéAdEW, oTpepew and cpd., reivery and cpd., reAeurav, paiverw 
and cpd., dépew and cpd., drew, yadav. 

éya 8€, &bn, eri tovade, Hv ert oe Kwavra, €L@, XEN. Cyr. 1,4, 20; 7 well 
ride agatust (charge) these people, tf they undertake to move agatnst you. 
éEinar 82...’ Ayepovoia Aipvyn és Oadaccav: Sia S€ tHS Oeompwridos “Axépwv 
motapos pewy éoBardAer és a’tyv, THUC. 1, 46,4; Zhe Acherusian lake has 


' epd. stands for one or more compounds, 


CAUSATIVESACTIVE H3 


an outlet into the sea, while the river Acheron, flowing through Thesprotia, 
empttes (itself) znto the lake ttself. 

DEM. 19, 163: amijpav da rod ToXepiov oTparevpatos eis Mayacas. 

PLATO, Phaedr. 228 E: mate. Jébtd. 229 A: mpdaye bn. Sid. 229 B: 
TMpoayas av. 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 4, 20 (see above). /dfd.: 6 Kuakdpns AaBov trav eppwpévor 
immoy te kai avdpwov mpomeXavyvet. 

THUC. I, 46, 4 (see above). 6,60, 2: KaO nuépavy ere diSoaav paddov es 
TO dyptwrepor. 

Hpr. 2,8: odpos dddXo rérpwov reiver..  tetapévov Tov abtov TpdTov KTE. 

AR. Eq. 243: ov« €AXate mpos 7O deE wv xépas; Well you not ride to the 
right wing? N.133: Badd és xépaxas, Get thee gone to the buzzards (a 
common imprecation). Ran. 580: mave mave tov Adyov. 

Eur. El. 1233-5: aX’ ode Sdpewy irep axpotatwy | paivovai twes daipo- 
ves i) Oewv | Tov ovpaviar. 

SoPH. El. 1435: 9 voeis €mecye viv. O. R. 967-8: 6 8€ Oavav | eevOer 
Katw 5 ys. 

HEs. O. et D. 244: pevvdovoe b€ otkor. Sc. 449: adn dye wave payns. 

Hom. Od. 7, 130: 7 & (sc. kpnun) érépwOev im’ advdrAys obSdv ina. 11, 239: 
és moAd KadANLCTOS TOTAaLa@Y ET yatay ino er. E 

Il. 12, 268: veckeov, dv Twa mayxv paxyns peOrévra iSouev. 23, 758-9: 

aka & €reita | Exhep 'Ovrsadns. 


143. INFINITIVE ACTIVE APPARENTLY AS A_ PASSIVE.— 
The infinitive being a verbal noun is not so strictly bound by 
the voices as the finite form. The infinitive as a complement 
to adjectives and the so-called epexegetic infinitive often coin- 
cide with the English idiom in which “ 
for food,” “fair to see” is “fair to the sight,” and in Greek the 


ae 


good to eat” is good 
active form is more common and, if anything, more natural than 
the passive. Kaos leiv, fair 10 sce; xodera edpeiv, PLATO, Kpb. A412 
Dy hard to find, but xaderol.-. ywo@yvar, ANTIPHON, 2 a 1, hard 
to recognise. Seelnfinitive. 


144. CAUSATIVE ACTIVE.—As in other languages, the sub- 
ject is said to do what it causes to be done, gur facil per alum, 
SAC PCr Se: 

4 BovAh eye (Sc. attovs), XEN. Hell.1,7,3; Zhe senate put them tn zat. 

LYS. 12, 23: Tav ddeA*hay yap pov, GoTep Kal TpdTEpoy ettor, "Epatog Oévns 
anéxrecvey (Polemarchos drank the cup at the command of the Thirty, 


G2 SA7): 


64 GREETG SYNGAS 


PLATO, Meno, 94 C: Oovkvdidns ad dvo vieis COpepe . . . Kat Tovrous 
é€malidevoe Ta TE CiAXa ed Kal emadaoay KaANoTA ’ABnvaiwr, ef sz. alto. 

XEN. An. 1, 4,10: Kipos & atroy (sc. tov mapaderooy) €E€xoe Kat Ta 
Bacikera katéxavoev. Hell. 1,7, 3 (see above). 

HprT. 8, 118: ws d€ €x3nva tayiora es yoy tov BépEnv... amorapeiv 


Tv Kearny avtov (SC. TOD KUBEpynTov). 


For Intransitive Verbs of Passive Signification, see 171, 


Middle Voice 


145- The Middle Voice denotes that the subject is in some 
especial manner involved or interested in the action of the verb. 
In some of its uses the middle corresponds to the English re- 
flexive, but the signification is much wider and shades off from 
what is practically a direct reflexive until it ceases to present 
any translatable difference from the active. 


146. DIRECT REFLEXIVE MIDDLE.—The interest may be 
that of the direct object. This is limited chiefly to natural or 
habitual actions. The only middle for self-murder is amdyacat, 
to hang oneself, which seems to have been the most natural 
form of suicide. 


érevdn 8 EXOVTaTO, PLATO, Phaedo, 116 B; After he had bathed him- 
self (taken his bath). 


DEM. [50], 35: Aoda@ar ev Badaveiw. 

PLATO, Phaedo, 116 B (see above). 

XEN. Cyr. 3, 1, 25: of pev purrovvres €avrovs, of 8 amayxdpevot, ot & 
aTocpatTropevot. 

THUC. 3, 81, 3: &k tov d€vdpav twes aTnyxXovTo. 

Hb?. 2,40: tumrovrac martes, AM beat thetr breasts (natural expression 
of grief), 2,131: 9 mais dmnyéato, The matd hanged herself, 

AR. Ach. Waa e€ OTOU “ya puTTopa t, J scour myself. Av. 1163: aTroviypo- 
pa, 1’ wash myself, i.e. my hands. Thesm. 230: mot orpégper; fr. 2, 
1100,9: adX’ dptiws Katéurov aitiy Tpapéevny | €v TH TEAM. 

PIND. O. 7,15: dvdpa rap’ "AApeco otechavacdpevov. Lbid. S0-I : rap 
avOeot Auayopas | eo tehavwaato bis. 12,17: creavwodpevos. 

SAPPHO, fr. 62: karrumred Oe Kopat. 

SIMON. AM. 16: KknAetphopny pipoe Kat Ovopacw. 

Hom. Od. 5,491: ds ’Oduceds pPiAdot Kad Paro. 

Il. 10, 576: Ao€aavto, They bathed themselves. 


INDIRECT MIDDLE 6S 

147- INDIRECT MIDDLE.—Much more frequent is the indi- 
rect middle, in which the subject is more or less remotely in- 
volved, sometimes with sharp distinction from the active, some- 
times without any perceptible, or at any rate translatable, differ- 
ence. See the examples of this and the following section. 


oD 

peOny Se Kai Uirvov dpoiws évéedpa dvAarropar, NEN. Hiero, 6, 3; Drunk- 
enness and sleep Tl guard against like an ambush, (vrata = keep guard, 
mount guard over.) 

LYCURG, 85: obd(€)... ryv Opepapevny.. .rois ToNeplos mapéSoaay, Nor 
aid they surrender to the enemy the country that reared them for herself. 

DEM. 20, 17: fs dy twos modite.as TO KopiCer Oat Tols etvous TuIs Kabe- 
oTaow xapy e€éAns, ob pixpay pudaxyy aitav tavtyny adypynkas ever. 

XEN. Hiero, 6, 3 (see above), [R. A.] 1,1: ed Stag lovrat tiv mode 
reiav, Lxcellently well do they preserve thetr form of government. 

HDT. 2, 121: pynuoovva €Aimero ta mporiAaa. 3,79: omacdpevor be 
Ta eyxepidia, 7, 119: dmeavveckor, Aeimovres odev GAG Pepdpevor 

AR. Ach, 51-2: €yot & ererpeway ot Oeoi | arovddas moveia Oat mpos Aaxe- 
Sapoviovs pivw, The gods permitted me and me alone to make a treaty for 
myself with the Lacedaemonians. But vv. 57-8: rov cvdp’ amayovtes, bons 
juw HOere | crovdas motnoas (the generous creature), Zuhing away the man 
who wished to make a treaty for us. Lbid.130-1: wot... | omovdas roinaat 
apos Aakedaipovious pore. 

COM. 4, 355, 539: x9av mavra kopifer kai madw Kopicerat, Larth bringeth 
everything and takes tt back again; Nam terra donat ac resorbet omnia, 

AESCHYL. Sept. 718: adX’ airadeAdov aiva Spéyrac Oat Odes; Whats 
wilt thou make thee a harvest of thy brother's blood? fr. 44: 9 Se (sc. yaia) 
zixtetat Bpotocs | pydAwy Te BooKas Kat j3.ov Anurtptov. 

PIND. O. 7, 42: cepvay Ovoiay O€pevow 8,68-9: are OnKxato... voorov 


€yforov. N. 2, 6-10 (148). I. 5, 60-1: dpavro yap vixas amd mayxpariou | Tpets. 

Hom. Il. 4, 529-30: &x & d3piov éyxos | €omdacaro orépvow, rom out 
the breast he plucked the ponderous spear, and similarly 5, 621: éamacari(o), 
7, 255: é€komacoapéeva, and 13, 510: €omacar(o); but the active is used 5, 
859: 6, 65; 12, 395; and 13,178 (see 148). 11, 802-3: peta Sé «’ axpyres 
kexpnotas avdpas avuty | Ooace Oe mpott dary ve@y do Kat KNuwy, and simi- 
larly 5, 691; 8, 295; 15, 418; 16, 592; 655; but 16, 44-5: pera dé x) axpyres 
kexunoras dvSpas duty | OTatwev Tpott daty veay dro Kui KAcoLawy, aN so the 
active 8, 336; 13, 193; 16, 56); 17, 274 (sce also 148). 

Homer has a certain fondness for the middle. So, for example, Wér@ae 
occurs 38 times over against the 1g instances of Weéew or Sew. The middle 
forms of épam are not uncommon, Whereas in prose we have only mpeopa- 
oOau. The verse has something to do with all this, So idwv is the only 
possible form for the aorist participle. 


5 


eT 


66 GREEK SYNTAX 


148. ACTIVE FOR THE INDIRECT MIDDLE.— The middle 
is not compulsory. The use of the active where the middle 
might have been expected may sometimes be ascribed to the 
aristocratic disdain of effect (see Pindaric examples below), just 
as in late Greek the middle is sometimes used in order to pro- 
duce a grander sound. 

7a xpypata... ébexdstoe, LYCURG. 38; He got his money out safe. 

LYCURG. 38 (see above). 

PLATO, Protag. 324 D: of dvdpes of dyaOoi . . . rods avtav vieis dedd- 
oxovot @ OiSackidwy €yera, with which compare zécd. 325 D: ot ayadot 
avSpes ... Ta pev GAXAa StdOdaKovTat Tovs viets... TA wey GAXa ttpa Tods viEts 
6cOacKovTac. 

Hbr. 2, 51: tov d¢ ‘Eppéw ra dyadpara dpOa éyew ta aidoia movetvtes ovK 
an Alyurtioy pepaOnkact, GAN’ amd MWeAacyov, with which compare just be- 
low: dp0a ay éxyew ta aidota TaydApata Tov ‘“Eppéw ’A@nvator mpwrot ‘EAAjvev 
pabovtes Tapa HeXacyov €moinoavto. 2, 143: apxtepeds yap exaoros avtobe 
iota (v. /.toratar) emt THs Ewutod Cons eikova EwurTod. 

PIND. P.1, 49: otay (sc. tymay) otis “EXAdveay Spémet, and similarly P. 4, 
130 and 6,48; with which compare N. 2, 6-10: opeiher & ere. . . Capa pev 
"ToOpuidwv Spémea Oar Kiddorov twroy ... Tiywovoov raid(a). 

Hom. Il. 5,859: ex d€ dupy oracev adris, And out again he plucked the 
shaft; and similarly 6, 65; 12, 395; 13.178. (For the use of the middle 
in similar examples, see 147). /bz/. 8, 336: ot & iOds radpowo Babeins Ooav 
"Ayaiovs, Dut they thrust the Achaeans stratght toward the deep trench, and 
similarly 13, 193; 16,45; 569; 17,274. (For the use of the middle in simi- 
lar examples, see 147.) 


149. RECIPROCAL MIDDLE.—-As the reflexive may be used 
for the reciprocal, so the middle, which represents the reflexive 
relation, may be used to intimate the reciprocal relation. Such 
verbs are paxerda, se baltre, sich schlagen, ayoviterbar, SiaréyerOar, and 
many other deponent verbs. 

év xepot yevouevor EpayovrTo, THUC. 7, 5. 2; Coming to close quarters 
they fought, but @dAyAous ... Epadyovro, 3,77, 2; They fought one an- 
other. 

THUC::7;5;°2.(Se6 above). 

Hv. 2,63: xecbadus te cuvapaaoorrat, They butt one another's heads. 

Ak. Pl. 329-30: tpiwodrov pev eiveca | OTTECOME TO” Exuator ev THKKANTIA, 
We hustle one another ; but Ach. 24-5: ®orcodvrac...addAnAowwe 


SopH. O. C. 424: 1s (SC. payns) vov €xovtat KaTTavaipovtac Sdpu. 


CAUSATIVE MIDDLE 67 


PIND. O. 1, 98: rayuras modav épiferat=rayeis modes €piCovrat. 
HEs. O. et D. 37: «Anpov Sacco dpe O(a). 
Hom. I]. 23, 735: pner €peideo dow, .Vo longer press each the other. 


150. CAUSATIVE MIDDLE.—As the active is often used of 
what one does by an agent, so the middle is used of that which 
the subject has done for. itself. This is an occasional use of the 
middle, but it is not a characteristic use, and must not be pressed 
as differentiating it from the active. 

OeprotowrAns Kredhavtov tov viov imméa pev €8:8akarto ayabdy, PLATO, 
Men. 93 D; Zhemistocl:s had hrs son Ky taught to be a good horseman, but 
thid. 94 1B: rovrous ... imméas pév €8i8akev ovdevds xeipous "APnvaiwv. 

PLATO, Meno, 93 D (see above). Protag. 325 B: of dyadot dvdpes... 
Ta pev GAdAa PtOacKovrat Tovs vies... Ta pev GAAa apa Tos vieis SLO daTKOVTAL, 
but 324 D: of dvdpes of dyaOoi ta pev GdAa Tovs ait@y viets btbdoKovTLY, a 
didackadwy €xeTat. 

THUC. I, 132, 2: emt rov tpimoSa... n€iwoev (Sc. Mavoavias) emeypapa- 
o Oat adbtos idia TO €Xeyetov TISe, but § 3: TO pev odv eNeyetov of AaKeSatpovioe 
é£exodaway evs Tote... Kal ETE YpaWay Gvopaati Tas TOAELS KTE. 

Fipita, 5O2.e7o1éeTo (SC, Kpowos | O€ Kat A€ovTos Elkova Xpumou amépOou, 
Croesus had an tmage of a lion made for himself out of refined gold. 


Ak. Eq. 5: mAnyas det rpootpiserat tos otkerats (see V. O4). 


15t. ACTIVE AND REFLEXIVE.—Direct reflexive actions are 
commonly expressed by the active and the reflexive; so, regu- 
larly, unnatural actions, and actions which circumstances have 
made unnatural or difficult. 

épautov giro, DEM. [47], 733 7 love myself. piwrer abrov els tHy Oadat- 
trav, DEM. 32, 6; He throws himself into the sea. 

Dem. 32, 6 (see above). [47], 73 (see above). 

AESCHIN. I, 53: otk €vovOernoev €avutov. 

Isoc. [1], 15: €OcCe ceavrov. 2, 29: €O¢e cwavrov. 5, 118: €OiCerv 
oavuTov xpy. 

PLATO, Legg. 861 A: epwrapev jpas abrovs, Let us ask ourselves. Phaedo, 
96 A: rodAaxis €pautoy dvw Kato petéBardrov. Theaet. 148 FE. 

MEN: Atte 1A 2-7, omone yupvacat BovAotro €auTtoy Te Kal TOUS UrTrous. 
Hell. 1, 6, 10: ov« eSuvapny epautov metoat, f could not persuade myself. 

AGrWGS 2 4a éppwpav aT ocpas avtovs. 4, 38, 3: ra omAa rapedOocay 
kal opas avTous. 

Hp. 2,116: oté8apy dAAy dverdbtae Ewurtoy (SC. “Opnpos). 3, 30: tayxe 


kal KaTaAdpBave TewuToy, 


68 GREEK SYNTAX 


AR. Vesp. 286-7 : pS’ otras aeaurov | €c Ore, Stop gnawing at yourself 
so. Lbid. 996: €mape cavrov. Lbéd. 1213: xvtAagov ceavtov, Dump yourself. 
Thesm. 230: ¢y’ atpéua wautov. 

Eur. Alc. 188: kxappupev atrnv. Lb¢d. 250: émaupe cavrnv. Lbéd. 788: 
eVppatve wavtor. 

SOPH. El. 988: matdcooyv d€ cautny. 

AESCHYL. P. V. 748: eppup’ ewaurny. 


Extreme unnaturalness is expressed by airés éautdév 





152. avtos éautov. 
and the like. 

avtos avTov Siepbepev, XEN. Hell. 7, 4,19; He made away with him- 
self, 

AESCHIN. 3, 233: KatadéAukey adtos Thy avTov Suvagcteiay. 

PLATO, Menex. 243 D: mets d€ avrot yuas avrovs kal eviknoapev Kal 
ytTnOnpev. 

XEN. Hell. 7, 4, 19 (see above). 


HDT. 1, 93: €xdudovor b€ adral €wurTdas. 


153. MIDDLE WITH REFLEXIVE ForRMS.—The reflexive relation may 
be brought out more clearly by adding the reflexive forms to the middle. 

td viKta THY gwrynpiav avTois éehdov mopiLerVar, LYCURG. 70; Under 
cover of the night they were about to provide safely for themselves. 

LYCURG. 70 (see above). 

AESCHIN, I, 132! kataokotrovpevos €avtov. 

ANTIPHON, 5, 13: atros cavt@ vopoy Oépevos, Having laid down a law 
Sor yourself. | 

XEN. [R.A.] 2, 10: 6 b€ Sjpos airos atvT@ otkodopeirat idia madaiotpas 
qoA\Xas. 

PIND. O. 13, 53: Mndecay Oepévay yapoy avra (=atra). 


154. Of course when the middle has acquired a special significance 
this is necessary. 

éavrov ... Avcagbar, ANTIPHON, 5,63; Zo ransom himself. 

ANTIPHON, 5, 63 (see above). 

PLATO, Protag. 346 B: atrovs €avtots mapapvbecio Gat. 

CoM. ‘Eauroy tipwpotpevos, Se/f- Tormentor (Title of a play by MENAN- 
DER). 

Hom. Il. 10, 378: ewe Avoopa, [J well ransom myself. 


155. MIDDLE AND ACCUSATIVE OF THE PART AFFECTED. — Of 
course an accusative of the part affected may be used with the middle. 

Ta péeTwma xémrovTar paxaipyan, Hb. 2, 61; 7hey gash thelr fore- 
heads with knives. 


— 


AGIIVE AND MIDDLE 69 


HDT. 2, 61 (see above). 3, 14: émAnkato thy Kearny, He smote his head. 
4,71: tplyas Teptxelpovtat, Bpaxlovas TmepttdpvovTat, péeTwTov Kat 
piva Kxatapvooortat. 4,75: ob yap 6) Aovovrae VdaTt TO Taparay 7d 
oopa. 

Ar. Eccl. 63: ddetpapeévn ro oop Gdov. 

SOPH. Ai. 245: Kdpa Kadtppaoe Kpupdpevor. 

PIND. N. 10, 44: €miegodpevoe vortor padraxaiot Kpoxats. 

HES. Sc. 243: xara & €Spumrovro mapeuis. 

Hoo. Od. 6, 224-5: ek worapod ypda viceto... GApny. 


Il. 18, 30-1: yepot d€ maca | or Pea wemANyovTo. 


156. DETAILS OF DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ACTIVE AND THE 
MIpDDLE.—The details of difference between the active and the middle 
belong to the dictionary. Many of them are conventionally of great im- 
portance. dwobiSwpe is / render, restore, amodiBopar, / se//,; Baveifw is / lend 
(on enterest), BaveiLopar, J borrow (on interest), wixpype is J lend fo use, wixpa- 
pa, / borrow to use, the aorist in use being qryodpyv; éxw means J have, 
éxopar, J cling fo; éynpa signifies 7 married, dur (of the man), éynpapnvs 
f got married, nupst (of the woman), probe is / lef, proBotpar, 7 Azre. There 
is a long string of differences between qmoveiv and movetoPar with verbal 
nouns in which the active gives the literal side “to fashion,” “to bring 
about,” whereas the middle serves to form a periphrasis with the depend- 
_ ent substantive for the corresponding verb. So Aoyov rovetv is fo compose 
a Speech, byov woreio Bar, fo wake a specch (déyew); 680v moveiv is fo construct 
a road, bev woreio8ar, fo make one's wiry (ddevew); etpyvyv morqoa, fo O77 
about a peace (between two contending partics), elpyvyv moretobar, fo make 
peace (with an enemy); vdpous tiWévat, /v be a vopobertns, Lo be a hag iver 
(for those who desire legislators), vopous tiWeoPat, fo make laws fur one's 
own state. Regularly ékxdAyoiav woveiv, to convoke an assembly. 


A few examples by way of illustration are given here. 


Isoc. 6,1: rocattny wemoinpat tiv petaBorny. 

AND. 3, 1: Ore pev elpyvny moceia Oat bixaiav dpewoy €or i ToNEpeEty. 
3, 2: 6 Sypos 6 AOnvaiwy eipryyny emotjocato pos NakeSaysoviors. 

PLaAto, Lach. 180 C: evratvéa det ras Starpeusa Y TOLOULE vor. 

XEN. An. 7,6, 41: tratra drodépevos otte Sev0y avéSwKev ot're hpw ta 
lyvopeva rahe iy ovv Twppovaper, €€opeOa avtov. 

THUG. i, 40; 2 cares pa) toi beEapevors . .. TONE POY aut € ip vns Totn- 
Tet POME 55 uy, 2k Evve ywpeito OoTe at EKUTE POL TE LD €o you aTodorras Thy 
elpyyny mroveta Oat, 

Hpv. 7,42: émocéeto &€ thy od0v. 8,40: Bovdny .. . roujmad Oat (= 3ov- 
NevoagOa). 8, 74: THTt vnvol oi« eAmiCovTes EANRGp Wea Oae (act. = lo shine 
upon), Not expecting to make a brilliant record with their ships. 


* 


ea 


Jo GREEK SYNTAX 


Ar. Ach. 830: ra yxorpide’ amédov, lou sold the pigs, but Vesp. 1128: 
a7wéSwmk(a)... T® kvaget tpiworov, J patd the fuller three obols. Lys. 
1056-7: dooms av... Saveionrat... py anode, but Pax, 374: Savetoov 
tpets Spayuas. 

AESCHYL. fr. 13: wot pev yapeto Oat popomor, yapety 8 epol. 

ANACR. fr. 86: kat @adapos, ev TH KEtvos OK Eynpev GAN eynparo. 

THEOGN, 32: GAN’ alet tav ayabay €x€0. 

Hom. Od. 14, 393: GAN’ dye viv py tpnyv moinodpeO(a). Lbéd. 21, 70-1: 
ovdé Tw’ GAAnv | pidov motjcacOat emLiT XE Tiny EdtvaTbe. 


I1.7,2: Zeds d€ Oeay ayopyy moinoaro Teprtiképavvos. 


Passive Voice 


157. The Passive Voice denotes that the subject receives 
the action of the verb. 


TloAvotparos ... cvveAnbOn, ANDOC. 1, 13; Polystratos was arrested. 
6 Tis Toews... KOTPOS ... TUVTapaTTeETaL, DEM. 25,19; The constitution 
of the state ¢s d¢sturbed. étéBvto 7a iepd, ANTIPHON, I, 17. G@mwedépeto ék 
rou Serpwtnpiov tefvews, LYS. 12, 18. A€yetat, DEM. 24, 212; /¢ zy sad. 
Si8acKetat avOpwmos, PLATO, Meno, 87 C, which is actively expressed by 
avOpwmos pavOaver, PLATO, Soph. 262 C. 


158. INSTRUMENT, MEANS, OR CAUSE.—With the passive, 
the instrument, means, or cause is expressed by the dative or by 
a prepositional phrase, for which see Preposttions. 

Dative - 

AtOw wemAnypevos, AR. Ach. 1218; Struck wrth a stone. Xpypact mwe- 
obyvat, THUC. 2, 21,1. Atpe SrapSapyvar, THUC. 3, 57,3; Zo perish of (by, 
with) hunger. 

DEM. 23, 156: AnPOjoerar... 7H... Atwo. 55, 30: peyddos ALBous 
aTroikoOopnbevros. 

PLATO, Rpb. 469 E: ots dy (sc. AOors) BANOGor. Tim. 38 EE: Seopots re 
euwryos .. . OeOevra. 

XEN. An. 2, 3,1: Baowed’s eLerAdyn TH epdde. 

THUC. 1, 126, 8: rpuxopevot tn mpomedpeia. 2, 21,1 (see above). 3, 57, 
3 (see above). 7,47,2: vdcm... émélovto, They were pinched with sickness. 

Hpbi. 1, 34: alypy ovdnpén BAnOevra. 1,41: cup popy memdnypevovr. 

Ak. Ach. 1218 (see above). Nub. 24: t@ e&exdmny mpitepov tov dpOadpuov 
Ai@wm. Vesp. 1296: eyo & aridAoda oriCopevos Baxtnpla. 

AFSCHYL. P. V. 237: mnpovatoe kaprropa, Jam bowed with thrills of 
anguish. Sept. 607: wrAnyeis Oeov pagteyt, Smitten with god's scourge. 

PIND. P, 3,48; mod xadk@ peAn TeTpapevar, 


AGENT OF THE - PASSIVE 7A 


Hoo. Od. 10, 532: éogaypeva vnree xara. 
1]. 8,455: mAnyevte kepavuve. 


159. AGENT.—The agent of the passive is put in the geni- 
tive with vo. 

of... TUpavvor... Umd Aaxedatpoviwy kateduCnoav, THUC. 1, 18.1; 7 yrants 
were abolished by the Lacedacmontans. 


DEM. 21, 36: bao ToAugyAou mAnyivat. 21,74: eyo & ba’ €yOpod .. . U3pt- 
Counv. [47], 15: emAnyns Um epov. 54, 33: Up’ ob ye mpwrou 1 exArynv Kat 
pariac® U3piaOnv. 

PLATO, Conv. 217 E: ért Se 1d tov SnyOevtos imd tov €xews TuBos Kape ExEt. 

XEN. An. I, 3, 10: vopicer Um’ euod ndexjaOqae. 

THUC. 1, 18, 1 (see above). 4, 12. 1: dvexonn'tmd tev ’AOnvaiwv. 

Hr. 1. 35: eEeAnAapeévos . . . iwd Tov watpus. 

AR. Av. 285: t70 tev cuKopartay TiAXeTat. 

SoPpH. Ai. 164: U6 tovovtTer avdpov Oopu37. 

PIND. N. 2, 20-2: adda Kopwéiwv ind dwtey .. . oxta orepavos €utyOev 
70n. 

Hom. Od. 9, 66: Kixdvev tro dnwbertes. 

Il. 13, 675-6: Sniwovro | Aavi tw’ ‘Apyetov. 


For the so-called Dative of the Agent with the Passive and with 
Verbals, see Dative. 


160. Other prepositions than tméd are sometimes used with special 
verbs and in special authors. 


éx, out of, often in poetry and in Herodotus; in Attic prose with the 
notion of emanation from a source. 


ANTIPHON, 26 1: ray €& €uov mpaxbevrwr. 

PLATO, Theaet. 171 B: €& dvavtwy . . . auqpuosntyoerat. 

MEN. An.1, 1,6: modes... €k Baoiréws Sedopévar, Crtres a gift of the 
king's. 

THUC. I, 20, 2: €« trav Evvedotov oiow ‘Inia pepnvicba, * That mnfor- 
mation had been conveyed to Hipptas from the body of thetr fellow-consptra- 
tors.” —Shilleto. 

Hb. 3,62: ra évreraApeva €x tov Mayouv, The orders etven of, by the 
Magus. 

Hom. Il. 2, 668-9: épirnOev | ex Avis, They were loved of Zeus. 


161. mpds, defore (comp. Engl. “from before ”). 


DEM. 29, 20: €¢.. . wr mpowpoddynto mpos Tovd’ eAevOEpos ecvat.! 


} Vid. Lutz, Prap. b. d. att. Redn., p. 155. 


ee ee 


72 CRE ETE SVUNETEAEX, 


XEN. An. 1,9, 20: gidovs ye pny... dpodoyeirar mpos mavtwv Kpatictos OF 
yevér Oa Oeparredvew, He zs acknowledged on all hands, etc. 

HprT. 8, 111: “Avdpioe . . . airnOévres mpos Oepicrokd€os yprnuata ovK éSocar. 

AR. Nub. 1122: mpods jay ota meioerat Kaka. 

Eur. Med. 255-6: wS8pi¢opa | mpds avdpos, ef sm. alib. 

SOPH. El. 790: mpos riod uspicy pntpos, et sém. alzb. 

AESCHYL. P. V. 767: 1) mpos Sdpapros eEaviotatar Opovev ; 

PIND. O. 2, 25-6: wévOos de mirvet Bapd | kpecodvev mpos ayabav. 

Hom. 1]. 6, 56-7: 7 wot dpiota memoinrat Kata oikoy | mpos Tpwwv. 11,831: 


Ta oe Tpoti paow 'AyiAdAros Sediday Oar. 


162. mapa, ‘02 the part of,” chiefly with verbs of giving, taking, send- 
ing. 

DEM. 21,170: rovras yap 8) péyrorar déSovtat Swpeat rap’ bpav- 

XEN. An. 1, 9,1: mapa mavrwy dpodoyeira, [t 2s acknowledged on all sides. 

Hom. Il. 15, 121-2: €vOa x’ €rt pei€wy Te Kai dpyadewrepos GdAXos | map Aws 


‘2 , , ‘ - ’ , 
a@avaro.ct xoXos Kal Pnvls eTvXOn. 


163. 814, ‘Arough (of the mediator), a post-Homeric construction. Nev- 
er to be confounded with dca w. acc. 80 épée éeowOys, CYESIAS ap. DEM. 
[PHAL.] 213; Thanks to me, ct 7s owing to me that, you were saved. BV pod 
éowdys, Through me you were saved. A.J. P. xi (1890), 372. 

Isoc. Ep. 4,2: €Bovddpuny dv abrov avarabnvai co dC nav, [ should have 
preferred that he had been commended to you through us (nie). 

Ar. Eq. 76: d:a cot tatta mavta répvara, Through you all these things 
are sold. 

164. amd, Lat. ad, found chiefly in Thuc. 

THUC. 1,17: émpaxOn re am aitayv ovdev epyov a&tdXoyov, No considerable 
deed was performed by them. (Some uniformitarians would write tro). 

165. tmé with the dative revives the plastic ‘“ under’’-sense, and is poeti- 
cal. 

Hom. Il. 13, 668: trd Tpweooe Sapnva, To be guelled beneath the might 
of the Trojans. 


166. INTERCHANGE OF INSTRUMENT AND AGENT.—When 
the instrument is considered as an agent or the agent as an in- 
strument the construction is reversed. The former construction, 
which rests on personification, is very common; the latter in prose 
is confined chiefly to military phrases, for which see Dedzve. 

GXioxetat td tTpiypous, DEM. [53]. 6; Fle 2s captured by atrireme. twayKa- 
Opar wd tev yeyevnPEvwv TovVTOV KaTnyopeiv, LYS. 12,3; / have been compelled 
by what has happened to undertake to prosecute thts man. 


PERMISSIVE PASSIVE hs 


DEM. 6, 8. 8,71: ovd€ mponyOny 08’ iro Képdous 06" id Gidotipias. 20, 
166 : v0 THs... Kpavyns Kat Bias Kal avacoyxuvTias. 23,143: €&edidovr’ dv bd Tov 
tpetépou Wopiopatos. [43], 72: ti mor’ olecO iypas magxew €v To TapeAndAvOare 
Xpovr@ Uno TovTwY Kai Umd THs UBpews THs TovTwr. [53],6 (see above). 55, 30: 
ScePOappevoy (Masc.) ind vogov. 

AESCHIN. I, 42.90. 3, 218: ovk dvayxaCopevos tb ris év ry hioee Samdvns. 

LYS. 1,49: b70 toy vopwr ... evedpevetOar. 12, 3 (see above). 

PLATO, Rpb. 609 E: tr6 ris tev oitiwy rovnpias . . . ok oldpeba beiv cpa 
arodAvo Bat. 

XEN. Conv. 2, 26: ob Bratopevor Urb Tov olvov peOvew. Occ. 16,14: otdapas 
dy paddXov 1) pev VAN... abaivowro U0 Tod Kavparos, 7 S€ yi OmT@TO UT Tod Hiov. 

THUC. 1, 76, 2: tnd tev peylotwy vienOévres, Tyuns Kat déous Kai dpeXrias. 
1,126, 10: to tov Aquov, but 3, 57,3: Ameo. 7,69,2: 6 d€ Nixias tO roy ma- 
povtwy exremAnypevos. 

Hpr. 8,129: dvepOdpnoay td tis Oadacons. 

Ar. Ach, 18: €67xOnv tn6 Kovias ras oppis, My eyebrows were bitten by 
lye. 

SOPH. Tr. 1104: tu@aArs tm drns exmendpOnuat. 

PIND. O. 2, 21: €oA@v yap t7d xapput@y mya OvackKet (171). 

Hom. Od. 5, 393: peyadou v0 kupatos apdecs.! 


167, PERMISSIVE PASSIVE.—The passive is sometimes used in a per- 
missive sense. 

tl TWovovawv; ...0v KatadimdvTes THY XWpav... WxovTo,... add’ Erodhtop- 
kotvto, LYCURG. 85; What did they do?... They suffered themselves to be 
besteged. 

LYCURG. 40: yuvaixas .. . dvakiws atta kal ris TOAews bpwopévas. Lhe, 
85 (see above). 

XEN. R.L. 1, 5: €Onxe yap, atdeioOa pev eiowrta dPOnvar, aidieicda & 
efvovta. 

Ar. Ach. 408-9: add’ exkuKkdn Ont’. EYP. aX’ advvatov. AIK. dX’ dpas. 
| EYP. aAXN’ éxxuxkdAycopat: KataBavew 8 ob cyodn. Nub. 494: pep’ Ba, ri 


Spas, qv Tis we TUNTH; TUTMTOMAL 


168. FUTURE MIDDLE IN A PASSIVE SENSE.—The future 
middle and the future passive are coincident as to form in the 
earlier language,’ and even in prose the future middle ts often 
used as a future passive. 

As the subsequent future passive forms were developed on the basis 

" Seealso A. J. P. vi (1885), 487-8: 

2 In fact, there is only one distinctly future passive form in Homer, peyyoeotac, 


Il. 10, 365. 


74 GREEIS VIN PAX 


of the passive aorists in -yy and -@ny, they naturally incline to the aoristic 
sense, and this aoristic sense becomes more distinct when the future middle 
is used as a passive. Hence the contrasted groups. 


DURATIVE. AORISTIC. 
Branrrw, 7 hurt. Brabopat BraByoopac 
Tywaw, L honor. TYLHoopar TynOnjoopar 
woeréiw, L help. woperroopat WpernOyoopar 
Cydéw, L manifest. Onrucerat Cnd\wOjoerae 


It is to be noted, however, that consistency in this distinction requires 
considerable alteration of texts, and that even in the most careful authors 
such distinctions may lie dormant, just as synonyms lie dormant. Of 
course, in poetry metre must be allowed to have a certain sway. 


6 Bikatos pagtiydocetat, oTpeBAWoeETAL, SedyoeTaL, ExkavOyoeTar Td- 
Pbarye, TeXevT@V TavTa Kaka Tadav avacxiwdvrevoyoeTar, PLATO, Rpb. 361 E- 
R62 A. 


DEM. 18,144: peydd’ B@heAn cea Oe mpos ioropiay Trav Koway. 21, 30: Tots 
adtknoopévors(Masc.). 23,110: modepnoerar. 15: aduxyoera. [52], 11: oy 
pl@gopat. 57,37: Kat TavTa paptupynoetat 

ANDOC. I, 72: rovavtTny amoXoyiay rept avTovd Tonoopat, Grou py) TE\Owy pev 
tas attos Cnprmoopat, meioas Oe KTE. 

PLATO, Gorg. 521 E: kpivotvpace yap os ev radios iatpos dy Kpivotro Ka- 
Thyopovvtos dyoro.ov. Rpb. 361 E-362 A (see above). Tim. 57 E: ro... Ki- 
VNTOMEVOY... TOU KLYNTOPMEVOD. 

XEN. Conv. 7, 5: etppaveioOe. Cyr.1,5,9: as...e0ppavotpevor Lid. 
8,7,15: tis & dAdos TLpNoTETAaL Ov dvSpa péya Suvapevov ovtws ws adedAgos ; 
Hiero, 9,9: tipnoera. 

THUC. 1, 68, 3: modeunoovta. 1, 81,4: Brapopeda. 2, 87,9: tyujoovrar. 
3, 40, 3: Cnptmoerar. 8: Cnpiwodpevov (masc.). 7, 48, 5: POepercPa. 67, 3: 
aed oovrat. 

HT. 3, 132: rods Aiyumrious inrpovs . .. wéAdNovtas dvagkoXoT Leta Bat 

. €ppuaaro. 

Ar. Ach. 409: add’ exkukAnoopae (see 167). 

Eur. Andr. 708: ef py POepn THod ws TaxLaT and oTéeyns. 

SopH. Ai. 1154-5: dvOpwre, pr Spa rods reOvynkdras Kakas* | el yap moucecs, 
tcOc mnpavovpevos. O. R. 272: Pbepeta Oat. 

PIND, P. 4, 10-1: api yap... Emadowo képay | dotéwy pifav purevae- 
o Oat. 

Hom. Od. 1, 123: map’ dupe pirnoeat, 


1 Cf. Sori, O. C. 581-2: roi (sc. xpdvp) yap 1) oF) Mpoopopa Snwaerat ; | OTav 
Oarw "yo, where dydwserae is clearly aoristic, with THUC. 1, 144, 2: éeeeva ... wal &y 
GAd\p NOyp cpa Totg Epyote OnwHijoera, where nrwoerac might be justified by the 


plural épyorg. 


PASSIVE OF MIDDLE VERBS 75 


Il. 12,66: 66: rpaceaOat diw. 14,481: SSe eataxrevéerOe xa tp- 


pes. 24,728-9: mpw yap mors HSe Kat’ dixpyns | réepoeras.! 


169. AORIST PASSIVE FOR AORIST MIDDLE.—And on the 
other hand the passive aorist is often used to the exclusion of 
the aorist middle; 4pdotyy, 7 f// in love (was enamored), BuvAPnv, 
L could (was enabled), BovrsPyy, [ would (was decided), eropevtyy, [ 
proceeded (was forwarded)’ 


The following is a list of the most important of these verbs: 
aideioOat, durdacba, apveicba, ayberOa, BoirderOa, SeicAa, diaréyer Oat, 
Stavocia ba, Sivac Oa, €vavtitaba, evOvpcio bat, evvoeic Oat, emyercio Oat, €pay, ev- 


AaBeicOa, FSerOatr, oleaPar, Topever Oa, mpobvpeia Oat, pirotipeto at. 


170. PASSIVE OF MIDDLE VERBS.—The passive serves on 
occasion as the passive of the middle as well as the passive of 
the active. Brdfopa, / suffer violence ([ am forced); dparpotpar, J aii 
robbed ; ypyv, [ was chosen. Not so, however, in Homer. 


DEM. 28, 14: otros 5€ kai peramephOnvat packawy tr tov warpos (Cf. zhed. - 
eloedOciv pev ov pnow ws Tov peTaTepWapevor). 

LYS. 13, 23: €metdy... Trott 76 Wigiopa enpia On, karépyovta ... ot al- 
peOévres tav Bovdrevtav. Lbid. 29: enpicbn. 

PLATO, Legg. 755 E: mpw... Bovdnv npnodat. 770A: npnyrac d€ np 
vouopvlakes. 

XEN. Conv. 2, 26: ot Bralopevor (166). Mem. 3, 2, 3: Baoweds aipetras 
ovx iva €avTov Kada@s empeéAntat, GAN’ iva kté. (Cf. Zed. - oTpatnyovs aipovvrar). 

THUC. 7,77, 3: amoxpovtws dn TeTipwprHpe Oa, 

Hpvr. 1,70: raya b€ dy kat of drodcpevor Néyoury ... @S aTatpebeinaay 
tro Sapiov (cf. zbzd.: N€éyovat ws... Vapor awe Xolato atrov (SC. Tov KpNnTHpa)}. 

AR. Nub. 758: ef coe ypagotro.. . dixn (cf. 1481-2: eit attovs ypapny | 
Staxabw ypayapevos). 

SOPH. Ant. 1073: &€« cov Beagovrac rade. 


171. ACTIVE SERVING AS A PASSIVE.—Intransitive verbs of 
passive signification are construed as passives. So érro8vyjeKnw 1s 
recularly used as the passive of amoxtetva, & mdoyw of ed Tro, 


axovw of EVO, mintw of Burr, devyw of dimKe. 
tro 88 tov latpot ddoxwy altoy dwoaveiv, ANTIPHON, fy 53 -Mleging 
1 See further Blass, Rh. Mus. 47 (1892), 26y-90. 


2 The form, though not distinctively passive at first, became distinctively passive, 
and hence a passive conception is often possible. 


76 GREEK SYNTAX 


him to have been killed by his physician. éxaimtovory ot Aaxwnoral, XEN. 
Hell. 1, 1, 32; Zhe Laconizers are cast out. ot ’A@nvaio.... mpdypata 
elxov umd ... tev Anorav, XEN. Hell. 5,1,5; Zhe Athentans were harassed 
by the pirates. €% maayxovea (sc. yn) ed moet, XEN. Occ. 20, 14; .Land, 
when well treated, treats you well. 


DEM. [49], 1: Pevyee viv im’ euod tavrny tiv Sixny. 

ANTIPHON, 4 y 5: amoOaveiv (see above). 5, 48: 005’ obra dmoOynakov- 
oly Um’ a’T@y TOY TpoonKOrtwy. 

PLATO, Apol. 35 D: aoeBeias hevyovra im MeAnjrov rovrovi. Hipp. Mai. 
304 E: cupSeBnke by por... kakGs pev Of’ twav dkovecy Kat dvewdiCerOa, Ka- 
ka@s O€ Um’ exetvov. 

XEN. Hell. 1, 1, 32: €xmimrovow (see above). Jbzd. 5,1, 5: mpaypara eiyov 
(see above). Oec. 20, 14: ed waovyouca (see above). 

THUC. I, 20, 2: “Immapyor olovtar Ud’ “Appodiov Kat ‘Apioroyetrovos Tipavvov 
évra avoOavety (Cf. zbzd.- ‘Immdpy@ mepituxovtes ... aw éexTELvay). 3,58, 4: 
aro@8avovtas vmod Mndwvr. 

HDT. 4,125: épéovres Kai rods épovpovs pevyovtas bro Skvb€wv Kal reTa- 
paypévous. 8,16: 6 yap Zép£ew orparos ... adros tm éEwutod eTiTTe. 


\ af € 9°) 
ore e (GE Tavd uy Qayv- 





AR. Ach. 167-8: rauti mepucide® . .. mag xovTa pe 
Spav Bap3dpev ; 

PIND. O. 2, 21: €odav yap bro xappatov mipa Ovacket. 

Hom. I. 1, 242-3: ed7’ dv woddot i’ "Exropos... | Ovyokovtes TitTact, 
3, 61: ds 7 eloey dia Sovpds tm avépos. 3,128: eracyov. 6,74: avéBnoav. 13, 
796: eiot. 16,519: BapvOer. 17,428: wecovtos. 616: dAeve Ovpdv. 21, 22-3: 
ws © v7 OeAdivos .. . tyOves GAdoe | Pevyovres myumAGat puyods KTE. 


172. Note that the element of the disagreeable enters into most of 
these verbs, so that the intransitive construction is an evasion of respon- 
sibility. «3 marx and ed dkovw merely serve to match kax@s macxyw and 
kakas dxovw. Cf. A. J. P. vii (1886), 42, Note 2. 


173. PASSIVES OF INTRANSITIVE VERBS.—Passives of intransitive 
verbs are rare. évog tetat, PROVERB; A donkey tn the rain. 


Isoc. 11, 22: dtakexcvduvevpévors happaxos (r7sky miedic7nes) xpwpevny. 

ANT. 5,75: Guws 8 ody kexitvOuvevoertat, pertclitatum crit. 

THUC. 3.23.5: n vv&... broviqhopeévn TOArAL TO Wap ev adbry emeTrotnKet, 
The snowtness of the night had caused a rise tn the water. 

Hp. 2,22: ef €xuovele, Veto dv raira ta ywpia, If there were any snow- 
Saul, these parts would have razn on them. 2102 va Ono av yap On3at at At- 
yurtia... ov yap bn VeTat Ta dyw THs Alyimrov TO Taparay. 

PIND. O. 10,76: de(dero &€ wav répevos, The whole grove was full of song. 

Hom. Od. 6,131: 6s 7° (sc. Aéwy) eto” Dopevos. 


IMPERSONAL PASSIVE 77 


174. PASSIVE OF VERBS THAT TAKE A GENITIVE OR Da- 
TIVE.—An active verb may be turned into the passive, even if 
it takes a genitive or a dative. But there are limits. 

oixére B88 Gmethotpar, Add’ Sy ArEAG Gros, NEN. Conv. 4, 31; Jam no 
longer threatened, but am now threatening others. tpav THs YuvaiKds av TeE- 
paray, Jord. 8,3; Loving his wife, he ts loved back again. 

ANTIPHON, 487: ov Otxaiws Karn yopotpac (but 28 10: 4 ratnydpn- 
Tai pov). 

PLATO, Euthyd. 273 C: eimapy ody ratta katedpovnOnv tr atrow. Lach. 
181 B: émawet tr’ dvdpav agioy meatever dar. Rpb. 556 C-D: érav... pn- 
Sapn tavtn Katadppovaertat ol révyntes UTS TaY TAOVTIwr. 

XEN. Conv. 4, 31 (see above). /ézd. 8, 3 (see above). Hiero, 11,11: ob 
povov diroio dv, adda Kat Epwo im’ avOpwrwrv. Jbzd. 11, 15: «’daipovarv yap ob 
POovnOnoe. 

Eur. I. A. 1093-4: 4 8’ dpera xatémoev Ovatois duet at. 

SOPH. O. R. 111: éxpevyet b€ rdpeAovpevor. 


175. The verb must take the dative without an intervening outer ob- 
ject. So in d:d6vae mrodroy trois “EAAnow, AR. Pax, 1321, tots "EAAnow Cannot 
be turned into the subject of the passive. Rare is such a construction as 
avactiaavtes S€ avrovs ol... EmLTETpPappevot THY vdakyy, THUC. 1, 126, 11, 
where we should expect ois émerérpamto 1) d@udaky. Thy pudakny is a Manner 
of inner object. 

176. IMPERSONAL PASSIVE OF VERBS GOVERNING AN OBLIQUE 
CASE.—The impersonal construction which is the rule in Latin is rare in 
Greek. 

ANTIPHON, I, 31: €pot pev ody Sedupyntat kat BeBonOnrat tw <te> TeOvewre 
kai to vopw. bid. 2 B13: €p ols KaTHNyopeEttat pov (V. 1. KaTyyoperte). 

XEN. Vect. 1, 1: vopi¢wy, ef TovTO yevolro,... TH... Tevia alT@v émtKe- 
koupna Oat av. 

THUC. 5, 49, 2: avtéAeyov py Stxaiws opav Katadedixacbat, They main- 
tained that they had not been justly condemned, Dut Karaded. is probably mid- 
dle: they had not justly condemned them. See Classen. 


177. DEPONENT VERBS.—The deponent is a middle form 
which has no active. ylyvopar, 7 become, gel, Sedopar, LT behold. 


On the passive aorists of these verbs, see 169. 


178. PASSIVE OF DEPONENTS EXPRESSED BY PERIPHRASIS,. 
—The passive of deponents is often expressed by periphrasis. 
So especially outside of the passive form (1 aor. pass.). Familiar 
is alriav éxew as passive of altracba. 





78 GRIBE LEAS VV AX 


vais aitiav éxovtes mpodowat, Hyp. pro Eux.1; Being accused of hav- 
tng betrayed ships. 

Hyp. pro Eux.1 (see above). dz. 31: tev yap Katnyopnbévrwv 7O pH 
AaBov droXoylay tro TH Opyyn Tov StkacTov kaTaXeimeTat. 

DEM. 18, 200: mpodedmxévat mavras dy €o xev (SC. ) méALs) aittav. 

LYSO0L,. 10 eh. Gircaw-e Y OE, 

PLATO, Rpb. 565 B: airiay 8) €cyxov ims rev érépov .. . ds éntBov- 
Nevovar T@ Oyu. 

THUC. 2, 41, 3: porn yap Tey viv axons Kpelogwy es Teipayv EpyxeTat. 7, 
81,5: detdw... Tus EytyveTo. 

THEOGN. 1265-6: eyw dé... aidods ovdemins Ervyor. 

Hom. Od. 2, 136-7: véweas dé pot €€ avOpwrwv | €ooerat. 

Il. 7, 409-10: ede... ylyver(at). 22, 243-4: pndé re Sovpwov €otw 

detSadr. 


179. RECIPROCAL EXPRESSIONS.—Reciprocal relations are 
expressed by forms of a@\A7A@v, for which the reflexive is not 
infrequently substituted. 

apos pev yap cKelvous peT GAANHAWY epaxéoavTo, TEpi S€ TavTHS Tpds Tas 
avrovs émwodkeunoay, 1SOC. 10, 53; Lhey fought against them in alliance with 
one another, but made war for her against (themselves) one another. 

aGXAHNOV: 

Isoc. to, 53 (see above). 

LYS. 3,40: ef dpa Tmept raidwy edirovixknoapev tuets TPds AAANXOvs. 

PLaAro, Phaedr. 237 C:* otte yap €avtois otte GAAHAOLS Oporoyotow. 
Protag. 322 B: ndikouv dAAnAOUS. 

XEN. An. 1, 2, 27° ouveyévovto ddAndos. Lbéd¢.1, 10,4. Steryov GAANAwY 
... as tpraxovta otadia, bed. 3, 2, 5: eSwkapev kai €haBopev mata jy Tpodw- 
gew addArAous. 

For additional examples, see the lexica. 

180. Reciprocal Reflexive: 

Isoc. 10, 53 (see 179). 

ANDOC. 3, 11: elpyyn yap kat orrovdat Todd biapépovat Pav avtav. 

181. Reciprocal and Reflexive in Contrast: 

PLaro, Phaedr. 237 C: otre yap €avtots ovre dAANHAOLS Gporoyotow. 
Tbid. 263 A+ apqroBntovpev aXAnAots TE Kal HplyY avToLs. 

182. REPETITION OF COGNATES.—The Greek, like the Latin, 
delights in the repetition of cognates. Not so the English. 


xeip xeipa vite, PROV.; (One) hand washes (the other) hand. dos tov 


TENSES 79 


hAdov, PROV. ; clavus clavum pellit. Comp.‘ One star differeth from an- 
other star in glory.” 

PLATO, Conv. 195 Be Opotoy Opolw det TreAacet. Gorg. 510 Biase 
Gpotos TH dpotw. Lys. 214 B: 16 épocov TH Opol@ avayKn det didrov eivat. 
.. Soxei yap hui Oo ye Tovnpos Tw TOYNpe, dow dy. . . padAov bpLAy, ToToiTH 
exOiwv yiyverOat.' 

Ar. Thesm. 955: yetpt ovvanre yeipa. 

EPICHARM. fr. 118 (Ahr.): @ 6€ yetp trav yeipa vitet. 

SOPH. Ai. 522: yapes xapev yap €otw 7 tiKtova’ det. 

HEs. O. et D. 25: kai kepapetds Kepapet Koréce kai TERTOVE TEKTOD. 

Hom. Od. 17, 217-8: viv pev 1 pita mayxyv Kakos Kakodv qynda et, | os 


: em . € Lo mw” A % ‘ € Lal 
alet Tov Gpoiov aye Geds ws Tov dpotor. 


183. Moop.—The Greek language has four moods proper. 
A mood is a tone given to the predication by the speaker or 
writer. These moods are the indicative, the imperative, the 
subjunctive, and the optative. The verb has also a nominal 
form, the infinitive, which is often called a mood, and an adjec- 
tive form, which is called a participle. 

Of these moods the indicative alone expresses with uniform 
directness the relations of time, or tense, and as some of the 
modal uses cannot be understood without the use of the tenses, 
it is necessary to consider first the tenses. 


TENSES 


184. The tenses express the relations of time, embracing: 
1. The stage of the action, duration in time, kind of time. 
2. The period of the action, position in time, sphere of time. 


The first tells, for example, whether the action is going on 
or finished. 
The second tells whether the action is past, present, or future. 


185. Peculiar to the Greck language, as compared with Latin 
and English, is the specific form for the relation of attainment 
called the aorist, the tense of concentrated action, the absolute 
tense. The kind of time and the sphere of time are both en- 
pressed by the tenses of the indicative mood or declarative form 


hAristor. Eth. N.8,1,6: 00ev roy Opotdy gagw we roy Opotoy Kai KoNOLOY 
WoTt KONOLUY, Kal Ta TOLaUTA. 


80 GREEK. SYVNEAX 


of the verb. But present and future have no special aoristic 
form in the active and middle, though in the passive it is possi- 
ble to make a distinction. 


186. The absence of special forms for designating the kind of time in 
the future helps to account for many modal combinations. The subjunc- 
tive and optative often serve to express exact temporal relations in the 
future. 


187. The tenses are further divided into principal and his- 
torical, or primary and secondary, according as they refer to the 
present and the future on the one hand (time not past) and to 
the past on the other. 


188. TABLE OF TEMPORAL RELATIONS 


Lndicative Alood 








ACTIVE 
Continuance, Completion, Attainment. 
Sy f PRESENT: ypapa, yeypaha, ypapw, 
5.2 J Lam writing. L have written, f write. 
{ Future: ypawe, yeypapas €copuat, ypave, 
[ypawas €ropat(293)} 
LT shall be L shall have Ll shalt write. 
cates writing. written, 
on 
52 . 5 ; . 
$6 Past: éypagor, eyeypagn, éypava, 
=o I was writing. Lhad written. lL wrote. 
PASSIVE 
PRESENT: ypapera, yéeypanrat, ypagerat, 
é 1) €m@LOTOAN, 
é The letter ts has been ts written, 
~ , written, written, 
5 being written, ts written. 
is writing, 
| Future: (ypawerau), yeypawerat, (ypadnoerat), 
[ypapetoa €orat(293)], 
The letter will be will have will be written. 
written, been, will be 
= ] (writing). written, 
On 
‘= o | P : ’ , ae ae > idp 
$2 ¢ Past: €ypaero, eyeypanto, €ypadn, 
inf was (being) written, had been was written, 


written, 
was written, 


PRESENT TENSE 81 


Present Tense 


189. SPECIFIC PRESENT. — UNIVERSAL PRESENT. — The 
present is used, as in English, of that which is going on now 
(specific present), and of statements that apply to all time (uni- 
versal present). 

Specific Present: 

tov avdpa 6pe, XEN. An. 1, 8, 26; / see my man. 

190. Universal Present: 

mwavta... pei, PLATO, Cratyl. 440 C; Lverything 7s tn motion. 

PLATO, Crat. 402 A (97). 440 C (see above). 

HDT. 7, 9. y): amo metpns mavta avOpwroae Pidréet yiver Ga (97). 

Com. Philem. 4, 40: €y@pots rocoto rovs pidrous ai cvykpices, Compart= 
sons make enemtes of frtends. 

EPICHARM. fr. 117 Ahr. : voos é6py Kat voos akovet, (/¢ Zs) mind (that) sees 
and mind (that) hears. 


191. PRESENT PARTICIPLE COMBINED WITH COPULA.— The Greek 
has no special form for the progressive present of English, nor for the 
progressive tenses generally. In the periphrasis with the present parti- 
ciple, the participle is generally equivalent to a characteristic adjective or 
substantive, with which it is often coupled. Notice must also be taken of 
the position of the copula, which readily resumes its emphasis.’ 


Sedpeva éott — old éotr SeioPar, comp. NEN. Occ. 7, 21. mpoojkdv éon, /¢ 
zs becoming ; wpoojxe, /¢ becomes. aiobavopevos, PLATO, Theaet. 160 A = 
alo@yrys, /o7d. 160 D. 

LYCURG., 36: 6podoyotpevor ear. 

DEM. 19, 312: tis yap €aotiv... ottw oKatds Kat... opodpa prody thy 
moAw THy NpeTepav; 20,152: €are Oe Kat par’ €x@v vopos tw Karas. Shed. 
153: madaws €o6 6 vopos Kai KaA@s Exwy. 157: alaypos... Kat KuK@s €XwY 
6 vopos. 

ISAE. 7, 14: mpoonkov nv. Lord. 19: Kat totro otk adyvootpevov eatery 
ovde Tap avuTuis TOUTOLS. 

LYS. 13,91: qv Umapyorta. 

PLaAtTo, Euthyph. 10 B: ot« dpa dwt Opmpevon €ats, Ou Totto bpatat, 
GAAa Tobvartion Sure dparat, Sut Torta dpopevov. (Here the difference be- 
tween predication and action is insisted on.) Legg. 811 Bi xiduvov donpe 
elvat pépovoay trois mat thy Todvpabiay, [ marntain that multifarious 

' See W. J. Alexander in A. J. P. iv (1883), 291-308, and B. L. G. in J. WU, 


Circ. 1882-3, p. 67. 
6 


82 GREER SVN TAX 


learning 7s a dangerous thing for children—ts endangering to children. 
Phileb. 11 A: dpa 81)... mpds riva (SC. Aoyov) Tov Tap’ nuiv audio Bnretw (SC. per- 
Nets), ey pr) TOL KATA vooy 7 Aeyopevos. Theaet. 160 A-D (see above). 

XEN, Oec. 7, 21: a trav oreyvav Epya Sedpeva €or. oreyvav Oe Seira.. . 
7) T@Y veoyvwy Tékvov TaLdotpopia. Sedpeva = Guae egentia sunt = Qguae egeant. 
Seiraa=eget. [R.A.] 2, 3: éroca 8 €v ty Hreipm cial modes Ud TeV ’AON- 
vaiwy apyopevat (= vr7KooL), ai pev peyadrat dua S€os apxovrat, ai dé puxpat wavy 
Oca xpecay. 

THUC. 4, 109, 2: €are b€ ard Tod Baciréws Swopvypatos €ow mpovyovaa, 

HDT. 1,57: 7oav of HeAacyot BapBapov yAoooay iévtes (= BapBapopavor). 
2,61: dao de Kap@v eioe ev Atyint@ oikéovtes (oikéovar, (ve; oikéortés eict, 
are resident). 3,133: 60a és aicxwwny €ori hépovta. 4,11: €ore O€ Kat 
adXos Noyos Exwv Ge (=Towade). 

AR. Thesm. 77: etr’ €or’ ért (av etr’ amdAwnd Evpimidns. Ran. 35-37: 
kataBa, Tavotpye. Kal yap eyyvs ths Bvpas | Hon BadiCay eipi tHod’, of mpara 
pe | er trparéoOa. Well explained by Kock: Auf meznem Marsche bin ich 
zn die Nahe gekommen, Eccl. 1093-4: otpoe kaxodaipar, eyyts 75n THs Ovpas | 
€AKOpevos etp(t). 

SOPH... RK, PO4§ * Cop-as adj, Phil, 412.2 27, 

ARCHIL. 1: eft 8) eyo Geparwy pev 'Evvadiowo ctvaktos, | kai Movcéwy épa- 


‘ ; : 
Tov O@pov ETWLITAMEVOS. 


192. CONATIVE PRESENT. PRESENT OF ENDEAVOR.—AS 
continuance involves the notion of incompleteness, the present 
is used of attempted and intended action (present of endeavor, 
conative present). But on account of the double use of the 
present as a tense of continuance and asa tense of attainment, 
this signification is less prominent and less important than in 
the imperfect. Notice that this conative sense runs through the 
moods. 

Indicative : 

ovoupar, Jam trying to buy, 1 am bidding. S®op, 7 am willing to give, 
loffer, wa piimoker ai i enue: DEM. 29,1: /le tries to swindle you, ob 
"Eyeotaion... hpas éxdoBotor, THUC.6,11,2; The Segestans are trying to 
Srighten us, Trev viev ereiver, Hp. 1, 109; Fe wr7shes to kill her son. 

DEM. 29, 1 (see above). 

PLATO, Phaedr. 273 D: ef... dAdo Te rept réxuns Avywv A€yets (have lo 
say, want to say), axovomev tv, Soph. 242 C: Aeye Tapéatepov b N€yeEcs. 

XEN. An.7,7,7: €EeXatvvere nuas ex thade THS Xxwpas. 

THUC.6, 11, 2: (see above), 

Hpbr. 1, 109 (see above). 

PIND. O. 2, 98: tiva BadAopev; Whom are we trying to hit? 


PRAESENS PROPHETICUM 83 


193. Other Moods and Verbals : 


ISAE. 2, 28: amnyopeve trois Gvoupévots py wveta Oat. 

ISOC. 4,17: tov py povoy éemideckw rotovpevor (= romoarbat BovdAdpevov) 
adda Kat StampakacGat re Sovddpevor. 

PLATO, Protag. 340 Es t@pevos peifov ro voonpa moe, Jn trying to heal 
the dtsease 1 make tt worse. 

XEN. Hiero, 11,13: mAouree ... rovs didous. 

THUC, 3,18, 1: emt MyOvpvav ws mpodidopévny €otparevoay. 3, 22. 4: 
catéBade yap tis... avTiAapBavopevos ... kepapida. 3, 56,2: moAw... 
THY NpeTepay KaTAaAaPBavorTas. 

Eur. Phoen. 81: €pw Avovg(a). 

PIND. O. 13, 58-60: rot pev . . . “ENévay xopifovres, of 8 axd mapmav 
etpyovres. P.4, 106: ayxopigeor, with note. 

Hom. Il. 10, 457: pdeyyopevov 6" apa Tou ye Kapn Kovinow €pixn. 


194. PRESENT ANTICIPATING THE FUTURE.— PRAESENS 
PROPHETICUM.—The present tense is used more rarely than in 
English in anticipation of the future, chiefly in verbs in which 
the will is equivalent to the deed: eta, 7 vo, ob« to, / suffcr not, 
yiyvopar, J am becoming. The present asa vision of the future is 
called pracsens propheticum. 


év Se pig paxy tHvde Te TpooK Tage (e771 = shall win) wai éxeivnv paddov 
éhevOepovre (free =shall free), THUC. 4, 95, 2. TovtTwv tov Wydiopatey... 


« , 


AH pevovTwy...  GAdvrwv... Ti wods H KepSaiver H BAawretat; LEM. 
[58]. 37. 

LYCURG. 126: ef yap mponoeaOe rovtov Tov Katpov ..., otk Eat tuiy pera 
tatta Oikny Tap’ alt@y adixovytwy AaBeiv: Kpeitrous yap HOn ylyvorTas THs Tapa 
Tay adikovpevwy Tiwplas. 

Dem. [58], 37 (see above). 

XEN. Cyr. 4.6,7: ef ody ov pe Séyn xre. 

THUC. I, 121, 4: pua te vikn vavpaylas Kara TO eikos GXiokovTat 4.95, 2 
(see above). 6,91, 3: «f avtn 1 modus AnPOnoerat, ExeTat Kat Taga SieeXia. 

HDT. 1, 207: €sawbeis pev tpogamodAVeEts Tagav Thy apyry: . .. viKa@y 
8€ ov vikas TomoUTOY Ggov Et KTE. 3,155: HOn... aipéopev Basvd@va. 6, 82: 
ovK aipéet TO”Apyos. 6, 109: hy yap av yv@pn TH €uy TpodOy, EaTe ToL TaTpis 
Te €AevOépn Kai TOMS Tparn TOV ev TH 'EANGCL. 8, 102: Mapdoviov bé, fv Te wan, 
Adyos ovdeis yiveTac* OVOE TL ViKa@vTEs vi" EAAnVEs vixw@at, Sovloy Gov amodé- 
cartes. 

AR. Eq. 127: €vtavd’ éveotiv, adtos ws amoAXUTAL 

Eur. Phoen. 884-5: ov 1’ & tdAawa guyKatucKanty moAL, | ef pr AOyos 


TLS TOLS EMuiTL ELT ETAL. 


34 GREET SYNTAX 


SOPH. Ph. 113: aipet ra ro€a ravra thy Tpotay pova (97). 

AESCHYL. Cho. 550: kreivw vu, ws tovverpov evvéret tode. P.V. 171: 
amocvAara. Lb¢a@.767: } mpos Sapapros €Eaviorarat Opovear ; 

PIND. O. 8, 42: Ilépyapos ... dAioxerat. P. 4, 48-9: tore... €€avi- 


oTavTat. 


195. etyt.—In standard prose efue in the indicative is future 
everywhere. In the optative, infinitive, and participle it is now 
future, now present. The subjunctive is future by virtue of its 
meaning. 


Indicative as a future: 

elpu...émi tov tavde €mavov, THUC. 2, 36,4; 7 well proceed to the praise 
of these men, Gd etpe, AR. Pax, 232; Well, / am going. 

DEM. 16, 8: ravrnv dv €Xwow, tag’ emi Meaonyny. 20, 99: elut. 23, 106: 
ovK ér’ exeivous twev Kat du’ exeivov acbevn rovety abrov CyTtHooper ; 

PLATO, Protag. 335 C: viv de... eXOciv yap moi pe bet... elpe. 

THUC. 2, 36,4 (see above). 4,85,6: d\Xa kal ois dy eniw, joody Tis epot 
TpPOTELoe. 

AR. Pax, 232 (see above). Eccl. 933: raya yap eiowv os eye. 

SOPH. Ph. 461: viv 6 efue mpos vaiv. 

Hom. Od. 17, 277: ef 8 €OéXeus, emipervor, eyo & ele mporapobev. 

Il. 3, 410: Ketoe & eyav ovk efpe. 

Optative as a future : 

ANTIPHON, I, IL: €metd taxiota adbtois amnyyéAOn Gre ewe Eiotpe Tov Ta- 
Tpos Tov fovea. 

XEN. Hell. 5, 1, 34: GAN’ 6 "Aynothaos Kai TovTots mpoeime, Tois pév, €t f27) 
exréuouev tovs ‘Apyetous, Tots O€, ef pr) amiovey ek THs KopivOov, Ore moAEpov 
evolves ex altos. 

Infinitive as a future: 

Lys. 25, 22: ror’ #5n Kat katvévat mpooedoxate kal Tapa Tay €xOpav AnWe- 
oat dikny. 

PLATO, Phaed. 103 D: kai 16 mip ye ad mpoooytos Tov Wuyxpod alto 7 
tre Evévae (SC. Soxet gor) 7) atroNcia Bar. 

XEN. An. I, 3, 1: of yap otpati@tat ovk eacay tévat Tov Tpicw. 


THUC. 4, 98, 4: dmeévat. 5,7, 3: €me€cévat. 5: ameva. 6,49, 4: mpoorévat. 
Participle as a future: 


PLATO, Protag. 335 C: anorayny ws ator. 
THUC. 3, 27,2: os éme€twy ros A@nvaios. 
AR. Pax, 1182: ov yap ndew €€taov. 


ATSTORICAL PRESENT 85 


196. Optative, Infinitive, and Partictple of ciju not future : 


ANDOC. I, 39: tay d€ ratr’ &n emi Aavprov ié vac (91). 

PLATO, Cratyl. gor D: oyeddv te ad otro Kad’ ‘Hpaxdeiroy dy iyowto ra 
Ovta tévat Te Tavta Kal peévetv ovdev. 

XEN. An. 1, 3,1: trwnrevov yap 75n emi Baca lé vat. 

THUC. 5,65, 2: dpa@v mpos ywpiov kaptepoy tovras adas. 

197. /ndicative as a present: 

The use of eu: itself as present is poetical and late. 

PLATO, Conv. 174 B: ayaOay emi dairas tagey aitopatot ayaboi (PROV.). 


Hom. Od. 4, 401: rrpos dp’ €& adds ela yépwy adios vnpeptis. 


Il. 2,87: jure €Ovea efoe peAXtooawy ddwawr. 


198. PRESENT IN PASSIONATE QUESTIONS.—In passionate questions, 
the present is used as a form of exhortation. 

ti ovv ov Sidxopev Os TaxtoTa; NEN. Cyr. 4,1,11; Why, then, do we not 
pursue with all speed? 

XEN. Cyr. 4,1, 11 (see above). 12: ri ody... ovk €AOav Kuakdpn Aéyees 
Tavra ; 

Eur. Hipp. 1060: & @eoi, ri Sjra rovpoy od AVW OTdpa ; 


199. HISTORICAL PRESENT.—The present tense is used far 
more frequently than in English as a lively representation of the 
past (historical present). Especially strange to us is the free 
use of the historical present in relative and dependent clauses 
generally, as these demand more reflection.’ 


ti wmorovatv;... Siexaprépouvy, LYCURG. 85; IWVhat did they do?—They 
held out to the end. was otv tavt éroincev; praPovtat Tovtovi, DEM. 18, 


149; How, then, did he do this? He hires this fellow. 


LYCuRG. 85 (see above). 

Dem. 18, 149 (see above). [53]. 17: tnpnoas pe... matet te mv& Kai 
dpmaet péoov kat wOet pe eis tas AOoropias, ef py TWES TpoTLOYTEs, BowrTos 
pov axovcartes, Tapeyévovto kai eBonOnaav. (wOet is an hist. pres. equivalent 
to an impf. de conatu.) 

PLATO, Phaedo, 84 D: kai ds axovoas éyéAaweé Te npéua kal Pyae. 

XEN. An. 1, 10, 1: évravda 6) Kipov amorépverac 7 Kepady Kat 7 xelp 1) 
Sefta. Baorers b€ cat of ov aito Staxav elomimres els TO KUpecov otpatore- 
Sov: Kat of pev peta ‘Aptatou ovkére Ca tavtat, adddAa Pevyouge 


THUC. 1, 59, 1: ai b€ tpidxovra vnes tov ‘AOnvaiwy adixvovyrat €s Ta emt 


1 On the conception of the ancients, see I’s.-Long. mepi tYoucg, Kh. Gr. I, p. 275 
(Sp.). Some statistics are given A. J. P. xiv, 106, and xvi, 259. 


86 GREEK SYNTAX 


Opakns Kai karaXapBdvovee thy MoreiSaay Kai radda apeotnkora. 1,91, 2: 
kedever. I, OL Sis amoatéAAovew .. . TEL TTEL. 6, S750 3 €TUTTOV Kal GTOKTEL- 
vovaly avtuv. 7,51, 2 (fer). 8, 10, 3: Katudiaxovow ... amohAUaat . . . bppi- 
Loar.) 0. 25),3)(Oen)a 26, 25; ar, 405-55, 3rer): 

HD. 1, 43: axovti¢wy tov ty, Tov pev dpaptavet, Tuy yave S€ Tov Kpoicou 
mados. 45: karoukriper ... A€yet. 107: Oidot (25). 3, 4: Os aipéee pw ep 
Avkiy, €Xa@v b€ otk aviyaye €s Alyumtov. 3, 53: wa pn ode Hepiavdpos és Ty 
X@pny aniknral, KTELvOUTL Tov Venviokoy. 5,11: airéer... aipeetar... airéet. 

AR. PI. 676: éreir’ avaBdéas 6p@ Tov lepéa. 

Eur. H. F. 252: & ys Aoxetpad” obs "Apns omeiper more. I. T. 16: els 
eumup Oe (sc. "Ayapeuver), kai Neyer Kadyas rade. 

SOPH. El. 424-5: tovaitad tov mapovtos, nvix’ ‘HN@ | Seixkvvae rovvap, 
€xdvov eEnyoupevov. Lbed. 679: tadrtnOes eine, 7™@® tTpim@ StoAAvTaL; O. T. 
779-80: avijp yap €v deirvos pw UTepTAnaOeis pen | KaXEL Tap’ olv@, TAGGTOS ws 
etny matpi. Lb¢d. 787: mopevopa. Led. 798: ikvotpa. Sbzd. 807: maiw... 
ws Opa. bid. 812: exxvdwderar. 2d. 813: Krelvo. 

AESCHYL. P. V. 228-31: émws rayiota tov matp@or es Opdvoy | Kabéger’, 


> ‘ , ’ , Ny ‘ > Ls 
evvs daipoow vépet yépa |... kai StearoryiCero | apynv. 


200. This use of the present belongs to the original stock of our fam- 
ily of languages. It antedates the differentiation into imperf. and aorist. 
Being a familiar form, it is set down as a mark of simplicity (apéAeca) of 
style. By reason, therefore, both of its liveliness and its familiar tone it is 
foreign to the leisurely and dignified unfolding of the epos, and is not 
found in Homer, whereas it is very common in the rhetorical Vergil, as it 
is very common in the Attic orators. Nor is it used to any extent, if at 
all, in the statuesque Pindaric ode, whereas it is frequent in the Attic 
drama, which seems to have introduced it to higher literature. 


201. ANNALISTIC OR NOTE-BOOK PRESENT.—Akin to the Historical 
Present, and not always to be distinguished from it, is the Annalistic Pres- 
ent, Note- book Present, or Present of Registration, which transfers a 
record or register to the historical page. So especially in dates of births, 
deaths, and accessions. 

Aapeiov cai Ilapvoari80s yiyvovrat maides S00, NEN. An. 1,1,1; 70 (of) 
Darius and Parysat?s are born two sons. Kvagapys pev ... TeXNeutaq, exdéKe- 
tat 8 "Aotudayys .-.. THY Bacidninv, Hpr. 1, 106; Cyarares ates and As- 
tyages succeeds to the throne. tovrov BE Kedeos yiyvetat, Ak. Ach. 48. 


202. PRESENT OF UNITY OF TIME.—The present is used 
in Greck of actions that are continued from the past into the 
present, especially with designations of time. The English 
translation is often the progressive perfect. 


PRESENT FOR PERFECT. 87 


olka évrav®’ éx perpaxiov, Deu. [47].53; / have been living there from a 
boy. xeivov yap, ovdév’ GdXov, Lxveww madat, SOPH. Ai. 20; fur he if rs, none 
other, I've been tracking long. 

DEM. 21,59: mavta rov pera tadra xpovoy didaaKec tots yopots. |33), 4: 
otmw O° €rn cotw entra, ad’ ob TO pev mE KaTadeAvKA, petpia O° €xwv rovros 
Tetp@pat vaurixors epyacerOat. [47], 53 (see above). 

LYS. 17,9: ote vewori taira ra yprpata a£vo UMEV NeTEpa Etvat. 

PLATO, Conv. yee ag’ ov €yw Lwxpurer cuvdtatpiBpo ... odérw 
tpia €™m cotiv. Phaedo, 84 D: mada... rpowOei Kai KeNevet. 

HDT. 3,49: vow d¢ alei emeire éxtioay tiv vigor, Etat adArAoure Stadopot. 7, 
102: rH ‘EAAade tevin... alet Kote Gtvtpodus €att. 8, 62: Koptetpeda és Sip 
thy ev ‘Iradin, 7 wep Nuetepyn TE EaTL EK TadaLod ETL Kal KTE, 

AR. Ach. 17: €& Grov "yo pumropac (146). Vesp. 317: ty kopat pev ma- 
Aa. S62. 320: BovrNopail ye wadat. 

Eur. H. F. 702-3: xpovos yap dn Sapos €& érov mémdors | koopeta be 
o@pa. 

SOPH. Ai. 20 (see above). 

Hom. Od. 13, 377: ot &y roe tpieres péyapor Kata KOLpaVveovagty, 

Tl. 1, 553: wat Atpy oe mapos y' ovr’ elpopac otre petadrda. 

So in the other moods of continuance: 

Lys.17, 8: toaow jas Sn tpia érn Gudea Bynrovyras. 

HDT. 8, 41: airy 8) pedttucooa €v to Tpdab€ aici Xpovw avatotmoupevn 
TOTE HY ayavaros. 

AR. Vesp. 1074: padiws eyo didabe, xdv dpovoos 4 16 mpiv, Readily will I 
teach him een tf he have been untrained before. 


203. PERFECT OF UNITY OF TIME.—This does not exclude the use 
of the perfect. 

Ta... Lhyrrot dy tpia Erm pepicOwna, Lys. 17,5; / have let the Sphet- 
tian property now three years. 

LYS. 9, 4: adixcpevos mpomépvow ets thy TAL, otrw Svo phvas emiSe dy pn- 


K@s KaTehéynv oTpatiatns. 17,5 (see above). 


204. PRESENT FOR PERFECT.—The present tense of a num- 
ber of verbs that involve unity of character or persistence of re- 
sult, is often translated by the English perfect. vee, J am vie- 
torious, IT have conquercd,; jew, [am here, 1 have arrticd ; otyopas, 
Zam off, Lam gone; axovw, 1 hear or have heard, mvv@avopar, [learn 
or have learned. orépopar, [am adeprived, and so all verbs of pri- 
vation. 

vuv 8 ér€pov moddpou Katpds Kes THs, DEM. 3, 0. vixwpev.. . Baordéa, 


88 GREEK SYNTAX 


XEN. An. 2,1,4; We are victorious over (have conquered) the king. éneivo 
QkyKkoas;... Kal ToiTd y, pn, dkovw, Mem. 3.5, 26. orepdpeOa émorypns, 
PLATO, Theaet. 196 E; We are deprived of, have to go without, sctence. 

DEM. 3, 6 (see above). 4,24: mpdrepdv mor’ axkovw Eevxoy tpépew ev Ko- 
pivOm thv mod, but 19, 221: Kat yap TavT’ dkynKo’ avtov Aéyetv. 

ANTIPHON. Cf. 389: ef d€ avdévrns ex trav Aeyopevay emideikvuTat, ovx 
pets avT@ ot NéyovTes airvol eopev, GAN 7H mpakis T@V Epyov. 

PLATO, Gorg. 503 C: Oeptoroxdéa otk dkovets avdpa ayaboy yeyovora; 
Theaet. 142 B: yaderas pev yap €xet kal Ud Tpavpatay TWov, wadAov py avtov 
aipet To yeyovds voonua ev T@ oTpatevpatt. LbZd. 196 E (see above). 

XEN. An. 2, 1, 4 (see above). Mem. 3, 5, 26 (see above). 

THUC. 1, 70, 7: @ pev dy emwonoartes py €E€AOwow, oikeia oTépeTOat 
nyovvra, “ln failing to attain an object, they consider that they have lost” 
(are suffering the loss of) “what was really thetr own.’—Morris. 

HDT. 7, 53: ws yap ey muvOavopat, en’ avdpas orpatevopeba ayabors. 

Eur. Hel. 134: ofxerace Oavovca Sn. 

SoPH. El. 1326: ® wAeiotra pawpor kai Ppevavy trnT@pevot. Ph. 414: adn’ 
7 xovTos olxeTat Gaver ; 

PIND. P. 6, 22-3: éphaviCopéve | Tndeida. 

Hom. Od. 1, 298: # ovk diets, olov KrXéos €ANaBe Stos ’Opéatns; 2, 118: 
ot ov mam Tw’ dkovopev. 3, 86-8: dddovs pev yap mavtas, daot Tpwoly Todepe- 
(ov, | mevOope’, xe Exactos dmadeto Avyp@ GAEOpe@: | Keivou S ad Kai Ge Opov 


amrevOéa Onke Kpoviov. 
Imperfect Tense’ 


205. The imperfect tense denotes continuance in the past. 
It is the tense of evolution, of vision. 


76 Twadiov €Bda, LyS. 1,11; The baby was sgualling, began to squall, 
sqgualled. 


206. IMPERFECT WITH ADVERB OF RApPIbDITy.—The continuance is 
in the mind of the narrator; it has nothing to do with the absolute dura- 
tion of the action. The aorist is the rule with the expression of definite 
numbers (see 208), and it is not at all inconsistent with the nature of the 
imperfect tense that it should be accompanied by an adverb expressing 
the notion of rapidity. 

eVOds éxdper em thy Apxadiav, XEN. Hell. 6, 5,12; /orthwz7th he pro- 
ceeded on hits way to Arcadia. 


LYS. 1,17: €vOéws €rapatropny. 8, 15: evOis... eBadsule. 9,4: Umerorov- 


' See B: L.G., A: J. P. iv (1883), 158-05); °C. W. E. Miller, ‘A.J. Po xvi(a895); 
139-185. 


DESCRIPTIVE IMPERFECT. 89 


pny evOews. 13.35: evOéws Kpiow Tois avdpact TovTas €molouy ev TH Bovdjj- 
21,3: evOds €yupvactapxour. 

XEN. An. 3, 4, 27: of 5€ modem Tayd amermndwv. Hell. 6, 5, 12 (see 
above). 

THUC. 3, 49, 2: tpinpn evOvds GAAnv améoredXov, They despatched (were 
Sor despatching) another trireme at once. 3, 106,1: €BonOovy Kara taxos. 3, 
109, 3: dua rayous €Banrov. 3, 111, 1: Oaooor dmexwpouy. 5, 21, 1: evOus . 
apiecay. 5, 21, 3: Kata taxos é€mopeveto. 6, 69,1: é€mnye TO oTparoredoy 
evOvs... avadraBovtes ta Orda evOds dvTemnaav. 7, 29,1: evOds amémeuror. 
7,69, 1: dvremAnpour ras vats eVOus. 7, 84,3: evOUSs StePOeiporto. 8, 12, 3: 
d:a rayous Tov TAU €moLovYTO. 

HDT. 1,79: €motee kata Taxos. 

AR. Nub. 1357: 6 8 evdéws... €hacke. Vesp. 355: ters cavroy xara 
TOU Telyous TaXéws. 

PIND. P. 9, 38-9: pare éav | edOds apeiBero. 

Hom. Od. 9, 179: of & ai’ cio Batvov kat emi KAnior kabiCov. 

Il. 2,52: roi 8 nyeipovro pad’ Oka. 


207. DESCRIPTIVE IMPERFECT.— The imperfect is employed 
to represent manners, customs, situations, to describe and to 
particularize. 


hs (sc. THS BovAys) emotarovons ov Sikav ovd’ éykAnpatwr ovd’ ciodopav ovSé 
arevias ovde wrokduwv H WoALs Eyepev, GAAG Kal mpds GAANAOUS Hovxiav elyov Kal 
ampdos Tovs addAovs &mravras eipryvnv Hyov. twapeitxov... Sinyov... émoiouy 
..- €So0nipaloyv, [Soc. 7, 51-3, a description of the good old times. 4 8 
yevn Tot Bacihéos avy Ta oitia odu Eweaoe, HDT. 8,137; The gueen herself 
would cook them thetr food. tev Be wodepiav, éret das éyévero, ot pév €Oavpa- 
Lov 1a Spwpeva, of 8 éyiyvwoKoy dn, of 8 HyyeAAov, ot 8 EBdwy, of 8 EXvov 
trmovs, and so on to the number of 16 imperfects, XEN. Cyr. 4, 2, 28. 
wponydper S€ aitav Onpapevys, Hell. 2, 2,22; Lheramenes was thetr spokes- 
man. 


Iscc. 7, 51-3 (see above). 

Lys. 12, 8-9: eym d€ Nelowva pév npwrov ei BovdoiTs pe Hoa yprpata 
AaBov: 6 8 Epackey, ef ToAXA etn. 

PLATO, Theaet. 143 A: xat édodxis 'AOnvate adixoiuny, €mavnparev toy 
Lwxpary 6 py euepvynpny, Kat Oetpo EAOwv EemnvwpOovpny. 

XEN.\Cyr..4; 2,28 (see above). Hell. 2,2,22'(seé above). 77d, 2, 4.33: 
nxovticov, €Baddov, ero€evov, eoevdovav. Tb7d. 4, 3, 19: €wOotvro, €uayorto, 
anextewov, anéOvnaxov. bra. 6, 4, 30: elyeto Tod portpor, ews ameBavev 6 avrp. 
Jbid. 7, 2,6-8. (In the spirited account of the fight the imperfect outnum- 
bers the aorist 5 to 1.) 

THUC. 3, 81, 3: os €@pwv Ta yryvopeva, ScéePOetpov airov ev tw iepw 


go GREEK SYNTAX 


GAAnAous Kat €k Tov Sévdpav Twes amHyxorTo, of © ws exagta €@Svvayto avn- 
AovrTo. : 

HDT.7,173: €otparnyee O€ \axeSapovioy...Evaiveros. 8,137 (see above). 

AR. Ach. 185: eyo & €pevyov: of 8 eSiwkov kaBdwv. Eq. 46-8: otros 
Katayvovs Tod yépovtos Tovs Tpomous, |... | WKaAN, €O@mev, ExoXukerv, €En- 
mara. Av. 1282: €képor, eTElvar, EppiUTa@D, ETWKPUTOY. 

Eur. Hipp. 1194-8: €mnye...eimopecOa... cicoeBudrrAoperv. 

Sopu. Ai. 298-300: nixévite... €aopale kappayile... neicled. 

AESCHYL. Pers. 416-26: €@pavov... €Oetvoy... tmrioito... émAn- 
Ovov...npéooeTo... €Tmatoy, Eeppaxeor. 

PIND. P. 4, 240-1: @peyov yxeipas...€pemrov... dyand(ovr(o). 

Hom. Od. 1, 110-2: of pév dip’ olvoy Enetoyov... oi S(€).. . trpamégas vigor 
kat TpoTLOer, Tot O€ Kpéa TOAAA SaTeEtYTo. 


Il. 1, 249: rod Kai dwo yAw@oons péAtTos yAuKioy péev avd). 


208. IMPERFECT WITH DEFINITE NUMBERS.—With definite 
numbers, the aorist is employed (sce 243), but when there is a 
notion of interruption or of continuance into another stage 
(overlapping), the imperfect is used. 

Tavta 8 émoier téTTapas Hucpas, NEN. Hell. 2, 1, 24; //e kept this up four 
@ays (but on the fifth, éwret qv qRudpa mépwrn, $ 27). KataBas S€ katw és TO kaTa- 
yatov oiknpa Siaitato én’ érea Tpia’... TeTapTw Se Ere eavy Toior OpHé, HDT. 
4,95; fle went down tuto the underground room and lived there for three 
years, but tn the fourth he appeared to the Thractans. 


Dem. 19, 78: rérrapas pivas odous Eo @ Cov of Paxeis Tors darepor, 7 S€ 
rovrou Wevdodoyia peta TavO VoTEpoy avTovs aTwAeEcer. 

XEN. Hell. 2,1, 24 (see above). /d/d. 2, 2, 16-7: dtérptBe mapa Avoav- 
Sp@ Tpeis pivas Kai mréov . . . emet O€ TE TeTUpT@D pNVi, amIyyetdev KTE. 

THUC. 4, 69, 3: Kat TavTny pev THY Hnpépay OAnv eipydovro: 77H 8 batepaia 
mept SeiAnv TO Tetxos Goov ovK amTreTeTéAETTO, Kal of ev TH Nivaia Oeioartes « 
EvvéeBnoav tos 'AOnvaiots. } 

Hpr. 1, 18-9: é€mwodépee €rea Evdexa... tO Se SuwSexatw €rei.. . cvvy- 
veixOn te Towvde yevéeoOa mpryypa. 4,95 (sce above). 4, 158: tovrov otkeor 
tov x@pov €& €rea* €BS0pm b€ oeas €rei. . . of Audves . . . avéyv@oay exhiTrew. 
7, 191: npépas yap bn exeipace tpeiss téAos Oe EvTowa Te TotevyTES Kal KaTa- 
eOovres yonae ot Mayot T@ avéu@ . . . EmavTay TeTapTH Npepy. 

AR. Thesm. 502-3: €répav & eyao’ i) paokev adivew yuvn | d€y’ Tpepas, 
€WS ETpPAaTO TALOLoV, 

Hom, Od.-2, 106 sqq. 3,118: Sq: . 304: Sqq. 4, 360 sqq:: -5,°2768sSa" 
388 sqq. 7. 2535q. 259.8qq: 267-5qq: 9.74$qq. 9, 82:sqq. -16, go'sq: 
142 sqq. 14, 240sqq. 250sqq. 285 sqq. 

ll. 9, 470 sqq. 21, 45 sqq. 


IMPERFECT AND AORIST gl 


209. The above succession of imperfect and aorist is the type, but there 
are variations. 

Hwepas pev wéevte NovXalov, Ty 8 Extn ErdaagovTo ayddtepor ws és payny, 
THUC. 3, 107, 3; Fvve days they kept quéet, but on the sixth both parties be- 
gan to draw up as for battle. 

THUC. 3, 107, 3 (see above). 

HDT. 7, 20: émi pev téooepa €rea mMANpea TapapTéeTO OTpatiny TE KaL..., 
méunrw b€ €rei dvopiva eotpatnAUaTeE€ XEUpi peyddAn TANOeos. 

Hom. Od. 10, 28 sqq.: €vynpap pev opas wA€OpmeEY vUKTas TE Kat Tuap, | TH 
Sexatn 8 dn avedaivero ratpis apoupa, | kat 5) mupmodéovtas €Xe VT oO OpEY 
€yyvs eovtas: | €vO ene pev yuxds Umvos emHAVOe Kexunora. (Only an appar- 
ent exception. The action is interrupted by the em7Avée.) 

Il. 6, 174-6: é€vyrpap Eetvioce kai evvéa Bods i€pevoer. | add Gre by 
Sexarn earn pododaxrudos nas, | Kat TOTe pw epéetve kal 7ree onpa idécOa. 
(Aorist followed by imperfect.) 


210. When the imperfect alone is used, the definite statement is an 
afterthought, or, at all events, the matter is not fully disposed of by the 
narrator. 

Kat GKer év Meydpois wreiw 7 wéevre rm, LYC. 21; Fle lived at Megara more 
than five years. 

LYCs 21 (see above): 

ISAE. 5,7: €xéxrnrto (plpf.=ipf.) exaaros dadexa érn a €Xaye. 


Lys. 21, 2: tov d€ peru€d ypovoy er ptinpapyxouv entra €rn. 


211. IMPERFECT AND AORIST INTERWOVEN.— The two 
tenses are often so combined that the general statement is given 
by the aorist and the details of the action by the imperfect, or 
the situation is described by the imperfect and isolated points 
presented by the aorist.' 

[Zwxparys] TO dappakov Ewiev... mas érehevTa; PLATO, Phaedo, 57 A; 
Socrates drank the potson. How did he die? (Describe the closing scenes.) 
ovx éijpxeoe 8 avtois tatt’ éEapapreiv, GAAa Tepl Tovs aiTo’s xpdovouvs ETO PPoOVY 
pev THY Hrepov, UBpilov Se tas vygous, avypovv Se... Kai... Kkabioragay, 
éXLupaivovro Se thy [lekowovvyoov Kai weaTHVY OTATEwV Kal Tohduwy éTOiNGAaY. 
éri toiav yap Tav Todewv otk EotpatEevaav; H Tepl Tivas a’Tav oix éEypap- 
tov; ovx Helwv pev pépos te THs xwpas adeidovto, thy 8& yqv tTHy Kopivéiwv 
érepov,...8tuKiaav,... ébewoArAtdpxynaay,...eiaodBadoyv, ovdév 8 érav- 
gav7o Tovs pév GAovS Kakas TroLotvTEs, avTois Sé THY ATTav THY év AevKTpots Tapa- 


oxevafovtes; [S0C. 8, gy-100. 


! See also B21. G., A. J.P. xiv (1893), 104=6. 


92 GREEK SYN LAX 


ISOC. 5, 53-4: ov yap €POacav tov eyOpav Kkparnoavres Kal TdavTev 
dpeAnoavtes nu@XAOUY pev...€TOApwv...nrEeihouy...amEeaTEepourr.. 
éemopOouv...€&émeprov... tedevTa@vtes O€ mpos Paxkéas TOAEpov €Enveykay. 
5,87: €oxe yap Sirrds emOupias... mponpetro yap Baoidet te Todepetv Kal 
Tovs €raipous ... Katayayetv. 8, 99-100 (see above). 

PLATO, Phaedo, 57 A (see above). 

XEN. Hell. 2, 3, 55-6: ws d€ radra eimev, ei Ake pev az TOD Bwmod 6 Sarupos, 
eidxov dé of tmnpéra. 6 S5é€ Onpapevns... €mekadeito....  S€ Bovdr 
novxiayv etyev.... of 8 amnyayor tov avdpa kre. 

THUC. 3, 22 (a number of examples of shifting tenses). 4, 119, I-3: 
ravra Evvébevro kal @pooay Aakedaiporiot kai of Evppayxor ’AOnvalots Kai Tots 
Evpudyos ... EvvetiPevto de Kai eaomévOovto AakedSampovioy pev ode... 17 
pev O1) exexetpia avtn eyéveto, kai Evypnoay ev arty Twept Tov perCover orovdav 
dia mravros €s Adyous. 

HDT. 2, 162: trav tis Alyuntioy dmobe otras repréOnké of Kuvénv, Kat 
mepitibeis en emt Baordnin repiriOévat. 3, 123: Tavita dxovaas ToAukparns 
4a On re kai €BovdeTo. 

Hom. Od. 10, 352-67: A string of imperfects followed by a string of 
aorists. 


212, INTERCHANGE OF IMPERFECT AND AORIST.—An actual inter- 
change of tenses is not to be admitted except in the case of a few old pret- 
erites, such as jv and épnyv. In the earliest period the typical difference 
is held fast. The apparent exceptions, then, may be accounted for by un- 
differentiated forms, by mistaken meanings, by the distributive or intensive 
use of the imperfect. So épnv=épyaa, but in émeprov the thoughts follow 
the motion,! and ékéAevov is “I gave orders,” “ urged.” 


6 Kpoioos €repre és Lmaptyy ayyéAous ... of S€ EAOdvres EXeyov “Ewen We 
jpéas Kpoioos xré.”, HDT. 1, 69. 


ANTIPH. 6, 27: ef pev €y@ TovTwy mpokadoupévoy pr 1 O€ANoa Tors Tapa- 
yevopevous aropyvat, 7 Oeparovras eEaitovar pr HOeAov exdidovar. .. aita dy 
Tavita peéytota Tekpnpla KAT €LOU EToLOvYTO OTL GANONS HY 1) aiTia. 

THUC. 2, 71, 2-3: Havaavias yap... dmedidou Wraracetor yyy kat modw 
thy oetépav €xovtas abtovipous oikeiy KE. TAadE ev Nuly TaTépes ol LpereEpot 
€Somav xré. 3,58, 5: Mavoavias pev yap €Oamrev avtovs vopicwy ev yn re piria 
riOevae Kat map’ dvdpact Towvros Kré. 7, 20, 1-2: mepi Te HeAomdvynaoy vais 
Tprakovra €otetAav Kat Xaptkréa tov 'AroAAOS@pou apxovTa, ... Kat Tov Anpo- 
oben €s thy SixeAtav, GoTrep EvedAov, aTWEgTTEAAOY. 

Hbr. 1, 69 (see above). 3, 41: Sutjpevos de evproke tide. 8, 136: Map- 


Somos b€... peta ravta ewe pe dyyedov es ’AOnvas ’AEEavdSpov Tov ’ApiyTew 


a ee BGs ON PIND, aa, Ula: 


IMPERFECT OF ENDEAVOR 93 


++, Gua pey Ore... Gparte 6 Mapdcnos ruOipevos dre mpdFevs Te €in Kai evepyérns 
6 ’AdéEavdpos Emepme. ... Toit 1) weOopevos ETE pte. 

Eur. Or. 552: marip pev eputevoedy pe, on & €rexre mais. 

PIND. See B.L.G.on P. 4, 114 and 247, and on P. 5,76: potpa ms dyev 
as compared with 767. 87: rovs *ApiortoréAns dyaye. O.6, 41, on érexre. 

Hom. Od. 4, 5: thy pev “AyidAnjos pyn€nvopos vie mépmev. bid. 8: rhv 
dip’ 6 y &vO immoot Kai Gppact Té pre veer Oat. 

Il. 2, 42 sqq.: eCero 8 dpOwOeis, paraxdv & évduve yxitaeva, | Kaddov 
ynyareov, wept O€ péeya BadXevo Hapos: | roagi & iro Aurapotaw €Snaato Kaha 
méSita: | api &° ap’ Gpoow Barero Eidos apyupondov, kré. 6, 192-3: adrov 
pw xarépuxe, O1dSo0v & 6 ye Ovyarépa jv, | Ske S€ of Tiuys Bacrnidos Hucov waons. 
7, 303-5: ds dpa hovycas Saxe Eichos dpyupdndoy ... Aias b€ (wotnpa Sidov 


oivixe paervor. 


213. IMPERFECT OF ENDEAVOR.—The imperfect is used of 
attempted and interrupted, of intended and expected actions.' 


& (sc. Ta matpwa) wavr’ éua éyiyveto, DEM. 39,6; All of which (i.e. my 
father's estate) was going to be mine, 16 ywpiov éwmdder, ISAE. 2, 28; He 
was for selling the piece of ground. ob waidwv évexa éydpet, ISAE. 6,24; /¢ 
was not for the sake of children that he wanted to marry. amwoddipnv (= 
8 aodovpevos), ANTIPHON, 2 8 3; J knew (expected) that I was going to 
be ruined. 


DEM. 19, 46: kai tpeis eyehatre, And you started to laugh. 39, 6 (see 
above). [49], 2: oadévros pev rovTov dm@AAUTO Kal TO TaTpl TO Eu@o TO TUp- 
Borawy. 54, 33: TovTm O€ py mapacxopév@ TovTos padprupas jv (= ewedrev 
€xec Oat) Syrov Adyos ovdeis, GAN’ HAwKevae Tapaxpny’ UmHpYE cwT7. 

ISAE. 2, 28 (see above). 5, 44: eytyvero. 6, 24 (See above). 

Isoc. 5, 48: py xatopOooavres pev evO0s ama@AXUYTO. 10, 36: 6 pev Tov 
Sjpov Kabiatn Kvptoyv THs ToALTELas, ot O€ povoy avtoy dpyew HElouv. 

ie 1 KUpLoY TH HE pxew 7) 

Lys. 7, 32: ravra de mpagas .. . €xépdatvov pev ovdev, euavroy & els Kivdv- 
vov KaOiaortny. 

ANTIPHON, 2 8 3 (see above). 289: dAXovs pev yap... ths pev ovoias 
non ekotnoopevos, Tov b€ THpaTos Kat THS TOAEwWS OK ATETTEPOUMNY. 

PLATO, Phaedr. 230 A: arap, ® éraipe,... dp ov rode Av tO Sévdpor, ed’ 

ft f f ) f 
Grep Hhyes nuas; But, my friend, isn't thes the tree to which you were going 
to, wanted to, started out to, take us 2 


1 Pliny, H. N., Praef. 26, explains the ‘‘artistic ” éofee as a manner of conative 
imperfect (‘' Apelles factebat aut Polyc/itus, tamquam inchoata semper arte et imper- 
fecta"'), but Urlichs showed long ago (1857) that the aorist outnumbered the imper- 
fect in the olden time, and Lowy (Inschriften gr. Bildhauer xiii) has counted 260 
aorists against 87 imperfects. “The imperfect does not appear in the ISS of the IV. 
century, and becomes more common only in the imperial time (47 Imperfects to 138 
avrists). ¢motae “he made,” ézrotee ** he was the maker.’ 


94 GREEK (SVN AX 


XEN. Cyr. 5, 5, 22: ovxovv rovrov tuywy mapa cod ovdev HvuToy, et pH Tov- 
tous meioayu. Hell. 1, 7, 7: rocatra Néyovtes ErmerOov Tov Shpov... edoke dé 
ava8adéo Oat eis érépay €xkAnolay. 

THUC. 4, 68, 5: dogadera Se adrois paddov eyiyveto tis avoigews. 

HDT. 1,68: €uta@otrto rap otk exdiddvtos tiv avdAnv. 3,139: ereOvpnoe 
THs xAavidos Kal altiy mpo~eOwy wveeTo. 6 b€ SvrAoTaY... Neyer “ €yw TaUTHY 
mwréw pev ovdevds xpnuatos, Sidwpt S€ GAws.”” 8,60: mapeovT@v yap TOY CU_pE- 
xov ovk Epepe of Kocpor ovdéva Karnyopéewv. 8,63: aroduTovT@y yap ’AOnvaiwy 
ovkere €EylvovTo a&iwypayxot ot Aouroi. 

Ak. Vesp. 116-7: advémetOev airov py opety tpiBarov | pnd’ eEévar Ov- 
pal’: 6 & ovk emeiOero. 

Eur. H. F. 465: aupeBaddye (= epedrev audiBareiv). 1. T. 26-9: €AOotdoa 
& AvAiS’ 9 rddaw’ brep Tupas | petapoia AnPOcio’ exatvopny Eber: | Grd e&é- 
kveev ... | "Apreps. 

Hom. Il. 3,79-80: ro 8 éerero€atovto kapn Kopdovtes ’Axauol | lotcly re 
Tirvokdpevot Adeaol T EBarXov. 5, 318: 7 pev €dv Pirov vidyv treEéheper 
moA€uoto. 5, 377: tre &€epov. 9, 465: KaTEprjTvoy. 

See also the imperfects of 214. 


214. IMPERFECT OF ENDEAVOR COMBINED WITH AORIST OF 
ATTAINMENT.—Here the aorist often presents a sharp contrast. 


€retQov avtovs Kal ots €retaa TovTous Exwv éropevopyv, NEN. Cyr. 5, 5, 
22; J tried to persuade them, and those whom I succeeded in persuading [ 
marched on wth, ovveragavto Kal tots émAirais...émqyocav... ois pev ovv 
émKitas ovK ESuvHOnoav mpogpetgar, THUC. 4, 33, 1-2; They formed and 
tried to charge the hoplites... Howbert they could not get at them. 


DEM. 32,17: €Ejnyev avrov 6 Uparos ... ovtoat & otk €Enyero, oS’ dv ey 
StappySnv iw ovdevds €€ay Onvat. 

PLATO, Theaet. 143 A: €ypaydpny pev tor evOvs oikad’ €-hOav trropyy- 
pata, voTepoy O€ KaTa TYOATY dvapyvynTKOpEVOS Eypaor. 

XEN. Cyr. 5, 5, 22 (see above). 

THUC. 2, 4, 1-2: Tas mpoo/oAds 7 mpoamintoey aTwewOodvtTo. Kai Sis pev 
# Tpis GmeEKpovaarvTo. 4, 33, 1-2 (see above). 

Hbt. 1,69: répwavres yap of Aaxedaysdviot és Sapdis yxputdv @véovTo... 
Kpowros 5€ ode veopévoroe COw@ke Owrtiny. 

Hom. Il. 6, 51-4: TO S apa Oupov ev oti Oecow éemecOer, | Kat én py Tay’ 
€perre Boas emi vnas Ayatov | Savew & Oeparrovre kata&euev* GN Ayapeuvev | 
avtios 7AO€ Odwv Kat dpoxAnoas €ros nda: | Then v. OL: ds eimov etpepev 


adeAeco Ppévas jpws. 


215. eAdov WITH INFINITIVE.—Expected actions are more 
commonly expressed by éuedAov and the infinitive, 


NEGCATIVESIMPERFE CT: 95 


éx tivos tTpdmov EpeAXE tis adrav cwlycecGar; LYS. 13, 37; How was any 
of them to escape ? 

LYS. 3, 32: T@ tar mordov ws... Hyov abroy emt thy oikiay THy Vipwvos, 
ob mAciota EpeAXov mpayputa ee; Lb2d. 34: oF adtos EpedXov... 6fOr- 
aecOa. 13, 37 (see above). 

PLATO, Crat. 418 B: 6 €weAAOv oor epeww. Phaedr. 228 C: redevray de 
€peAXe.. . Bia €pew. 

XEN. An. 1, 8, 1: wAnolov fv 6 orabpos &vOa EpedADNe Katarvew. Cyras: 
I, 1: opOnocerOa EpeAXe. 

THUC. I, 130, I: GAN’ Epyos .. . mpovdjAou a... EmeAXe mpakew. 3, 115, 
5: Lodokréa Oe .. . amomreupew €pwedXov. 

HDT. 2, 43: tovrwy... €ueANov pvrjpnv eEecv. 

AR. Eq. 267: Aéyew yvaounv €peddov. Eccl. 597: rotro yap #yeddAuv 
eyw A€Eecv. 

SopH. Ai. 925-6. O. R. 967: xrevety €uedXov Tarépa Tov eydr. 

PIND. O. 7, 61: pvacdévte Se Zevs Gumadrov péddev Beyer. 

Hes. Theogon. 468-9: Gre 59 Ai’ €ueANe... | réEeoOar. 552: ra Kat 
reXéea Oar €weAXe. 

Hom. Od. 7, 270: €meAXov ere ~EvveceaOar difvi. 9, 475-6: ovk ap 
€peAXes... ESpevat. 

Il. 6, 52-3: €uedre .. . Oooew (parallel with imperfect. See 214). 


216. NEGATIVE IMPERFECT.—The negative imperfect com- 
monly denotes resistance to pressure or disappointment. Sim- 
ple negation is aoristic. 

oi pev ovx HAGov, of 8 eAOdvTes ovSév Eroiovyv, DEM. 18,151; Some ded not 


come, and those who did come would not do anything, ow éwmave® 4% avopw- 
mos, 25,57; The wench would not stop. 


Dem. 18, 151 (see above). 18, 250: ov perediSore (aS was expected by 
my enemies). 21, 163: ovx avéBaty’ emi trv vavv, Fle would not go on board 
the ship (as was expected). 25, 57 (see above). 2,17: ot e&nyero (see 
214). 39,18: otc é€movetO’. [44], 17: 6 pev Apyiddns ork eydpet, o dé Met- 
SuAdidns . . . Cynpev. 

PLATO, Theaet. 142 C: nmetyero olkade+ éemet éywy eSecunv Kat cuvesov- 
Aevoy (SC. attad Katadvew), GAN’ ovK HOEXEV. 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 4,21: otk avieoay, ad’ jpouy twas attra. 4,2, 28: eayero 
ovdeis, GAN apayntt amwAdvrto. Hell. 2,2, 11: 00 SteX€yorTo Tept BuadXrayns. 
bid. 7, 5, 21: thv pev cuvtopwratny mpos Tovs ToXEplous OK YE. 

THUC. 2, 23, 1: ovx €emeEnoay avrois of "AOnvaiot és paynv. 3. 3, 1: OUR 
dnedéxovro... tas Katnyopias. 3, 64, 3: ovw edéxeaOe. 4. 33. 2: ovK 
dvremyaav, add’ yovyatov, They would not go out to mect them but kept 
quiet. 4,110, 1: os 8 ove €aiKovoy. 7, 3,3: ovK emnye... add’ Hovxace. 


96 GREEK SYNTAX 


HDT. 1, 76: "Iwves... ovk €meiOovro. 3, 50. Stareyouévm te od te 
mpog dted€yeTo, iaropéorti te Adyov ovdéva €Sidov. 5,41: 7 de KAcouévea 
Tekovga... yur)... ovKéere ETLKTE TO SevTEpor. 

AR. Vesp. 116-7: avémetOev avtov pr hopety tpiBeorov | pnd’ e€cévar Ovpag’: 
6 8 ovk €meiOero (213). 

Com. Pherecr. 2, 289: ovdeis yap €Séxer’ ovd’ avéwmyeé pot Ovpar. 

Eur. Phoen. 405: 10 yévos ovk €Booké pe. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 1212: €metOov ovdév’ ovdév, ws Tad’ ijpmakov.! 

PIND. P. 4, 86: rév pev od yivwokov. 

Hom. Od. 4, 12-3: “Edévy O€ Oeot yovov ovker’ Epatvoy, | emet 87 TO mpaTov 
eyeivato Tats’ €pareiviy. 

Il. 2,779: ot8’ €udyxovro. 6, 161-2: rov od te | wet’ ayaba ppovéovta. 
(6 mapatatikos THY TOAAdKLs TOdTO Aéyovcay €OnAwoe.’’—Schol. BL.) 16, 102: 
ovKEr’ Eplipve. 

217. The imperfect as the tense of past impressions is used : 

1. IMPERFECT IN DESCRIPTION OF SCENERY.—In descrip- 
tions of scenery as well as of events. 


7o 8 “EdAnvixdv eis Aevxodpuv (sc. arqdOev), Eva Av “Aptéuidos . .. tepdv 
pada aywov, XEN. Hell. 3, 2, 19. 


218. 2. IMPERFECT OF POINTS ASSUMED.—Of points pre- 
viously assumed in argument. 

év péow yap avtav 6 Sypotikds Av, PLATO, Rpb. 587 C; Zhe democrat 
was (as we saw) tn the middle. 

PLATO, De Iusto, 373 C-D: pérpov (craOuds, apiOuds, Aoyos) yap qv @ 
trait €xpiveto. Legg. 867 D: drepos €pevye ra dvo (sc. €rn), The other was 
to be in exile (as we have seen) the two years. KRpb. 522 A: adN jy exeivn 
(SC. wovatkn) .. . avtiatpodos THs yupvaatiKns, ef peuvnoa. 587 C (see above). 


219g. 3. IMPERFECT OF FORMER VIEWS.—Of views that were 
once fondly entertained. 


TovTo ...0v Sidaxrov opnv elvat, XEN. Oec. 12,10; J thought that this 
was not to be taught. 


5 . Rest d , , > \ , > - 
ISAE. 7, 1-2: Opn perv, @ dvdpes, Tpoonxkew ov Tas ToLavTas adie Bnreic Oat 
moines KTe. €oixe 8 ovdev mpotpyov ToUTO etvat. 
XEN. Oec. 12, 10 (see above). 


220. 4. IMPERFECT OF SUDDEN APPRECIATION OF REAL 


1 Cited by FE. Abbott on p. 210 of his translation of Curtius’ Erlaut., in oppo- 
sition to the distinction made by Curtius between éweBoy and éeoa. 


IMPERFECT FOR PRESENT oF 


STATE OF AFFAIRS.—IMPERFECT FOR PRESENT.—Of sudden 
appreciation of a real state of things, regularly with dpa (dpa). 


ov yap TovT’ Hv evSarpovia, ws foie, Kaxov dmadAayy, PLATO, Gorg. 478 C. 
AIK. rovti ti hv Td mpaypa; MET. xoipos vai Aia, Ak. Ach. 767; IWVhat's all 
this? A pig, by Jove. 


PLATO, Conv. 213 B: & ‘“Hpdxdes, rourt ti vs; Ywxpatns otros; Gorg. 
478 C (see above). Phaedr. 227 B: drap Avoias fy, ds fouer, ev dare. bid. 
230 A: dp’ ov réde Hv 7d Sévdpor, ep’ dep tyes jas; Ls2't thes the tree, etc.? 
(213), 

XEN. Cyr. I, 3, 10: rovr’ dp’ Av 9 lanyopia. bid. 1, 4, 27: rair’ Cpa yos % 
kal €vew@pas po. Oecec. 1, 20: AUTat dpa joay jSovais weperemepupeva, Sv 
they turn out to be (are after all) patns sugar-coated with pleasure. 

Hb? 3,65: ev ty yap avOpwrnin piace otk evipy ipa To pédXov yiver Oat aro- 
tpamew. 4,64: Sépya d€ avOpwmov Kai raxv Kai Naumpov Hy dpa. 

Ak. Ach. 767 (see above). Eq. 1170: ws péyav dp’ elyes, & mérma, tov 
Sdaxrvdov. Vesp. 183-4: tourt ri nv; | tis ef mor’, dvOpwr’, eresv; Lb%d. 451: 
av 8 aydpiotos 7a 8" dpa. 

Eur. H. F. 339-41: & Zev, parny dp’ 6poyapdy o° exrnoduny, | parny b€ 
mados yove’ enov ao ekAnCopev: | av 5 Ho ap’ jooov i “Sdxecs evar Pros. 
I. A. 404: alat, pidovs dp’ ovyt kext Ny Tadas. 

THEOGN. 700: trav & dddwv oddev ap’ hy opedos. 788: ottws obdév dp’ hy 
PiArepov adXo rarpns. 

Hom. Od. 4, 333-4: & moot, 7 pada 817 Kpatepsppovos avdpos ev ebvn | 7 Oe- 
ov evynOnvar avarxides attoi edvtes. 9, 230: 006’ dip’ EperX’ Eraporoe haveis 
€parewos €oecOat. 475-6 (215). 11, 553: ovx dip’ EwerXes. 13, 209-10: & 
TOTol, ovK tipa TivTa vorpoves OE Sikavot | POAaY PajKwv Hyntopes. 

Il. 4,155: Oavarov vd toe dpxe €rapvoy. 5,205: Ta O€ p’ otk dip’ Eped- 


‘ ? , 
ov dvycewv. 16, 33: ovK apa aol ye TatTHp Hv imtora IIndevs. 


221. ORIGIN OF MODAL et, éxpqv, ETC.—From this use of the imper- 
fect comes, perhaps, the use of Se, éypyy, and the like, with the infinitive, 
in opposition to the infinitive. Set we toveiv tovT (GAN’ ov Troreis), } ome vue ht 
to do this (but are not doing tt). The unfulfilled duty is a surprise. See 
364. 


222. IMPERFECT OF UNI'ry OF TIME.—As the present is used of ac- 
tions that are continued from the past into the present (see 202), so the 
imperfect is used of actions that are continued into the past from a re-, 
moter past. 

@avpaloy mada, AR. Av. 1670; J had long been astontshed at tt (i.e. be- 
fore you asked me the question). 


PLATO, Conv. 209 C: d@ madae éx vet tikret. 
7 


98 GREE KES’ UVa 


HDT. 4,1: ai yap rév SkvOewy yuvaikes, ds ode ot dvdpes amnoayv xpdvorv 
Todor, epoiteov mapa Tovs SovAovs. 

AR. Nub. 1311-2: olpae yap adbrov airly’ ebpyoew Sep madae Tor emyret. 
Av. 1670 (see above). Lys. 1033: vi) At’ dynods yé p’, os mddat yé p’ Eppew- 
puyxes 

PIND. P. 4, 25-7: dadexa S€ mporepov dpépas... Pépopev ... eivadtov Odpv. 

Hom. Od. 23, 29: Tydépaxos 8’ dpa pu rada 7 Seev (= Imp.) &vdov edvra 
(qdudum noverat). 

Il. 23, 871: arap 81 duorov €xev mada, Zam sagtttam tenebat dudum. 


223. This overlapping use of the imperfect (comp. 208) is especially 
important in correlated temporal sentences. See Zemporal Sentences. 


~ a > “ ‘ > ‘\ ” 
érretdy] Se KaA@s aiTw ei Xev, EKEivos pev ATLWY wETO, Eyw SE exabevdov, LYS. 1, 


23; After he had (thought he had, had had) enough, he took himself off and 
I slept ( proceeded to go to sleep). 


224. IMPERFECT APPARENTLY USED AS A PLUPERFECT.—Of course 
in those verbs in which the present is used as a perfect (204), the imper- 
fect is used as a pluperfect. 


épevyev 6 Elevohav, XEN. An. 5, 3,7; Xenophon was tn cxtle, had been 
banished. 
PLATO, Menex. 242 E: ped’ Sv rite tols BapBapous €vikawy, TovTovs viK@Y- 


tes Ola. 


225. IMPERFECT OF few AND otxeoOar USED AORISTICALLY. — fxov 
and wydpnv are often used aoristically. 

érrel 8€ Ake TeTApTH pHVi, awHyyetdev KTE., NEN. Hell. 2, 2, 17 (208). @xeETOo 
82 mpds Oedv, PIND. N. 7, 4o. 


Perfect Tense 


226. The perfect tense expresses completion in the present, 
and hence is sometimes called the present perfect. 


aknkoate, Ewpaxarte, wemdvOate, LYS.12,100; Vou have heard, you 
have seen, you have fell, épwewdy Kao tov ta ota, PLATO, Apol. 23 E; 
They have filled your cars, tTé@awrtar... Kipwv mpd tov aoreos, Hb. 6, 
103; Azmon (has been, ts) lies burted before the city. 


DEM. 3, 22: mpomémorat. .. Ta THs TOAEwS Tpadypata. 4, 48: mpéaBets 
métoup ev ws Baoiwéa. 6, 37: tkavas eipnrat 

AESCHIN, 2, 147: én yap 76n BeBiwkeyv evevnkovta kai Tértapa. 3, 180: 
evtav0a 7) €v Mapadau payn yéypumrat. 

Lys. 12, 100 (see above). 


PERFECT. “OF, RESOLT, 99 


PLaTO, Apol. 23 E (see above). Gorg. 448 A: otdeis pé to nparyKe 
xawvov ovdevy moAA@y erav. Meno, 93 A: euorye ... Kat elvat Soxoiow €vOdde 
ayaOoi Ta TroditiKd, Kat yeyovévat Ere oxy Hrrov H elva. Prot. 314 D: otk 
aGknKdarTe, Ott ov TOAD UTA ; 

XEN. Hell. 6, 5, 37: devdpa exxexdgaae kai oikias KaTakeKavKkace Kat 
xpnpata kal mpo3ata Sinpmakace. 

HDT. 6, 103 (see above). 7,162: &« rov émavrov TO €ap ... €Eapaipynrar 

SOPH. Ai. 480: miavt’ dxyKoas Noyor. 

PIND. O. 10, 1-3: tov "OdAvpmiovixay avayveré por)... 7dOe Ppevos | euas 
yéypanrat (stands written). 

Hom. Od. 2, 63-4: ot yap €r dvoxeta Epya TeTEVyaTat, ovd ert Karas | 
oixos €uos SidAwAe. 

Il. 1,125: adda ra pev moXdlwy €& empaboper, ta S€Sacrat. 


227. The perfect looks at both ends of an action. The time between 
these ends is considered as a present. When one end is considered, the 
present is used; when the other, the aorist. Hence present and perfect 
are often used side by side, and the translation into English is often pres- 
ent (228); the aorist is the shorthand of the perfect (248-51); and the per- 
fect is sometimes used even of a past action that is dated (233). 


228. PERFECT OF MAINTENANCE OF RESULT.—The perfect 
is largely used in Greek for the maintenance of the result, and 
the translation into English is often present: xécAnpay v2y name 
2s ; pepVTpaL, I have recalled, Ll remember , KeKTypaL, I have POF, ve 
own, dopa, / have made it my rule, [am accustomed. 


Kahov...Téxynpa dpa KkéxTyoat, eimep KeKTHOAL, PLATO, Prot. 319 A; 


¢ contrivance ts that you have got, to be sure, LF you have got tt. 
A fine contrivar that you have got, to be sure, LF you have got tt 


AESCHIN. 3,144: cuvel@caGe On taducnuata Ta ToUToV axovew. 

ANTIPHON, 5, 54: TéOvnkev 6 avnp. 

PLATO, Prot. 319 A (see above). Tim. 23 B: va yjs kataxAvopoy pe- 
pyno Oe rodAd@v Eurpoabev yeyovitar. 

XEN. Oec. 9,4: mpos peaonuSpiay avamrémtarat (SC. 1 otkia). 

THUC. 3, 82,7: paov 8 of modAoi Kaxovpyot ovtes SeEtot KexANYTAL }) Gpa- 
Beis ayaoi. 

Hb. 2, 47: tv d€ Alydariot prapoy Fynvrat Onpiov elva. 4, 28: répas 
vevoptoract. 6, 103 (226). 

Ak. Ach. 993: 7) mavu yepovtiov ows vevoptkas pe ov; 

SOPH. El. 1101: AtyoOov 0 @KnKkev iotope murat. 

PIND. P. 4, 248: moddoiot & Gynpat codias érépors. 

SAPPHO, 2, 9-10: dAAd Kap pev yAoooa €aye, Aémtov 8 | aitixa xpo mip 
vmadedpopuKerv. 


100 GREEK SYNTAX 


HEs. Theog. 726: €AnAata. 727: Kéxutat. 728: mepvact. 730: Kexpv- 
garat. 

Hom. Od. 5, 412: Awan 8 dvadédpope wérpyn. 6, 44-5: adda pad’ albpn 
| mémrarat avvédpedos, Aevky 5 ewcdédpopev aiyAn. 


229. INTENSIVE PERFECT.—Not to be confounded with this use, which 
has many English analogies, is the survival of the old intensive perfects, 
chiefly in verbs of sound and verbs of emotion. 


Verbs of Sound (Onomatopoetic Verbs) : 


Most of these are poetic or popular. xékpaya, / am bawling, bawling ; 


, 
aeotynka, / avi iii. 
AaBav pév cealiynKas, dvakwoas 8€ kéexpayas, AFSCHIN, 3,218; When 
you get money you are mum, when you have spent tt you are tn full cry. 


AESCHIN., 3, 218 (see above). 

Hpr. 4, 183: retplyace xara wep ai vuxrepides. 

Ar. Vesp. 944: Tl cegLto@mnkas; 

SopH. Tr. 1072: BéBpuxa kddov. 

HEs. O. et D. 207: Satpovin, ri N€ANKAS; 

Hom. Od. 5, 411-2: audi d€ kipa | BEBpuxev pobov. 

Il. 4, 433-5: dues... €ornkaow... afnyes pepakviat. 10, 362:. pepy- 

kos. 17,264: BéBpuyxev peéya kipa. 


230. Hmotional LPerfects : 


SéB.a, J am in a perfect tremble, I quiver and quake. 8€8v & av8pes 
*AOnvaior py TovToLs pet Exeivou Todepeiv dvayKacPapev, DEM. 14, 4. 


DEM. 4, 8: poet tis €ketvov Kat O€du(e) ... Kat POovet.. . KaTéEmTN XE pev- 
To. mavra vov. 14,4 (see above). 25,1: €v b€ reOatvpaka. 

PLATO, Phaedo, 64 D: daiverai cot dirooidov avdpos etvae ea movdake- 
vat mepi ras ndSovas Kadoupevas; Theaet. 161 B-C: oic@ otv... 6 Oavpate 

os... Ty & apyny tov Aoyou Te Oavpaka. 

SOPH. Al. 139: péyav oxvoy €xyw kai TehoBnpat. 

SIMON. AM. 7, 28: rv pev yedd Te Kat yéynOev pépny. 

TYRT. 12, 28: dpyadéw te TOOw Taaa KéEKN OE TOXS. 

Hom. Od. 6, 106: yéynOe O€ tre hpéva Anta. 

Il. 10, 93-4: odS€ pou Arop | Eurredov, GAN’ dhadvetnpat 


231. Verbs of Sight: 
8é5opxa, 7 /ook. The classification cannot always be exact. TeBavpaxa, 
Lam astonished, is also TBavpaxa, / am agaze. 


PIND. O. 1, 96-7: ro be KAéos | rnACOev SéSopKe (intr.) rav ‘OAupmiudav. 
Hes. O. et D. 508: pépuKe de yata kat vAn. 


PERFECT FOR FUTURE, PERFECT IOI 


Hom. Od. 19, 446: rip 8 dpOadpoior Se SopKas. 
So also the solitary Verb of Smell, for which see Hom. Od. g, 210. 


232. Verbs of Gesture, Expression, and the like: 


toxvOpwranact, DEM. 54, 34; 7hey are grim and grum. S8Bpaypévos, 
grimly gripping. wéxnva,/ am all agape. 

DEM. 54, 34 (see above). 

AR. Eq. 755: xéxnvev. 1118-9: mpos tov te Aéyort’ det | Kéexnvas. 

HEs. Theog. 826: yAooonow dvopepnat AeAiy pores. 

Hom. Od. 11, 222: puyy... wemwornrat. 

Il. 2,90: memornatra, They are all a-flutter. 13, 393: xomos Sedpa- 

yHévos aipatoécons, With his fists full of bloody dust. 


For the use of the Aorist as a Perfect, see 248-51. 


233. PERFECT OF AN ACTION THAT IS DATED.—The Greek perfect 
may be used of a past action even when it is dated. 

éwidSéSerntar tore, ISAE. 3,7; /t has been shown (nay, was shown) then. 

LYCURG. 103: "Extwp yap trois Tpwat mapakeAevopevos trep tis matpidos Tabe 
elpnKev. 

DEM. 21,7: U8ptopar pev eym kal mTpoTwemnAdKLoTAal TO Toma Tovpoy 
Tore, dywvetrat b€ Kai KptOnoerar TO mpaypa vuvi. 38,8: mavra [rair’] dpetrae 
TOTE. 

ISAE. 3, 7 (see above). 


234. PERFECT FOR FUTURE PERFECT.—As the present may be used 
rhetorically for the future, so the perfect may be used for the future per- 
fect. 

el yap mpodeipers ple) ...,0lxdpec8a (olyoperda is a practical perfect), 
Eur. Or. 304-5; Lf thou shalt abandon me, 1 am gone (lost). 

AESCHIN,. I, 90: ef yap 7) pev mpagis atrn €otar..., 6 dé... €idws . . . evo- 
xos €orar..., 6 O€ kpwopevos... akiaoer.. ., dvypntat 6 vopos Kat 7 adnOea, 
kai Sédecxrac pavepa ddds, du’ hs Kre. 

ANDOC. 1, 146: €dv pe vuvi StaPOeipnre, ovk« €otw tyuw €re Aowrds Tov yévous 
Tov npetépou ovdeis, GAA’ Ol yETAaL Tay TpdpptCov. 

PLAvo, Hipparch. 231 C-D: épe yap, éav tis ypuoiov orabpov Fpeorvy 
dvakwaas SurAdcvov Aa3n apyupiov, Képdos 7 Cnulav €iAn ev (= cidnpos €orar); 

Eur. Or. 304-5: ef yap mpodciers p’ ) mpooedpia voor | ktnon Tw’, oly o- 
peo Oa (see above). 

SopH. O. R. 1166° GAX@Aas, ef oe Tait epnoopat madw. Ph. 75-6: dot’ 
ef pe TOE wy eyxpartis alaOnoera, | GAXwAa Kai ge rpoadiuaPpbepw Evvev. 

On the Periphrastic Perfect, see 286-8. 


On the Gnomic Perfect, see 257. 


102 GREEK SYNTAX 


Pluperfect ‘Tense 


235. The Pluperfect denotes completion in the past. It 
may be defined as the perfect of the past, and hence ts naturally 
associated with the imperfect. It is more distinctly than in 
Latin and in English the tense of fixed condition. 

oTavimTepa Ta EmiTHSELA FV" TA pEV yap avyAwToO, Ta Se Sim ptTacto, Ta Se 
eEexéxuto, Ta S€ kaTeKkeKavTo, NEN. Hell. 6,5, 50: Provescons were rather 


scarce; for part had been used up, part plundered, part spilled, part burned. 


LYS. 13, 20: 9 d€ Bovdn... duéPOapto Kat dAtyapxtas emeOvpet. 13, 52: 
mAroia TApETKEVAGTO kal Ol EyyuNTal ETOLWoL Hoar. 

XEN. Cyr. 3, 2, 11: é€mel d€ nprorikeoay, ... evOvs ereixile Ppovproy. 
Hell. 1, 1, 32: €mt 6€ 7d vaurikdy, 6 exeivos NOpoiket..., eEemeppOn Kpatnou- 
midas. bt. 1, 3,20: éemei d€ aitois TapegTkevacTo, vuKTos avoiEavTes TAS TU- 
Aas... elanyayor TO orparevpa, When they had all their preparations made, 
they opened the gates by night and introduced the army. bid. 6, 5, 21% €k 
yap tis mpoobev aOvpias eSoxer Te dvetAnevae THY TOALY, OTL Kat EVE BE BA KEL 
eis TiHv ‘Apkadiay kai SyovvtTe THY yopav ovdeis NOeAHKEL payedOa. Sbzt. 6, 5, 
23: of... OnBaior katos ohiow @ovto €xew, evel €BEBonOnKETAY pév, TOE- 
puov O€ ovd€éva ere E@pwv ev tH yapa. bid. 6,5, 50 (see above), /dz2.7, 5, 21: 
€mel ye py ETETAKTO ALT@ TO OTPUTEUHLA .. «5 THY... OUWWTOMWTUTHY Tpos TOUS 
ToAEpLLOUS OUK Tye. 

THUC. 2, 59,1: yAXNol@vro tas yyopas. 4, 29,2: Oppnvtro Scaxwdvvevoa. 

Hb. 1,85: 6 Kpotoos 76 wav és aitoyv €meTrotrkee .. . Kat O1) Kat €s Aed- 
povs wept aitod emevopgee. 8,72: 'Odvpmua b€ Kai Kapveca Taporyw@kee Hn. 

PIND. O. 6, 53-4: aN ev | KexpuTro yap cxog. 

Hes. Sc. 143: yAnAavro. 154: réruxro. 208: eréruxto. 218: €arnpikro. 
288 : €a7aXar(o). 

Hymn. Hom. I, 91-102: Anraw 8 evynpap te Kat evvéa vuxtas aéAmrots | @di- 
veoou wéeTapTo...atO "Ipw mpov’repay kre. (cf. 208). 

Hom. Od. 4, 132: xpuo@ & éme xeihea KeKpuavTo. 4,135: TeTavvoTo. 

Il. 5, 387-90: yadkéw S ev kepap@ S€édero tpets Kat Seka pyvas. |... 08 
e&exdeWev “Apna (cf. 208). 10, 155-6: €t6’, id 8 €atpwro pwov Beds aypav- 
Aowo, | artap Uro Kpaterdu Tamns TeTadvUaTO aewos. 10, 540: o¥ mw Tay 
elpnto €ros, or ap’ AvOov avrot. 

For the Greek use of the Aorist, where English and Latin would use 
the Pluperfect, see 253. 


236. PLUPERFECT OF RAPID RELATIVE COMPLETION.—The pluper- 
fect is sometimes used to denote rapid relative completion. The later 
Greek writers often abuse it.' 


1 Rutherford, Babrius ]xiii, but compare A. J. P. xvii (1896), 518 and 519. 


AORIST TENSE 103 


ToUTwv yvwobdvTwy ovSeviav SiatpiByy eroinoapny, GAN’ evlis mapeKEeKANVTO 
pev ots elrrov, tpoerpyKas 8’ Hv avtois, ép' & cuveAnAvOoTEs Hoav, ave yvwaTo 
8 6 Adyos, Eryvynpévos 8 Av wai teOopuBypEevos Kal TeTUXHKWS GvTEp 
oi katopGourtes év Tais émdeiteoiv, ISOC. 12, 233. 

]SOC. 12, 233 (see above). 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 4.5: tayd pev... apixeto. .., rayt dé mapner.. ., tayv de ta 
€v ta Tapadetom Onpia dvnAw@Ket... Gate 6 ‘ANaTvayns over’ Etxey ait@ avaA- 
Aeyety Onpia. 

THUC. 4, 47, 1: @s b€... exmXéovres eA POnaav, ehéXvYTO TE ai arovdat 
kat Tots Kepxupatots mape dé dovrto oi Tartes. 

Hpr. 1, 79: os 6€ of ratvta edo€e, kat €motee Kata Tuxos: eAdoas yap TOY 
otpatoy €s Thy Avdiny adtos ayyedos Kpoiow eXnAvO ee. 

Hom. Od. 1, 360: i) pev OapS8yoaca radw okovde Be 31 Ket. 

Il. 4, 134-6: €v & rece Cwornpe apnpote mixpos diotos: | bia pev ap 
(wartrpos €AnAaTto dadareoro | Kai Sua Awpynkos ToAVsaidarov npnpecoto. 13, 
593-5: xetpa... MeveAaos | rnv Sudrev, 7 p exe Tov ev§oov: ev 6’ dpa roke | 
aytixpv dia xetpos EAN AaTO yaAkeor €yyxos. 


237- PLUPERFECT USED AS AN IMPERFECT. — When the 
perfect is used as a present (228), the pluperfect is used as an 
imperfect. 

kaxav "Ihias weprerotyKet OnBaiovs, DEM. 19, 148; Au /liad of woes 
was encompassing Thebes (the Thebans). teexpayerav... Tovs mpvTavers 
agiévar, AR. Eq. 674; They kept on bawling * The prytanes must dismiss.” 

Dem. 19, 148 (see above). 

PLATO, Phaedr. 233 D: ovr’ dv morots pidovs éexextynpeOa, Theaet. 
198 D: @ mada exéxtnTo. 

THUC. 3,70, 3: qv yap... €OeAompogevos te Tav 'AOnvaiwy Kat tov S1,pov 
T pOElLOTH KEL. 

Ark. Ach. 10: ore 69 'kexynyn (sat with mouth open) mpoodoxav tov Ala yv- 
Nov. Eq. 674 (see above). 

Hes. Sc. 148: dewn eps memornto (was afly, flving all abroad”) xopia- 


govaa kovoy avdpav. 155: Sedjec. 191: €otagav. 269: elotyKet. 274: 
Opwpet. 
Hom. Od. 9, 210: dopn... ddodet. 


I]. 8, 68: néAwos pévov ovpavoy apgiBeBnnet, The sun stood astride the 
midheaven. 


Aorist Tense 
238. The Aorist states a past action without reference to its 
duration simply as a thing attained. It is one of the two great 
Narrative tenses of the Greek language, and is best studied in 


104 GREEK SYNTAX 


connection with the other, the imperfect. Examples are found 
everywhere.’ (Upshot Aorist.) 

Kovov... évixnoe thy ev Kvido vavpayxiav... Idixparns avetre thy Aaxe- 
Satpoviwv popav, DIN. 1,75; Conon gained the (great) naval victory of (at) 
Cuidus, [phicrates annihilated the Lacedaemontan mora. 


239. INGRESSIVE AORIST.—The aorist often appears as the 
point of origin. This is due to the character of the verbs, which 
are chiefly denominative. Hence this aorist, which is called the 
ingressive aorist, is usually the first aorist. (Outset Aorist.) 

éBacirevoe...Tvyns, HDT. 1,13; Gyges became king. 


PLATO, Euthyd. 276 D: eyéXaoady re kai €OopvBnoav, They set up a 
laugh and broke out into applause? 

XEN. Hell. 2, 2,[24]: Avovvows .. . erupdvynoe (=Tvpavvos éeyévero), D. 
became tyrant. 

THUC. 1,4: 7p&€é te kai oixiorns ... eyévero, He acguired the rule and 
became founder. 

HbDt.1, 13 (see above). 1,19: €voanoe 6 ’Advattns, Alyattes fell sick. 
7,45: 6 Zép&ns... €daxpvoe, Xerxes burst into tears. 

Ar. Eccl. 431: ir’ €OopvBnoay kavéxpayor ws ed éyot. 

AESCHYL. P. V. 235: eyo 8’ é€roApno(a). 

PIND. O. 7, 37: avopotoao’ ddadakev imeppaxer Boa (gave a weld hal- 
100). 

Hom. Il. 3,259: plynoev (gave a shudder) § 6 yépwv. 11, 546: tpéoce, 
He took to flight. 


240, Sv with the moods and verbals : 


éav voorjon, 7/ he falls sick; ph voojoatpt, way [not fall sick ; vorjoa, to 
fall sick, voojsas, having fallen sick = eis vicov €urecav. 


ANTIPHON,2 81: 6rav... voonowacy, bytets yevopevot o@Covrat. 

PLATO, Critias, 111 B: voonoavtos capatos dora. Timae. 84 A: 70 dé 
67 capkas datos EvydSovv ror’ av vor nan (becontes diseased) . . . Katanxerat. 

THUC, 2, 58, 2: ote kal Tols TpoTépous OTpaTLwTas VOTNHGAL. 

AR. Pl. 569: mAournoavtes (257). 834-6: kayo pev @pny ods Téws | edtnpye- 

yo pev dun ny 

toa dSeopévovs eEew irous | dvtws BeSaious, ef SenOeiny more. 

AESCHYL. P. V. 203: omevdovtes, as Zevs prymor adpg&evev (become lord) 


Gear. 


1 On the proportion of aorist and imperfect, see B. L.. G. in A. J. P. iv (1883), 
163; xiv (1893), 104; xvi (1895), 259; and C. W. FE. M. in A. J. P. xvi (1895), 142. 

2 Tt should be noted that the ingressive rendering is not a proof, but only an illus- 
tration. See C. W. E. M.in A. J. P. xvi (1895), 150-1. 


INGRESSIVE? AOKIST, 105 


241. INGRESSIVE TRANSLATION OF SECOND AORIST. — Ingressive 
translations are, of course, possible with a number of second aorists, as 
éotmy, / took a stand, yy, / took a step, but there is not the same contrast 
between state and entrance upon a state as in the first aorist, not the same 
mopevots eis TO etvat, aS it is Called by a late writer, [PLATO], Deff. q11 A. 
Especially common is the ingressive translation of @ryov. €@, 7 hold, 
Exxov, J took hold; ty, 1 possess, 1 am possessor, have, trxov, I took posses- 
ston, I got. This is all the more natural as €yw connotes a state and is 
often used in periphrases with verbal nouns. alriav écxov= qridOyy, vot 
blamed (see 178). 

6 8¢ Kuagdpys ... tHv Baoideiav €o ye — CBacirevoe — Bacridreds éyévero, XEN. 
Cyr. 1, 5,2; Cyaxares succeeded to the throne. 

XEN. Cyr. I, 5, 2 (see above). 

THUC. I, 12,3: Awpujs ... dySonxoore ere Edy ‘HpaxdeiSars TeAomévynaov 
€axov (cf. dknoay zbid.). 1, 103, 4: Kat €oyxov ‘AOnvaioe Méyapa Kai Unyas. 
4,49: atrol ’Axapvaves oikntopes amo Tuvtay Ex yxov TO xwpiov. 4,95, 3: THY 
Bowrtiavy mote €xyxov. 8, 23, 3: Tovs avtiotayvtas paxn viknoartes Ty moAW 
€oxov. 8,106, 1: THy... vikny TavTny... €o XOV, They gatned this victory. 

AR. Ran. 1035: ryny Kat Kdéos Eo xev. 

PIND. O. 2, 10: tepov €oyxov otknua morapot. P. 1,65: €oyov & ’Apv- 
kAas OABio. 3, 24: Eoxe ToavTay peydday dFaray (cf. HOM. II. 16, 685: peéy’ 
ada @n). 

242. So with the moods and verbals : 

Tyovpevor, el TavTyy (sc. THY NhETepav WéALv) TXOTEV, Padiws Kal TaAAa ee, 
THUC. 6, 33, 2. Thy éwwvupiav...aXetv, /b7d.1,9,2. TO... oXSvTL yuvaika 
= yypavn, /d2d. 2, 29,3; Who took to wtfe. 


243. AORIST OF ACTIONS OF LONG DURATION.—The aorist 
is often used for rapid, individual action. But it is rather the tense 
of momentum than the tense of momentary action. No matter 
how long the action, it may be represented by the aorist, and 
it must be represented by the aorist when it is summed up. 
With definite numbers the aorist is the rule except as set forth 
in sections 208-10, (Complexive Aorist.) 

Bixtypov ...éBiw erm @ nal tvevyxovta, ISAK. 6, 18; /uctemon lived 
ninely-stx years. 

LYCURG, 72: €vevynxovta. . . €rn Tov “EAAnvay tyepoves KaTEaTT NO AY. 

DEM. 38, 12: tovrwy ... émitpotos ... eyéved’ éxxaider’ €rn, Of these he 
was (not became) guardian stxteen years. 

ISAE. 6, 18 (see above). 


re Ae ‘ : ” 
LYS 12, AVR eT be TPLUKOVTA WKNOE. 


106 GREEK SYN TAX 


ANDOC. 3, 4: niv efpnyn €yéveto... ern mevtnkovta, kal éevepeivaper 
apporepor tavrats Tats oTovdais ern Tprakaideka. 

THUC. 2, 2: téooapa pev yap Kai déka ern €vépetvay ai tptaxortovrers 
aomovOat. 4,6, 2: nyepas .. . mevTekaidexa Epetvay ev ty “Attixn, They re- 
matned fifteen days in Attica. 

Hb. 2, 157: Wapprriyos ... €Bagitevoe Alyvarov réacepa Kal TevTH- 
kKovra €Tea. 

AR. PI. 846: otk, aX’ eveppiywo’ érn Tprakaidexa. 

Hom. Il. 6, 174: evyjpap Eeivia oe (209). 


244. So of the Moods : 


LYCURG. 58. €& &rn ocuveyos atodnpunoas, Having been abroad for six 
years continuously. 

Lys. 24, 9: dexaxis dy eAoto xopnynaat paddXov 7) avtiovvat ama€. 

PLATO, Legg. 955 A: SeOnvac... enavrov, To be put in jail a year. 

HpvT. 1,7: dp&avres... érea mévte re kai mevrakdota. 1, 16. 25. 

ANACR., 8: €rea mevtnkovra Te Kal €xaTov ... BagtAevoat. 

Hom. Il. 6, 217: éeikoow par’ épvEas. 


245. AORIST OF TOTAL NEGATION.—As the aorist is used 
of one, so it is used of none. ‘Total negation is expressed by 
the aorist, as resistance to pressure is expressed by the imper- 
fect (216). 


ovx eidov, Phey did not take ; obx qpovw, They could not take. ov e€avto, 
They did not recetve ; ob« &éxovto, They would not recetve. ot pév ok HAVO, 
ot 8 éhOdvtes ovdev errotovv, DEM. 18,151; Some did not come, sonie,when they 
aid come, would not do anything. 

LYS. 3,14: ovddeis otre KaTEeayn Thy Kepadny ovTe CANO Kakoy ovdev ELaBer. 

PLATO, Gorg. 471 B: ov perepéAnoer arto. 

XEN. Conv. I, 14: ovk ékivnoe yéAta. 

Ar. Ach. 34-6: otSem@mor’ eimev (SC. 6 Snpos), GvOpakas mpiw, |... | adr’ 
autos €:bepe marta. 

AESCHYL., Pers. 179: ove mw Todvd’ evapyes edd pny. 

PIND. O. 1, 47: ovd€ patpi modda patopevor ates Gyayov. 

Hom. Il. 3, 239-40: 4 ovy €oméa Ony Aaxedaipovos €€ epatewns, | 7) Setpo 


‘ lad € 
Bev €TTOVTO KTE. 


246. The same principle applies to the moods. The change of tense 
from present to aorist is often to be accounted for by a change from posi- 
tive to negative, and wece versa. 


pydev Gpaptetv dort Oeav kal wavta katopOodry, Epigr. ap. DEM. 18, 289; 


AOKIST FOR PERFECT 107 


Zo make no blunder and do all things right, (that) ¢s (the province) of the 
gods (alone). 

Deo. (Epigr. ap.), 18, 289 (see above). 

Isoc. 4, 11: domep... tov... axpi8as emardapevoy A€éyetv dmABs ovK dy 
Suvapevov eireiv. 

ANTIPHON, I, 6: éefovala nv cadds eidévar...ovk nv rvb€éa Oat. 

PLATO, Alc. II, 143 B: érep odv ovdets dv ofnOein, adda TOUTS ye Tas dp | 
ototro ixavds eva. Ton, 531 B: ef d€ od joOa partis, ovk, eimep mept Tov 
dpoiws Aeyouévwr olds 7’ Haba €Enynaag Oat (=ovy ols 7’ ef €Enynoad Gar), 
kat Trept tav Siaddpws Aeyouévwr nriatw dv eEnyeia Gat; 

XEN. An. 2, 4,6: advvatov Sta Bnvac. 

THUC. I, 70, 2: ra trapxovta te ow Ce Ly Kal Emryvavac pndev. 

AR. Lys. 129: ovk« av motnoaip(«) (NO metrical necessity). 

AESCHYL. P. V. 63: mAny todd’ dy ovdels evdikws péppatro por (NO met- 
rical necessity). 

PIND. N. 8, 44-5: 10 8’ adris reav Wuxav kopi€ac | ov por duvatoy (no met- 
rical necessity). 


247. When the negative is the equivalent of the positive present, the 
present is more frequently used in both members. 

Odpoee, Tuy, cai py} PoPed, HDT. 1,9; Le of good courage, Gyges, and 
be not afratd. awoartepeiv kai py dmodc8dvar, DEM. [35], 42. 

Deo. [35], 42 (see above). 

AESCHIN. 2, 59: mapetvat kat py arodnpe tv. 

Hpt. 1, 9 (see above). 

Hom. Od. 4, 825: Oapoet, pndé te mayyu peta pect Se (ScGe rinv. 


248. THE AORIST FOR THE PERFECT.—The aorist is very 
often used where we should expect the perfect. 

1. Many verbs form no perfect. So many of the liquid 
verbsa-- The aonst: is* next of. kinw Invlater, Greck many me: 
chanical perfects have been formed from the desire of analogy. 
See Curtius, Verbum IT, 211. 

GANG Oettadia mas ExeL; ovXt Tas ToAtTelas Kal Tas Wddets A’TOV TapypHTat, 
kal terpapxias KaTtéatyoey,' iva py pdvov Kata Tédets, GAAG Kal Kat’ Evy dov- 
Aevwowv; DEM. 9, 26. 

Dem. 9, 26 (see above). 

ISOC. 5, 19-21: otk €Adtrw THy Bacdelay meToinxey GAN evyns akia ScaTré- 


mpaxtat. Ti yap €AAéAouTEV; OV... TETOINKEY . . . MpOTHKTAL. . . TETOINKEV. . . 


1 Dionys. HAL., De admir. vi, 54 (R. vi, p. 1120), in quoting this passage, gives 
«aQéioraxer, a Characteristic variant. 


108 GREEK SYNTAX 


karéorpanrar. .. etAnhev... yéyovev ; dmdons Sé rhs Opaxns obs ABovdAnbn Seamd- 
ras karéornoev; (A Solitary aorist after a long string of perfects.) 
AR. Av. 301: ti pys; tis yhadk’ "AOnval’ Fyaye; (No classic perfect.) 
AESCHYL. P. V. 28: rowatr’ €xnuipov (no perfect) rod pitavOpwrov rpdmov. 
PIND. O. 10, 7-8: 6 péAXwy xpodvos | eudy Kataiayuve Badd xpéos (see 
note ad loc.). 
Hom. Il. 5, 127-8: dyddbv 8 ad roe am’ dpOarpay €Xov, i) mpv ener, | bhp’ 
ed yryvackns nev Oedy 7d€ Kai dvdpa (7pnka is not found in Homer). 


249. 2. When the perfect is used as a present, the aorist may 
take a perfect translation.’ 


moddakis €Bavpaca, XEN. Mem.1,1,1; / have often wondered. €éxryoo 
++. avTds Ta TEP AUTOS ExTyH Gao, HDT. 7, 29; Keep thyself what thyself hast 
made. 

LyS. 12, 3: moAAakts eis ToAAHY aOupiay KaTETTNHY, MI)... ToLnTwpat. 

XEN. Mem.1, I, 1 (see above). : 

HDT. 4,97: od yap Gerod kw py Ecowbewper bd Skvbewv payyn. 7, 29 (see 
above). 

Eur. Alc. 541: teOvaow of Oavovres: adr 6’ eis Sdpous, Once dead, the 
dead stay dead. Get thee within. fr.507: ri rovs Oavovtas ovk eas reOvn- 
Kéval; 

AESCHYL. Cho. 504: otrw yap ov réOvnxas ovbé mep Oavav, Thus (shalt 
thou show) thou art not dead though thou hast ated. 

Hom. Od. 1, 166-8: viv & 6 pev ds amddAwde . . . Tou 8 GAETO vooTpmoy 
npap. 

Il. 13, 623-4: ovd€ 11... €OSeicare. 772-3: voy @®deTO aca kar’ 


BA ” > U 
axpns “IAcos atrewvn. 


250. 3. The aorist is used from affinity to the negative. 


7° , 


TOV olkeT@v ovdSeva KaTEALTEV, GAN’ Gravtas Téempake, AESCHIN. 1,99; ot 
a servant has he left (dtd he leave), but he has sold them all (they are all sold). 

Hyper. Eux. 28: 008’ atrés idtwtny oddéva mamote ev TO Bim Ekpiva... 
tivas obv KEKpLKa ; 

AESCHIN. I, 99 (see above). 

ISOC. 3, 35: havyvopat yap ovdéva pev Twmor adiknoas, TAeious Oe... TOY 


TONTOV ... €D TETOINKOS . . . ) TUpTaYTES Ol TPO Ee“od BagevoarTes. 
251. 4. Other examples: 


‘ , , € a - > , ,’ , 
Tsoc. 8, 19: 6 pev Tolwuy TONE LOS amavT@v NHAS TOY ELPNMEVMY UTETTEPNKEDY * 
‘ , ’ ‘ ‘ , € , > , ‘ 
Kau yup TeverTepous €TOInge Kat ToAAoUs KwduvoUs UTOpevely NVayKAaTE Kal 


; ee zs oe : lee 
mpos Tous “EMAnvas d1a8e3Anke Kat TavTas TpoTOUS TeTAahaIT@pHKeEY TGS. 


VAL Je Pray (1883), 429) mote; 


GNOMIC AORIST 109 


Hom. Il. 4, 243-6: rif@’ otrws €ornre treOnmores nute veBpoi; | air’... | 
éorao’,...| ds tpeis €ornre teOnmores ovd€ payerOe (Cornre is here used in- 
stead of a perfect in a present sense). 


252. This is especially important in the matter of sequence. See Lys. 
12, 3 (249), HDT. 4, 97 (249), and Hom. II. 5, 127-8 (248), where the aorist 
equals the perfect and naturally takes the sequence of the principal 
tenses.! 


253. AORIST TRANSLATED BY THE PLUPERFECT.—We often 
translate the aorist by a pluperfect for the sake of clearness. 

tois iBiows xpyoer8ar Epy, & 6 TaTHp alto ESwxev, XEN. Hell. 1,5, 3; He 
satd that he would use his own means, which his father had given him. 

XEN. Hell. 1, 5, 3 (see above). 7, 2,19: ws d€ thy vikra nypimvnoap, 
exdbevdov péxpt Toppw THs Nuépas, 1s they had been awake all night, they slept 
until far into the day. 

THUC. 7,1, 3: Tas yap vats dveitxvoay ev ‘Ipéepa, The ships they had 
beached tn Himera. . 

Hbr. 4, 146: ai &€ ereire Co HAOOv, Tor€ovart Torade. 147: Sewvdv Trovevpevos 
apxecOa tm’ dAwv ereite Eyevoato apyis. 


For other examples, see Zemporal Sentences. 


254. For the difference of the aorist and the pluperfect, compare Hpr. 
3,25: mpw Oe ths 600d TO méurtov pépos SteAnAVOEVal THY OTpaTInY, a’tika 
mavra adtovs Ta Elyov GiTioy exopeva ewENEAOI TEE, peTa SE TA GiTia Kai TA ETO- 
(iyra éemédewre katecOopeva, Lefore they HAD completed the fifth part of the 
Journey, the provestons HAD entirely fatled them, and after thetr provistons 
thetr beasts of burden FAILED them. 


255. GNOMIC AORIST.—The universal present may be repre- 
sented by the aorist. The principle is that of the generic article. 
A model individual is made to represent a class. This is called 
the gnomic aorist, because it is used in maxims, sentences, prov- 
erbs (yv@pac), which delight in concrete illustrations. The gno- 
mic aorist interchanges freely with the present, but does not 
thereby lose its peculiar effect.’ 

pupyn... peta pev dpovycews SHEA GEV, avev SE TavTys TAEiw Tors ExovTas 
€Brawe, Isoc. [1},6; Strength with Judgment does good, without tt does 
greater harm to those that possess tt. 


DEM. 2,9: Oray pev yap Um’ etvolas Ta Mpdypata ovaTH, . .. TUpTOove... 


PA. Jit iv. £1883), $29, sure: WSce note one lINVe Be8) 1s, 


IIo GREEK SYNTAX 


edéXovoty GvOpwrou* Grav 8 €k meove€ias Kat rovnpias tis Somep otros iaxvon, 
1) TpoTn Tpodacis Kat puxpov mraiopa Tavt’ dvexaitioeyv Kat SeéAvoev. Lbzd. 
POs ois. OR TR: 

Isoc. 1,6 (see above). 5, 38: éxjy b€ Kaxas adAnArovs dtabdow, oddevds 
Stadvovtos av’tot Oueotnoay. 

PLATO, Legg. 720 D: 6 d€ €NedOepos (sc. tarpds).. . SUSdoKket Tov doOevoivra 
altév, Kai ob mpiTepov Emétake mpiv dv wn Evpreion, The physician who ¢s free 
(aad not a slave) instructs the patient himself and does not gtve a prescrip- 
tion until he in some way succeeds tn convincing him. Phaedo,73 D: ot 
épagtat, drav two AVpav ... i) GAAO Te ois Ta TatdeKa abtov elwbe xpnoba, 
TacxXovel TOTO’ ~yv@ady Te THy Avpay kai ev TH Stavoia EXaBov 76 Eidos Tod 
matbvs, ob nv 7 AUpa. 

HDT. 7, 10, €): ovtw b€ Kat otpatds Todds id dAlyou Siapbeiperat Kata 
rowyde. emedy ode 6 Geds POorvnaas PdBov €uBdary 7) Bpovriy, Ov av €pOapnoay 
avakiws €wutov (a good example of general principle and particular illus- 
tration). 

Com. Men. 4, 354. 495: tUyn téxuny OpOacer, ov réxvn TUX. 

PIND. O. 4,4: evar 8 ed mpacoivtwy, €cavay adtik’ dyyeXav Trott yAv- 
keiav eodoit. O.7, 30-1: ai b€ hpevayv tapaxat mapémAay€av kat codov. fr. 
225: dmorav Beds avdpt xappa Trépyrn, Tapos péXaway Kpadiay eatupedcEev... 

SIMON. C. 65: 6 8’ ad Oavatos Kiye Kai Tov pvyopayor. 

THEOGN. 661-6: Kal €« Kakov ec OXov éyevto, | kal kakov €& dyaOov* Kai Te 
mevixpos avnp | aia pad’ errovTHOE* Kal ds para ToAA weéraTat, | eEaTrivns 
mit obv @XEeoe vuKTi py. | Kal coppav uapte, Kat &ppovr wodrdake Sd€a | 
€omeTo, Kal TYuns Kal KaKOS Ov EXayerv. 

SOM tsoon, wees. SOs BE neto: ee (bo, 

TYRY. 12, 20-2: otros dvnp ayabos yiyverat ev Todepe@: | aia be Sucpevéwy 
avépav erpepe parayyas | tpnxelas, arovd7 tT eo xe Oe Kipa payne. 

Hes. Theog. 436: wapaylyverae 75’ dvirnat, but 442-3: pydiws aypny Kudpy 
beds Stage TodAyy, | peta 6 aheirero hawoperny, €Oédovtd ye Oupo. 447: 
€& Odlywv Bputet, Kak TOAK@Y petova OnKev. (The end of the verse is more 
than a metrical shift; it is a swoop.) 

Hom. Il. 4, 442-3: 9 7 OdCyn pev mpota Kopvaocetat, aitap eretra | ovpav@ 


> , , ‘ ’ ‘ 4 Va , 
eatypr&e Kap) Kal €7: x9ovi Baivet. 


256. AORIST OF COMPARISON.—Ultimately akin to the gnomic aorist 
is the aorist of comparison which is often used in poetry, the concrete ex- 
ample being more vivid and striking. 

Sei 8 wavtas, Soep of latpot, dtav kapxivov... wow, améxavaav 7 Sdws 
amékowWay, ovtTw TovTo TO Onpiov tas eEopioa: Kré., [IEM. 25,95; «1s Physicians, 
when they sce a cancer, burn tt off or cut tt off bodily, so ought you all to 
fanddamn this monster, 


SOLON, 13, 18-25: ar’ dvepos veédas aia dierxédacev | npwos, ds... 


GNOMICG- “TENSES IIL 


a A ’ . , ‘ » -~ Ld | ‘ i. , , , > ts 
yi Kata rupopopov'| Snaaas Kaha Epya, Gedy ESos aimby ixdver | ovpavdy, alOpinv 
& abris €OnKxev ew | 2. . | rovavrn Znvos wéAerat Tits. 

Hom. Od. 4, 335-40: ws 8° émdr’ ev Evdoyw EAahos Kpatepoio A€ovTos | ve- 
Bpovs kotunoaca venyeveas yadaOnvovs | kynuods e€epénor kal dyxea troinevta | Bo- 
oxopevn, 6 5’ Erecra Env elanAvdev evyny, | auporépooe S€ roiow detkéa TOTMOY 
>a An ayes \ ’ > , , ape: 
epnkev: | ds Odvaers Keivotow aetkéa ToTpov Epnaet. 

Il. 3, 23-28: ds re A€wy Cx apn peyarw emi gopuate KUpaas, |... ds exapn 
MevéAaos ’AX€éEavSpov Oeoerdy | 6POadrpoiow dav. 


257. GNOMIC PERFECT AND FUTURE.—The so-called gnomic perfect 
and gnomic future correspond to English uses. The gnomic future is 
based on expectation, the gnomic perfect on experience. 


Perfect: 


mwohdol ... 75 Sotdor.. . cecwKacr Seaomdtas, PLATO, Legg. 776 D-E; 
Many slaves ere now have saved masters. 


ANDOC. [4], 19: éorus dé trepopa ratra, thy peyiatny pudakhy avnpnKe THs 
morews, Whoso overlooks this, has taken away the greatest safeguard of the 
state. 

PLATO, Legg. 776 D-E (see above). 

Hb?’. 2,6: doo pev yap yewreivai clot dvOparar, dpyuijot pepeTpnKkage 
THY xopny, doa S€ Havov yewretvat, oTadiowct, KTE. 

AR. Vesp. 493-5: iy pev @ynrai tes dppas, weuBpadas dé pn OeAn, | evOews 
elpnx’ 6 moray TAnGiov Tas peuBpaSas: | obTos drawvetv €ory’ GvOpwros emi Tupav- 
vidi. Pl. 567-9: oxéyrar... Tovs prtopas, ws émitay pev | Gow wevnres, Tept TOV 
Sjpov ...elat Sicatot, rAouTHGavtes 8 ard TOV Kowa Tapaxphy’ ddicor yeyévnvrat. 

EuR. fr. 1028: doris véos dv povoay apedet, | tov te mapedOovr’ dmorwXe 
xpovov | Kat roy péAdXovta Té Ovnkev. 

PIND. O. 1, 54: axépdeca NEAXOyYeEY Oapwa Kakayopous. P. 3, 54: Képber 
kat copia Séderat. 

THEOGN. 109-10: dmAnorov yap €xovot Kaxol vdov: hv 8’ év dpaprys, | tav 
mpoabev mavtwy EKKé xUTAat Pirorns. 

SOLON, 13, 27-8: alet 5’ oF € AXEANGOe Scaprepes, dotis adirpov | Ovpov €xyn, 
mavtws & és rédos €Eearn. 

TYRT. 11, 14: tpecoavtav 8’ dvdpav rac’ amoXwX’ apern. 

Hom. Il. 5, 531-2: aidopévor 8’ avdpav mr€oves aooe née meavtrac: | pev- 
yovtwv 8’ ott’ dp Kréos dpyuTae obre tis aAkn. 15,139-40: 75) yap Tis TOU ye 


‘ - ’ , * , 2) OA: ed , 
Binv cal xeipas duetvwv |) wépar fh Kat erecta wepyoerat. 


258. Suture: 


ove aAXov ovdevds Eppvyxov keharys yevoetat Alyumrivv ovdeis, LIDT. 2, 39; 
No Egyptian (none of the E.) tastes (will taste) of the head of this or any 
other animal, 


112 GREEK SYN TAG 


HDT. 1, 173: eipopeévov d€ érépov tov mAnciov tis ein, Katadé&et Ewvrov 
pntpodev. 2,5: KaTeis KataTeipntnpinv mNAdv Te dvolaets Kal ev EvOeKa UpyvLnTt 
€oeact (Traveller's Future). 2, 39 (see above). 41: trav eivexa otre avnp 
Alyinrios otre yuvn avdpa"EAnva prjcece dy TO Tropatt, ode payaipyn avdpds 
"EAAnvos ypycetat... ovd€ kpéws KaBapod Bods Scatetunpévou ‘EAAnvikn payaipn 
yevoerae (fut. parallel with opt. and dé). 


SOLON, 13, 55-6: ra 5€ popoma ravrws | ove Tis oiwvds praertat ovO’ tepd. 


259. EMPIRICAL AORIST.—But when the aorist has a tempo- 
ral adverb or a negative or a numeral with it, it is best referred 
to the same class with the English perfect of experience (empiri- 
cal aorist). 


moans ... Seomdtar dpyilopevor peiLw kaka Ewalov 7H éEroinaayv, XEN. 
Hell. 5, 3.7: Often have masters suffered from anger greater evils than they 
have inflicted. 


LYCURG. 79: tols pev yap avOpwrous rodXol 5n eLaratnoavtes Kai Siada- 
Odvres ov povoy Tav TapdvTa@y Kwdvvev ameAVONTAaY GAXa TE. 

PLATO, Phaedr. 234 B: rods peév €povras of Pitot vovOerotow ... tois bé 
pf) €paow ovdels TaTOTE TOY Oikelwy Ewen aTo. 

XEN. Hell. 5, 3,7 (see above). Oec. 5,18: kat mpoBara 8 eviore kadAd\ora 
teOpappéva vooos eAOovca Kaxicta dm@Aeoev. Cf. [R.A] 2, 20: doris dé pr 
dy tou Sypov etdeTo €v Onuokpatoupevn modet oikew paddAov 7) ev dAvyapxoupevn, 
aOikeiy TAPETKEVATATO kal EyV@ OTL KTE. 

Hbr?. 2,68: yAdooay b€ potvoy Onpiay oik epvae. 3,53: modAot dé dn 
Ta pyntpata SuCjpevor Ta TaTpaLa ame BaXov. 

Com. Men. 4, 346, 205: 7) yA@ooa TodXods eis ONEOpov Hyayerv. 

Eur. fr. 360, 28-g: ra pnrépwv Oe€ Oukpv’ orav méumrn téxva, | wodAov’s €On- 
uv eis payny Oppopévors. 

PIND. O. 1, 31-3: xapes 8, Grep amavra revyxet Ta peiya Ovarois, |... Kat 
dimtov €pnoato Tuaotoy | eupevat TO TodddKs. N. 11, 39-41: €v oyep@ 5 ott’ 
Ov peXawa kaptov €Owkav apovpat, | Sévdped 7’ ovk €OedEL TUTaLs ETéEwY TEpOdoLS 
| dvOos evades pepe. 

THEOGN. 137-8: mwoddake yap Soxéwy Onoew Kakdv, eoOdOv €Onkev: | Kal TE 
doxav Orjoew ea Odov, €Onke Kakdv. 605: TOAAW Tot wA€ovas Aipod Kopos OLE GEV 
Hn. 639-640: moddAaKe tup Svgav te Kat eAmida yiverat ed pew | Epy’ avdpar, 
Bovadais 6" ovk em@éyevTo Tédos. 

Hes. O. et D. 240-247: wodAake... danipa,...éemnyaye... dropbwi- 
Oovot.. . Tikrovowy, pwvOovol... dm@AE TEV... amoatvuTat, 

Hom. Il. 2, 117-8: és 6) mwodAAdwy rodiwy KaTéAVOE KEepnva | 75’ ere Kal 
Avoe. (This example is very instructive as to the conception of the em- 
pirical aorist.) 


AORIST IN QUESTIONS 113 


260. AORIST IN GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS.— From this gnomic use of 
the aorist arises its use in general descriptions, in which the aorist is de- 
signedly employed to express concentrated action. 


ai pév yap abdvaro. Kadovpevat (Sc. Wuyai), Hvix’ Gv mpds axpw yévwvTat,... 
éstyoav, PLATO, Phaedr. 247 B-C; The souls called immortal, when they 
get in front of the top, stop (short). 


DEM. [35], 1-2: otroe yap Sewodraroe pév eioe SaveioacOa ypnpat’ ev ta 
€urropio, emedav S€ AdBwor..., EbOIs EmENGOOVTO... GAA’ avTt Tov arodotvat 
oopiocpata evpicxovet ... Kai elat movnporatot avOporer. 

PLATO, Phaedr. 245-56. Often in this celebrated description, e. g. 247 
B-C (see above). 

HDT. 2,47: jv tes Waton aitav (sc. Alyumtiwv) tmapioy vés, avroiae rotate 
ipatioot an’ dv Bae éwutov Bas exit tov motapiv. 87: €meay tols KAvoTHpas 
mAngwrtTat Tov amd Kédpov adrelpatos yiwopévov, ev ay ETANGaV! TOU vEKpoU THY 
Kowinv. 3,82: és €xOea peyada adAnAroce amexvéovta, €€ Gv stages eyyivortat, 
ex O€ Tav ataciwy dovos: ex S€ Tov d@ivov awéBn €s povvapyuyy. 

Com. Apollodor. 4,455: eis otkiay érav tes eloiy idov, | €ariw Bewpeiy, 
Nixopav, tiv tod idov | evvoray evOls elowvta tas Bipas. | 6 Avpwpdos iAapds 
Tpatov eotw, 7) Kvov | €onve Kai TpogHAO, t’ravtncas S€ tis | Sippov etOéws 
€Onke, kav pndeis Aéyn | pydev. 

PIND. O. 2, 63-4: Oavévrwy pev evOad’ artix’ amadapvor dpéves | owas 
é€rioay. 


SOLON, 13, 53: ciAXov pavtw €OnKkev dvak& Exdepyos 'ATOANov. 


261. AORIST IN PASSIONATE QUESTIONS.—In passionate and impa- 
tient questions the aorist is used of things to be despatched at once, 

ti ovx aité yé po. rovTo ameKkpivw; PLATO, Gorg. 509 E; Ii Ay don't you 
answer me thts very potnt? 

PLATO, Charm. 155 A: adda ti otk erédSecéas pot tov veaviay Kkadéoas 
devpo; Gory. 509 E (see above). So elsewhere. 

XEN. Cyr. 2, 1,4: ti ody... od cat thy Svvapw €AceEas por; Hiero, 1, 3: 
Ti ov... ovxyi kai ov... UTEepynods pe; 

Hpr.9, 48: ri dn ov... Cuayerdpeda; 

AR. Vesp. 213: Ti otk admekotpnOnpev doov dooy atidny; Why don't we 
snatch a little nap, a wee wee nap? 


262. AORIST WHERE ENGLISH USES PRESENT. —In questions, the 
English language may also use the past tense, not so readily in such ex- 
pressions as éwqveoa, 7hank you (literally 7 pracsed); tpeppapnv, J blame > 
Hon, J am delighted (Dramatic Aorist). 


1 Notice the tmesis which heightens the effect and helps to prove the purpose- 
fulness of the aorist. 


8 


114 CREEAS SY NA AX 


HoOnv amedais, éyéXAaca Wodokoptiats, AR. Eq. 696; / eke your threats, 
LT laugh at your fire-eating brags. 


AR. Eq. 696 (see above). 

Eur. Cycl. 266: dwopoo’, & Kkad\Xorov & KukXomov. H. F. 1235: é€an- 
veo’: ev Spacas b€ ao otk avaivopa. Or. 1672: Kat Néxtp’ emnved, Hvik dy 
5:6 matnp. fr. 282,13: €vepwapny de kai tov “EXAnvev vopor. 

Hom. Il. 2, 323: timt’ dvem €yéverOe; 14,95: viv S€ cev wvocdpny 


mayxu Ppevas, olov €etTes. 


263. AORIST OF THE FUTURE.—The aorist may be used as a vision of 
the future. 


aradrspnv dp et pe 7 Aeiers, yovar, EUR. Alc. 386; 7 am undone, tf thou 
shalt leave me, wife. 


Eur. Alc. 386 (see above). Med.78: drmwXspeoO ap’, ei Kakdy mpoaoi- 
copev | véov mada. 

Hom. Il. 9, 412-5: ef pév x’ ade pévov Tpowr rorw audidyopa, | der 
peév jot voaTos, arap Kréos apOirov €arar: | et S€ Kev oikad’ ikwpat euny és matpida 


yaiav, | @AETO pot KA€os Ea OAOv. 


264. IMPERFECT, AORIST, AND PLUPERFECT SIDE BY SIDE. 
—How keenly the differences of the imperfect, aorist, and plu- 
perfect might be felt, is best shown in those passages in which 
all three are used side by side. 


éyo péev GrreSypouv...éreteNeuTyKer 8 6 warnp madat, Ste ovTos Cy ype, 
Deo. [46], 21; 7 was abroad and my father had long been dead when this 
man got marrica, 


Drm. [46], 21 (see above). [56]. 9: émeid) 6 ScxeAtkds Katamdous eyéveTto 
kat ai Tyszai Tov oitov én’ €datrov €BadiCov Kat 1) vais ) To’TwY avyKTO eis 
Alyurtov, ev0éws ottos amoarédXet KTE. 

Lys. 12, 53: é€mecdn de ets tov Tetpaca HA Oopev Kai ai rapaxal yeyevnpévat 
Hoav Kat wept Tov dtadAayav of AOyou Eyl yvovTo, ToAdS ExuTEpot EATIOUS ELXO- 
pev kre. 13,5: StePOdpnoar ... eyeyévynto .. . €ytyvovro. 

HpT. 1, 80: as dopparyto Taxyiota Tov Kapnrwv of inno Kal Eidov atras, 
oriaw avéatpe hor, dé Oapro (lay shattered) te TH Kpoiow 1 eXmis. 4,125: 
tapaxOevtwy ... Tapagoopévwny .. . TeTapaypévous. 6, 108: eSeda@xeoav .. . So- 
gay... €didocav, They had given, they gave, they were for giving, offered. 
7,193: of d€ BapBapo, ws emavioarteé Te 6 dvepos Kal TO Kipa EGTPOTO,. 
é€mA€ov Tapa THY TELPOV, The barbarians, as the wind ceased and the waves 
had become calm, went sailing along the macnland. 

Hom. II. 7, 464-5: as of peév towatra mpos addAndous dyopevoy. | diaeto 


nedwos, TEeTEAC TTO be Epyov 'Axatav. 


MODAL FUTURE 115 


Future Tense 


265. The future denotes cither continuance or attainment in 
the future, and is either sha// or w//. 


fw, J wl! or shall have, I will or shall get. apto, [ will or shall be 
ruler, [well or shall become ruler, 

Lycure. 81 (lusiur. ap.): ot} mounoopat mept mrelovos TO Cyv THs €evbe- 
plas, [will not value life more highly than freedom. 

Lys. 1, 36: ovdeis adrav aperat, Vo one well touch them. 

PLATO, Apol. 29 E: otk etOds dgpynow aitoy ob5S’ dmetpe (well). 

THUC. I, 22.4: dpxotutws €&e1, Lt well (shall) suffice. 

Ar. Ach. 203: eyo b€ PevEopat (well) ye rovs ‘Ayapveas. 

Eur. Bacch. 63: cuppetacynow (well) xopav. fr. 176: ris yap metpaioy 
oxoredov oitatwy Sopi | ddvvacor S@oee (well succeed in, etC.); 

PIND. O. 1, 37: oé 8 avtia mporépav PdéyEopar (we//). 

Hom. Od. 1, 88: atrap éyav axnyd’ €ceXevoopat. 


Il. 1,29: thv & eyo ov AVow. 
Qs 7) ¥, 


266. Owing to this indefiniteness of the future in regard to continu- 
ance and attainment, the Greek language has a tendency to use other 
forms of greater temporal exactness, such as the optative with dy and dy 
with the subjunctive. The Greek is very rich in expressions for the 
future. 


267. MODAL NATURE OF THE FUTURE.—The future was originally 
a mood, and this original modal force is regularly retained in dependent 
clauses, with the exception of the identifying relative, where it serves to 
describe a definite person or thing. In the principal clauses, this modal 
force is more or less effaced, just as the force of the English auxiliaries 
will and shall is more or less effaced according to the person employed. 
At the same time, it must be remembered that whenever we translate 
the Greek future by s#a// or w7//, we make an analysis for which the Greek 
language is not responsible. The periphrasis that comes nearest to the 
modal future is péAAw with the infinitive. 

As the modal use of the future in dependent clauses is not treated in 
the following sections, a few illustrative examples are here given. 

maides 5€ por ovtrw elaiv of pe Oepawevoovar, LYS. 24,6; lad J have as 
yet no children who shall nurse ne (= to nurse mie), oe (sc. T peel) TOLAVTA 
A€yerv && dv 6 Bios pydev EmrBdoer, [soC. 4, 189. Sejoer Sé kal tov GAdwv Bookn- 
patrwy wapmodAwy, et tig auTa ESerar (/s fy cat (hem), PLATO, Rpb. 373 C. 
Kal pny dvdpetov ye (sc. det exuTepov elvar), elmep eb payetrar (7s fo be a ood 
fighter), Ibid. 375 A. (Here elwep ... paxeitas is parallel with éav 8... 
StapaxeoGar just preceding.) 


116 CREEK SYNTAX 


On the Gnomic Future, see 257-8. 


For examples of the Future in the Apodosis of an Ideal Condition, 
see [deal Conditional Sentences. 


268. FUTURE IN DELIBERATIVE QUESTIONS.—The future 
indicative, like the subjunctive, may be used in questions which 
expect an imperative answer. 

etrrwpev 7 oryopev; ti Spdcopev; EUR. lon, 758; Shall we speak out or 
hold our peace? What shall we do? 

DEM. 4, 44: wot 6) mpocopptovpe O(a); 8, 37: Ti €podpev f ti pyao- 
fev, @ dvdpes ‘AOnvaio; eyo pev yap ovy 6pea. 

PLATO, Protag. 331 A: ti od», & IIpwrayopa, amokptvovpeba atte; 
Lbid. B: ti atte amoxptvovpe ba; 

AR. Ach, 312: eir’ éyw cov peicopar; 

Eur. Ion, 758 (see above). 

PIND. O. 2, 2: riva Gedy, tiv’ fpwa, riva 8’ GvSpa keXadnoopev; (See B. 
L. G. ad loc.) 

Hom. I]. 1,123: mas yap roo Sooovee yépas peyabvpor ’Axacoi ; 


269. IMPERATIVE USE OF THE FUTURE.—The future is sometimes 
used where an imperative might be expected. It is not a milder or gentler 
imperative.' A prediction may imply resistless power or cold indifference, 
compulsion or concession. 


aités ywwooet, PLATO, Gorg. 505 C; That 7s a matter for you to deter- 
mine. 6... Gyyedos ... eMOav éxeioe GSE A€EEt, NEN. Cyr. 3, 2,29; The mes- 
senger will go thither and hold the following discourse. 


ISAE. 2, 37: avayvaoeta. (The speaker before court uses of the clerk 
avayvaht, dvaylyvooke, avayvecerat, rarely dvayv@Tw.”?) 4, 30: Tovrov ... adXos, 
édy Tis BovAnta, Tipwpnoetat, /izm another shall punish tf he will. 

PLATO, Gorg. 505 C: attos yvmoet (Schol.: avtt tov ef te O€dews, mole + 
epot yap ov pede). Phileb. 12 A: ob 6€, Up@rapye, atros yvaoet. Rpb. 432 
C: wai euot ppagecs (so the best MS), And you well report to me. Theaet. 
143 B: 6 mais dvayvocerae (of a servant), but Phaedr. 262 D: dvayvwGe 
(to a friend). 

XEN. An. 1, 3, 5: Kal ovrrore épet ovdeis, And no one shall ever say. Cyr. 
3, 2,29 (see above). 3,3, 3: tyets eve od motnoete proOod Tepudvta evepye- 


1 So Aken: ‘' Die ruhige Behauptung kann weit starker sein.” See Hopkins, 
A. J. P. xiii (1892), 37. The N. T. ot dé det, *' See thou to that,” seems to be an 
idiomatic colloquial expression rather than a Hebraism, The Latin use of the future 
as a familiar imperative, A. J. P. xviii (1897), 121, in the same class of words, lends 
strength to the imperative conception, which is denied by some scholars. 

°C) WE. Miller, Ay JP. xiii (1892)3;408. 


FUTURE AS IMPERATIVE 4 


Teiv, GAAG OV, © yvvat, Exovea TavTa Ta xpnuata a Hépers amb, xré., You are not 
to make of mea patd travelling philanthropist, etc. 

Ar. Nub. 1352: mavtws d€ tutto Spaces. 

Eur. Med. 1320: Aévy’ ef re BovAet, yetpi 8 ot Watoets more. 

ION, Eleg. 23 10. (Bgk.*): THLV@LEV, TaiCw@per ° iro... opxeia bw FRor apxe 
... Keivos...mierat (Meineke mero). 

SOPH. Ph. 843: rade pev Beds Gera. 

Hom. Od. 1, 123-4: atvrap €recra | deimvov macodpevos pvOnoeat, orTed oe 
xp? 

This “jussive” use of the future is denied for Homer by Paech.' In 
many of the passages once cited, the so-called future has been shown to 
be an aorist imperative and others have been explained away. 


270. py AND THE FUTURE INDICATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS.—The use 
of the future as an imperative with py is rare and hardly sure. In Attic 
prose it rests on just two passages, both suspicious, both open to emenda- 
tion, Lys. 29, 13 and DEM. 23, 117, on which see A. J. P. xv (1894), 117f. In 
XEN. Hell. 2, 1, 22: mpoeimey os pndeis Kevnooro, os =Orws, and the oratio 
recta was érws pndeis kunoera. In AR. Pl. 488, padaxoy 7 evowoere pndev 
belongs to the relative complex & vuxnoere tnvdi. In SOPH. Ai. 572-3, dros 
precedes. In Hom. Il. 10, 238, érdooeat is subjunctive, and in II. 13, 47, 
gawoete is imperative. The jussive future has ov. 


On od py with the Future, see .Vegazzves. 


271. ob WITH FUTURE INDICATIVE IN QUESTIONS AS IM- 
PERATIVE.—In questions, the future indicative with ov is often 
used as an imperative. 


ovK GmoKTEvEtT(e)... Tov pLapdov ToUTOv GvOpwrov; DIN. 1,18; Hi¢// you 
not kill thes foul creature ? 


DIN. 1, 18 (see above). 

DEM. 4, 44: ov« euB8noopeO(a); 21, 116: “ovK amoKTeEveEtte; ovK emt THY 
oixiay Badstetabe; ovyti gvAANHWETOE;” 

PLATO, Conv. 212 D: maides,... od oxéWwerOe; Boys, will you not see 

?) ay 

who tt ts ? 

AR. Lys. 459-60: ovy €AEer’, od mainoet’, ovK apnkere ; | ov AoWopHoet’, ovK 
ava.o xuvTHoeTE ; 

Eur. Ion, 162-3: otk dda | pouwikopan mdda Kivyoecs ; 

AESCHYL. P. V. 52: otkouv éemet&n rade Seopa mepysarew ; 

) ihaullr B feth 


On ov py with the Future Indicative in questions, see Vegatrves. 


' Joh. Paech, Ueber den Gebrauch des Indicativus Futuri als Modus iussivus bei 
Homer, Breslau, 1865. 


118 GREEK SYNTAX 


272. PERIPHRASTIC FUTURE WITH péAdo.—In very common 
use is the periphrastic future with wédro, J am thinking (com- 
pare the use of penser in Fr.), J expect, Lam about, I am (destined) 
to. Asa verb of thinking, wéAAw takes the typical future, but 





also the present, seldom the aorist and then to make a special 
point. Whatever difference there may have originally been be- 
tween the present and the future, has been abraded. Some- 
times there seems to be a conscious interval with the future, but 
the distinction vanishes and authors vary. 

The imperfect of the wéAXAw-periphrastic may be called the 
future of the past, and it plays an important part in a large class 
of sentences. 


273. wéeAAw with the Future Infinitive: 
péeAXETE THY WAdov otoetv, ANDOC. 1,2; Vou are about to cast your vote. 


ISAE. 7, 30: muvtes yap ot TeXevTHoOELY péAXOYTES TpovOLaY TOLOLYTAL 
opav avtar. 

LYS. 3, 32 (215). 34 (215). 13, 37 (215). 19, 38: & py yévorro, ef py ze 
peAXet peya ayabdy €cea Oat tH TOE. 

ANDOC. 1, 2 (see above). J/dzd. 21: émov [av] €wedXev aitos twOnoe- 
o Oat eué Te ovK aTroXe tp. 

ANTIPHON, 6, 36: padios €uedAXov aroghevéea Oar kai Sikny ob Socetv. 

PLaTo, Apol. 21 B: péAdo... tpas dtddEerv. Crat. 418 B (215). 
Phaedr. 228 C (215). 

HENS ACYE.. 3, Ty, FASES). 

THUG. 1,130, 1 (215). 3, 11535. (20s): 

Hpt?. 2, 43 (215). 7,8, 8): péAAw CevEas tov “ENAjorovTov €Xay oTpatoy 

. emt Thy ‘EAAadOa. 

AR. Thesm. 181: péAXovgil p’ ai yuvaixes dmoXetv tipepoy. Eccl. 597 
(215). 

SopH. El. 379-80: péAXovae yap a’, ef ra@vde py Aj§ets yowr, | evravGa 
néupew €vOa xré. O.R. 967 (215). 

Hrs. Theog. 468-9: euedde . . . réEeo Oar (215). 

Hom. Od. 6, 135-6: "Odvaets Kotpnow ... €medrev | pigerOae yupvos 
mep €ewy. 7, 270 (215). 

Il. 6, 52-3 (215). 515-6: €veAXNev | arpépecO’ ek yapns. 


274. perdu with the Present Infinitive: 


ovtos, Ti Spdwets; TH WTiAw péAXAErs epetv; AR. Ach. 587; Fo! fellow) 
What are you going to do? Are you going to give yourself a vomit with 
the feather 2, (Here the future and the periphrasis are parallel.) 


MEAAQ 119 


Lys. 13, 88: péArew A€yeww. 19, 23: péANovra mreiv, On the point of sail- 
ing. 24,15: péAXwy aAnOn A€ yer. 

ANTIPHON, 1,15: ddcxetoOae Epedrev. bed. 16: eis Nakov mreiv Eperd- 
Aev. 

PLATO, Phaedo, 59 A: atrixa...€peAXe TeXevTav. Phaedr. 242 B: 
€peAXov. .. Tov wotapov StaBaivecy. 

XEN. An. I, 8, I (215). 

Ar. Ach. 493: dace pédXets els NEyeryv ravartia (the future is not 
favored by the iambic metre). Eq. 267 (215). 

EuR. fr. 459: xépdn rovadra ypy twa xracOa Bpotar, | ép’ otor péAXrEt py- 
moO vorepov orévety. 


SopH. Tr. 756-7: pédAdXovte 8 aita . . . revxerv opayas | kppvé... 
ixer(o). 

PIND. O. 8, 63-4: dvdpa... péAXovTa Tobeworaray Sd~av Hépery (in 
prose rov .. . olvovta). 


Hom. Od. 9, 475-6 (215). 
Il. 10, 454-5: 6 pev pw €weArAe... Alooe Oat. 


275- péeAAw with the Present and the Future Infinitive: 


DEM. 21, 55: €orehavapeda, dpoiws 6 te péEAN@Y VEKGY Kal 6 TavTwY VoTa- 
Tos yevnoeo Oar. 

PLATO, Conv. 198 B: was... 0d péAXw aropeiv...péArdwv EEE; 
Politic. 295 C: larpov péAXovta.. . dmodnpeiv (on the pornt of going 
abroad) kai dmécea Oat tov Oepamevopévav cuxvov ... xpdvov (and expecting 
lo be absent from his patients a long time). 


276. pérAdXw with the Aorist Infinitive: 


TOUTO Toivuy ... Hpiv Twointéov, el py) peAAopev emi TO TéAEL KaTALTXUVAL 
tov Adyov, PLATO, Politic. 268 D; 7hzs 2s what we must do, if we are not to 
bring dishonor on our discussion at the (very) last. 


ANTIPHON, I, 14: é€mt mopveiov €ueAXe Karagrnaat (ONCe Out of 20 
times). , 

PLATO, Politic. 268 D (see above). /é¢d. 291 C: ef pédAopev ideiv 
évapyas TO (ntovpevor. 

Eur. Ion, 760: eipjoerai rou kel Oaveiv péAdXw Semdry (282). Or. 292-3: 
ei prt’ exeivos dvadaBeiv €pedXre pas, | eyo 0 6 rAnpwv Todd eumAnoeELY 
kaka (aorist and future side by side). 

AESCHYL. P. V. 625: omep péeAAw wabeiv. 

PIND. O. 7, 61: péAdXev O€pev (215). 8, 32: péAAortes ... revEar. P. 9, 
52-3: péAAews .. . evetxat. 

HEs. Theog. 478: jpedre rexéoOa, but zbrd. 468-9: Euedre . . . réEer Oat. 

Hom. Il. 23, 773: €peddov emai~ucda. (So La Roche with the better 
MSS. Cauer reads émaiéer Oat.) 


120 GRETCK SVINTAX 


277. péddo, 1 POSTPONE.— perro, J postpone, takes regularly 
the present infinitive (resistance to pressure), rarely the aorist 
infinitive. 

Present Infinitive: 

éru péAAopev apuvecOat, THUC. 6, 10,5; We are still delaying to 
punish. 

THUC. 1, 86, 2: rovs Evpuayous ... od mepioyropeOa adixoupévous ovdé per- 
Angopey Timwpety. 1, 124, I (278). 6, 10, 5 (See above), 

Eur. Phoen. 299 (see 278). 

SOPH. O. C. 1627-8: ri péddoper | yopetv, Why delay we to go? 

278. Aorist Infinitive: 

py péAdere Tloredararars te moreto Oar tTipwpiav ... Kal Tov GAov pe- 
TeAOetv THv eXevOepiav (present and aorist), THUC. I, 124, I. 

THUC. I, 124, I (see above). 

Eur. Phoen. 299-300: ri péAXets trw@popa péAabpa wepar, | Oryetv 
@Aéevars Téxvov (present and aorist); [Rhes.] 673-4: ri wéAXere | oxnTTod 
"TLOVTOS TOAELI@y o@oat Biov; (So the MSS, but Nauck follows Elmsley in 
reading oo ety.) 


Future Perfect Tense 


279. The future perfect is the perfect transferred to the 
future. 


280. FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE.—The future perfect active 
is found chiefly in the periphrastic form, where it has the full 
perfect force. The simple form is found only in a few verbs in 
which the perfect is used as a present: teOvygo, 7 shall be dead; 
éotytw, J shall stand. 

Gv tavT eiSapev, kat Ta Sdov7T Exod ped’ EyvaKdres Kal Adywv pataiwy amna- 
Aaypevor, DEM. 4, 50. Tas otv EVopKa GVTOPwWPOKaS EoTat hacky ev eidevar; 
ANTIPHON, 1,8. Gp ovv Tov del xpovov pepabykvia ora 7 Wux7y advtov; PLATO, 
Meno, 86 A (future ascertainment). Tte@vyges, AR. Vesp. 654; Vou wll be a 
dead man, tatHkw wap’ aitov, /d7d. Lys. 634; / well stand by his side. 


281. FUTURE PERFECT MIDDLE USED PASSIVELY. — Of 
more frequent use is the future perfect middle, which is chiefly 
used passively. The dramatists incline to the tense on account 
of its impatience of anything except entire fulfilment. Neither 
suddenness nor certainty lics in the form. 


BORCRE ALE REEL CL: 127 


paotiywoetat, orpeBrwoetat, Se8rycverar, PLATO, Rpb. 361 E; fe shall be 
scourged, tortured, kept in prison (SeOnoera, shall be put tn prison). 

DEM. I4, 2: mas 6 mapor osos AeAUaerat, All the present fear well be 
finally dispelled. 19, 74% Tatta wWemp ager Oat (sc. pn) dvoiw f TpL@y Npmepav. 

ANTIPHON, 5, 75: Ouws S’ obv ckexivduvevoerat. 

PLATO, Rpb. 361 E (see above). Theaet. 180 A: xév rovrou tyris Nd-yov 
AaBeiv, Ti eipnxev, erépw TETANEEL KaWaS pETWVOPAT EVO. 

THUC. 3, 39, 8: naw de... dmoxextvOuvevoerat ta Te ypnpuata Kai ai 
Wuxai. 

HDT. 6, 9: otd€ oft ovre ta ipa otre ra ia Eu mempynoerat, 

AR. Eq. 1370-1: odes Kata orovdas peteyypapnoerat, | aAN Sorep hv 7d 
mpa@rov eyyeypawperac (will stay enrolled), Pax, 246: ws émiterpiper@” 
avtixa. 

Eur. Bacch. 1313: viv & ex Soper drios €kBeSrAnoopat. Hippol. 894: 
dvoiv dé poipaw OBarépa memANEeTar. Or. 271-2: BeBAnoerai tis Oeav Bpo- 
moaia xept, | ef py Eapetwer xwpis dupatwr evar. 

Sopu. Ai. 577: ra & GAXa revyn koly’ euol reOawerat. /b%d. 1140-1: ME. 
é&v co ppacw: tovd’ €atw ovxt Oarréov. | TEY. aAX’ avtaxovon tovtov ws Te Od- 
erat." 

ANACR. 77: e0ré pot Nevkal pedaivas dvapepigovrac tpixes. 

Hom. Il. 1, 139: 6 8€ Kev kexoXw@oerat, dy Kev ikwpat, and similarly 5, 
421; 762; and 23, 543. 21, 585: 47 ére moAAa TerevEerat adye em aity. 


282. FUTURE PERFECT IN AN IMPERATIVE SENSE.—The future per- 
fect, like the future, may be used in a quasi-imperative sense. 

7a 8 adda Tevxy Koiv’ enol re@dWerTat, SOPH. Ai. 577; Jy other arms 
shall tn a common tomb with me lee buried (281). 

DIN. 1, 10: elpnoetat yap a ytyvooka, J must say what T think. 

Dem. [44], 4: elpnoerac yap, Lt shall be satd (the truth must out). 

Isoc. 7, 76: eipnoerae yap tadnOés, and similarly 12, 225; 15,177 and 
tbe. 243. 

ANDOC. 1, 72: adda yap TarnOn elpnoetat. 

PLAtrO, Rpb. 457 Bi «adAcora yap 51 totro Kat N€éyerat kat NeAE EET ae Gre 
TO pev wpeAmov Kadov, TO b€ BAaBSepov aioypor. 

Eur. 1. T. 1464: of cat reOayyn xatOavoioa. lon, 760: elpynoerat roe 
kel Oaveivy péAAw Ou@Ay. 

Sopu. Ai. 577 (see above). 1140-1 (see 281). 


283. FUTURE PERFECT USED AS A FUTURE. — Of course, 
when the perfect is predominantly present, the future perfect ts 
a simple future and the middle may have an active meaning. 


OV Metri causa cannot be invoked in any of the above examples from tragedy. 
See A, J. P. xvil (18g6), 518. 


12:2 GREEK GSYNTADG 


oe 8 GAAy Tis yur) KextTHoeTaL, EuR. Alc. 181; Aut thee some other 
woman will possess. €etH&w wap’ avtov, AR. Lys. 634; / well stand by his 
side (280). 

Eur. Alc. 181 (see above). 

AR. Lys. 634 (see above). 

Hom. Il. 5, 238: rovde 8 eywr emovra SedéEopuar o&€« Sovpi. 22, 390: 
aitap €y® Kat KeiOu pidov pepyynoop’ €raipov. 


284. PERIPHRASTIC FUTURE PERFECT MIDDLE.— The periphrastic 
future perfect may be middle. 

év @ peAder éxeivos “OdvvOov Katactpeder Oar, oV KaTEeoTpapLpevos Ever 
OryBas, XEN. Hell. 5, 2,27; While he ts thinking about overthrowing Olyn- 
thus, you will have overthrown Thebes. 

ANDOC, I, 72: meioas O€ (SC. tpas), trep tov €yOpav admodeoynpéevos 
éoopa t. 

XEN. Hell. 5, 2, 27 (see above). 


Periphrastic Tenses 


285. The Greek language has ample facilities for a large 
number of periphrastic tenses. With its many participles and 
its various auxiliaries, the possible combinations are almost in- 
exhaustible, while the existing combinations show at once the 
resources and the moderation of the language. Few languages 
capable Of Epedre ob 7d Sevtepov Siadvyav éoeoOar (TI DT. 7,194), and of 
Hpedde... EoeoPar SeBwxws (Ps.-DEM. 52, 24), would have shown such 
self-restraint. 


286. PERIPHRASES WITH THE PERFECT PARTICIPLE.— 
Most common are the periphrases with the perfect participle, 
which has more of an adjectival character than the others. 
Theoretically these periphrases ought to emphasize the main- 
tenance of the result.". But it must be remembered that many 
middle and passive verbs regularly use the periphrasis in the 
third person plural, and that the periphrastic form is almost the 


2350 that 


only form employed in the subjunctive and optative, 
a certain indifference is bred thereby. é@@appévor eiot is the 
regular form, and not ép@apata, which is old-fashioned (THUC. 


1 W. J. Alexander, A. J. P. iv (1883), 307-8. 
* M. Beyer, de perfecti apud Herodvotum usu syntactico, Vratislaviae, 1868, 


PERIPIZRAS TLC UPERE ECs 123 


3, 13, 3). éxmehevyws einy is the rule, not éxmepevyoiny (SOPH. 
O. R. 840). A€Aowre becomes in oratio obliqua eXotTAs Ein 


f 


(XEN. An. 1, 2,21). Still, much depends on the position of the 
copula, much on the context and on the character of the verbs. 


DEM. 19, 336: tiv GAXws evtatO” erapet tiv hwviy Kat Tepwvagknkos 
€orat, [48], 16: edn etvat Tap €auT@ oaov ta) ny dvnX\wpevor. 

ISOC. 12, 233: evéls ... mpoetpnkas... Hv arto ep a cuveAnrvOdrtes 
Hoav, avéyywato S' 6 oyos, ETHYnpEevos 8 iy Kré. (236). 

PLATO, Conv. 191 Ei paddov mpds tas yuvaikas tetpappévat eta. 
Euthyd. 280 C: réxtov ef mapeokevagpévos ein... Evda ikava, Textatvoito 
b€ py, €o 8" 6 te aeAoir’ dv awd THs Krioews; Legg. 814 B: otTws aisypas ras 


yuvaixas elvat TeOpappeévas. Rpb. 601 D: mpos ty dv exaotov ) me moinpe- 





vov i) wepuKos. Soph. 218 A: mace cexaptopévos (=adj. gratus) oe. 
(Compare Gorg. 502 B: éav re adrois 50... 7) Kat KEXapLa pe vor.) 

XEN. Hell. 1, 1, 11: mv@opevos dé dre ai trav WeAoTovynoiwy vies €€ 'A3vSov 
dvnypevat elev eis Kugicov .. . yAOev els Snorer. ; 

AR. Pl. 867-8: wodd padXdov eviovs €otiv €€oAwAeK@sS. | KAP. kat tiva b€- 
Space Oita tovr(o); But Av. 655: €ceaOov emrepwpeva, entepwpévw is al- 
most an adjective and Ran. 433: &vw yap €opev aptiws apiypéva, eoperv 
belongs to &vw. 

SopH. Ai. 740: 118 €ort ypetas rio treomavigpévoy (=edXrEs); 

Hom. Od. 2, 187: ro dé cat rereXeopévoy €orat, and so 17, 229; 18, 
$25-109;-497 sill. 1; 2023 2.25738; aor; 23,.672., But Od. 5, 89-00°. -rehecat 
b€ pe Oupos cvwyev, | ef Stivapar teACoae ye Kal ef TeTENET pEVOY Cot, Where 
rereNeopévov = TeAcaTOv = Suvatov yevéoOat (Paraphrast), and so Il. 14, 195-6; 
18, 426-7. Od. 8, 454: 16 dé kev reTeNEopéevon Hev. 

Il. 3, 309: mempwpévoy €otiv. 5,873: aled roe piyota Oeot TeTAHOTES 
elpeér. 

287. The force of the copula eiui, however, revives under slight: press- 
ure. So under emphatic position or correlation. 


Hoav & te Aivov BeBonOynkxstes, THUC. 4, 28, 4; They had actually 
come to their help from Aenos, qv... ovdev wetrov0ds, NEN. An. 6, 1, 6. 


288. PERFECT PARTICIPLE WITH ety év.—E specially worthy 
of note is the periphrasis of the perfect participle with the opta- 
tive env and av. This periphrasis gives the opinion of the speak- 
er as to the future ascertainment of a completed action, which 
action may lie cither in the past or in the future of the speaker. 

ovK Gtotov ... Gv weTotnKOTES UEis ENTE, El ... TOUTOY adeinrie); LIM. 


19,71; Would you not prove to have done an absurd thing, tf you were to 


124 CROETLTE SY NACA Xa 


acquit this fellow (future)? Ttéxvat Scarrep orSypov Sdovtar... Hpavigpevar 
av etev, PLATO, Legg. 678 E; Ad the arts that require the use of tron must 
have disappeared (past). 

DEM. 19, 71 (see above). 30, 10: ov dy Sia TodTS y’ elev ovk evOls SeSa- 
KkOTES. 39,15: ef tis Sixnv e€ovAns aire Aayav pndev euot Pain mpos avrov eivat, 
kuptay d€ romodpevos eyypayat, Ti paddov av etn TovToy 7 Ew eyyeypahas ; 

ISOC. 12, 130: ovk €xw Tivas enaivous eimwy agus av einv eipnkas THs 
exeivov Svavoias. 

LYS. I, 2: Kat ravra ov dy ein povov Tap’ ipiy ovTws €yvwapeéva, GAN ev 
dracon TH “ENAdbt. 31, 4: elpnkxas ay etny, (La that case) I should prove to have 
Spoken. 

PLATO, Charm. 157 C: €ppaov ... yeyovos ay etn 7 ths Kearns acbevera 
T@ veaviokg, ef dvaykagOyoerat Kai THY Ocavoray Sia THY Kearny BeArTiov yevéer Oat. 
Lese. 670 EF. 678. E606. Di: 953" E. 7762-0. 800-4 Veco e 
896 C. Jbzd.D. 907 C: xadas nuiy cipnpévoy av ein 70 mpooipioy, Our zn- 
troduction must have been a good thing. Meno, 85 D. Phaedr. 262 D. 
263; 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 2,13: emedav...7a wévte kat eixoow ern Statedeowou, €inoav 
.. . Gy obrot TAEtOy TL YEYOVOTES 7} TA TEVTNKOYTA eTN ATO yeveds. 


Eur. Hipp. 349: nets av elpev Oarépm ke xpnpévor (306). 


289. PERFECT PARTICIPLE PARALLEL WITH AN ADJECTIVE. — The 
adjectival character of the perfect participle is not infrequently shown by 
parallelism with the adjective. 

ottws éotiv avontos Kal TavtaTac. tpav KaTtatedpovyKws, LYCURG, 
68. 

LyCURG. 68 (see above). 

LYS. 14, 2: od yap puxpa ra dpaprnpata...adrN oitw TeTpaypéva kat 


F a ’ , 
els ToTOUTO Kakias adiypeva. 


290. PERFECT PARTICIPLE AS PREDICATE OF THE PARTICIPLE OF 
eipi.— Even the perfect participle, however, is seldom so.purely adjectival 
as to suffer combination with the participle of ei. 

ovk etw0ds ov, EUR. Hec. 358. 

Ar. Ran. 721: rovroow otatv (where Meineke reads rovrowe roiaw) od 
KekiBdnrevpévors. 

Eur. Hec. 358 (see above). 


291. PERIPHRASIS WITH THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE.-—On the pert- 
phrasis with the present participle see 191. To the examples with the 
present auxiliary, add the following with other tenses. 

ISAE. 3,65: €¢ Hv yenoia Ovyatnp exeiva Katadettopervn. Lbtd. 72: e 


? , ‘ el , , , 
yy yvno.a Ovyarnp TW T/MLETEPW Gein KkataNetTopervn, 


PERIPHRASES WITH PARTICIPLE 125 


Isoc. 5, 110: piav... mpagw... imep Py mpoonKovea pev Kat TWpéTov- 
oa..., Tov d€ Katpoy €yovga padtora oippetpoy, One action, which was suit- 
able and becoming and admirably opportune. 

LYS. 13, 39: petaméumovrat eis TO Seopwrrpiov 6 pev adeAdny, 6 S€ pntépa, 6 
d€ yuvaixa, 6 8 i Ts Hy Exdot@ altay mpognKoveda. 

ANTIPHON, 2 y 3: dpxotoa jy. 5, 18: Hv tovTo cup pé por. 

THUC. 2, 67,1: of Hy (there lay) orpatevpa Tov 'AOnvaiwv TodLtopKody (Not 
periphrastic). 3, 2, 2: @peramepmopevoe noay (Cobet: petamemeppévor). 

PIND. P. 6, 28-9: €yevro Kai mporepov ‘Avtidoxos Biatas | vonpa TovTo 
dépor (an upholder of this spirit). 


292. Present Participle parallel with an Adjective: 


Pg0updtraror Eveole kal Hxiota él Tois Sevois dpytLopevor, LYCURG. 
27; You will be most easy-going and least resentful of outrages. 


LYCURG. 27 (see above). 

DEM. 3,25: cappoves jaav kai opodp év ro rhs TwoAcrelas HOt pévovtes. 
[35], 46: BdeAupds Tis €ort Kai bmepBadrAwy dravtas avOpwrovs TO Tovnpos 
eivat. 

LYS. 14, 2: od yap pexpa ra dpaptnpata od€ Gvyyvepns ava, oS eArida 
TapéxovTa ws KrTE. 

PLATO, Alc. 11,138 D: eioi trwes... dppoves te kai Ppovipor, Kai pat- 


vopevoe €TEpor. 


293. PERIPHRASES WITH THE AORIST PARTICIPLE. — Periphrases 
with the aorist participle are rare. In most instances the aorist may be 
regarded as the short-hand of the perfect, or as a manner of characterizing 
adjective or quasi-substantive. Here and there, however, there seems to 
be an effort to evolve a more exact aoristic future. 


Hoav S€é ties Kal yevopevor TH Nixiqg Adyot mpdtepov, THUC. 4, 54, 3; 
Conferences had actually been held with Nikias even before. &ppalov ds ade 
Oeds etm haveis, HDT. 3,27; They set forth how a god had actually ap- 
peared to them. 

DEM. [52], 9: 6 AvKwy ruyxydaver Gy Kat amas Kai KAnpovopoy oid€éva vikot 
KataAdiTov.' 

Lys. [2], 13: ovx eidcres érotol ries dvdpes Eoovrat yevopevot (= ered) 
dv8pes yévowTo). [20], 1: of pev (some) yap éemiBovdevoavres aoav attoy 
(joav abtov is probably dclonged to thetr number). 

ANTIPHON, 2 y 8: obros dv Kat ovdeis Erepos GmoKTteivas atrov etn, This 
man and no other must have been his murderer. (6 aroxtrewas Would be 
more natural.) Similarly 3 6 4 and 5. 

PLato, Legg. 961 B-C: rowitrov ri mov Nex Oev npiv Hv ev Tos Eumpor bev 


PSee Ag Ie Pax (uegi) 279: 


126 GREEK SYNTAX 


Adyos; (Phileb. 64 B: 6 py pi€opev ddnOerav obk dv more TodTo adnOas ylyvo- 
to ovS’ dy yevopevoy ein is not to be counted. od’ dv yevopevov ein = 008" 
av ein ei yévorro. In like manner analyze Legg. 739 E.) Politic. 265 D: 
trait’ €otw ravTy NexO€vra. Soph. 217 C: py... dmapvndeis yévy.' 

XEN. An. 7, 6, 36: qv d€ momjonte ... Katakavovtes (Dindorf xataxexo- 
vores) €oeo Oe. The reading katakxavortes is favored by the coincidence of 
action.) 

THUC. 4, 54, 3 (see above). 

HDT. 2, 10: é€pya dwode€apevor peyada eloi. 3,:27-(Se. ADOVE)... 5; 
69: nv... Tov Sjpov rpoabépevos ToAA@ KaTiTEepOe THY avTiataciwréwy, Jt 
was true that he had gained over the commons far beyond his rival, 7,206: 
jv yap Kata T@vTO “OdupmLas TovTOLTL ToLoL Tprypace TUTE TOVTA (=avyz- 
Xpovos). 

Eur. Suppl. 511: €€apkéoas jv Zevs 6 ryswpovpevos. 

SopuH. Ai. 588: py mpodovs juas yévn (prove tractor), Ant. 1067: 
véxuy vekpov apoiBov avtridovs €oet. O.C. 816: piv od Kdvev rovde AUT Y- 
Beis €oet. O. R. 89-90: otire yap Opacis | ot7’ otv tpodeliaas cipit@ ye 
viv oy. 970: ottw & dv Pavey ety '§ eyod (parallel with the periphrastic 
perfect optative with dy, @avey being practically the perfect of @rycKw). 
Ph. 772-3: pn cavrov O dpa | kip’... xkreivas yévn [parodied by Com. 
Phryn. 2, 605 (= fr. 20, Trag. Gr. Fr. N.*): & @idtar’ avdpav, py p’ atipacas 
yévy|. 

PInD: .P* 2: 7 he A yévor olos €oot pabeov (but see’. B. Le G) ad loc): 

Hom. Il. 4, 210-1: aAX Gre 8n p ikavov, 66c EavOds Mevédaos | BAnpevos 
nv is not an example. SArpevos does not go with jp. 


294. AORIST PARTICIPLE WITH FORMS OF atvopat.—The aorist par- 
ticiple with forms of daivopa: is especially worthy of note as a valuable 
periphrasis. 

avtos pev ovte AaBav ovdéev ovT ETrxetpyaoas AaPeiv Pavyoopar, DEM. 
21, 40. 

DeM. Often of the future ascertainment of a past action. So 5, 10: 
ovdey tovtwy ott €Earatiaas otte otyioas eyo pavyncopat, Ada TpoEt- 
wav vp kre. 20,80. 21, 39. 40(see above). 22, 47, and elsewhere. 

Isoc. 12,78: rovrou d€ Kkaddvoy otpatyynpa... oidets Pavyowetar Tpa€as. 
83: dhavicetat roinodpevos. (Cf. 4t: havnoopeOa .. . amoXeXoLTOTESs. 
138. chaveiny dy... elpnkws. 172. 209.) 

LYS. 25, 16: eis tov Katadoyov... kataré€as oddéva havncopar, Lt will 
appear that 1 have put ne one tn the catalogue. 


295. PERIPHRASTIC AORIST PARTICIPLE WITH €xo.—The periphras- 
tic aorist participle with ¢€yw# emphasizes the maintenance of the result 


At of als iy (1883), 300. 


ERISTOLARV ALLENS Li 5. 127 


and is therefore an equivalent of the perfect, the double nature of which 
is thus analyzed, ¢y representing one end, the participle the other. The 
periphrasis seems to have originated in the transitive use of €yw, / dave, 
hold, though others consider éyo to be intransitive and nearly equal to 
etui. It is not always possible to feel the original force, and in Herodotus 
and the tragic poets ¢y and the participle are used frankly as parallels to 
the perfect.! 


Tov Adyov S€ gov maha Bavpadaas ~xw, PLATO, Phaedr. 257 C; / have 
tong been ina state of wonderment about your speech. 


DEM. 9, 12: Kai pry Kat Pepas ... €xet KatadaBov. 

AESCHIN: 1,15 % €vi kehadaiw ravta Ta ToLavTa TUAAABwy ExeEt. 

PLATO, Gorg. 456 A: ovAAaBovoa ... éyet. Legg. 793 B. Phaedr. 257 
C (see above). Tim. 30 C. 

THUC. I, 30, 1: Kopw@ious d€ Snaavres efyov. 1, 38,6: EniSapvov ... 
€Xdvtes Bia €yovce. 

Hpi. 1,41: eyo oe... €xkaOnpa kai oikiownt trode Edpevos €yw (in Con- 
trast to the aorist). 6,12: dvdpt Paxade ... emitpéeWavres muéas attovs 
€youev. 7,9, a): €xopev Se attay raidas karagtpepapevoe (cf. DEM. 4, 
6: mavta katéotpamrat, kat € yet). 

Eur. lon, 735-7: & @Ovyatep, a&’ a&iov yevyntépwrv | On dudrtdocets Kod 
KkaTataxvvag Exes | Tovs To's Tadatovs Exyovovs altoxOovas. Phoen. 856-7. 

SOPH. Ai. 21-2: vuxtos yap mas trade mpayos daxoroy | €yet Tepavas, 
einep etpyaorat tade (parallel with the perfect). 676. Ant. 22. 31-2. 180. 
192-3007 577: -Pb: 942-3. 

FUND) Niels 3) We ovK €papeat moNvy €v peyapo mA ovTov KaTaKkp upats € XE. 

Hes. O. et D. 42: kptdWavres yap €xovme Geot Biov avOparoet. 

Hom. Il. 1, 356: €Aov yap €vee yépas (= cide Kai exer). 


296. PERIPHRASTIC PERFECT PARTICIPLE WITH €xoa— The peri- 
phrastic perfect participle with €yw is also found. 

PLATO, Theaet. 200 A: éemoripny dpa oljoetae TEOnpEeuKws EXELY. 

XEN. Ant, 3,042 Gy... .mwodna xprmara € x oper AUN pTAKOUTE S. 

SoPH. Ph. 600: év y’ elyow H5n xporov ex BeBANKOTES. 


Epistolary Tenses 


297. In letters the aorist is sometimes used from the point 
of view of the receiver. 

Kprvyys, & 8wxa tH emorodry, ote... Kai got pidos, PLATO, {Iep.| 15; 
Crenes, to whom I gave (tue) thts letter, ts a true friend to vou also. 

1 See also Ph. Thielmann in Abhandlungen Wilhelm von Christ dargebracht von 
seinen Schtilern, Miinchen, 1891, pp. 294-306. 


128 GREEK SYNTAX 
Isoc. Ep. 3, 1: 7Bo0vAnOnv = BovrAopa. Lbzd. 4,1: Tpoewouny = Tporpnpat. 
PLATO, [Ep.] 15 (see above). 


298. As there are few genuine Greek letters of the classical period, we 
have not the material to determine whether there was ever such an exten- 
sive permutation of tenses as we find in Cicero’s letters. The aorist in the 
N. T. is clearly due to Roman influence, and is not to be cited. 


Tenses of the Moods 
299. In the language of classic prose the indicative alone ex- 
presses the sphere of time directly (183), the other moods ex- 
press the sphere of time indirectly. 


300. It must be noticed, however, that in the earlier language the op- 
tative appears to have been used asa potential of the past; hence its 
affinity with the past tenses in oratzo oblzgua, hence, perhaps, the occa- 
sional use of the present optative as a real imperfect. Nor, on the other 
hand, are we to overlook the fact that the indicative loses its sphere of 
time in unreal conditional sentences. 


301. Subjunctive and imperative are both future by their 
nature. So also is the optative outside of oratio obliqua. Under 
the head of future are included immediate and indefinite pres- 
ent. When <we: use; then, “present, “ perfect” sande saonsr= 
of the non-indicative moods, we mean by present “ continuance,” 
by perfect “completion,” and by aorist “ attainment.” 


302. In not a few verbs, owing to their sense, some of the modal tenses 
are not used, some are rare. We should not expect to find dodAvorro, and 
xapein (Hom. II. 6, 481) is scarce. 


Tenses of the Imperative 
303. PRESENT (durative): 
yiyvwone gautév, AFSCHYL. P. V. 309; Learn, strive, to know thyself. 
AORIST (attainment): 
yvobt cavtév, PLATO, Protag. 343 B; “ Come to a knowledge of thyself.” 
PERFECT (completion) : 
aveppipOw xvBos, CoM. Men. 4, 88; Let the dive be cast and stay cast. 
For additional examples see under /mferative Mood. 
Tenses of the Subjunctive 
304. PRESENT: 
oxoTepefa, PLATO, Protag. 314 B; Let us conséder (a course of study). 
) StoKkopev, Hor. 8, 109; Let us vive up the pursue. 
BN E 9 & 


TENSES OF THE MOODS 12Q 


AORIST: 

oxepopeba, PLATO, Protag. 330 B; Let us consider (each part by itself). 
eimw...oot 7d aitiov; Theaet.149 B; Shall J tell you the reason? 

For additional examples see chapters on the Subjunctive and the Im- 
perative Mood. 


Tenses of the Pure Optative 

305. PRESENT: 

vingn 88 1 waow pédder ovvoicev, DEM. 4, 51; Jay that prevail which 
shall advantage all! EpBou ths Hv Exacros cidein téxvqv, AR. Vesp. 1431. 

AORIST: 

tpeis 8 Xora’ & mu Kal TH WoAEL Kai Gract cuvoicey piv péAda, DEM. 3, 
36; May you choose that which shall advantage both the state and all of you! 

PERFECT : 

Chiefly with such perfects as are equivalent to presents. 

aitixa te@vainv, HOM. Il. 18,98; Jay / be dead forthwith! at yap pot 
Tordade méois KEKAHpEVOS ety, Od. 6, 244 (periphrastic perfect),! 


For further examples see under the Opfatczve Mood. 


Tenses of the Optative with av 

306. PRESENT (Future ascertainment of a present, future, or past 
imperfect action): 

datho.... Gv... elev, PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C; They must be sorry fel- 
lows. Taya Se Gv Kai ot aroSdépevor héyouev (mieht have told the tale) amé- 
pevor és Lrdptyv as atraipeVeinoav Uo Lapiwv, HDT. 1, 70. 

AORIST (Future ascertainment of an aoristic action, rarely of the past): 

oix av apvnGeinv, DEM. 21,191; 7 can't deny tt. taxa 8 av mi Kal Tod 
évéparos émavpotto, Hp1.7, 180; Perhaps he may to some extent have had 
his name also to thank for that (as if émavpopevos av yévotro). 


PERFECT (Future ascertainment of a completed action) : 

A€ANOE oe. ..3 ... THs Gv... AEAHOOL (pe); NEN. Conv. 3.6; /Zas ct es- 
caped your observation? How can tt have escaped my observatiou ? ‘pes av 
elpev Oarépw xexpynpévor, EUR. Hipp. 349; We must have felt the worser 
half. 

See further the chapter on the Opfative w7th a. 


' The analysis which involves the future ascertainment of a past action, while 
not infrequent in sentences of opinion (optative and dy), is naturally rare in sentences 
of wish, which are not analytical, so that for an example of this form of wish, we 
must have recourse to the manufactured sentences of agrammarian. Oe vevexyxoe 
prov O mraic, Oe CeCoLaapévog ein, AVOLLONIUS Dysc. p. 251, 25-6 (Bekk.); Jay 
my son have conquered (action decided, ascertainment still in suspense); may Ae have 
covered himself with glory. 

9 


130 GREEK SYNTAX 


Tenses of the Optative as Representative of the Indicative 


307. The optative as the representative of the indicative in 
oratio obliqua after a past tense ordinarily represents the corre- 
sponding tenses of the indicative from the point of view of the 
speaker. 

Present Optative (= Present Indicative): 

édeyev Sti ci... BAaBepa ty Aakedairove wempayas ein (— Témpayxe), Sikaos 
ety (= Sixatds éott) Cysotocar, NEN. Hell. 5, 2, 32; //e sazd that tf he had 
(has) done what was damaging to Lacedaemon, he deserved (deserves) to be 
punished, 

LYS. 12,6: fdeyov ... ws eléy Twes TH ToALTELA ay Oopevor. 

PLATO, Euthyd. 276 E: amexpivato 6re pavOavorev of pavOdavovres & ovK 
€TlOTALYTO. 

XEN. Hell. 5. 2, 32 (see above). 

Hpv. 1, 83: 7dAOe cAAn ayyeAM, @s TA@KOL TO Teixos .. . Kai €xoLTO Kpoicos 
Cwypnbeis. 

SOPH. Tr. 161-2: etme pev Néxous 6 te | ypein pw EA€oOar KTHoW. 

Hom. Only after interrogatives. Od. 15, 423: eipwra 51 erecta tis etn 
kat TOGev EXOot. 17, 368.! 


308. Aorist Optatrve (= Aorist Indicative): 

amyyyeddev @S TO... Gotu... €adkwkos KaTaAdtimot, LYCURG. 18; He re- 
ported that he had left the city captured. 

LyYCURG. 18 (see above). 

DeM. [34], 11: €Aeyev Gre ovre Ta ypnpata €vOotTo eis THY vaty ovTOS... 
ovre 7) xypuaiov ciAnpas etn rap’ avtod €v Boomipm. [52], 15 (see 312). [59], 81 
(see sit): 

XEN. An. 4, 3, 11: €Aeyor Gre tuyxdvorey Hpvyava avAdéyovTes ws emt TIP, 
Kdmeita KATLOOLEY ... yépovTa Te kat yuvaika kré. Hell. 1,7, 5 (see 312). 

AR. Ach. 648-9: potnoey . . . TodTov Tov TonTHY ToTépous EiToOL Kaka 
wodAa. Vesp. 283: Katetmroe. 

SopH. Tr. 431-2: fxovoev ws tavtns T0Ow | wots Sape tn maaa. 

PIND. O. 6, 49: etpero maida Tov Evddva rék oe (where see note). 

Hom. Od. 15, 423 (307). 17, 368 (307). 24, 237: @s €AGor is to be con- 
sidered interrogative (how he had come). 


309. Perfect Optative (= Perfect Indicative): 

éXeyov OTt éyw TavTa etyny (—eipi) memvaopévos, Lvs.1,18; / sazd that I 
had found out everything. 

DrM. 18, 22: eroApa Aéyew ws ap eyo... KeKwAUKwS ElnY THY TOAW .. « 


rauTyy (= Tijv eipyynv) moujcacOa. [34], 11: etAndas ety (308). 


MNC CAP div TSS) 40, 


FUTOCORE OPTATIVE 13 


Lys. 1, 18 (see above). 

PLATO, Phaedo, 59 E: ému@dpeOa Gre td rAoiov ex Andov drypévoy etn. 

XEN. Hell. 1, 1, 11: mu@dpevos 8€ Gre ai tov MeXomovynaiwy vies... avn- 
yrévat ecey eis Kucixov, . . . iAOev eis Snordv. Hell. 5, 2, 32: mempayas ety 
(307). 

HDT. 1, 83: 4A@xKot (307). 


310. Future Optative (= Future Indicative): 

EXeyov Sti... ov SuvygotvTo (= ow Suvyodpeba) ph we(OerPar tois OnBailors, 
XEN. Hell.6,1,1; They sad that they would not be able to refuse to obey the 
Thebans. 

DeM. [50], 56: dmexpivaré pot ére oS’ axapy Saveioor. 

ISAE, 6, 23: etSdtes 8 of dvayxaior Gre €E exeivou pev ovk dy ert yévowTo Tai- 
des. .., Pavicouvto & addr@ Tui TPOT@, Kal EK TOUTwY €GoLVTO ETL peiCous da- 
opai, €reOov Kré. 

ANTIPHON, I, 11: €me&/oupme (195). 

PLATO, Euthyd. 283 A: éweoxomouy tiva more tpomov aotvto Tov Adyou 
kal 6700ev dipEotvto Kré. 

XEN. Hell. 2, 3,17: moddoi SiAo Hoav ... Oavpatortes ti EootTo 7 TOAL- 
tela. Lbid.: Edeyev 6 Onpapevns Ore... advvatov Emoto tiv Odvyapxiay Srape- 
ve. 2, 3, 56: etmev 6 Satupos ore oipwEotto (=ovipwker). 6,1, 1. 

AR. Eq. 776: ov dpovtifwy trav idwwray otdevos, ef Got Yaploipny. 

AESCHYL. Pers. 356-60: €dee madi ow Eép§n tude, | ws... "EAAnves ob 
pevotev, ddAa... Bloroy ekawaoiaro. 

PIND. O. 9, 115-6: exeNevoev Staxpivar . . . dvtwa o X17 08 Tis jpwowy (ear- 


liest example). 


311. RETENTION OF IMPERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE IN 
ORATIO OBLIQUA.—The imperfect and pluperfect having no optative, the 
retention of the indicative is to be expected. 

eeito 6 Qeoyevyns .. . A€ywv St ovK WSer Neaipas aithy otoav Ovyarépa, aN’ 
éEarraty ein urd Lteavov, DEM. [59], tye Theogenes begged Saying that he did 
not know that she was the daughter of Neaera, but that he had been decetved 
by Stephanus. 


312. PRESENT OPTATIVE REPRESENTING IMPERFECT INDICATIVE.— 
In the absence of an imperfect optative the present optative is not infre- 
quently found to represent an imperfect indicative. 

Sinyotvro Sti avroi pev emi Tovs wohenious mA€orev (— Erdeov), THY Se avaipe- 
ow Tov vavayev TpooTageay ... Onpapever xré.. NEN. Hell, 7,53 Zherr story 
was that they kept satling after the enemy and had assigned the picking up 
of the shipwrecked to Theramenes ete. 


a 





132 GREEK SYNTAX 


DeM. [52], 15: eréApnoay paptrupnoa ws 6 pev Kaddurros Spxov tea rarpt 
doin (= Sake), 6 S€ matiHp ovk €OéNoe (=ovK FOerev) 6udoat. 

LYS. 1, 14: €popevov & epod ti ai Ovpae vixrop Yodoter (cf. § 17: avapt- 
pynokopevos ... OTe... EWoer) 1, 20: Katnyoper... ws peta THY extopav 
a’t Tpog tol. 

XEN. An. 4, 3, 11: tuyxavorey (See 308). Hell. 1,7, 5 (see above). 

See further on this whole subject Oratzo Oél:qgua and Object Sentences. 


Tenses of the Infinitive 


INFINITIVE AS A VERBAL NOUN 


313. The infinitive as a verbal noun is used chiefly in the 
present and aorist, more rarely in the perfect. The temporal 
relation is that of the kind of time. 


INFINITIVE AS A SUBJECT’ 

314. PRESENT: 

a. Without the article: 

pov wapaivety H waddvTa kKaptepetv, EUR. Alc. 1078; 'T zs easter to 
preach than suffer and be strong. 

Lys. 8, 2: dvapov pev ov dvayKkagec Oat déyew Tepi rovtwy, advvatov bé€ 
pn A€yecv. 

ANDOC. 1, 8: kpariorov oby pot eivat Soxet €& dpyjs twas SuSadoKety mavta 
Ta yevopeva Kal Tapadure pydev. 

PLATO, Rpb. 555 C: wdovrov tripav kai cwppoovyny dua ikav@s Krag Oat 

. advvatoy. 

THUC. I, 5,2: Kéopos kadas totto Spay. 

Com. Archipp. 2, 727: os 760 tHv Oddatray amd ths yns é6pay | & pyrép 
€oTt. 

Eur. Alc. 1078 (see above). 

AESCHYL. P. V. 751: macyew (see 316). 

THEOGN., 211: otvdy Tou wivety TmovAdy Kakov. 

Hom. Il. 1, 274: metOecOat cpewov. 2, 453: Totor 8’ apap moAepos yAv- 


kiwy yéveT ne véew Oat. 10, 174. 


315. b. Weth the article: 

kakov TO mwivetv, AR. Vesp. 1253; 1 bad thing this drinking. +e Bovw- 
AecOai p’ exvile, EUR. I. A. 330. 

ISOC, 2, 2: rods pev yap idtaras €ori modda ta madevovTa, padvota pev TO MN 
tTpuay add’ dvaykaceo Pac rept Tov Biov Kad’ Exdatny Bovdever Oat Thy Nuépav. 


1 Or quasi-subject. See /nfinitive. 


INFINITIVE AS SOBPE GT 133 

PLATO, Alc. II, 143 E: xaxdy dip’, as €otxer, eat 4 Tov BeATiorov dyvo.a 
Kat TO ayvoety TO BéATLOTOY. 

XEN. Cyr. 5,1,11: ro... €pav €BeXovatdy €or. 

AR. Vesp. 1253 (see above). fr. 2, 1133: Td yap poBeia Oar tov Odvarov 
Anpos modus. : 

EuR. Alc. 693: 1d d€ (nv puxpdv, ddd" Guws yAuKd. Bacch. 389-90: 6 de 
... Bloros kai to ppoveiv. Heracl. 240: 1d ovyyevés te Kai TO Tpoueirecy. 
476: otyn te kai tO cwhpoveiv. I. A. 330 (see above). 

SOPH. El. 265: 16 rnracOat (316). 770: Sewov ro Tixrety eoriv (136). fr. 
239: ada To ynpa Hire | yo vods dpapreiv Kai TO Boudrevecy 4 det. 

PIND. O. 9, 38: 76 xavyacOa. P. 2, 56: 7d mAouteww. N. 5,18: 16 ovyav. 

SIMON. C. 100, 1: ro kad@s OvyoKkety apetns pépos EoTi pey.oTor. 


316. AORIST: 

a. Without the article: 

Kpetogov yap eloamat Oaveiv | % Tas amacas Hyépas macyxelv KaKkas, 
AESCHYL. P. V. 750-1: 'Z zs better once for all to dte than suffer on forever 
and forevermore. ; 

Dem. 3,18: ev£aoOat pev... padiwoy..., €hé€o Oat 5... orxed’ dpoiws 
eUTropov. 

ANDOC. I, 8: mapadurety (See 314). 

PLATO, Theaet. 187 E: kpetrrov yap mov opexpoy ed } TOAD pn ikavas Tre- 
pavat. 

THUC. I, 22, 1: yaderoy thy axpiBecay aitny Tov AexOevT@v Stapyvnpove v- 
oat. 

AR. Vesp. 367: Scatpayety tolvuy Kpatioroy €att poe TO OiKtvov. 

Sopu. El. 264-5: (€)« r@vdé por | AaBetv 6 dpoiws Kat TO TyTaT Oat TrEDEL. 

AESCHYL. P. V. 750-1 (see above). 

PIND. P. 4, 272: padiov pev yap moAw oetoat. 

BACCHYL. III, 47: Oaveiv yAvKiorov. 

Hom. Od. 9, 241: dpyadéov, Baceta, Sujvecéws Gyopevoat. 

Il. 2, 5-6: de S€ of Kata Ovpoy apiotn atvero Bovdn: | wep ae en’ 
*Arpeidn ‘Ayapéepvove ovAov dvetpov. 


317. b. With the article : 

TO... KkaTayedagOqvat tows ovStv mpaypa, PLATO, Euthyph. 3 C; Zo 
gel laughed at ts perhaps a matter of no great consequence. 

DEM. I, 23: moAAakis doxei TO PudAdEat tayada tov «rycacOat xadreTwTe pov 
elvat. 

ANDOC. 2, 5: peyadn d€ Syrov cai to €€apapreiv dSvompagia €ott. 

ANTIPHON, 5, 91: TO ddikws admohtaat dowrtepov dy ein TOU wn SiKaiws 
amoAegat. 


134 GREER GSYNTIAX 


PLATO, Euthyph. 3 C (see above). 

THUC. 3, 58, 2: Bpaxd yap To Ta Npérepa c@pata diapbeipac. 
AR. Lys. 884: oiov 70 TeKketv. 

Com. Antiphan. 3, 150: ro mpotk’ droOaveiv €are pavepa Cnpia. 
Eur. fr. 854: 7d pev opaynvac Sdewor. 

PIND. O. 8, 60: dyvwpov Se 76 py Tpopadeiv. 

ALCAE, 30: 70 yap | "Apevé katOavny Karov. 


318. PERPECT? 

a. Wethout the article: 

moder... avayxn PeBovrAetaOar Ti xpy Spav, PLATO, Legge. 949 E; A 
cely must needs have a settled poltcy as to what ts to be done. 

DEM. 19,179: jAwKévat mpoonke. JSb7d. 282: amodwdévat. 21, 120: 
avnprag@atr, 36, 13: dedwkévar 

LYS. 30, 27: rovr@ ye mpoonker dua pev attov Te Ovavat, dua de rovs mpoyo- 
vous wempac Oat, P 

PLATO, Legg. 949 E (see above). Soph. 222 B: eipyaAat. 

Hpi. 5,18: vowos... yuw yé €ote. .. Kexwpladar dySpas yuvatkor. 

BACCHYL. XIV, 1: ed pev eipapOac rapa da{poow av|Operots cpiotov. 

THEOGN. 181-2: re Ovapevat, pire Kupve, mevixp@ BeAtepor avdpi, | 7» Coew 
xaery TEtpOpevoy Tevin. 

Hom. Od. 3, 209: viv Se xpn TeTAGpev eumrns (ck Hymn. Merc. 494-5: 


ovdé Ti oe xp... KExoAwOOaL). 


319. b. Wirth the article: 

To Bikns .-- adhetoOar peyadrn Swpea... qv, DEM. 23, 185; Zo have been 
allowed to go free of punishment was a great boon. 

EM, 23, see é : 

DEM. 23, 185 (see above) 

AESCHIN. 3, 236: tov yap tadr’ e€epyacOnvat kada@s TO ye yevia Oat TovTwy 
airtov pei(@ KaTnyopiay €xet. 

SAE. 11, 18: otk loyvoe... TO THOVEVLKNK Eval. 
TSAR. T1j-18%" ov x of ” 
XEN. Hiero, 8, 6: atro yap ro TeTEUNoOOaL... TUveTriKoopEl. 
yey Bi H 

Hb. 5, 6: ro pev €oriy Oat evyeves Kéxpirat, TO Oe GaTiKTOV ayevves. 

AR. Pl. 354-5: 70 8’ ad Sedocxévat | mpos avdpos otdev tyés €or’ elpya- 
Opevov. 

Eur. Med. 122-3: 70 yap €@ Oia dace Ch en’ tooow | kpeiooor. 

SOPH. Ant. 437-8: 76 pév yap atrov €x kaxkov mepevyévat | 7diorov. 


INFINITIVE AS AN OBJECT 
320. PRESENT: 
a. Without the article : 
viv avtov adeAdilerv emyepyoovow, ISOC. 19, 30; Mow they will under- 
take to“ brother” him. 


INFINITIVE “A'S SOBsSEGCT. 135 


Isoc. 5, 87: woAepety (See 211). 19, 30 (see above). 

PLATO, Gorge. 474 A: ov« nmotdapny emipnpicecy. 

XEN. Hiero, 3, 3: roves potyovs vouiCovar todAat Tov TéAEwY vNTOWWeL amro- 
kreiverv. Lz. 4, 11: tpépe (See 324). 

HDT. 3, 83: otre .. . dpyecy otre dpyeo Oat bw. ; 

Com. Philem. 4, 56, 68: aira & bytecay mpaoroy, etr’ evapakiay, | rpirov dé 
xalpecy, er oeiNecy pydevi. 

AR. fr. 2, 1038: ddd’ ov yap €uabe tatr’ €uod méutrovtos, aAda paddov | 
Tivety, ewer adecy kaos, Supaxooiay tparre fav. 

SOPH. El. 345-6: €dovd ye Ourep’, i) Ppoveiv xaxas, | 7) Tav Pirwy dpovoiaa 
Hy penny exec. 

PIND. O. 3, 36: tots yap éemérparev OtAvpTOVS’ toy Oantoy dya@va vé pety. 

Hom. Il. 10, 116: cot & olw eméetpeper movéeer Oat. 


321. b. With the article: 

7d EXAAnvilLEtv mapa TovTwy éywye Epalov, PLATO, Alc. 1,111 A; J learned 
Speaking Greek from them. 

DEM. [33], 4: TO... wAety KatadéAvkca (202). 57,18: rd Eevicecy adrov 
KaTnyoprKacw. 

PLATO, Alc. 1, 111 A (see above). Legg. 847 A: 1rd (nv xracOw. 
Theaet. 185 C: ovaiay Aéyers Kai TO py) elvat. 

XEN. R. L. 2,7: €ixev adrois 76 pnxavaad Oat thy tpopyy. 

AR. Pax, 454: aed 70 macecy. 

Sopu. O. C. 1125-7: 16 y' evoeBes | povors map’ bpiv etpov avOpatwr eye | 


Kal TOUTLELKES Kal TO py) YevdodToOpeEty. 


322. AORIST: 

a. Without the article: 

ovK akvyge THY Seormrowvav yy pat, DEM. 45, 74; Fle did nol stick at marry=- 
tng his mustress. 

DEM. 45, 74 (see above). [50], 57: ovx fOeXe mapadaeity ty vavy. 

PLATO, Euthyph. 3 D: od wavy emOupo metpadnvat 

XEN. Hell. 1,6, 10: ov« eSuvauny euavtov meioac (151). 

Com. Pherecr. 2, 280: ot d€ tpame Cay elodepe, | kat kUAuKa KaYTpayety. 

Eur. Alc. 669: parny dip’ ot yépovtes etyovtae Oavety. 


PIND. O. 6, 25-6: Kewat yap e€ addav dddv dye povevoat | TavTay émiotay- 


Hom. IL. 1, 18-9: tpw pev Oeot dSoiev 'OAvpmia Swpar’ exovres | exTéepoat 


Tipedpow modu, ev 6° oad’ ixkéa Oat. 


323. b. With the article: 


TAyoopat Td KaTOaveiv, AESCHYL. Ag. 1290; J well endure the dying of 
the death. 


136 GREEK SYNTAX 


DEM. 18, 93! To Xeppovnoov kai Butavtiov gaoat.. . } mpoaipects » enn 
kal 7) moAcreia Suempa€aro. . 

ISAE. 1, 42: otroe yap ro aveXetv aitras (=Tas diadnKas) €kelvou BovAopévov 
StexadAvaav. 

ANTIPHON, 2 y 6: TO pev dA@vat Kat admoduyeiv... ev taas eAmict 
Oapev ait@ civat. 

PLATO, Euthyd. 275 C: @appet ro amoxpivac Oat. 

THUC. 3, 40, 3: ek Tov ed elmeiv TO TaGetv ed avTiAnovtat. 

HDT. 5, 101: <6 de py AenAatHoar... Thy TOAW Evye TOE. 

Eur. Alc. 694: ot yotv avaidas Stepayou To wy Oavecy. 

AESCHYL, Ag. 1290 (see above). 

PIND. O. 2,107: 76 Aakaynoat Oedov.! 


324. PERFECT: 

a. Without the article: 

Gvaykalovrat otpatevpa tpédew  dmodkwAEvat, XEN. Hiero, 4,11; They 
are compelled to keep an army or pertsh (be ruined). 

DIN. 1, 112: BovAerar. .. cuyKexvaOae wavra Ta ev TH TONEL Oikata. 

Dem. 8, 49: kal te Ovavac paddov dy i) tat7’ cipnKévat Bovdroipnv. 

ISOC. 5, 29: a pev ody nBovdropuny por mpoetpna Oat Tait eativ. 

PLATO, Rpb. 351 A-B: woAw dains dv adixov etvar kai tiAXas TOAELS ETH 
xetpetv Sovdova Oat adixkws kai KatadedovdAGaOar. Lbid. 406 D: akwi... &&e- 
péoat TO voonpa... 7 KavoeEt } TOM XpNoduevos dmnAAAY Bat. 

XEN. Hell. 5, 4, 7: elroy thy Ovpav kexreioOar. Hell. 6, 2,15: exnpv&ev 
...mempacOat. Hiero, 4, 11 (see above). 

Com. Pherecr. 2, 262: BovAoiuny yap Kav axadrndats Tov tvov xpovoy €are- 
davac Oat. 

AESCHYL. Sept. 461-2: immous . . . Oehovoas mpds widals TETTMKEVAL. 


325. b. With the article: 

7d pev yap TOAN’ GrrokwAeKEvaL KaTa TOV TéAELOV THS NHETEpas apedelas av 
wis Vein Sixaiws, DEM. 1,10; Zhzs (thing of) having suffered many losses dur- 
ing the war may justly be charged to our negligence. 

DEM. 1, 10 (see above). 23,7: tovto... Apirtoxparns ndiket, TO ToLoUTOV, 


e 3s , \ , , ” , a i‘ 
olov €yw pnt OetEerv Tov Xapidnpoy ovta, trooavtnv we ToLnG Oat mpovoray. 


326. FUTURE.—The future infinitive as the object of verbs of creation 
comes from the blending of the sphere of thought and the sphere of will. 
Some of the examples are much disputed. 

mip évnaetv Sevoovvto és Ta EVAwa twapadpaypata, THUC. 4, 115,2; 7hey 
intended (thought that they would) hurl fire into the wooden ramparts. 

See further the /ufincteve. 

bSee As Je Po xv.(0804);500; 


INFINITIVE FOR INDICATIVE 137 


INFINITIVE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INDICATIVE 
327. The infinitive as the representative of the indicative 
takes all the tenses. See Accusative and Infinttive. 


Present (= Present Indicative): 


Tov cUTUXOUVTa Kal dpoveiv voniLouev, COM. Men. 4, 354,497; Azim who zs 
lucky we ihink to have sense withal. gow émdjopov etvat, PLATO, Prot. 
330 D; He says that he ¢s forgetful. 

Present (= Imperfect Indicative): 

avTidéyetv dys Tois BovAopevors Huds dmodeoar, LYS. 12, 26; Vou declare 
that you undertook to oppose (avrédeyes) those who weshed to destroy us. amo- 
dnvacdw py petéxetv, DEM. 19,117; Let him declare that he had no part 
zn zt. 

Aorist (= Aorist Indicative) :! 

od drow Hpas dp9Gs 6pohoyAoar hvixa dporoyyoapnev, PLATO, Theaet. 191 
A; J well not say that we were right to acknowledge (tt) when we acknowl- 
edged tt. 

Perfect (= Perfect Indicative) : 

noi... éyxdpiov yeypadévar, Isoc. 10,14; He says that he has written 
an encomium. 

Perfect (= Pluperfect Indicative) : 

kat d86v te [A€yerat] ovrw wodAhy SiyvuaOar aitois kal tov MaSov Few ta- 
Aw, XEN. Cyr. 1,4, 28; /¢ 2s sadd that not much of thetr journey had been 
accomplished yet when the Mede returned. 

Future (= Future Indicative): 

ovx épy dpetoOar, XEN. Hell. 1, 3,11; He sazd that he would not take 
an oath. 

Future Perfect (= Future Perfect Indicative): 

trodkapBavw ... patnv éppawwSynKkdtas Hyuas €ceoOar, DEM. 25,2; 7 
understand that we shall have delivered our screed to no purpose. 

328. ARTICULAR INFINITIVE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE IN- 
DICATIVE.—The infinitive as the representative of the indicative may take 
the article. 

Present: 

év pév ovv dpodoyetrat TO Kpatetv Tay KANpovopiay Tovs adppevas, DEM. [44], 


12: One thing then ¢?s agreed on, namely, the males’ holding (that the mates 
hold) the tnherttance. 


1 On the aorist as a future, see Accusative and Infinitive. 


138 : GREEK SYNTAX 


Aortsé ; 

1d... avottar THy Ovpav ovx Spodoyei, DEM. [42], 8: Zhe opening of the 
door (the statement that he opened the door) he does not agree to. 

Future: 

To 8€ ge GTOpHoEtY, OVK olpat (sc. pavTLKas oe etpyKévar), PLATO, Conv. 
198 B; As fo the statement that you will be at a loss, I don't think that you 
have satd that tn a spirit of prophecy. 

DEM. [42], 8: 76 pev aheXetv Td onpetoy bpodoyet, TO S avotEar tiv Otpav 
odx dpodoyet. [44], 12 (see above). 57, 63: €k... yap Tov dpxou e€ndeuWav 7d 
Wnpreio Oat (= Wnpiotpar) yrouy tH Sexarorary. 

PLATO, Conv. 198 B (see above). Phaedo, 61 D: més rotro eyes... 
TO pry Oepirov evar €avtov BiafecOac; Phaedr. 244 A: 76 (¢he statement that) 
paviav kakov etvat. Soph. 231 C: ro... py) padioy eivar. 

HpT. 1,86: 76 rod SdAwvos . . . TO pndéva elvat Tov Cwovtwy dABLOv. 

SoPH. Ant. 264-7: fev 8’ eromor... Ocods dpk@porety | TO pte Spacae 
pyre To Evvecdévat | ro mpaypa Bovdrevoarte. 


Tenses of the Participle 
PARTICIPLE AS A VERBAL ADJECTIVE 


329. The participle as a verbal adjective is chiefly used in 
the present, aorist, and perfect tenses. The temporal relation is 
that of the kind of time.’ The sphere of time depends on the 
context. 


PRESENT PARTICIPLE 


330. CONTEMPORANEOUS ACTION.—The present participle 
is generally used of contemporaneous action, either total or 
partial. 


épe ... A€yers Tov VewTaTov A€ywv, PLATO, Parmen. 137 C; You mean me 
when you speak of the youngest. Sovdevovoi ye paatryovpevor Kal opart- 
topevot, DEM. 9,66; They lead the lives of slaves, being scourged and 
butchered. ébyous wTpoghéepwv amadecev aityv, LYS. 1,8; (Ly) making pro- 
posals he rucned her. 


331. Leading Verb Present: 
Drm. 9, 66 (see above). 
PLATO, Parmen. 137 C (see above). 


' This temporal element is deeply imbedded in the nature of the participle and 
the use is universal, so that it is not necessary to draw examples from different ranges 
of classic Greek. 


TENSES OR PARTICILLE 139 


Eur. Andr. 373: avdpds & dpapravovo’ dpapravet Biov (coincident 
action), 4 woman fatling of a husband fatls of life. 


332. Leading Verb Imperfect: 

DEM. 54.9: 75e€... rods addextpvovas pipotpevos Tovs veviknkoras (COin- 
cident action). 

PLATO, Meno, 90 C: méurovres tovde xaras dv erépropey (coincident 
action). 

HDT. 9, 21: of Meyapées mre Copevor (finding themselves pinched) €mep- 


bs A nf A cal ¥: , , 
Tov €Tl TOUS OTpaTnyouvs TaY EAAnvwy KnpuKa. 


333. Leading Verb Future: 

DEM. 14, 12: odd€v ody adn i) Pap@dnoovarn of mpécBes TeptovTes. 

XEN. Hiero, 11,15: evdatpovarn yap ov POovnOnoes (174). 

Hp?. 4, 98: raidra S€ movevytes epot peyddws yaptetade (coincident 
action). 


334. Leading Verb Aorist: 

Lys. 1, 8 (see above). 

XEN. Hell. 7,5,9: 6p@v... Tov... xpovov mpoBaivovra €vdpiae mpakréov 
Tt eivat. 

HDT. 1, 68: dpticowy érérvyor cope érramnxel. 


335. Leading Verb Perfect: 
Deo. 8, 34: viv d€ Snpaywyovvres tyuas kat xaptCdpevoe kab’ trepBo- 


, a , a ¢ 
Any, ovtw State Onkacty ote KTE, 


336. Leading Verb Pluperfect: 
XEN. Hell. 6, 5, 21: Snovvre thy yopav ovdets nOeAnket payer ba. 
Ar. Ach. Io: "KEXTYN m7 pod Ookay TOV Alo yvAov. 


337. PRIOR ACTION.—The action of the present participle is some- 
times prior to that of the leading verb. An adverb of time often makes 
the relation plain. 

ot Kupero. mpdodev atv qpiv rarrdépevor viv adeotyKxaow, NEN. An. 3, 2, 
17; The troops of Cyrus, who were formerly marshalled with us, have now 
deserted us. 

Dem. 18, 61: Kat mporepov Kak@s Tovs “EXXnvas €yovtas mpos €avtovs Kat 
OTATLATTIKGS, ETL Xetpov d€Onke. 

PLATO, Rpb. 518 D: ai... dAdat dperai kadovpevat Wuyis KuSuvevovoaw 
22. OUK CEVOLTAL TpOTEpoY VaTEpor euTrocera Bat, 

XEN. An. 3, 2, 17 (see above). 

Hpr. 8, 62: onpatvov O€ ratra tro Adyw ScéBawwe es EtpuSiadnv, Neyov 
padXov erectpappeva. 9, 273 Kat yap dv ypnorot Tore COvTEs wUTOL vUY dy Elev 


; yea RoR, = er ee ea tee 
dAavpurepor, Kul TOTe EovTEsS PAaupoe vuv Gy Elev apetvoves. 


140 GREEK SYNTAX 


Ar. Av. 75: mporepov dvOpwrds mor’ av. 

SOPH. Ant. 1192: eyo, Pidn déorowa, kal rapay épd. 

MIMNERM. 3: 76 amply €@y KadXoTos, ery Tapapeierat pn, | ovdé marHp 
mTatoly Timtos ovre Pidors. 


Hom. Od. 13, 401: kvuaow S€ ror dowe mapos mepikaAdXé’ edvTe. 


338. SUBSEQUENT ACTION.—The present participle may imply cona- 
tive action, and thus simulate a future (see 193). So dépwy and dywy are 
used almost to the exclusion of olcwy and ééwv. 

7 8é IIdpados eis tas “AOyvas [amemrdevce] GtayyéAAovga Ta yeyovdra, 
XEN. Hell. 2, 1,29; Zhe Paralos sacled off to Athens with a report of (= to 
report) what had happened. 

ANDOC. I, 104-5: Hkovot... of pev eiodpevor... of d€ dmoTetpwmpevon 

XEN. Hell. 2, 1, 29 (see above). 

Ar. Ach. 178: eyo perv Setpd cor orovdas pépwr | garevdov. 

Eur. Suppl. 120: rovrovs Aavévras HAOov €Eartav midw. 

PIND. O. 7, 13-4: KaréSav rav rovriav | buvéwy maid’ ’Adpodiras. P. 4, 
105-6: txdpayv | oikad’, apyay dyKopicar.' 

Hom. I]. 1, 371-2: 7AGe Boas emi vnas ’Ayatav yadkoyitovey | Avadpevds TE 
Ovyatpa hépwv 7 drepeia’ adrowa. (Here both resemblance and difference 
between present and future are manifest.?) Compare Il. 1, 431: txavey 
dyav with zbzd. 442-3: mpd p’ emepev... maida... dyéper. 


AORIST PARTICIPLE 


339. The action of the aorist participle is ordinarily prior, 
but it may be coincident, so especially when the leading verb is 
aorist or future. . 

avaBavres eis TO drepdov ESermvotperv, LYS. 1,22; Gong up to the sec- 
ond story, we supped, T capa THaas TOS Adyous THES Epoi, FUR. 1. 1.755; 
Saving thy body thou wilt save my words. anodheras tov olvov éewLX Eas 
tSwp, TRAG. Aristias, fr.4; You spotled the wine by adding water. 


340. Leading Verb Present: 
HpT. 6, 37: witus...€kxometoa Braoroy ovdéva periet (134). 


Com. Men. 4, 340, 10: aydpiotos botis ed TaOwY dpuvnporvet. 


341. Leading Verb Imperfect: 

Lys. 1, 22 (see above). /é7d. 24: mapadkaBov 8 ws oivy re hy mreloTous 
~. €BadeCov. 

1 See B. L. G., Introd. Ess., cxii. 


2 The examples cited for Homer do not seem to be very cogent. See Bolling, 
The Participle in Hesiod, Reprint from Catholic University Bulletin, Vol. 111, p. 439. 


TENSES OF PARTICIPLE 141 


THUC. 6, 69,1: dvadaBovres ra drda Obs avrem i oav (206), 
Eur. |. T. 27: perapoia AnPOecio’ exacvopny Eider. 


342. Leading Verb Future. 

Prior Action: 

DEM. 14, 31: eis Bpvyiav €hOwyv SovrAetoer; 

HDT. 2, 5: kareis xatametpntnpinv md0ov Te advoloets Kré. (258). 


343. Cotnctdent Action: 


Eur. I. T. 765 (see 339). Med. 383: @avotaa Onow tois euois €xOpois 
yérov. 


344. Leading Verb Aorist: 

Prior Action: 

DEM. 54, 20: vyujs €EeAOwv Hopadny 7AOov olkade. 

Lys. 1,27: mAnyeis katémecer evOus, He was stabbed and fell at once. 
PLATO, Euthyd. 273 C: eiwa@y ody ratta Kare ppovnOnv vm abrow (174). 


345. Cocuctdent Action : 


ISOC. 19, 9: OpaavAXos . . . TovTOUS povous Taidas yynoiovs KaTaALTOV... 
tov Biov éreXevTH GED. 

DEM. 18, 208: ovk €otw érws npapret(e)... Tov Urep Tis dmavtwy ehevbe- 
plas Kai gwrnpias Kivduvoy dpupevot. 

ISAE. 7, 33: Tt BeAtiov dy Empa€ev i) ratta Bouhevogdpevos anep eroinaey; 

PLATO, Theaet. 185 E: ed €molinads pe pada avyvov AOyou awaddAua€as. 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 4,13: kados... €moingas mpoeitaorv. Lbtd.7, 5,48: Kadas 
...€moinoas... ap&as tov Adyov. 

HbT. 3, 38: dpOas pot Soxéee Tivdapos motjoat vopov mavtwy uciréa 
Pnoas evar. 5,24: 0... €moinoas amtkopevos. 

AR. Pax, 630-1: AiBov | euBarovres EEuedmsvov kupernv amareray. 

TRAG. Aristias, (Sat. Dr.) fr. 4 (see 339). 

BACCHYL. VI, 15: oradwov kparnoas | Kéov evxr\€tEas. X, 15: avdnod- 
pevos ... 6yxas. 

PIND. 1.5, 51: elrév re Pwvioats are partis avyp. 


Hom. Il. 1, 434: torov 8’ iarodéxy méXaaay mporovoigw Upévres. 


346. Leading Verb Perfect: 
DEM. 36, 18: ta ypappad’ 1 pytnp npdvexev Teta Oeia’ id TovToV, 


347. Leading Verb Pluperfect: 
Deo. 36, 8: 6 Haciav érereXeutnKet raita Stade pevos. 


1On the ‘‘adverbial” group with g@avw, \avOayw, tvyyarw, see Purticiple and 
A. J. P. xii (G89!) 76-79. 


142 GREEK SYNTAX 


PERFECT PARTICIPLE 


348. The perfect participle expresses completion. 

Leading Verb Present: 

DEM. 24, 6: ri én ror’ ey petpios ... Tov GAdov xpovoy BeBLoKas, viv ev 
adyaou kai ypadais dnpocias €§eraCopat. 


349. Leading Verb Imperfect: 

DEM. 14, 36: kowdy €yOpov exeivoy tretkndotes w@povdouv adAnAots. 
23,127: Koruy evOds amextovas ovx aopares nyett ameddeiv drat Tixot. 

350. Leading Verb Aorist: 


DEM. 37,10: adixopny oxeddv te Tavt’ dmokwAeKa@s Ga’ €xywv €EémAEevTa. 


351. Leading Verb Perfect: 
DEM. 55, 23: ovdev dmoXwXeKas... THALKAUTHY pot Sikny €iAnyxe. 


352. Leading Verb Future: 

DEM. 28, 16: ta yprpata mavt’ amearepyKkas ... edeciaOat viv bp’ tyav 
altace. 

353. Leading Verb Pluperfect: 


DEM. 1, 8: Feopev (=plupf.) EtBoetow BeBonOnkores, We had re- 
turned from having reinforced the Luboeans. 


PARTICIPLE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INDICATIVE 

354. The participle as the representative of the indicative 
takes all the tenses, the future as well as the present, the perfect, 
and the aorist. 

The participle represents the indicative only after verbs of intellectual 
perception and those that are causative of the same. For actual percep- 
tion, see Object Sentences. 

355- PRESENT PARTICIPLE.—The present participle repre- 
sents durative action, regularly contemporaneous, occasionally 
prior. 

Contemporaneous Action after a Princtpal Tense = Present Indicative: 


DEM. 29, 25: BotvAopa... e€ehéyEar.. . ad’rov Wevddpevoy (= ore Wevdes 
ra), 1 wzsh to prove him to be a liar, that he ts a lear. 


356. Contemporaneous Action after an Historical Tense = Imperfect 
Indicative: 

Dem. [34], 13: noOopny attov Stak povépevor pe (= ore Stexpovero pe, or, by 
repracsentatio, ore biaxpoverai pe), [ Percetved that he was trying to cheat me. 


MOODS 143 


357. Prior Actton=Imperfect Indicative: 

ol8a oe A€yovra(= Sri eyes), NEN. Cyr. 1, 6,6; J know that you used 
Zo say. 

DEM. 21,12: Medias 8 ev atrais ravras tais Hepa d&ia rod Botvat Thy 
eoxarny Sixny moray (= dre éroiet) SecyOnoerat. 

Lys. 10,4: gaivouar obv tpicxadexérns &v Gre 6 mathp bm TOV TpidKorTa 
aréOvnoke. 

XEN. Cyr. 1, 2.2: ptow... ris poppis Kai rhs Wuxns toatrny €xwv dia- 
prnpovevera. /bzd. 1,6, 6 (see above). 


HDT. 6, 121 : daivovrat picoripavva éedvtes. 


358. AORIST PARTICIPLE = Aorist Indicative. 

eupyoer aitov Thy... wédw Sia AakeSatpoviwy dobevy woinoavTa, DEM. 
15,24; You well find that he made the city weak by means of the Lacedae- 
monians. 


359. PERFECT PARTICIPLE = Perfect Indicative. 


olSa oe... éym Kal iSiwtny yeyevnpéevov Kal viv TUpavvoy dvta, XEN. Hiero, 
1,2; 1 know that you have been a private citizen and are now an absolute 
ruler. 


360. FUTURE PARTICIPLE = Future Indicative. 

cages ... Wet GAwodpevos, ANTIPHON, 2a 8; fe knew clearly that he 
would be convicted. 

ANTIPHON, 2 a 8 (see above). 

THUC. 3, 67, 1: Wa tyeis .. . efdnre Sixaiws attov KaTayvwo opevot. 

Hb?. 5,42: «0 ... €xiotato kat’ avdpayabinv abros o xn ow rHv BaciAniny. 

SOPH. Ai. 1155: toOc rnpavovpevos. 

On the Future Participle after Verbs of Motion, see Index. 


MOODS 
Indicative Mood 


361. The indicative mood represents the predicate as a real- 
ity. It is sometimes called the declarative mood or mood of 
direct assertion. mpi, / say. 


362. USE OF THE INDICATIVE.—The use of the Greek indicative is in 
the main the same as that of the English indicative. It must, however, 
be noticed that the English indicative and the English subjunctive (opta- 
tive) coincide to a considerable extent in form. Hence the apparent coin- 
cidence in syntax, where there is real diversity. In “/ had facnuted, unless 


144 GREEK SYNTAX 


I had believed,” Ps. 27,13, both “I had fainted” and “I had believed ”’ are 
subjunctives, or rather optatives. 


363. The differences to be specially noted are these: 


1. EXPRESSION OF POSSIBILITY, POWER, OBLIGATION, AND 
NECESSITY. — The Greek language expresses possibility and 
power, obligation and necessity, and abstract relations generally, 
as facts; whereas our translation often implies the failure to 
realize. 


ouvéAer... TA... GvVSpdroda & ESeu aitév amodtoa, ANTIPHON, 5, 20; 


The slaves whom he was to release were on board with him. ot...eév taisg 
TexoapaKovta vavai [ledotovvyotot, ots Edeu év Taxer TapayeveoOar, ... evdrerpripav, 
THUC. 3, 29,1; The Peloponnestans tn the forty ships whose business ¢t was 
to get (who ought to have got) there quickly, lottered on the way. tote Suvah- 
yetv xp qv o Sr GAAvpy eyo, EUR. Alc. 633; fume aeguzus dolere FUERAT fata 
cum me tollerent (Buchanan). 

DIN. 1, 81: dre pev €det payerOa ... dye ami@y olkade, €metd7 b€ Tpog- 
KEY olkot KWOvvEvVEL .. . @XET’ EK THS TONES aTrOdpas. 

DeM. 18, 191: expny... et. 29,41: moAd KdddXoy jy... SuoKxew. [46], 
5: de. [47], 76: yewpy® S€ mpos To immodpop@, Gate ov Toppw €deEt avtov 
€AGew. 

Lys. 12, 32: xpi O€ ce... etmep Haba xpnotis ... Tots péAAovoew adikws 
aTrobaveic Oat pnvutny yever Oat. 

ANDOC. I, 20: 7) €ueé i) exetvoy €beu amobavewv, aut mihi aut lle mortendum 
erat: 

PLaATo, Apol. 34 A: Kal cidXovs TodAOds eyw Exo Uply eiwety, OY Ta EXpHY 

.. mapacxécOar MéAnrov paptupa. 

Hr. 3, 66: od yap jv of dadadés ... pavae Tov Kipou vidv amodwAexévat. 
8,6. 8, 68, a): dmyAdakav ottw ws Keivous ET peTe. 

AR. Nub. 963: mparov pev See madds Paviy ypvEavtos pndév’ axovoat. 
Lbid. 973: et. 

Eur. Alc. 633 (see above). 

Hom. Il]. 1, 353: tepny wep poe OpedXAev ’OAVpTLs eyyvadiEar. 


364. ee, expav, ETC., OF THE PRESENT.—When det, €yphv, and 
the like refer to the present and not to the past, a modal sense 
is sect up, and the dependent infinitive becomes unreal.’ 


' MSS and editors often fluctuate between ee and det, yony and yp. The 
present indicative gives the simple statement, the imperfect indicative surprise or dis- 
appointment. Cf. ANTIPHON, 5, 91, where the codices have yon, Blass yonv; Andoc, 
{4], 16, where Blass has fee for MS Get. 


INDICATIVE MOOD 145 


éxpiv... Scrov elvar rovro mpdrrev, LYCURG. 141; Jt ought to be conso- 
nant with prety to do this (but it is not). 


LYCURG. 141 (see above). 

DEM. 15, 32: €xpyy... thy adriy éxew Scdvorav bpas (= aAX’ ovk Exere) wept 
THs €v TH TodTE!a TaEEWS, HuTEpP TEpl TIS ev Tais OTpaTEias eyeTE. 

THUC. 6, 78, 4: Kai padiora eixds Hy bpas ... py padakos Sorep viv Evppa- 
xew. 

HDT. 3, 80: xairou dvdpa ye tipavvov apOovoy €dSee eivat, €xovra ye mavta Ta 
ayaOa. 106 d€ Urevaytiov TovTou €s Tovs TOAU|TAas TéuKE* POoveet yap KTE. 

Com. Hermipp. 2, 399: rods pev ap’ GdXovs olkovpe x py. 

EuR. Or. 1030: (nv éypiy ao’, or ovxer’ ef. 


365. 2. INDICATIVE IN GENERIC SENTENCES. —In generic 
sentences the Greek has a tendency to other modal construc- 
tions. In practical questions, personal argument, as in poetry 
and proverbs, the indicative may be used as in English and 
Latin. 

ei tis eldas... rpotSwxev H é€awara, ovtds tor’ Evoxos TH apg, DEM. 23, 
97; Lf any one has wittingly betrayed or wittingly deceties, he % obnoxious 
to the curse, & ph KatéOou, ph avédn, PROV.; I hat you didn't deposit, you 
musti't draw. TH...» aoGevovvte muKpa daiverar & ExOier Kal eon, PLATO, 
Theaet. 166 E; Zo the stck man what he eats seems bitter, and ts bitter. 

PROV. jy tis €uake pagay tavtny kai €oOteTw. (See also above.) 

DEM. 23,97 (see above). 

AESCHIN. 3, 196: ef ydp tus ev Snpoxpatia rerysnpevos . .. TANG Bonbeiv rois 
Tapavopa ypapovat, katadvet thy Toditelay. Lbid. 198: dots... aired (b25). 

PLATO, Theaet. 166 E (see above). 170 A: 70 doxoty éxagt@ ToiTo Kat 
eval nai mov @ SoKet; 

Hbr. 3,127: &Oa... coins déet, Bins €pyov ovdev. 

Eur. Tro. 400: devyew pev ody xpi) ToAepor OoTis ed pore. 

AESCHYL, Sept. 596: Sewds os Oeovs oé Bet. 

PIND. N. 3, 41-2: és d€ dudaxr’ €yet,. . . wupiay. . . dperay aredet vow yever 
Tat. 

Hom. Od. 14, 156-7: €xOpos yap pot Kkeivos opas *Aidao miAnow | ylyverat, 


é ” . , , 
és tevin etkwy amatnia Baer. 


366. 3. NON-USE OF CERTAIN TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE 
WITH TEMPORAL PARTICLES.—As a rule, temporal particles are 
not used with the indicative in future relations. Here the sub- 
junctive with av is regularly employed, which becomes optative 
in oratio obliqua. 


10 


146 GREEK SYNTAX. 


Temporal particles with the present and perfect tenses of the 
indicative are regularly causal or conditional. See Zemporal 
Sentences. 


367. INDICATIVE IN WISHES.—The indicative of the past 
tenses is used in hopeless wishes. Here some introductory par- 
ticle, such as e/0e, e¢ yap, is used to show the baselessness of the 
wish. Or the form @erov (dperrov), J ought, with the infini- 
tive, is employed. Here there is also, as a rule, an introductory 
particle: e/@e (aie), ef yap, as. The negative is pu. 

The imperfect indicative after e’@e, e¢ yap, denotes a wish for 
continuance, regularly in opposition to the present, the aorist a 
wish for attainment, regularly in opposition to the past. 

When @dedrov is used, the tenses of the infinitive are em- 
ployed in the same way, the present infinitive like the imperfect 
indicative, the aorist infinitive like the aorist indicative. 

€Bovrounv av (kev) and Oedov av (Kev) are not infrequent 
forms of indicating a hopeless wish.' 

GAN Shere... Kipos Chv, XEN. An. 2,1,4; AR! Cyrus ought to be alive 
=would that Cyrus were alive, 

Lys. 3, 21: €SovAdpny & dy... Sipwva tiv adrhy yvopuny enol exer. 

PLATO, Crito, 44 D: ef yap SpeXov... olol Te etvar of TOOL Ta péeyora 
kaka e€epyatecOa. Rpb. 432 C: ef yap dpeXov (sc. ew), pn. 

XEN. An. 2,1, 4 (see above). Cyr. 4,6, 3: quaprev, os pymote Opeder. 

HDT. 1, 111: dfedov. 3, 65: eiSov dw ev to Uva, THy pydapa opedoy 
iSeiv. 

AR. Nub. 24: «0 €€exdmny mporepoy rov dpOadrpoy Nido. Pax, 1068-9: 
eie cov eivat | apeXev, daar, otTwol Beppos 6 TAEvpwv (Mock heroics). 

Eur. Alc. 536: «(0 etpopév o°, “Adunre, pr) AvTovpevov. Cycl. 186-7: 
pndapyov yévos tore | Puvat yuvackov Oper, ef py pot povo. El. 282: tO Hv 
’Opeatns mAnaiov Kiwy TaSe. bed. 1061: lO Elyes, @ TeKovoa, BeAtious dpe- 
vas. I. A.70: prot dpeXev AaBeiv. 

SopH. FE]. 1021-2: «(8 apedes towde tiv yvopuny matpos | OvnoKovtos 
ctvot? may yap dy Katetpyaow (ei HoOa, hadst thou been). 

PIND. P. 3, 1-3: OeXov Xelpwva xe Pirvpiday, |... | Cw@ecyv Tov arorxo- 
ueEvor. 

Hom. Od. 5, 308-9: as 67) eyw y’ opedov Oaveety Kal TOTHOY ETLO TELL } 
Huar: TH, OTe KTE. 11, 548: ws On py OeAov vekay Tod en abo. 

1 In large stretches of prose literature, there is scant occasion for the expression 
of wish. 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 147 


Il. 3, 173-4: as Operev Oavatds por ddeiv Kakds, OrTdTeE Sevpo | viel o@ 
€mopnv. 4, 315-6: adda oe ynpas Teiper bpotov: ws Opedév tes | dvdpav ddAXos 
€xetv, ob S€ Kovporépoiot peteivat. 6, 345-6: ws... dped(e) c. inf. 7, 390: 
as mpyw OPEXN admor€aGar. 11, 380-1: ds Sedov c. inf. 


368. INDICATIVE IN OTHER THAN SIMPLE SENTENCES,— 
The following summary embraces the chief uses of the indica- 
tive as shown in other than simple sentences. 

I. Lncomplete Sentences : Questions. 

Indicative questions expect or anticipate’ indicative answers. 

II. Semei-dependent Sentences « 

1. Object Sentcnces.—Sentences introduced by 67, that, and 
os, how that, often retain the indicative after past tenses, as al- 
ways after principal tenses. 

2. Sentences of Result.—Sentences of result with ate (sel- 
dom @s) take the indicative as a statement. 

Ill. Dependent Sentences: 

1. Causal Sentences.—The indicative is the only mood used 
in causal sentences, except as in oratio obliqua. 

2. Temporal Sentences.—The indicative in temporal clauses 
is used chiefly of specific actions. 

3. Conditional Sentences.— The indicative in conditional 
clauses is used either as in indicative questions or as in hopeless 
wishes. 

4. Relative Sentences of Design.—In relative sentences of 
design the future indicative is used, whereas other languages 
lean towards optative or subjunctive expressions. 


On the Indicative with dé, see 428-33. 


Subjunctive Mood 


369. The subjunctive mood is the mood of anticipation. It 
anticipates the realization of the predicate, which anticipation’ 
appears chiefly as an act of the will. 

1 Anticipation and expectation are not to be confounded. Anticipation treats 
the future as if it were present. Expectation postpones the realization, To antici- 
pate payment and to expect payment are by no means the same thing, even in popu- 


Jar parlance, and grammarians should be at least as exact as the ungrammatical herd. 
See A. J. P. xv (1894), 39g and 523; Just. Mart. Apol.1, 2, 4. 


148 GREEK SYNTAX 


370. NAME OF SUBJUNCTIVE. — The subjunctive derives its name 
from the notion of the old grammarians that it is always subjoined (sub- 
ordinate). Such phrases as twpev, Let us go, were explained by BovAct twpev; 


371. THEORY OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.—In certain spheres of early 
Greek, the subjunctive appears as a future with the negative of denial, ov. 
Hence the theory that the subjunctive was originally a simple future. 
But it is easier to make the futural subjunctive a deadened imperative 
than it is to get the imperative notion out of asimple future of prediction. 
The fact that py is the native negative of the subjunctive (injunctive) 
seems decisive. Compare the larger use of sha// in Early English. See 
Mitzner, II, p. 87. 


372. IMPERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE.—In the standard language, 
the subjunctive is used only in an imperative sense. The tenses 
follow the general rule (301). 


373. IMPERATIVE OF THE FIRST PERSON.—The subjunctive 
is used as the imperative of the first person, positive and nega- 
tive. The negative particle is wu. 

Flural number: 

oxoTmpefa, PLATO, Protag. 314 B (304). oxepdpeba, /4z77. 330 B (304). 
BH Sioxepev, HDT. 8, 109; Let ws not keep up the chase, let us give up the 
pursutt (304). 

DEM. 9, 71: rots GAXovs #bn TapakadGpey, kai tots Tatra didaéovras 
ekTéepTwpev mpeaBE s mavrayot. 14, 36: pnd adcxaperv. 

PLATO, Legg. 683 C: yevope Oa... rais diavoias ev To rote xpovm. 861 A: 
EpwTopev nuas avrovs (151). Protag. 314 B (guwater). 330 B (see above). 

HDT. 8, 109 (see above). 

Ar. Vesp. 1516: épe vuvy rpeis adrois dAlyov Evyxopnowperv arartes. 
Lys. 1096: épe 76 €a 60s auBadrope Oa. 

SOPH. Ph. 1060-1: ri dra cod det; yaipe thy Ajpvov rarav. | nuets & (wpe rv. 

ION (El.), 2, 7 (Bgk.‘): mivopev, raiCwper, ito dia vuxros aod). 

THEOGN. 1133-4: Kupve, mapodor idowwt Kakod KaTatavoopey apxry, | 
(nt@pes 0 €Aket Pappaka pvopevm. 1047: viv peyv mivovTes TepT ape Oa, kaha 
A€youres. 

TERP. fr. 3: omévd@pev tats Mvapas tatow Mooats. 

Hom. Od. 1, 76-7: ad’ dtye® tpeis ode wepeppalapeOa raves | vootov. 

Il. 1, 141-4: viv & dye... epvocopev... dyeipopev... Oeioper 
ow POC ORER: 


374. Singular number - 


The first person singular is less common than the plural, and is usually 
preceded by dépe, instead of which Homer uses dye. 


IMPERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE 149 


dép’ 18a, rh dpeikw; AR. Nub. 21; Let me see, what do I owe? 

Deo. 18, 267: épe 81 Kai ras tay AnTovpyta@v paptupias ... byiv dvayvo. 
19, 169: hépe dy... €imw. alid. 

PLATO, Phaedo, 63 B: dépe 8)... metpa0@ mOavarepov . .. aodoyn- 
oacba. 

HDT. 2, 14: épe S€ viv cai atroiot Alyurtiout as éxet Ppadaw. 

AR. Ach. 4: dep’ (8 (very common). Vesp. 1497: pépe vey aveitra 
ka)... Kad@. a/b, (Aorist much more common than present.) 

Eur. H. F. 529-30: dep’ exmidwpat...| ri cawov 7rdOe... Sopaow 
XpEeos; 

Sopu. O. C.174: & Seivor, py dy ddixn Oa. Ph. 1452: pepe vov oreixov 
x@pay kadé€ow. Tr. 802. 

Hom. Od. 13, 215: GAN aye 89 ra yprpar dptOpnow Kat wpat 

Il. 1, 26: py oe, yépov, KoiAnow ey mapa vnvot Ktxel@. 21, 475: pH 


> , 
@éev...akKovdg®w. 


375. IMPERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OF SECOND PERSON POSITIVE.—The 
second person positive as an imperative occurs just once in the literary 
language, and that in a disputed passage. 


$ép’ & téxvov viv Kal Td THs VyYTOU pa ONS, SOPH. Ph. 300.! 


376. AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE IN PROHIBITIONS. — The sub- 
junctive is used as the negative imperative or prohibitive of the 
second and third persons in the aorist. 


ph Cavpaoyns, PLATO, Rpb. 517 C; Do not wonder. pndels . . - Oavpdoy, 
Deo. 18, 199; Let no one wonder. 

ORATORES ATTICI.— There are about 133 instances of the second per- 
son and 29 of the third. See A. J. P. xiii (1892), 425. 

PLATO, Gorg. 470 C: adda py Kapns irov dvdpa evepyerav. Legg. 
868 A: huyev pnkére katéX On. Rpb. 517 C (see above). 

THUC. 1, 140, 4: tpav bé pydets vopion mept Bpayéos dv trodepeiy, ef KrEé. 
3, 40, 7: pn obv mpoduta yévnao Oe tov attov. 

Hr. 3. 53: py d@s ta wewvtov ayaba dAXowot. 

Ar. Ach. 496: pn pot POovnant’, dvdpes of Oedpevor. Eccl. 588: pn voy 
mporepov pndeis tpav avreimy pnd’ UroKpovon. 

Eur. Heracl. 271: py mpos Oedv xnpuxa troApnons Oeveiv. 273: Kat ov 
roude py Olyys, dva€. Frequent in the tragedians. 

THEOGN. 101: pydeis o avOporwy meiay Kaxdv dvdpa pirynou. 


1 Nauck reads pade with inferior MSS, Seyffert «ay rd ric vijcov paBoc. The 
simple imperative optative (394) “a9 would also be possible, but gépe seems to re- 
quire an imperative or subjunctive, and gépe padyy may have been generated by 
pepe uadw. 


T50 GREEK SYNTAX, 


HIPPON. 49: pykére ypavns. 

ALCAE. 44: pndev GAo hutetaons mporepov SévSpiov aurédro. 

Hom. Od. 3, 55. 11, 251. 15, 263: etmé pot elpopéve vnuepréa pnd’ émi- 
Kkevons. 22, 213-4: Meévtop, pn o' eméeoot mapaitweTiOnow ‘Odvovers | 
pynotnperoe payer Oa. 

Il. 5, 684-5: Uprapidyn, pn 6 pe €Awp Aavaciow eaans | KetoOa, add’ 
cramupoy. 9; 335 “522. 15. 145:. 23; 407: * 1245, 568. 775-0: 


377. THEORY OF py WITH THE AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE IN PROHIBI- 
TIONS.—The shifting from imperative to subjunctive in the prohibitive is 
found in other languages, and some scholars have seen a certain urbanity 
in the change from the second person imperative to the second person 
subjunctive in the pungent aorist form; but it is noteworthy that a like 
limitation is found in Sanskrit, in which the corresponding negative par- 
ticle #@ is prevalently used with a form that answers to the Greek aorist 
subjunctive.' 


378. PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE THIRD PERSON AS NEGATIVE IMPER- 
ATIVE.—In a few passages the present subjunctive is found as the negative 
imperative of the third person, when the third person represents the first. 

ph... Tis... otyntar (=ph oidpeba), PLATO, Legg. 861 E; Let no one 
think, let us not think, 

PLATO, Epin. 989 B: peiCov pév yap apetns pndeis mas more Tet On THs 
evoeBelas elvar To OvnTr@ yéver. Legg. 816 E (see above). 


379. SUBJUNCTIVE QUESTIONS (DELIBERATIVE SUBJUNC- 
TIVE).—The subjunctive question expects an imperative answer. 
The question is chiefly in the first person; in the second, only 
when the speaker puts himself in the place of the person ad- 
dressed; in the third, chiefly when it represents the first. 


380. Jirst Person: 

Here Bovde: often precedes. 6€ders, thus used, is poetical. 

22. & Katpepav, épov aitrdv. XAI. ti Epwpar; PLATO, Gorg. 447 C; 
Chacrephon, ask him. What shall I ask? BovXev trop yo eimeiv oldv éore 
76 ériotag@ar; PLATO, Theaet. 197 A; Do you w7esh me to undertake to say 
what manner of thing knowing ¢s ? 

DEM. 3, 22: ‘‘ri BovAecOe; Ti ypawo; ti tu yaplowpat;” 14, 27: 
Dda 06 BotrAco Ge dwhexarny jas eicoicew; [33], 37- 

PLATO, Conv. 213 A: emt pntois eigio 4) un; cuumier Oe od; bed. 


!See C. W..E. Miller, A. J.P. xiii (1892): 422. 


SUBJONCTIVE 15t 


214 B: EP. ri mot@pev; AAK. 6 re dy of Kedevns.. . miratre obv 6 Tt Botdet. 
Gorg. 447 C (see above). Phaedo, 115 C: Odmtrwpev 8€ oe riva rporov; 
Theaet. 149 B. 161 E. 197 A (see above). 

AR. Eq. 36: BovdXet ro mpaypa trois Oeataiow ppagw; Vesp. 760-1: 
BAE. ¢yot mOov. | PIA. ti cow wiOwpat; Lys. 529-30: AYS. ciwza. | TIPO. 
gol y', ® KaTdpate, TLMOTO ‘yo; 

Eur. Cycl. 149. Jon, 758 (268). J. T. 1321. Or. 218: Bovree Oi yw 
gov; fr. 1036: motepa OeXers wor parOaxa Wevd) A€yw | i) oKAHp’ adnby ; 

SOPHS Ant.554- OQ. G.078. 195) ©2913, 828075). Pho 26h (ero. S16: 

Hom, Od..15, 


. - > »” , - ‘4 ee, - 
Il. 18, 185: was 7 dp’ tw peta podop ; €youat Oe TEvYE €KELVOL. 


i isMarmminscce Mate ; = Pets 
509: m7 T ap eyw, pire réxvory, tw; Teo Sopad Txwpat; 


381. Second Person: 

The second person of the deliberative subjunctive occurs only in 
echo-questions, and is virtually indirect. 

EIT. té cou meCwpel’; TEI. 8 1. wiOqode; Ar. Av. 164; Wherecn shall 
we follow your advice? IWheretn you shall follow my advice ? 

Ar. Av. 164 (see above). 

Eur. H. F. 1417: mas ody ér’ etarns dre ouvértadpat Kakois; (Variously 
corrected: més oty dv eimors; T&S OvK dy Elmos ; TMS Odv Ey’ Eiras ;) 

SOPH. Ph. 974: NE. ri Op@pev, dvdpes; OA. & xaxior’ dvdpar, ti Spas; 
(Dost ask) what thou art to do? 


382. Third Person: 

The third person of the deliberative subjunctive is used 
more commonly when the third person represents the first, or 
when an action of the first person is involved. 

& Tovovtos ... py So... Sicnv; (= ph AdBwpev mapa tod TorovTov Bixyv;) 
Deo. 21, 35; Shall not such an one get his due? (= Shall we not punish 
him ?) 

DIN. 1, 8: rot viv €AOwv 6 Srypos ... evpy thy adnOevav; 

DEM. 18, 124: morepov o€ Tus Alayivn tHs TOAEws €yYOpdy i) Edy eivat O73 
(=srarepoy sss. Gays). 20; 117i. 2215-350 (See above), 22,64... 206 27 5 roo 
TOLNTwWOLY Of papTUpeESs ; 

PLATO, Phileb. 15 D: wo6ev ody tis rattns apEntat modAns otons Kal 
mavrolas Tept Ta auqduaBntovpeva payns ; (= TIOev apapeda ;) 

Ar. Pl. 438: dva& "AroAXov Kat Beot, rot tes Piyn 

SopH. Ai. 403-4: wot tes ody QPiyn: | mot podwov pero; O.C. 170-1: OL 
Ovyatep, Toi Tus ppovridos €XOn; | AN. @ watep, doTois (oa yxpr) pedreTay. 

THEOGN, 772: ti oh Xpyanrat (sc. Movo@y Oeparwy = Ocoyris = €yw) 


povvos emoTdpevos ; 


1 More dramatic than as an indicative. Odysseus overhears Neoptolemos. 


ES2 GREEK SYNTAX 


Hom. Od. 5, 465: & pot eya, ri rad; Ti vd poe pnkiora yévnrac; (=Tt 
yévwpat ;) 
Il. 1, 150: mas ris ro mpdppov ereaw weiOnrar "Ayaav; (=r7ds 
metOwpe Oa ;) 


383. SUBSTITUTES FOR THE DELIBERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE.—Instead 
of the subjunctive, we find the future also (268), or de7, yp with the infini- 
tive, or the verbal in -réov. 

vi Sita Sei oxomweivs; SOPH. Ph. 428 (cf. O. R. 364). Gye 84, th x ph 
Spav; Ar. Av. 809 (cf. vv. 812. 814. 817). Gye 84, Ti vov evtevOevi mornteorv; 
AR. Pax 922 (cf. Av. 1640). 


384. ti wa@w;— Notice the frequent use of ti mado; What am / to 
submet to tn order to a certatn end? What zs to become of me? is one side, 
What am I to do? is another. 

Td pédXov, et Xpy, Teicopar. ti yap madOw; EUR. Phoen. 895; What zs 
to come, I'll bear, tf need be. What's the odds? (Let fate do her worst.) 

HpT. 4, 118: ri yap raOwpev ph Bovdropevar tupewv Tiwwpéew | 

AR. Av. 1432: ti yap maOw; oKamrew yap ovk exiotapat. Lys. 884: otov 
TO Teketv’ KaTaBatéov. Ti yap TdOw; 954. Eccl. 860. Pl. 603. (Cf. Nub. 
461: ti meicopat; JLbéd. 791. Vesp. 1000. Eccl. 911.) 

Eur. Phoen. 895 (see above). 

SOPH. Tr. 973: ri waOw; Ti dé pjoopat; otpor. 

Hom. Od. 5, 465: & pot eyo, ti rdOw; Th vd pot pyKiota yévntat; 

Il. 11, 404-5: @ wor eyo, ti TaOw; péya pev Kakoy, al ke PéBwpat | TAn- 
Ovv tapBneoas. 


385. SUBJUNCTIVE IN HALF-QUESTIONS.—In Plato, but rarely else- 
where in Attic, we find a number of hesitating half-questions with py or 
p) ov and the present subjunctive. These seem to depend on the state 
of apprehension engendered by the situation. The etfect is that of a 
douLtful affirmation, or negation, as the case may be. See py and py ov.’ 

1) Gyporkdtepov 7 Td adnOés eiwetv, PLATO, Gorg. 462 FE; /?’s rather bad 
form, I fear, to speak the truth. @dda@ pr od tovr’ yf xaderov .. . Cavatov 
éxgvyeiv, PLATO, Apol. 39 A; Lut that’s not the trouble, 1 apprehend, the 
escaping death. 

DEM. I, 26: py Alay mexpov ceive 7 (but Blass: pr Alay meKpov eizeiv;). 

PLATO, Apol. 39 A (see above). Gorg. 462 E (see above).? 

1A. J. P. xvii (1896), 516-7. 

2? According to Weber, Entwickelungsgeschichte der Absichtssatze, p. 192, there 
are in Plaio 31 instances of this use, which are distributed as follows: Apol. 1, 
Conv. 2, Cratyl. 8, Crito 3, Gorg. 1, Legg. 1, Lys. 3, Meno 3, Parmen. 4, Phaedo 2, 
Riv. 1, Theaet. 1, Vheag. 1. This does not include four, more or less disputed, 
passages in which the sentence may be interrogative: Parmen, 163 D.  Phaedo, 
o4.C. Rpb. 603 C.  Sisyph. 387 D. (Weber, zd.) 


OPTATIVE ALOOD 153 


XEN. Mem. 4, 2, 12: py ody, ey 6 ELOUSnpos, of Byw@pac (Kiihner : év- 
vapat) €y® ta THs Sixavoatyns Epya €Enyjoadba ; 

HDT. 5, 79: adda paddov pry ot rovTo 4 TO ypnotnpiov. 

For the suppression of a verb of fear or apprehension, see l’erés of 
Fear. 

386. HOMERIC SUBJUNCTIVE.—The Homeric subjunctive is not so 
clearly defined in its use as the Attic subjunctive, and is often indistin 
guishable froma future. In fact, it serves as a missing aorist future where 
prose would employ the optative with di. 

ov yap mw toiovs iSov dvépas ot8é TSwpar, HOM. Il. 1, 262; Vever as yet 
have I seen such men, and never shall see them. 

HyMNn. HOM. 1, 1: pyrjoopat ovdé€ AGO w@pat AroAwWVOS ExdToLO. 

Hom. Od. 6, 201: ot« €6@ otros avip Stepos Bporos, otd€ yévnrar. 16, 
437: otk €o@ obtos avip otS Exoeta ode yévnrat. 

Il. 1, 262 (see above). 6, 459: Kai moré tis etna idav Kata Saxpv 
xéovcav. 7, 87: Kai moré Tis Etmyaoe Kai dYryovey avOpwrwv. 197: ob yap Tis 
pe Bin ye €xwv déxovta Sintra. 

On ay (kev) with the subjunctive in simple sentences, see 451-6. 


387. SUBJUNCTIVE IN DEPENDENT CLAUSES.—AIl the uses of the 
subjunctive in dependent clauses may be referred ultimately to the imper- 
ative sense so conspicuous in the leading clause, but in prose the pure 
subjunctive 1s contined to the final sentence, which is necessarily impera- 
tive in its nature. In other classes of sentences dy (kev) with the subjunc- 
tive is the rule, though there are many exceptions in the older language 
and in poetry. See 456. 


Optative Mood 


388. OPTATIVE IN WISHES.—In principal clauses, the use 
of the optative, or wishing, mood in standard Greek is confined 
to the expression of wishes the fulfilment of which is stil in 
suspense. The negative is 7. 

Siappayeins, Ak. Av. 2; J/ay you burst in two! ph wavoato pydéror 
tofiwv, Ak. Pax 31; Jay you never stop eating / 


389. POTENTIAL OpTATIVE.—The optative is the ideal mood of the 
Greek language, the mood of the fancy. “The wish is father to the thought, 
and “fancy ” has a double signification, moral as well as intellectual. But 
the intellectual use, the use in qualified assertions or the so-called: poten- 
tial use, is confined to the optative with dy, except in poetry. “Phe prose 
examples are comparatively few, and are either doubtful or occur in fixed 
formulae. The negative of the potential optative is od, 

For examples, see Optatéve with av. 


GREEK SYN LAX 


i) 
mn 
BSS 


390. OPTATIVE IN QUESTIONS.—<As the mood of the question is the 
mood of the expected or anticipated answer, no direct question can be 
put in the pure optative of wish, inasmuch as no question expects a wish 
for an answer, though it may get one. Whenever, then, the optative is 
found in a direct question, it is a potential optative, and, like other poten- 
tial optative questions, implies a wish of the speaker. Corruption of the 
text is often indicated. 

7 pa vv pot te wiOoro; Hom. Il. 4,93=7, 48; Ah, wouldst thou not 
yteld to me somewhat ? (= ee wi®oro). 


See under Ofpfatzve w7th iv. 


391. TENSES OF THE PURE OPTATIVE.—The pure optative 
is used in two tenses, present and aorist. Certain perfects and 
periphrastic perfects count as presents. See also 305. 


Present Tense: 


DEM. 1, 28. 4, 51: vikon & 6 Te maow pédArer Tvvoicet (305). 

PLATO, Legg. 923 B: ropedvotrbe rep kata iow viv mopeverbe THY 
avOperivnvy. 941 C: etrvxoir. 

HDT’. 3, 65: yn te xaprov exépot kat yuvaikés Te Kal woimvar TiKTOLED. 
6, 69: Tikrovev. 

AR. Eq. 770: €yoiuny. 772: €Axoipny. Nub. 520: otra vixnoawpi 7 eyo 
kat vopiCoipuny coos. 

Eur. El. 231: evSaovoins. Hipp. 1191: Zed, pnker’ inv, ei Kaxds mépur’ 
avnp. fr. 369 (/er). 

SOPH. ©. C. 642: & Zed, Stdo0ins rotor rovovTorow ev. 

AESCHYL. Pers. 228: €kreAXotto 67 Ta ypnora. Sept. 188: einy. 

PIND. O. 4, 11-2: Oe0s evppor | ein. P.1, 29: etn, Zed, Ti €in Favdadverv. 

SOLON, 19: vaiows ... méumou.. . dragot. 

Hom. Od. 13, 44-6: tipeis & ade pévovres evppaivoire yuvaikas ... kal 
pn Te KaKov petadrpuoy € in. 

I]. 2, 259: pnker’... €mein. 6, 480: hépor & Evapa Bpordevta. 


392. Aorist Tense: 

DEM. 3, 36 (see 305). 18, 324: py Snr’, & waves Geol, pndeis tavO’ bpov 
é€mivevaecer, ddda padtota pey Kal TOUTOLS BEATIW TLVa VoiY Kat Ppévas ev OEinTe. 

Lys. 21, 21: otroe pev odv...kateimotevy tp ta oetep’ arta@y emttn- 
devpara. 

ANTIPHON, I, ie Oikn O€ kuBepvnoecer. 

PLATO, Lege. 712 B: 6 de (sc. Beds) dkovaeELE TE Kat akovoas (AEws ELpeEVTs 
re npiv €AOor. 913 A: pnd ad Kevyjoece. 

Ar. Eq. 768: droXoipny kai Scarpa Oeinv katatpnOeinu te démadva, 


IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE 155 


771: xaraxynobeinv. Nub, 520: vxnoamu (see 391). Vesp. 630: amodoliuny 
et oe dédotxa. 

Eur. Or. 130: Oeoi oe pronoecay (blast you with thetr hate), ds wp 
amwdeoas. | 

SOPH. Ai. 550: & mai, yévoto matpos evtvyéatepos. 

AEFSCHYL. P. V. 864: road’ en’ €xOpovs tods euods EX Oot Kumpts. 

PIND. P. 9, 89-90: Xapitwr cedadevvar | un pe Aim ot KaBapdy Péyyos. 

SOLON, 21° pndé pot dxAavetos Bavatos poXot. 

Hom. Od. 6, 180: cot d€ Oeoi toca Sotev dca pect conor pevowas. 13, 
45: omace:av. 


Il. 1, 42: tloecav Aavaoi €ua Saxpva cotor BéXeoow. 6, 481: yxapein. 


393. Lerfect Tense: 


THEOGN. 343-4: te@vainy &, ef pn te Kakav duravpa pepimvéwy | evpoipmny. 

MIMNERM. I, 2: te @vainy, ore pot pnkere Tavta peéAot. 

Hymn. Hom. 1, 165: GAN’ dye® irr Kot pev “AmoAXwvy 'Aprepede Evy. 

Hom. Il. 2, 260: pnd ere Tydepayowo matip KekAnpévos einy, Nor may 
L longer be called father of Telemachus. 


394. IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE.—The optative at times comes 
very near the imperative.’ 


€pSor tis fv exagrtos eldein téxvqv (old saw), AR. Vesp. 1431; guam 
guisgue nortt artem, tin hac se exerceat, Cic. Tuse. 1, 18, 41. 

PLATO, Legg. 759 D. érn Se pr €darrov é€rjKkovta jpiv ein yeyovas 6 
paddrAov ... dywotevoew. 913 A: pyre... dmroito... pnd’ ad kivyoece. 
916 E: pndeis.. . wpakecev. 

XEN. An. 3, 2, 37: ef pev oy dAdo Tis BéATiOv dpa, dAAws ex€érw* ef SE pn, 
Xeipicopos pev yotTo,...aTpatnym emipeAoiaOnv: oricOoguvAakoipey 
& nets (imperative and optative parallel). 6, 6, 18: cao de. 

Ark. Vesp. 1431 (see above). Lys. 839: oov €pyov etn tovtoy omtay Kat 
otpepew. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 944-5: dAX’ ef Soxet coe ravd', Urai tes apSvdras | Avot 
taxos. Cho. 889: dom. 

BACGHWIES tr 71 (Keny.): Tpoppwv ... xopoy | aley eTmonTe votes, Tod€as 
8... | Kyt@ audiriOer Baxyvdidy oredbavous (optative and imperative parallel), 

PIND. O. 9, 40-1: €a moAepov ... Pépors Sé xré. (imperative and optative 
parallel). N.5, 19-20: paxpa pot | atrodev GApa? UrooKamroe TEs. 

Hrs. O. et D. 470-1: dpaos €yov paxéAny movov dpviderae TLA€ Cy | oréppa 


kataxpitr@v. 491: pndé ce An Oot. 589: ety. O98: H3woe. . . yaporro. 


' This imperative use of the optative offers a solution for a number of passages 
where the optative with dv might be expected. See B. L. G. on PInbak, O. 3, 45, 
and P10; 21. 


156 GREEK SYNTAX 


Hom. Od. 1, 402: xrnpata & atrés €xyots Kat Sopact coiow avaocots. 
4, 193: miOo.o. 735: Kadeoete. 
Il. 3, 74: vaioure. 159-60: €v ynuoi veéoOe | pnd(e)...Atmotto. 407: 
pnd ett... Umoorpéewecas. 17, 340-1: topev, pnd of ye... teNagaiaro. 
24,139: 778 etn. 149: Knpvé Tis of Emoto yepaitepos. 


395. OPTATIVE WITH €t@e, eb yap.—The optative may have, but does 
not require, ete (atOe), ef yap (ai yap), and the like.! 





etO(e)...éeBaddrors tHv evdeow, AR. Eq. 404; Jay you give up the sop. 
et yap yevoipny, téxvov, avtt gov vexpds, EUR. Hipp. 1410; /f J could fall 
a corpse, my child, tnstead of thee. 

AR. Eq. 404 (see above). 

Eur. Hipp. 1410 (see above). fr. 360, 53-4: & marpis, eiO€ martes ot 
valovol oe | ovrw Pidotev as eyo. 

SopH. Ph. 791-2: & Eéve KeadAny, etA€ cov dSiaprepes | orépvav éyour’ 
arynots Oe. 

ALCMAN, 29: Zev martep, at yap eos moots ein. 

Hom. Od. 4, 697: «f yap 8n, Baoidea, rode wreioTov Kakov etn. 6, 244: 
al yap €pot rowade moots KeKANpEVOS Ein. 7, 331-2: Zed matep, ald’ coa 
eime TEAEUTHOELEY Gmavta | ’AXkivoos. 


Il. 13, 825-7: al yap... einv... rékor.. . Torunv. 


396. OPTATIVE WITH eb AND @s.—In poetry we find a simple ei, the 
exclamatory os, and in one passage an unriddled Bande. 





ALCMAN, 26, 2: Bade 87 Bade xnpvdAos einv. 

Hom. Il. 10, 111: aA ef tis Kai rovTde peroryopevos KaXe€oweELev. 15,571: 
et Tiva Tov Tpowy €Eddpevos avdpa Badovg Oa. 16, 559-62: add’ €f pw deckio- 
caipeO edovtes | revxed T Gpouv adeXoipeOa kai tw’ €raipwv | atrod ayvvo- 
pévov Sapacaipeda rvnrét xadk@. 18, 107: ws Epis &k Te Oewy €k T avOpworwv 


> U e * , - 2, » a , 
amdéXo.To. 22, 286: ws dn pw o@ evi xpol Tay Kopiaato. 


397. PURE OPTATIVE IN RELATIVE SENTENCES.—The pure optative 
seems to us Strangest in relative sentences. Here the English idiom re- 
quires the expression of the notion of wish, if the relative form is to be 
retained. 

ot avtois tUXOL, SOPH. Ph. 275; Which manner of things I wish 
Fortune may send to them, Fortune send them the like! & ph yévorro, 
AESCHYL. Sept. 5; Alay zt not come to pass, Heaven forbid! (a common 
formula). 

DIN. 1, 66: 6 py yévorro. 

Dem. 8, 51: @ pre yévour ovre Aéyew Gkov. 21, 209: ef yevowd’, 6 py 


1 Explained by many grammarians as elliptical conditional sentences. See Con- 
ditional Sentences. 


BOYAOIMHN AN 157 


yévor’ ovd’ €xrat, obrot Kvptoe THs modiTElas. 25, 31. 27, 67. 28, 21: ef d' 
tpeis GAXO Te yrooea Oe, 6 uy yévorto. [40], 56. 

LYS. 31, 14: €av mote, & py yévotto, Ad3@ot thy TOA. 

PLATO, Legg. 918 D: émei ef tis, 6 pnmore yévowro, ovd’ garat, mpoo- 
avaykaa ee KTE. 

HDT. 5, 111: ro pn yévoro. 

Ark. Vesp. 535: 6 uy yévotro. Lys. 147. 

Eur. Heracl. 512: @ py tuyoe more. 714: 6 wy yévotro. Phoen. 571: 
& pr TUX OL Tore. 

SOPH. Ph. 275 (see above). 315-6: & mai, dedpaxag’, of’ OAvpreoe Beot | 
Soi€yv mor’ atrois avtimow’ epov Tabeiv. 

AESCHYL. Sept. 5 (See above). 426: d py Kpaivot tvyn. 

Hom. Od. 4, 699: 6 pn teX€~ere Kpovior. 





398. Bovdoipny av.— The optative is more or less passionate, 
and is little used in the conventional language of the orators. 
A favorite substitute is Bovrotuny av (Lat. velzm) with the infin- 
itive. Cf. éBovrounv av (Lat. vellem) 367. 

DEM. 24, 8: Bovdoipny 8 av eué tre ruyxetv dv BovdAouat, rovrov re 
mabeiv dv aks €or. 

LYS. 7, 12: viv d€ mavras dv tpas BovdAoipny rept €pod ravtny THY yyouny 
éxerv. 8, 2. 

ANDOC. 2, 28: BovAoiuny pévr dv... (SC. tuas) dteAn THY yrouny atrav 
Toioat. 

PLATO, Apol. 19 A: BovAoipny pev obv dy tovto ottw yevéoOar... 
oipat b€ add xaderoy elvat. 

AESCHYL. Suppl. 787: OéAocpe & dv popaipov Spoxou tux eiv. 

BACCHYL. 17, 41-3: ov yap dv OéXotp’ apBporor e€pavvdy aovs ideiv 
aos (= pr torpe). 

For was dv with the Optative in Wishes, see Optative with dv. 


399. OPTATIVE IN SEMI-DEPENDENT AND IN DEPENDENT 
CLAUSES.—Outside of the Steal (Optative) Condition the main 
uses of the optative in semi-dependent (368) and dependent sen- 
tences are these: 

I. Optative after Historical Tenses: 

The optative is used to represent both the indicative and 
the subjunctive in oratzo ob/igua after historical tenses. 

1. Optative for [ndicative.—When the optative represents 
the indicative, it takes all the corresponding tenses of the in- 
dicative. Jor examples, sce 307-10 and 312. 


158 GREEK SYNTAX 


2. Optative as Representative of the Subjunctive—When the 
optative represents the subjunctive, it is of course limited to the 
subjunctive tenses—present, aorist, and perfect. For examples, 
see Oratio Obliqua. 

The optative is also said to represent the subjunctive with 
av in oratio obliqua, but in the class of sentences in which this 
is said to take place, ay was not required in the early language, 
so that there is no violation of the rule.’ 


Il. Optative tu Complementary Clauses : 


The optative is used in complementary clauses, often when 
we should expect a form of the subjunctive. For examples, see 
Relative Sentences. 


400. PARALLELISM OF THE OPTATIVE AND THE INFINITIVE.—The 
optative may be called the finite form of the infinitive, and it is note- 
worthy that the two run closely parallel in wishes, in commands, in orazzo 
obligua, and in complementary clauses. 


Imperative Mood 


401. The imperative demands realization. The tone of the 
demand varies, and may appear as an order, an exhortation, a 
permission, an entreaty, an assumption.” The negative is 7). 


402. TENSES OF THE IMPERATIVE. — The imperative, like 
the infinitive, is used chiefly in two tenses, the present and the 


aorist.. 


403. PRESENT IMPERATIVE: 


Isoc. 2. There are 55 present imperatives of the second person out 
of a total of 58 imperatives of the second person, exclusive of the bracket- 
ed ones. 


ISee.Ay Joa: a (i882), qt. 

2 On the Imperative Mood, see C. W. EF. Miller, The Limitation of the Impera- 
tive in the Attic Orators, A. J. P. xiii (1892), 399-436. 

3 Out of a total number of 2445 imperatives in the Attic Orators, exclusive of the 
letters, the fragments, the laws, the bracketed portions of the text, all of Hyperides, 
and the Demosthenean collection of procemza, there are only seven—or, counting 
repvarw, eight—real perfects. The ratio of presents to aorists is that of 55 to 45. (See 
Z.¢., pp. 402 and 425.) 


AORIST IMPERATIVE 159 


Lys. 1, 18: Wevon dé under, aAdAa ravra radnOy ré€ ye. 

PLATO, Crito, 44 B: add’, & daone Sa@xpares, Ere Kai viv epot weiBoy Kai 
coOnr. Legg.930 D-E: 16 (ytyvopevor, offspring)... rhs yuvatkds ai yuvaixes 
eis (Any xopav exTmepTovt@yv avy To matpi (father and all). 946 E: ands 
Ovnoxérw. Theaet.146 B: py adieoo tov Oeattytov, add épawra. 

THUC. I, 34,3: €otw. 42,1: dfwoitw. 86,5: WnpiterOe. 2,44,4: nyei- 
obec... xovpiferOe. 46,2: amoywpeire. 

HDT. 3,78: dee ro Eiqhos wai dc’ dudorépwv. 4,98: Avere Gupa ev éxu- 
oTns imEpns. 

Ar. Ach. 400-479: Only two presents, Péeipov (460) and KAeie (479), 
against Ig aorists. /ézd. 1005-7: avaSpurrer, ¢€Eonrtarte, Tpémet, aper- 
kere | Ta Aay@a TaxXéws, TOUS TTEquvous aveipete. | Pepe Tors O3eALoKOUS KTE. 
1040-1: KkaTayet ov THs xopdns TO péAe- | Tas oOnmias aTAOEVE. 1043: OntTaTe. 
1047: Omrare tavuti kat Kad@s EavOilere. 1054: dmighep drodepe ta xpéa 
kat pn poe Oi dov. 

Com. Cratin. 2, 189: dove, oiya, Tpoge Xe TOY vovr, Seip’ Spa. 

Eur. Tro. 948: tiv Oedv kodXale Kai As kpeioowy yevor. 

SOPH. Ai. 497: vopice. 510: otktipe. 520: toye. 581: muxale Oaacoyr. 

AESCHYL. P. V. 309: yiyvwoke cavtov (303). 327: at S naovyae pnd’ 
dyav AaBpooropet. 334: mamtatve & advtos. 

PIND. O. 1,19: AduBar(e). P. 1,86: vaopa dicaim mndario orpatv* aev- 
bet b€ mpos dxpou yadkeve yAoooar. 

THEOGN. 31: py mpocopiret. 32: €xeo. 33: mive kat Eobe. 34: ile 
... dvOave. 37: opirer. 

TYRTAE. II, 2: Oapoeir(e). 3: pnyd(e)... Secpatvere, pnde poBetade. 
4: €xérw. 21: pevérw. 25: twacoeTw. 26: Kweitw. 27: diWackécOw. 33: 
paxyécOw. 36: Baddere. 

Hom. Od. 1 ZAC: ei & (ye voy Evviet Kat €u@v é€umaceo pvdwv. mips 
€otwv. 281: €pyxeo mevoopevos. 305: perdcTw.. . eumraceo. 

I]. 3, 82: toyeoO’, Apyéior, py Badrrere, Kotpor Ayaor. 130: Set’ (Oe. 
159: €v vnvot veéoOw. 162: tev. 282: é€yérw. 4,412: rétTa, clwry noo, 


ep 0’ emimeibeo pv0q. 


404. AORIST IMPERATIVE: 
DEM.1,12: dpacatw. 20: €AeoOH(e). 18,76: SetEov. 112: Beato. 144: 


, oe PAG a: , - e “ “ w s . 

axovoat(e). 265: €E€ragov. |58],70: Bon Onaov juw 6 dewa, et Te ExELs, Kat 
; eae 

guvettwe. avasnde. 

PLavTo, Phaedo, 117 A: meOo00 wat pi) GAdos mole. Protay. 343 B: 
yv@Oe wavrov (303). : 

XEN. Cyr. 4. 5,42: «npu€drw. 45: Staveipare Kat nets mecrevoopey vuy 
Karas Siavevepnkevat. 47: €¢ pev ody cAXdous €xete viatiaw dy Bointe atTous, ... 
€xeivos OidoTe + ct pevtoe Nuas dy BotAogOe Tapagtatas pudvaTa CXEW, pty ALTOS 


Oore (notice Contrast of present and aorist). 


160 GREEK SYNTAX 


THUC. I, 33, 2: oxéwaoOe. 34,1: paddrvtav. 36,1: yrato. 43,2: avta- 
7roOoTe. 

HDT. 1, 89: viv dv moinooy Ode... Katicov... pvddkovs. 3,69: emeay 
... paOns adtoy KatuTv@pevov, Gdagoy avtovd Ta Ora. 

Ar. Ach. 34: dv@paxas mpiw. 188: yetoat AaBov. 402: &kxadecov. 
405: tmakovoov. 408: exxuxAnOnr(t). 415 ef sache: Sos. 449: dmedOe. 451: 
yevov. 456: dmoxwpnoov. 467: dkovgoy. 1033-4: otadaypov eipnyns eva |... 
é€votada€op. 

Eur. Tro. 948: ryv Gedy Kodage kat Atos kpeitoowy yevor. Lbzd. 966: Baci- 
Nev, G@puvoy Gols TEKVOLCL. 

SopH. Ai. 501: iSere. 506: aideoar. Ph. 473: Bod. 475: rAnO. 481: 
TOA noov, euBadrov ple). 484: vedoov. 485: meiaOn7r. 488: exowcor. sor: 
ov T@oor, ov p €eXENoov. 

AESCHYL. Ag. 1196: éexpaptipnooy. Sept. 262: clynoov, & tddawva, py 
hirous PoBet. 

PIND. O. 1, 78-80: wédacov €yxos Oivopdov xadkeor, | ue 8 emi raxura- 
Twv TOpEevoor dppatwy | eis "AAW, Kpater Oe TeEXaTOY. 

SAPPHO, I, 25-7: €AOe pou Kai viv, xaderav de Ndcoy | ek pepipwayv, doa 
dé pot tTéeAcooat | Odpos ipéepper, TEAC TOY. 

HyMn. Hoo. 2, 366: etpnrai ro mavta: od d€ pect anor PivAaEa. 

Hom. Od. 4, 765-6: trav viv po pyjoae Kai po pidoy via cdwooy, | pry- 
otnpas 8’ amadadke kakas Urepnvopéortas. 

Il. 1,274: wideoOe. 302: meipnoa. 338: d0s. 394: Al~at. 407: AaBe. 
455-6: 790’ €re Kal viv poe ToS emikpnnvov eédASwp, | #5n viv Aavaoiow detkéa 


Aovyov Gpuvov. 


405. ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE USE OF THE PRESENT AND 
AORIST TENSES.—As a descriptive adverb is often associated with the 
imperfect indicative, so a descriptive adverb is often associated with a 
present imperative. So also adverbs denoting speed. AR. Eq. 495: omevde 
raxéws. Lbid. Vesp. 180: Bade Oarrov. 187: vpedke Oarror. 

The present imperative often produces the effect of an action that is 
watched. See the cooking scene in the Acharnians cited 403, and Pax, 


842: adN eicay’ os taxiota followed by kardkdu€e .. . O€ppaw(e) ... ordpve. 
So also 960 sqq.: celov... mporewe .. . Xepvimtov ... pinmre, Whereas in a 
prayer, /éz@. 987-98: arodnvov ... Atoov ... mavcov ... pikov .. . Képacoy.! 


406, PERFECT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE.—The perfect active imperative 
is little used, even when the perfect is employed as a present, except tA, 
torw, tote, from of6a. Nor is the periphrastic common. 


“Kal Gtipos,” dyatv, “reOvatw, DEM. 9, 44. 6 Bewpds ... ye yovas (fully 


1 See Justin Martyr, Apol. 1, 16, 6. 


PERFECT IMPERATIVE 161 


adjective) o7Tw wredvev érav 4 wevrjxovta, PLaro, Legg. 951 C (but in the 
same breath of the same subject, €otw yeyevnpevos, /47:7. D). 


DEM. 9, 44 (see above). 

PLATO, Legg. 874 C: vnrowei re Ovarw (= passive) ims... rod UBpio Oev- 
tos Bia. 938 C: eav tes pidrovexia KpiOy dis rd Towiroy dpav, reOvatw. 951 C 
(see above). ; 

Ar. Ach. 133: Kexyvate. Vesp. 198: €vdov céxpay Oe tis Ovpas Kexdet- 
opevns. Thesm. 692: KéxpayAr. 

Eur. Alc. 1042-4: yuvaica 8... | adAov tw’... | owlew dvwy Ot Gcooa- 
Adv. [Rhes.] 987: dvwyée. 

SoPH. Ant. 1063: to@&t. 1064: GAN’ ed ye row KaTLO OL. 

AESCHYL. Cho. 772: dvwx6(.). Eum. 598-9: OP. mémo&(a).. . | XO. ve- 
Kpoiol vuy wémeto Oe pnrépa KTaver. 

Hom. Od. 20, 18: rérA ae 87, kpadin: Kat Kivtepov dAdo ror’ erAns. 

Il. 23, 158-9: kai deimvoy dvwy Gt | 6mrecOa. 





407. PERFECT MIDDLE IMPERATIVE.—A similar observation applies 


to the perfect middle. 

pépyynad pov, AR. Pax, 719; Remember me. 

DEM. 19, 171: péuvnoOe, and so in 14 Other passages of the orators. 
24, 64: mémavoo. 

AESCHIN. I, 162: €oTw... 6 pev pioOwbeis pérpios Kal Trot@y Ta wpodoyn- 
péva, 6 dé thy nrtkiav TpoAaBov Kat picPwodpevos EYetva bw. 

ISoc. 2, 37: péuvnoo. 

XEN. Cyr. 4, 2,7: kat ov nuiy mora Oe@y meToingo Kat deEvav dds. 

HpT. 5,105: d€omora, pépveo tav 'AOnvaiwy. 7,29: €xtnoo... atos Ta 
mep avtos extnoao (249). 7,148 (Orac.): mevdaypévos hao | Kai Kearny re- 
piraso. 

Ar. Pax, 719 (see above). 

Hes. O. et D.797: rehirAa€o be dupe. 

Hom. Il. 5, 226-8: add’ dye viv paoreya Kat nria...| déEat, eyo & inrav 
émBnoopat oppa paxwpac: | née ov tdvde Séd€ Eo, peAntovew 8 eyot immo. 20, 


377 (22, 340. 


408. PERFECT IMPERATIVE PASSIVE.—The perfect impera- 
tive passive is not unfrequently used in judicial sentences, in 
harsh orders, in philosophical definitions, of something that is 
to be settled and to stay settled, but in the third person only. 
The second person is so rare that it is not safe to generalize. 


Third Person: 
a&veppid0w xvBos, Com. Men. 4, 88 (303). Tatra... remaicbw... ipiv, 
Il 


162 GREEK SYNTAX 


PLATO, Euthyd. 278 C; Let th7s be the end of your fun. eipjo®w, Let zt be 
sazd and settled, is especially common. 

Dem. Pr. 18: px) rav6’, @s Exaotos €xet yvopns tyav Tepl Tav TapovTov, 
dpbas eyvaxévar TeT ELT Ow. 

AESCHIN. 3, 24: péxpe Oedpo eipno Oe por. 

ISAE. 5,12: toaatra po eipyo do. 

ISOC. 4, 14: Taira pot mpoetpy oO. 51: tavta...eipnobw po.. 

LYS. 24, 4: Tooaita pou eipy oO. 

PLATO, Cratyl. 401 D: efpyo@w, which occurs frequently. Euthyd. 278 
C (see above). Legg. 662 D: kai pou ta eurpoober npwtnpeva ... jpwtno bo. 
Phaedr. 250 C: taira pev ody penn kexapicbw. Rpb. 485 A: roiro... 
tav piroavperv picewy Tépt OpooynT Ow jpiv. Theaet. 187 B: aroxexpicbo. 
197 D-E: roujowpev... weTornaoOw dn. Tim. 89 D: AedexGo.' 

THUC. 1,71, 4: peéxpe pev odv rovde wpla Ow tpav 7 Bpadvtis. 

HpT. 3, 81: AeA€XOw Kapot radra. 6, 55: Tavta pév vuy Tepl TovTwY 
elpia bo. 

Com. Men. 4, 88 (see above). 

Hom. Od. 12, 51: wetpar avn pba. 

Il. 8, 524: podos 8, bs pev viv bys, eipnuévos €aroa. 


409. Second Person: 
Kara oakeAtle kal wéempyao Kai Boa, COM. Pherecr. 2, 287: And then in- 
dulze tn fits, high fevers, yells (of pain). 
S ‘S Bf p 
Isoc. Ep.7, 13: €ppeao. 
XEN. Cyr. 4, 5, 33: €ppwco. 
Com. Pherecr. 2, 287 (see above). 


410. dye, 1, pepe WITH THE IMPFRATIVE.—In exhortations dye, tt, 
épe, and the like (usually with 67 or vuy) often precede the imperative. 
aye 84, kdtetweé por at Tov cavTov tpdmov, AR. Nub. 478. tOe 8y, «d- 


Teitm(e), Pax, 405. épe ny mpods Cedv kaxeivo oxéeWaabe, DEM. 21, 58. 


AII. diye, yere: 

PLATO, Phaedo, 86 E: d\n’ dye, & 4s, & KeBns, X€ye. Phaedr. 237 A: 
ayere On, @ Movoa,... Ei po AaBea Oe Tov piOov. Phileb. 39 E: aye 8n, 
22. Kal TOOE ATOKpLVal. 

XEN. An. 2, 2,10: dye 5n,... efmeé tiva yropuny exes. 7,6, 33: dyere O7 
mpos Oeav kat Ta eva okéeWacbe ws eye. Apol. 14: dye 8) dxkotoare Kai 
aka. Conv. 2, 21: dye 8n, en 6 Pidurmos, kat euot avAnoarw. Cyr. 7, 5, 
24: GAN’ dyete Nap Bavere Ta onda, 

‘AR. Ach. 111: dye 69 ob pPpacov €pot capws mpos trovrovi. Nub. 478 
(410), ef sacfe. 

NAL To Pos (n880)7430, 


PROHIBITIVE 163 


SOPH. Ai. 1097: dy’, etn’ dn’ dpyjs at&is. Tr. 1255: ay’ éeyxoveir’, 
alpec Oe. 

AESCHYL. Cho. 803-4: d@yere, tav muda mempaypévev | AVoagO aipa 
mpoapuras diKcas. 

PIND. O. 1, 77-80: aye)... méSavov . .. mépevoov . . . wéXaor. 

ARCHIL. 4: adN’ dye, civ Kobwre Bors Sia wéApata vynds | Poita Kali Koihwy 
mopar’ apedKke Kadwv. 

TYRTAE. 15: dyer’, & Smdptas evavdpov | Kotpor matépwv Todatav, | Kaa 
pev iruv TpoBadrea Ge. 

Hom. Od. 3,17: a\X’ dye viv idis Kie Néaropos immodapowo. 

Il. 1, 337: adN’ aye, dcoyeves Mutpixdrees, €Eaye Kovpyy. 

AI2.-2005 tre: 

DEM. 36, 56: (Oe 67 AaBE Tas pds "ATOAALSwpov THs movnpias. [40], 19: 
tOe dy AaBe... Tov... vopor. 

PLATO, Gorg. 489 E: adN (Oe €imé. Phaedr. 228 E: add’ (Oc Secevve. 
262 D: (6 dy poe dvayva@de thy Tov Avaolov Asyov dpxyv. Soph. 239 B: ie 

..meipadntt. Theaet. 195 E: (6c ody bn, od dmoKkpivov. 

AR. Nub. 497: (0c vuv, katd@ov Ooipdriov. Pax, 405 (410). Pl. 255: ir’ 
<yKOVeEiTe, omev0eO. saepe. 

SOPH. Ai. 988: (6, eyxover. 1003: 16’, exxadupov. O. R. 46-7: 16’, d 
Bpotav dipiot’, dvdpOwaov row: | 18, etrAABHONO. alzd. 

Hom. Od. 22,157: add’ 161, O0 Evpace, Ovpny emi des Oarapoco. 

Il. 1,32: add’ Te, py p’ epéOe le. 10, 53: GAN Oe viv, Atavra Kai ’1do- 


pevna Kaheooor. 


413. Pepe: 

DEM. 15, 26: hépe yap mpds Oedv okomeite. 19,174: qepe Oy... Oed- 
cache. 251: hépe On... oxeyrarbe. 21,58: hépe b7 mpos Oeay Kaxeivo ox é- 
Waobe. 25.73 (2d). Pr. 53,3: hépe 89 oxewau be. 

PLATO, Cratyl. 385 B: hépe dy pot rode ime. 

AR. Nub. 1088: hépe dy por Ppdacov. Ran. 1417: pépe tVOETOE pov 
radi. Eccl. 710: hépe vey ppacorv pot, radt’ apéoxer oper ; 

Sopu. Ant. 534: pép etme bn pou. El. 310. 376: pép’ etme dn 7d Sewov. 
OSR 3601) 536. 1ig24 Pho 433. »TnSoo: 

AESCHYL. P. V. 294-5: pepe yap | ona 6 Tt xpn Tol TUpTpaToew. 


414. NEGATIVE IMPERATIVE (PROHIBITIVE).-—The impera- 
tive in prohibitions takes the negative wy. The tenses employed 
are the present, the aorist, and the perfect, the perfect chiefly as 
a present perfect (303). The first person is represented by the 
subjunctive (373). In the sccond person aorist, the subjunctive 


164 GREEK SYNTAX 


is used practically to the exclusion of the imperative. In the 
third person aorist, the subjunctive is preferred in standard 
prose. 


415. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PRESENT AND AORIST IN PRO- 
HIBITIONS.—py with the present imperative has to do with a 
course of action and means sometimes “ keep from” (RESIST!), 
sometimes ‘cease to” (DESIST!). In the one case a negative 
course of action is prescribed, in the other the negative of a 
course of action.. Compare with this construction the negative 
with the imperfect (resistance to pressure). 

py with the aorist imperative or subjunctive gives a total 
prohibition. 


py AdAe, AR. Vesp. 1135, may mean, according to circumstances, “ stop 
talking” (compare Tatoa kat py watépile, AR. Vesp. 652; Stop and cease 
rs p Et # p. 95 


‘sfathering” mie) or keep mum.” avtT.Bodryoet Kai ixerevoer tpas: py édeeire, 
Lys. [6], 55; He well beg and beseech you. Don't pity him. Steel your 
hearts agatnst him, ph Savpaogs, Isoc. [1], 44: Don’t be astonished (one of 
three aorists in a host of presents). Oavpalo, qv 8 eye, kat avtds. GAG pH 
Oavpal’, ep, PLATO, Conv. 205 B; 7 am astonished... Well, suppress your 


astontshment.... 


416. PRESENT IMPERATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS: 

DINgt. ROO Sy sss ax bea Oe). 113: py amodéxyeo Oe). 3,11: py... 
nyeio be. 

ISAF. 3.79% py apvnuoveire. 8, 20: py oler He). 

Lys. [6], 55 (see 415). 12,91: pnd’ oleobe. 13,83: pyre... arodéyerOe. 


19, 10: pn... mpokataylyvookeTe. 
PLATO, Conv. 205 B (see 415). Legg. 871 D: py)... darréoOw. 936C: 
pnoeis .. . ytryvéo Ow. Phaedo, 117 A: py... moe. Theaet. 146 B: an, 


dorep hpEw, pi apieao Tov Bearyrov, ddN €pwra. 167 E: wolet pévroe otrwat- 
py addikee €y TH epwray. 

XEN. Cyr. 3, 1, 35: mpos tav Bear, ey, & Kipe, pn ovTw Eye. 

THUC. 1, 86, 4: os Has mpémet Bovrdever Oa adiKovpévouvs pndeis didacke- 
to. Lbid. 5°: pyre tovs 'AOnvaious €ate peiCous ylyver Oar pyre rovs Evppiyxous 


KataTpodioapev. 

HptT.1, 9: Oapoee, Pvyn, kat py poBed. 85: dvOpwre, wn Kretve Kpot- 
gov. 5,40: py avtiBave. 8, 140, a): py... Bovdeobe. 9, IIT: yuvati dn 
Tavtn TH viv TuvoiKéets py TUvOiKEE.. . THY O€ vo EELS. . . pI) EXE yuvaika. 


Ar. Ach. 1054: py... did0v. Vesp. 652: mavoae kat py watepece (415). 
1135: pr AdAec (415). 





a ee oe eee ee ee ee oe 








AORIST IMPERATIVE 165 


CoM. 4, 341, 39: & py mpoojce pyr dove pnO’ dpa. 4, 356, 578: pn deé- 
more SovAov ndovns aavrdv moier. Crat. 2, 231: thy xetpa py 'riBadXe, py 
KAdwy Kan. 

Eur. Ion, 257: py ppovrit(e). 367: pp E€Neyxe. Med. 807: pndeis pe 
patidny xaobevi vopiférw. Phoen. 18: pi omeipe. 

SOPH. Ai. 115: deidov pydév. El. 395-6: H. py p’ exdidacne... | X. 
AN od d8daoKo. 

AESCHYL, Eum. 133: pn oe vixdtw novos. P.V.44: pi) mover. Sept. 
262: alynooy & radawa, pr pirovs PdBet. ; 

PIND. O. 1, 5: pnxér(.) . . . oKomer. 117: pnkére mantawe. 4,14: py 
pareve. 

XENOPHANES, 6, 4 (Bgk.): watoa pyndé parce (e). 

THEOGN. 31-2: kaxoior 5€ py) mpomopirer | avdpdow adrN alei trav ayabav 
éxeo (31). 578: wn pe SidacKk’: ov rou THALkos eipi pabeiv. 

Hoo. Od. I, 315: py... karépuxe. 4, 543-4: pnkére...xKAaile). 594: pa 

.. €puxe. 7, 303: py... veikee. 10,266: pn p’ dye Keio’ déxovra, diorpedés, 
G@\Aa Ain’ atrod. 14, 387: pyre... xapifeo pyre... OeAye. 19,42: olya. 
pnd epéecve. 

Il. 1,210: pnde... Edxeo. 3, 82: iayea’, Apyérot, 1) BadXere, Kovpoe 
“Axaav. 6, 264: pn por olvoy detpe (as she had offered to do) pedridhpova 
morvia pnTep. 23,735: pnker’ epeideaOor (149). 


AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE IN PROHIBITIONS.—For the aorist subjunctive 
in prohibitions, see 376. 


417. AORIST IMPERATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS: 
Third Person: 


DEM. 19,77: pn... pn Sdt@ Sixnv. [42], 31: 6 pndapes vuvi yevé- 
oOo. [49], 1: pndevi tpav dmoroy yevéoOw. Pr. 35,2: xai pndepeas Ao- 
Sopias & péAAw A€yew apxn yevér Ga. 

AESCHIN. I, 19-20: pndé ouvdienodre ... wndé ap&atw .. . unde xnpuKev- 
odtw, pndé mpeaBevodro ... pnde ... eiatw pndémore (5 instances in the pro- 
visions of a law quoted by Aeschines). 3, 60: darts ottw didkertat pyr’ amo- 
yroro pndév pyre kaTayvareo mp < dy > akovon. 

ISAE. 9, 35: Kat ef Aéyew €pod Svvarat KNéwy Kaddov, Tovro aita .. . wndev 
isxvoadrw. (The above are about the only occurrences in the Orators. 
See A. J. P. xiii (1892), 425 f.) 

PLATO, Apol. 17 C: morevo yap Sika eivar & déyw, Kai pndeis tpav 
mpoodoknadtw dddws, Legg.g24 C: kat rotro éxAimérw pndémore cata 
dvvapw. 

XEN. Ages. 10, 3. Cyneg. 2,2: nai pndeis aita paida voptodrw eivat. 
Cyr. 7, 5,73: kai pndecis ye ipav éxywv taita vopiodrw addorpia Exew. 8,7, 
26: ei ris obv tpav... Supa rotpoy Cavros ért mpooWeiv €OéAeL, mpogitw* drav 3° 


166 GREEK SYNTAX 


Vase ’ , > a con > - \ EP , a0 AN ami 
eyo eyxadiopat, airodpar tuas, @ maides, pndets €r avOparay roviyov capa 
bO€éta@, pnd adroit tpeis. 

SOPH. Ai. 1180-1: pndé oe | ktevnoare@ ts. 1334: pnd 7 Bia ce pnda- 
pos veknouto. O. R.1449-50: eyod d€ pymor a€twOnr@ dd | Tatpe@ov 
datu C@vTos olknTOv TUXELD. 

AESCHYL. P. V. 332: kai viv gagoy pndé cor peAnadtw. 1002-3: eiaed- 
Oétw ce pyro ws €ym... Ondvvouvs yernoopa. Sept. 1036: wn dSoxnoat@ 
mvt, but v. 1040: pndé to O6En wav. 

PIND. O. 8,56: wy Badét@ pe AiOw tpayet POdvos. P.5, 23: TO oe pH 
Aadéra. 

Hom. Od. 16, 301: 4 tis emer OSvajos dkovadtw evdov €dvtos. 


I]. 16, 200: Muppidoves, wy Tis pou avethuwy NeXaGéa Ow. 
418. Second Person: 


ORATORES ATTICI: Apparently no examples. See A. J. P. xiii (1892), 
426. 


AR. Thesm. 870: pn petoor, & Zed, tis éemovons edXmidos (parody of 
SOPH. fr. 453, cited below). 

Com. Thugenides, 4, 593: 1) vopicov, according to Porson’s emenda- 
tion of Photius and Suidas. Eupol. 2, 464, is doubtful, and would be dis- 
posed of by the adoption of Elmsley’s conjecture. 

SOPH. fr. 453: pn Wevoor, & Zed, py p eAns cvev Sopos. apud Bekk. 
Antiatt. 107, 30: px vopeoor avri Tov pi vopions. LopoxAns Undret. (This is 
probably a mistake on the part of the author of the Antiatt.) 

Hom. Od. 24, 248: dddo b€ rot €péw, ov Se py xoAov Ev Oe€o Oupo. 

Il. 4,410: to pon poor watépas To 6poln EvOeo Tin. 18,134: aAAa ov 


pev pn wo KaTadvoeo pa@dopy "Apnos. 


419g. PERFECT IMPERATIVE: 


THUC. 7,77,4: pn katamémAnyxbe ayav. 

AR. Vesp. 373: pndév, & ray, F€5100, pndév. 415: py Kexpayate. Av. 
206 : Ta) vuy €oTrabe. 

SopH. Ai. 1182-3: tpets te pn yuvaikes dvr’ avdpov médas | mapéartar’, 
ad’ apryyert(e). 

Hom. Od. 3, 313: p17 dna Sopey cio THN’ addAnoo. 4,825: pynde... 
SeiSiOe. 16, 302: pyle)... torw. 18, 62-3: pi... Seid). 22, 488-9: pnd 

. €o tab). 
Il. 4, 303-4: pndé tis... pepdto. 5,827: pyre... Seid. 1 

3: pn tis onicow | rerpapOw Tort vnas. 14, 342: pyre... SeidOt. 20, 354: 
pnkete... €arate. 306: pr deidire. 


420. EQUIVALENTS OF THE IMPERATIVE.—Equivalents of the imper- 
ative are: 


REPRESENTATIVES OF IMPERATIVE 167 


1. The Subjunctive. So necessarily in the first person, and regularly 
in the negatived second and third persons aorist. See 373 and 376. 

2. The Future (familiar) and the Future Perfect Indicative. See 269 
and 282. 

3. 6mws with the future indicative, for which see under éras. 

4. Optative with dv. See 443. 

5. Infinitive (chiefly in poetry and legal language). See under /nfint- 


6. The Optative. See 394. 

7. Impatient or Passionate Questions. See 198, 261, and 269. 

8. dei, xpy, GEsov, Séopar buoy, with the infinitive, and similar expres- 
sions, are often found as a more temperate or a more convenient impera- 
tive. See A. J. P. xiii (1892), 402 f., on avoidance of imper. in proems. 


421. REPRESENTATIVES OF THE IMPERATIVE IN ORATIO OBLIQUA. 
—In continuous oratzo ob/égua, the imperative may be represented by the 
infinitive, but ordinarily the imperative notion is more explicitly conveyed 
through the medium of some periphrastic expression. See Object Sen- 
tences. For rare examples of the retention of the imperative, see 422. 


422. IMPERATIVE IN DEPENDENT AND IN INTERROGATIVE SEN- 
TENCES.—As the imperative is equivalent to det or ypy with the infinitive, 
it is occasionally used in dependent and interrogative sentences. Famil- 
iar is the phrase otc 8 6 Spacov; 

@...€€éotw Kal py, Tovto vopobernowpeba, PLATO, Lege. 935 E; Let us 
regulate by law to whom this ts to be allowed and to whom not, olo® oiv & 
Spagcov; AR. Eq. 1158; Kuowest thou what thou must do? (Cf. v. 1160: 
Spav ravta xpr.) py éféatw dy rapa tavra érepa mpootartev; PLATO, Politic. 
296 A; He zs not to be permitted, then, to make other additional regulations ? 

DEM. I, 20: A€youow dé Kai ddrdovs tiwas GAAoe mépous, Sv ELewO’ Garis 
tyiv ouuhépew doxei. 20,14: ovd€ yap ef mavy xpnotis €08', ws enov y' ever’ 
€atw, BeAtiwv €ati ths ToAEws Td HO0s. [42], 31: 6 pndapas vert yevéer Ow 
(417). 

Lys. fr. 75, 3: €denOn neew adbrov emi K@pov, Aéywy OTe ped avtTov Kat Tov 
oikeT@y TLET. 

PLATO, Legg. 800 E: 16 8€ rocotrov nuas avrovs éeravepwro® Tray... el 
mpa@rov év Tovd’ nu apéoxov keicOw. Politic. 296 A (see above). 

THUC. 4, 92,7: &v xpn penodevras nas ... dpooe xwopnoat tobe Kai detkar 
Ore dy pev epievrat mpods tors pry apvvopevous emiovtes KTaa wy, ois Oe yevvacoy 
Thy... avta@y dei €AevOeporv payy ... dvarvtayauatot an’ aita@yv olk amiagw. 

Hpr.1, 89: xaricov trav Sopupipov ent magnate tyaoe miAyjoL vddxovs, of 
Acyovtwe Ke. 

Ar. Eq. 1158 (see above). Pax, 1061: ddd’ ofa 8 b Spavov; Av. 54. So. 


168 GREEK SVN TAX 


Eur. Hec. 225: of0@ ot 6 Spacov; Heracl. 451: add’ otc 6 po cbp- 
mpagov. 

SopH. O. C.731: by pir dxveite pyr’ apr’ émos xakov. O. R.543: 
oi 8 ws Toingov; 


The Particle a 


423. The particle ay is largely used to color the moods of 
the Greek language. 


424. DISTINCTIONS IN THE USE OF 4v.— Two sets of dis- 
tinctions are necessary as to the use of the particle dap. 

I. 1. It may be used in the leading clause, chiefly with the 
indicative and the optative or their representatives. 

2. It may be used in a dependent sentence, chiefly with the 
subjunctive. 

II. 1. It may be used with a definite reference, contained in 
the same sentence, or implied in the context. 

2. It may be used without a definite reference, in which case 
no definite ellipsis is to be supplied. 


425. SHIFTING FROM DEFINITE TO INDEFINITE.—The shifting from 
definite to indefinite is not peculiar to the particle ad. Other simple 
demonstratives change in the same way. Compare rov kat tov, Ta Kat Ta, 
and notice especially réws and €ws. téws is used more frequently without 
its correlative €ws than with it, so dong being for a while, and €ws is some- 
times employed after the same fashion.' 


426. Kev (ke), ka.—A similar function is exercised in epic and lyric poe- 
try by xev (ke), and in Doric by ka. The two particles dv and key are some- 
times combined as dy key. A common origin once suspected is now seldom 
maintained.? The accented é may originally have been more clearly 
demonstrative, the unaccented «key more surely indefinite, but the whole 
matter is obscure, and a sharp discrimination between av and kev often 
attempted has never been successfully established. dy is everywhere dis- 
tinctly preferred in negative sentences, enters more readily into close com- 
binations, and on common ground gradually thrusts cev to the wall. So in 
Pindar @& nearly balances cev, whereas in Homer key greatly preponderates, 
key being to ay in the Iliad as 4 to I. 


427. ETYMOLOGY OF a@v.—The etymology of dy is still unsettled. With 
a definite reference it may be translated ¢hen, 22 that case, or, when Oppo- 


1A. J. P: iv (1883), 418 note. See Ax). Pe tin(t882); aq6nuell 


INDICATIVE WITH &yv 169 


sition is implied, e/se. (Compare Lat. am.) Without definite reference, it 
sometimes gives a potential coloring, and in combination with the sub- 
junctive and the optative is little more than a sharper future. kev (xa) is 
also an unsolved riddle. 


Indicative with av 


428. The particle av belongs to that which is other than the 
present, and is found only in past and future relations. 





429. UNREAL INDICATIVE WITH év.—The past tenses of the 
indicative with av may denote unreality (the most common use) 
in such a way that the imperfect denotes opposition to a con- 
tinued action either in the present or in the past; the aorist de- 
notes opposition to attainment, chiefly in the past, very rarely in 
the present; and the pluperfect indicative with avy denotes op- 
position to completion, more frequently in the present. 

Imperfect in opposttion to present: 

éym yap... el pev py dpny ew... map’ av@pdrous teteXeutTyKdtas dpelvous 
Tav évOdde, HSixouv av [/ should be in the wrong (1 am not)! ov« ayavaxtav 
7 8avatw, PLATO, Phaedo, 63 B. 

Imperfect tn opposition to the past: 

péverv yap éfqv TO KatnyopovvTt Tav Gddov, el Be TovT Emoier ExacrTos, Evikwy 
av [they would have been victortous (they were not)], DEM. 3, 17. 

Aorist tn opposition to the past: 

el rd Kal Td ewoinoey GvOpwros, otk Gv dwébavev, DEM. 18, 243; Lf the man 
had done so and so, he would not have died (he did die). 

Aorist in opposttion to present: 

el peév ovv GvOpwrros, bv Set WAN’ Gxovoat Kal Kaka, | av’Tds Hv évdndos, ovK Gv 
Gvdpds EpvyaGny didov [/ should not mention the name of a friend (as lam 
doing)}], AR. Eq. 1276-7. 

Pluperfect tn opposition to present completion: 

ei 32 ye pydeis GAAos H Zevé&is Eypade, kahas av co amwexéxpito; PLATO, 
Gorg. 453 D; But tf there were no other painter than ZLeunrts, would your 
reply hold good? 

Pluperfect tn opposition to past completion : 

el. ..6 dvnp... dwéBavey ... Sixains ...av éreOvyynet, ANTIPHON, 4, B, 


3; Uf the man had been killed, he would have been gustly killed (Ais death 
would have been justifiable). 


170 GREEK, SYNTAX, 


For further examples, see Unreal Condztional Sentences. 


For €BovAdpny (7OeXov) av with infinitive antithetical to the dependent 
verb, see 367. 


430. INDICATIVE WITH 4a AS POTENTIAL OF THE PAST. 
—The indicative of the historical tenses with dy also serves to 
express potentiality, or guarded assertion, in the past, chiefly 
with the ideal second person or tus, but by no means limited to it. 

Ellipses are often easily supplied, but are not necessary. 
The translation is freer than in an elliptical conditional sentence. 
The protasis is sometimes contained in a participle or otherwise 
intimated. 


éyv@ tis dv, XEN. Cyr. 3,3, 70; One would (could, might) have known. 
ddiyous Gv eiSes, Hell. 6, 4,16; Few should you have seen. 


DEM. 18, 225: a pyre mponder pndels pyr av on On tHpepov pnOnvat. 

Isoc. 5,64: kairo tis dv tpoaeddKnoev tm’ avdpos ovtw Tamewas mpakav- 
tos dvaotpapyoer ba Ta THs “EXXados mpaypata ; 

LYS. 1,27: mas yap ty (sc. katéduye); Lbéd.: otre cidnpoy . . . ovre 
Go ovdev exav, @ Tots eiveAOdvtas dv nuvvato. 8,7: dv .. . vmepeidere. 
Lbid.: dv... im@mnrevor. 

PLATO, Apol. 18 C: év ratty rH nAtkia.... €v fav padtora emLoTEevoate. 
Hipparch. 229 B: mavtwy av tév madka@y Feovaas Gri TavTa povoy TA ETN TU- 
pavvis éyéveto ev AOnvas. 

XEN. An.1, 5,8: Oarrov 7) &s tus dv Beto. Cyr. 3, 3,70 (see above). 4, 
5,6: tov Aowrov ovd€ BovrAcpevos av etpes padiws Tov vUKTwp Topevopevoy. 8, I, 
33: €méyvas & dv exei ovdeva obte dpytCopevov Kpavyn otte xalpovta UBpioTiK@ 
yéAwrt, adda Sav av aitovs ny ow TO dvte eis KaAXOS Cyv. Hell. 1, 7,7: rore 
yap owe hv Kal Tas xetpas ok Gv Kabew@pwv. 6,4, 16 (see above). 

THUC. 7, 55,2: & ovk av @OVvTo. 

AR. Ran. 1022: 6 deacdpevos mas dv tis dvip npac On Sdios eva. 

Eur. Andr. 1135: Sewas 8’ dv efdes muppixas. I. A. 1582: aAnyns xrv- 
mov yap mas Tis naOeT dv cahas. 

SOPH. Ai. 430-1: tis dv mor GeO’ &S eravupor | rotpov Evvoicew dvopa 
TOS €MOLS KAKOLS ; 

Hom. Od. 10, 84: €vOa x’ cumvos avnp Sowols €Enpato picbovs. 

Il. 4,421: Uno Kev taracigppova wep déos cidev. 16, 638-9: ot’ dy ere 
dpadpov rep avip Saprnddva Siov | eyva. 

For dv with the Optative as the Potential of the Past, see 437 and 439. 


431. INDICATIVE WITH av OF INTERMITTENT ACTION.— 
The indicative of the historical tenses with dv is also used to 


INDICATIVE WITH av 171 


express habitual or intermittent action in the past, dv being used 
without definite reference (424, II, 2). 


Brarex Gels Gv por... @XerTo amv, PLATO, Conv. 217 B; He would have 
a talk with me and then he was off. 


DEM. 9, 48 (in oratzo obl¢gua). 18, 219: 6 peév ypapav oik dv erpéaBev- 
oev, 6 d€ mpeaBevwr ok dv ey paper. 

ISOC. 6, 52: ef modtopKoupeévyn Twi Tay TOAEwY ray ouppayidev eis povos Aake- 
Sapovioy BonOnceev, ind wavTav dv @podoyeito mapa ToiTov yevérOat Tijv 

eke 
gwtnpiav avtots. 

PLATO, Apol. 22 B: dinparav ay atrovs ri A€youer, iv’ Gua te Kal pavOd- 
vost Tap’ avt@v. Conv. 217 B (see*above). 

XEN. An. 1,9, 19: ef d€ tiva dpon . . . mpoaddous rovodytra, otdéva dv TwToTe 
ageireto, GAN dei mrElw mpooediSov. Cyr. 7, 1, 10 (dzs). 11. 14. Mem. 4, 
6,13: €¢ O€ ris at’t@ mept Tov avtiAéyor . . ., emt THY UmdOcow EmaVHyeEV dv TavTA 
tov Adyor OS€ was. alzd. 

THUC.7, 71, 3: ef pev Teves iSaév 7n Tols oerépous emikpatoivtas, dve Od p- 
onody te dy KrTE. 

HDT. 1, 196: door de rod Sypov €okov eriyapor, otro b€ etdeos péev ovdev 
edéovto xpnatod, of 5’ dv ypnpara Te Kat aioxlovas mapOevous EhapBavorv. Lbid.: 
aviotn dy... dy... €yiveto. 2,109. 3, 51 (025). alzd. 

AR. Ach. 640. Nub. 854-5: adn’ 6 re padow’ Exagrore, | ewmeNavOavéopny 
Gv evOvs vd mANOous erav. Vesp.278. 279. Pax,70. 213. saecfpe. 

Eur. Phoen. 401: more peév em’ juap eixov, €tr’ otk elyor av. 

SOPH. Ph. 290-1: atros dy radas | eiAvopny. 294-5: Tait’ dv ¢€&éprov 
tddas | €pnyavapny: era rip dy od maphy. 443.) 


For the Imperfect without éy of Iterative Action, see 207. 


432. dv WITH THE FUTURE INDICATIVE AND ITS REPRESENTATIVES. 
—The future indicative with ay, theoretically a legitimate construction, 
has been kept out of use by the optative with dy and by ay with the sub- 
junctive, and was counted a solecism even in antiquity.?,- A number of in- 
stances occur, however, in MSS and editions, but most of them have been 
corrected, or are easily corrigible. The same is true of the representatives 
of the indicative—the future optative, infinitive, and participle. 

Sometimes there is an anacoluthon, as in PLATO, Apol. 29 C. Some- 
times the future indicative is confounded with the aorist optative, as 
PLATO, Euthyd. 275 A: mporpéwerte for mpotpéwarre, the future infinitive 
with the aorist infinitive, as PLATO, Phaedr. 227 B: rouoer@ae for moujra- 
oa, the future participle with the aorist participle, as PLATO, Apol. 3c B: 


1 See R.C. Seaton, Class. Rev. 11, 343-5. 
BEVUCIAN, Sol. 1t, 55528 .Bel7-Gs on! [use Mags), Mp rally Diagn. 224, 


172 GREEK SYNTAX 


mooovtos for moujcavros. Sometimes dy is for dy- or ava- and belongs to 
the verb, as AESCHIN. 3,155: ti mor’ dv epet; Cf. PIND. N.7,68 and A. J. 
P. 111 (1882), 452. Sometimes there is confusion between present and fut- 
ure infinitive, as in XEN. An, 2, 3,18: e£ew for éxyew. Sometimes there is 
confusion between dy and 6y,' and easy corrections are almost always at 
hand.? This being the case, it is not worth while to multiply examples, 
most of which have disappeared from critical texts. 

Hom. Il. 1, 139: 6 &€ kev kexoXwoerat, Oy Kev ikwpat. 523: €pol O€ Ke 
taita peAnoetat, oppa TeAeoow. 3,138: TO Sé KE viKjoavTe Pin KEKAHoN 
dxowis. 4,176: Kai ké tis OS éepéer. 8, 405: amadOnoecOov. 419: zd. 14, 
268: dacw. 15,215: medtdnoera. 17, 241: Kopéet. 22,67: €pvovow. 71: 
keloovr(at). ; 


433. NON-USE OF dv WITH PRESENT AND PERFECT INDICATIVE.— 
The present and perfect indicative are not used with éy, but owing to the 
great variation in the position of @& beginners sometimes make a mistake 
in this regard. In ANDOC.1,117 read BovAourde for BovAeobe. In PLATO, 
Legg. 712 E, read with Schanz dvepwrnfeis (cf. 793 A). 


Optative with av 


434. POTENTIAL OPTATIVE.—The optative with dy is the 
potential® of the Greek language. It is used mainly in leading 
clauses. It expresses the opinion of the speaker as an opinion, 
and may be called the mood of qualified assertion. The verifi- 
cation of the opinion or assertion is postponed to another time 


oy 


435. TIME AND TENSES OF THE POTENTIAL OPTATIVE.— 
Both action and ascertainment may be future, or only the ascer- 
tainment. The present is often used of the future ascertain- 
ment of a present action, far more rarely of the future ascertain- 
ment of a past state. The aorist is very seldom used of the 


™See Cobet, N.. Li sor; Blass, Rh. Mus. 36; 2215 HM. Richards, (Cl. Revawa 
(1892), 338. ’ 

2 Famous is PLATO, Rpb. 615 ID: ofy ieee, davat, ob0' av Eee devpo, where HXoe 
cannot stand, and where 086’ ay jjxot Would mean he can’t have come. Here kich- 
ards applies his panacea 6y, but if ever dy was needed with the future indicative, it 
is needed here. 

3 Objections have been raised to the term potential, but nothing better has been 
suggested, Potentiality has to do with character, not with possibility merely, and 
the estimate of character goes back to the opinion of the one who makes the esti- 
mate. Compare A. J. P. xix (1898), 231. 


OPTATIVE WITH AN 173 


future ascertainment of a past action. The simple perfect opta- 
tive with av is found chiefly in those verbs in which the perfect 
is equivalent to the present. In the periphrastic perfect opta- 
tive with day, the participle is often treated almost like an adjec- 
tive. 


436. av with the Present Optative not of the Past: used of 
what will be, or what will prove to be. 


LYS. 3, 5: moAv dy epyov ein A€yev, Jt would be a tedious task to tell. 

PLATO, Charm. 161 A-B: ov« dpa cwppoatvyn ay ein aidws. Gorg. 507 A: 
kai pny 6 ye copper ta mpooykovta mpatroe dv (442). Theaet. 145 B: ed ay 
€xou.! 

XEN. Mem. I, 2,11: cuupayor 6... Prater Oat roApav Séour dv oik oX- 
yov. 

THUC. I, 38, 4: ef rots mAeloow apéokortés eopev, TITS dv povots ok dpbas 
amrapéoxotper, Lf we are acceptable to the majority of our colonists, there 
must be something amiss in our being unacceptable to these alone. 

HDT. 2,6: ovrw dv einoav Alyintov oradiwe éEaxoowt Kal tpuryxidvoe Td 
mapa Oadagoav. 22: Kas dv Sita peor dy (SC. 6 Nethos) amd ytOvos, ard TaY 
Oepporatwy péwy és Ta WuxpoTepa; 6,63: odk dv Epos etn, Lt can't be my (son). 

AR. Av. 127: moiav tw’ odv Adwor dv oikoir’ dv modAw; 172: Th dv obv 
mototpev; Lys. 81: kav tavdpoy dyyxots. 97-8: Néyotp’ av dn. mpi éeyew 
8’, dpas rodi | emepnoopai te puxpov. Lys. 180. 

Eur. Ion, 543: mas dv oty etny aos; 

SOLON, 36, 1-2: wuppaprvpoin tair av... pntnp peylatn Saipovev 
’OdupTiov. 

Hom. Od. 4,78: réxva pir’, 7 rot Znvi Bpotav ovk av tis EpiCoc. 

Il. 1, 271-2: Keivoroe 5’ dv od Tis | Tov, of viv Bporoi eiow emyOovwt, 


paxéotto. 


437. av with the Present Optative of the Past: 
No cogent examples in Attic prose. 


Lys. 7, 16: dare ei kat Ta peyora eis ene eEnuapravoy, ovk dy oldy re Hy Sixny 
pe map attav AapBadvew: ed yap av eideiny (perf.=pres.) dre en’ exeivous Hy Kai 
ene TipwprycacOa Kat avtois pnviocaow edrevbepots yeveo Bat. 

PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C: atAor yap dv te ye ow Avyw € tev (must have been 

. a“ € , Cad ees By , - 
or must be considered) tov jypOéwy door €v Tpota teteXevTr KagW. 


1The Roman phrase sf vales bene eST iy modelled on the Greek +f fopmaat, en ay 
Exo, Lf you are well, it must be all right, according to Norden, Antke Kunstprosa, 
1,239: 


174 GREER TSYN LAX 


THUC. 1, 9,4: ov« dv oty vnowv Ew tev Tweptotkidwv, adrar d€ otk dv moddat 
elev (can't have been'), nrewarns dv exparet, ef jar) Te Kal vauTiKov eixer. 

HDT. 1,2: etnoay & dy otro Kpires. 70: taya b€ dy kai of drrodépevoe 
A€yotey amkopevor es Srrdptynv ws amatpebeinaay Ud Tapiwv (306). 2, 98: ein 
& ay kai ddXos ts "Apyavdpos, ov pévtor ye Aiy’mtiov rd otvoua. 5,59. 60. 7, 
184: cuvehéyOn S€ ravra Ta rota, ws Kal mpdTepoy eipeOn, Tpiaxidta. Hdn dv av- 
Spes av elev ev avtoior réaoepes pupiades Kal eikoot. 7,214: eden... av. 8, 


136. 
438. av with the Aorist Optative not of the Past: 


DEM. 21, 191: eyo 8 eoxepOa pev ... pypui cotk dv dpynOeinv. 

PLATO, Meno, 78 E: més yap dvev TovTwy apeti yévotr’ av; 

XEN. Mem. 1, 2,17: tows obv etroe tis av mpos ravta kre. 

THUC. 2, 35,2: 6... Ewveidas kat etivous daxpoatis tay’ av te évdeeorépos 
mpos & Bovderai Te Kal €miotatat vopicece SnAovo ba. 

HDT. 2, 41: ore avip Alyintwos otre yuvn dvdpa"EMnva pidrycece dv tO 
oTopatt. 

AR. Av. 173: moiav & a&v oikioatpev dpvides moAw; 198. 201. 370. 
382: padot yap av tis Kamd Tov €xOpav aopdyv. 815: Lmapryny yap av Beipny 
€yo thy mode; Lys. 128-9: rouoer’, 7) ov moujcer’; i) Ti pédNeTe; | ovK av 
Totnoatp’, arr’ 6 TOAEpOS EpTETO. 

Eur. Andr. 84-5: @EP. zi djra jew ypovws ova’ €k Swpatwv; | AN. wod- 
Aas dy evpors pnyavas: yuvy yap et. I. T. 1007: otk dy yevoipny cov Te Kal 
pntpos Povevs. 

AESCHYL. Sept. 397-8: kéopov pev avdpos otrw’ dv tpécatp’ eye, | od 
éXkorroa ylyveTat Ta or pata. 

PIND. O. 2, 17-9: ta@v Oe mempaypévav ... aroinroy ovd’ av xpovos... dv- 
vatTo Oéuev Epywyv TéAos. 20: Adba de TéTP@ ory Evdaimor yevoLT’ av. 

SAPPHO, 62: ri ke Oeipev; 

Hom. Od. 1,65: mas av €rerr(a)... AaOoiunv; 4,443: Tis yap x’ elvadio 
mapa kyTet KoLpNnOein; 753: yap Kév pw Ermecta kal ek Oavarow Tawaat. 

Il. 1, 100: rore kév pu iAaoodpevan TeTiOotpev. 2,12-3: viv yap Kev 


€Xoe wdAwv evpvayuiav | Tpwwv. 29. 9,77: Tes av Tade yNOnoeELer; 


439. av with the Aorist Optative of the Past: 


DEM. 20, 143: ef pe Tolvuy nyvonoe Tavita (yévotto yap dy Kal TovTO), avti- 
ka Ontooet (this may be the case, at any time, not necessarily of the past). 

LYS. 12, 34: Oavpatw O€ ti dv mote Toltnoats cuvett@v, OTOTE avTELTEW 
giioxov arextewas Mod€uapxov (Dobree reads eroingas, but there is no occa- 
sion to change the optative, as the question may safely be taken as a ge- 


'So Kriiger: méchten (gewesen) sein. The example, however, is not cogent. 
‘Can't be considered many, would have reference to Ilomer’s words, I]. 2, 108: woA- 
Ayo vijcout Kai “Apyet wavti avacoey. 


OPTA TIVE WITH. AN 175 


neric question). 20.2: aipeOeis im trav puderay, of dpiota Stayvoiey ay (at 
any time) mepi ohav atray érotoi tweés elow. 

ANTIPHON, 4 8 5: mds dy emiBovrAevoatpe atte ef pt) Kal emeBovdrevOny 
tm’ avrov; (So the MSS; but Blass: mas dy émeBovdAcvoa te ata, 6 Te pr) Kai 
émeBovArevOnv tm abrod ;) 

HDT. 2, 11: xov ye 67 €v TO mpoavatoimmwpevo xpovm TpoteEpov i) eye yever Oat 
oik dv yooOein Kddmos Kal TOAAD péfwy Ere roiTov; 7, 180: to b€ apay.a- 
oevre rovT@ Tovvopa Tv Aéwy* taxa SO cy Te Kai TOU olvipatos €matpotTo (306). 
9.71: €yvecay of mapayevopevoe Sraprijtéwy 'Apiotodnpoy pev BovdAdpevov pave- 
pas arobaveiv .. . €pya amodéEatOa peyada, Nooedavov S€ od Boudspevoy dro- 
OvnoKew avdpa yevérOat ayabdv: TomouTw TovTOY evar Gpeivw. GAA TaiTa per 
kat POdv@ dv etmocrer. 

AR. Eq. 413-4: 9 patny y’ Gv | dmopaydaXias otrovipevos tocottos € Kt pa- 
dein (briefer expression for perfect éxreOpappeévos etnr). 

HyMN. HOM. 4, 132: ob pev yap ke Kaxoi Towvde Téxotev (Not necessarily 
of the past. The optative may be generic). 

Hom. Od. 4, 63-4: ad’ avdpav yévos éaré Stotpepéwv Baoidsv | oxnrrov- 
xov, €mel od Ke Kaxoi Towovade Téxovev (UNNeEcessarily referred to the past. 
Churls can't be the parents of such men). 13,86-7: 1) be (sc. vnis) pad’ aoga- 
ews Bev EurreSov: ob Kev ipn€ | Kipxos 6paptiHaeter. 

Il. 4, 223: €v0” ov« dv Bpigovra Sots ’Ayapéeuvova Siov. 5, 85: Tudeidny 


8 otk dv yvoins, morépowce perein. 


440. av with the Perfect Optative: 


XEN. Conv. 3, 6: AAnOé oe... 5 ... was dv... AEANOoe (pe); Has tt 
escaped your observation? How can tt have escaped my observation (306) ? 

AR. Lys. 252-3: ddAws yap av | dpayot yuvaikes Kat puapat KexAnpe dO” 
(= present) av. 

For examples of the Periphrastic Perfect Optative with dv, see 288, to 
which add the following examples: 

PLATO, Phaedo, 76 E: ef 6€ px €ore tadra, GANws av 6 Aoyos otros eipn- 
pévos etn. Politic, 264 C: év pev yap xpyvas tay’ dv tows eins yoOnpevos 
(the reply is: re@éapa). Soph. 261 C: viv & emet.. . rovro & A€yets StaTrer€- 
pavral, TO... peylotov Hpiv Tetxos ypnpévonv av ein, We may look upon the 
strongest redoubl as having been taken, 


441. dv WITH THE FUTURE OPTATIVE.—The future optative with dy 
is not in use. It could arise only from the future indicative with dy, and 
the future indicative with dy had gone out, if it had ever come in, before 
the future optative came in. Still it is found in many texts, and is not to 
be discarded in the later time.' 


DBE LaGon PuStIN MART, Ep, ad Diogu. 2;4: 


176 GREEK SYNTAX 


LycurG. 15 (Bekk., Sch.): ed yap tore, & AOnvaion, dre. . . ToUT@Y TAEtoTOY 
auwedew SoEour’ ay, ef thy wap’ bwaev obtos Scapv-yot Tiwwpiav. 

ISAE. 1, 32 (Bekk., Sch.): kat mpoonmeiAnoer dre SnNw@oot Tor’ av TOUT@ 
ws Ovakertat mpos avdrov. 

Lys. 1, 22 (Sch.): eidas & eye dre tyvikadra adiypévos odSev dy KataXn- 
Wowro otkot Tav emurnbeiwy, eKeAEVOY TuVOELTVELD. 

PLATO, Legg. 719 D-E: eyo dé, ef pev yur por diadépovea ety mrovT@ Kai 
Oarrew attri Suakedevorto ev TO Towrpatt, TOV trepBaddovra av tadoy erawwoiny, 
peidwdds 6’ ad Tis Kat wévns avnp Tov KaTabed, pérpov Sé ovoias KEKTNMEVOS Kal pE- 


Tptos avros Oy Tov avrov dv ematvéoot (-at Bekk. Schanz). 


442. TRANSLATION OF OPTATIVE WITH é.—The optative 
with apy varies in tone from strong assurance (sws/) to faint pre- 
sumption (szght).’ May be is often a convenient rendering for 
the positive, can’t for the negative. Even shall and well some- 
times serve to reproduce the impression, while zou/d and should 
give the regular translation in formulated conditional sentences. 
So far from necessarily denoting uncertainty, it is the combina- 
tion most frequently used to indicate moral certainty, and some- 
times serves as a climax to the indicative. Especially common 
is the aorist optative with ay to express total negation, which 
cannot be brought out so well by the future indicative.’ 


gatrdor... av tw ye o@ Adyw elev, PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C; They must have 
been (must be constdered) sorry fellows according to your account (437). pa 
av ein... madw oe dideiv eve, XEN. Cyr. 1, 4,28; /¢ must be teme for you to 
kiss me again, ovdev &v adv etn (sc. 6”Epws), PLATO, Phaedr. 242 E; -vos 
can't be anything bad. ov yap &v awéAOorp’, GAAG Kdipw THY BUpav, AR. Ach. 
403; No, I’m not going off, but 1 will knock at the door. 


Isoc. 8, 39: alaoxuvGeinn av (should), et paveinv kré. 11, 20: ef... pysn- 
caipeba..., evOds dv dmodoipe Oa (should). 

Lys. [20], 15: mas dy oby ovk av Sewa mao xyotper (must); 

PLato, Apol. 28 B-C: gait. . . dv tO ye o@ Avyw elev (MUST, See 
above). Charm. 161 A-B: otk dpa codpoovvn av ein aidas (car, 436). Gorg. 
469 C: ef 8 avaykator ein adixety 7) ddixetoOa, EXoipny dv paddoy ad«Keto at 7} 
adukew (should). 507 A: kat pry 6 ye copay Ta mpoonkorta mpatroe ay (Must) 
kai wept Oeovs kat epi avOparous* ob yap av cwppovot (can) Ta pil) Tpoonkovta 
mpattwv. *AvadyKkn tavT eivat ovrws. Phaedo, 76 E (must, 440). Phaedr. 242 
E: ody dv Kakov etn (SC. 6”Epws) (can, see above). 

PHILOLAUS apud Sos. Ecl. 1, 454-6: dvdyxa ta édvta elpev mavta i) Tre- 


1A, J. P. xiv (1893), 499, xix (1898), 231. ? JusTIN MARTYR, Apol. 1, 4, 10, 


IMPERATIVE OP TATIVE WITT AN 177, 


paivoyta i) areipa, ) Tepaivorta Te Kat dretpa, dmecpa b€ povoy of Ka ein. (Here 
dvayka ceiver, zt must be, is opposed to of xa etn, Zt cannot be.) 

XEN. Cony. 6, 2: peragd rot twas Aéyew ob8? dv tpiya ju) Gt Adyor dv Tes 
mapetpece (could). Cyr. 1, 2,10: Onpavres .. . otk dy dptaotnoecay (ull). 
1, 4, 28 (must, see above). 2, 2, 15: €« ye cov TUp olpat paov ay ts EKTpl- 
Wevev i yéeAwta €Eaydyotto (could or might). 

HDT. 3,119: avnp pév po dy Gddos yévotto (may), et Saipwv BX... 
marpos S€ Kat pntpos ovKeTe pev Cwovtwy adeAdeds dv addos ovdevi tpit@ yévotro 
(can). 6,63: émi daxriAwv gvpBadrdopevos Tos piyvas, etre aTomdaas olK ay Enos 
ein (can, 436). 7, 162: ote av POdvotre thy rayiotny . . . dmuddagobpevor 
(can), . 

AR. Ach. 403 (see above). 1055: otk dv €yxéatpe yiiav dpaypaov 
(would). Nub. 119: ov« dv we Ooipny, J couldn't do 7. 

Eur. H. F. 97 : €XOou 7 €r dy mais oupos (may). Ion, 543: mas ay ovv 
einv aos (can, 436); 1388: ta yap mempaper’ oly UrepBainv mor’ dv (could). 
1621-2: eis réAos yap of pev €oOAoi TvyXavovew akiwr, | of Kaxoi 8’, domep Tepe- 
xao’, oUmor’ ed mpd€ecav dy (shall). fr. 206: & mat yévouvrT’ dv eb Nereypévor 
Aoyot | Pevdeis, ema@v dé kadAcow vixwer av | rans (way). 

SOPH. Ai. 88: pévoiy’ av, J must stay, Jebb. 186: Feot yap dv bela vooos 
(must, Jebb). Ph. 20-1: ray’ dv | iSocs wordy Kpnvaiov (welt, Jebb). 41-2: 
mas yap dv... mpoaBain (could, Jebb); 103: otc dv XadBots, Thou canst 
not take, Jebb. 

AESCHYL. P. V.758: 7800’ dy ofuae rHvd’ idotaa cupgopay (would). Sept. 
375: A€youp’ ay ecidas ed Ta ToY Evavtioy (will). 397: Koopoy pev avdpos 
ott’ adv tpécatp’ eyw (well). 

PIND. O. 2, 20: Adda S€ wotTpw ory eddaipon yévour’ dv (cannot fail to 
come). 13,103: Ta tT’ €ooopeva ror’ (When the time comes) dv dainv cahés 
(will). P. 10,62: ruyov kev dpradéav o x € O04 ppovrida trav map Todus (mzghé). 
N. 10, 87: quo pév ke mvéots yaias UmévepOev ewy (tay). 

Hom. Od. 19, 598: €vOa ce NeEaipny (well). 

Il. 6, 452-3: of kev modes Te Kat €oOXoi | ev Kovinat mégorey (well). 7, 

41-2: of b€ x’ dyaoodpevor xadkoxvnpides ’Ayatol | olov emipaecav, TodepeCepev 

"Exropt dio (wll). 9, 57-8: 7 pny Kai véos €aai, epos O€ KE Kat Tuts Eins | OTAO- 

tatos yevenpy (might). 417-8: kat 8 dv trois GAXoow eyo TapapvOnoaipny 

oixad’ atrorrAclew (would). 13,741: €vOev & dv pada racav erippargaaipe ba 

BovAnv (w7l/). 22,253: €Actpi xev Ff kev addoinv, J wll etther slay or be 
slain, E. Myers. 

443. IMPERATIVE USE OF @ WITH OPTATIVE.—dcy with the optative 
is sometimes used to suggest a command. 

mwpoayos Gv, PLATO, Phaedr. 229 B; Vou may lead on, Lead on, pray. 
(Cf. 229 A: mpoaye 87.) 

PLaTO, Phaedr. 227 C: Aéyos dv, Say on, 229 B (see above). 

12 


178 GREEK SYNTAX 


Ar. Eq. 1160-1: Spay ratra yp. | amrov... Oéorr’ av. Vesp. 725-6: 
> ‘ > o »” N a > r ~ > , > a va 
Tov coos nv oatis €packey, Tpv av ano piOov axovans, | ovk dv Sixacacs. 

Eur. Ion, 1335-6: HY. map’ nper 8 eka’ obs €yw Adyous. | ION. A€yous 
dv~ evvous 8° ova’ epeis da" av Aéyns. 

AESCHYL. Eum. 94: e08our’ ay (sarcastic), &1, Kai kabevdovcay ti det; 
118: pvfour’ dy (sarcastic), dvnp 8’ otyerar pevyov mpdow. Sept. 261: A€yous 
div ws Tax.oTa, kal Tay’ eioopat. 

~ ete anes ry a re) ree) > , “ 

Hom. Il. 2,250: r@ ote dv Baownas ava ordu’ Exwv dyopevots. 9, 141-2: 

ei 6€ kev “Apyos ikoiweO’ ’Axaukov, ovOap apovpns, | yauBpos Kév pot €or, 


444. &¥ WITH THE OPTATIVE COMBINED WITH THE INDICATIVE.— 
The optative with ay is often used in combination with the indicative, 
sometimes as a climax, giving; as it does, the warmth of personal convic- 
tion. 

DEM. 21, 189: ovre Piyotp’ av ovr’ apvodpar rov’voua tovTo. 191: éyw & 
€oxepba ... pnt kovk av apynGeinv. 

Isoc. 15, 260: eyw 8’ ovdev dv etrotpe tovodrov, adda Tais adnOeias ypnoo- 
par wept aitav. 288° ovy draws av emimAn€erav, adda kai cvyxaipovar tais 
dowtias avtav. 

ANDOC. I, 4: wodA@y poe amayyeAAdvT@v 6tt €yorey of ExOpol ws dpa ey 
ovr’ dy Uropeivatpe oixnoopal Te Pevywv. 

PLATO, Gorg. 481 C: jay 6 Bios dvatetpappévos ay ein tev avOpaTev 
kal mavta Ta €vavtia mpatropev, ws €orkev, i) a Set. Phileb. 16 B: ov pay €ore 
kadAiwy odds ov8" ay yévotro. 

THUC. 3,13, 6: otte yap amoornaetae ciAXos Ta TE NeTEpa TpowyevnceTat 
nadOotpév T av Seworepa i) of mpiv Sovdevovtes. 

Hpr. 9, 111: ovre.. . dv ror Soinv Ovyarépa tiv eurny yhpat, ovre exeivy 
mAEbva XpOvoy TvVOLKT TELS. 

Ar. Ach. 403: od yap dy adméN Oop’, dAa KOWw THY Bvpav (442). 

Eur. I. A. 310: ME. otv« dy peOeipny. TIP. ot5’ €ywy’ adnoopa. fr. 
276: yuvaikés eopev* Ta pev Gxv@ vik@peda, | Ta 0 ok dv Nov Opacos ime pBa- 
AoLTo TLS. 

Hom. Od. 4, 347-8: otk ap ey ye | GAXa mapeE etrotpe mapakdOov, ot6’ 
aTaTnioo. 

Il. 2, 158-61: ovrw bn... | “Apyéeoe hevEovra en’ etpéa vata Badracans, | 


Kad O€ Kev evyoAry Hpiaue kat Tpwot Aimocey | 'Apyetny “EXe€yny ; 


445. THE OPTATIVE WITH & IN QUESTIONS.—The opta- 
tive with av in the question expects the optative with ay in the 
answer. The speaker virtually answers himself, shows his own 
opinion, or his own desire. 


tpdyous av épeBivOous; Ak. Ach. 801; Would you eat pease? mas av 


NOs AN WITH OPTATIVE ‘179 


&dinotvtd wore évda Sei; XEN. Hell. 2, 3,31; How could they ever get to the 
right place? (=ov« &v &dixorvro). 


ISAE. 3,64: tis dv dpewvor i) 6 matnp Boudevaatto; (Ovdeis dv.) 

PLA‘’O, Gorg. 475 D-E: d€€aco dy oty ob paddov 76 Kaxtov Kai 7d aio xvov 
Gvtt Tov Artov; ... GAN’ ov« dy dSeEaiuny. 

XEN. Conv. 3,6: AeAnOE we Gre Kai of pa@doi mavtes émigravta Taira Ta 
én; Kal ras dv, en, AeAN Oot axpowpevdy ye aitav OALyou av’ ExagTny Huépay ; 
Cyr. 5,1, 28: avOpwrivy S€ youn tis av i) pevydvtwy tov ToAEpiov aToT pé Tol- 
To 7) Oma Tapadidovrwy otk Gy AapBavor; Hell. 2, 3, 31 (see above). 

HDT. 2, 57: rém tpom@ dv wedewas ye avOpwrnin porn pOéyEatro; 

AR. Ach. 797: 5n 8’ dvev ris pntpos Eo Oiovev civ; 8ot (see above). Eq. 
88: mas 8’ dv peOvov xpnotoy tr BovdAetvoatt’ avnp; QI: owov yap evpots av 
Te MpakTik@tepov ; 773. 1324. 

Com. Cratin. 2,122: mas tis aitov, mas tis dv | awd tod métov matoete, 
Tov Alay TroTov ; 

Eur. 1. T. 505: ov8’ dv rodw hpacecas Ars eoti gor; 513: dp’ av ri 
po dpacetas dy eyo Odo ; 

PIND. O. 2, 109-10: kat Ketvos Goa xdppart’ dddoas €OnKev, | ris dv ppaca 
Svvatito; [ovdeis.] 

Hom. Od. 4, 443: tis yap x’ eivadio mapa kjret KotpnOein; 6,57: manna 
pir’, ork dv bn por EhorAlioaetas amnyny (=€pdmAor); 7, 22-3: & TéKos 


, € , , 
ovK dy por Spor avépos nynaaco | 'AAkwvoov ; 


446. mas Gv WITH THE OPTATIVE TO EXPRESS A WISH.—zés dv with 
the optative is frequently found in the dramatic poets to express a wish. 
Compare w¢zzam in Latin. 


mas Gv ene kal o€ Tis "Epws Evvaydyor AaBwov; AR. Ach. 991; How could 
an Eros (would that an Eros might) take and bring us together? Utinam 
me et te copulet amor aliguis/  yaia watpis, Tas Gv évOdvoipl cos; EUR. 
[Rh.] 869; O fatherland, would I could die upon thy breast. 


Ar. Ach. gg! (see above). Eq. 460: mas dv o’ ématvécatpev ovtas 
éornep 7ddpecba; Vesp. 166: ras advo’ droxreivatpe; mas; Sire poe Eidos. 

Eur. Alc. 864: mas dy ddoipayv; [Rh.] 869 (see above). Med.97: ras 
dy dXdoipay ; 

SopH. Ai. 388-91: mas dv... Odvotpe kaitos; O.C. 1457-8: ras ay, 
et tis €vtoros, | Tov mut’ dpiotoy Sedipo Onaga mépot; O.R.765: ras av po- 
Ao O76" piv ev raxee maAwW; Ph. 531-2. 794-5: m@s dy avr’ eyo | Tov ioov 
xpovov rpépoure tHvde Thy vigor ; 

Hom. Od. 15, 195-6: ma@s Kév pot trocxopevos TEA ewetas | pvOov euor ; 

Il. 6, 281-2: &s Ké of av&e | yaia yavor. 

On the difference between més dy od and mas dy pn, see the chapter on 

Negatives. 


180 GREEK SYNTAX 


447. OPTATIVE WITH é&v IN DEPENDENT DISCOURSE.—The 
optative with ap is less frequently used in dependent discourse, 
chiefly in relative, interrogative, and conditional sentences. In 
these combinations, the optative with dy is often a semi-quota- 
tion or reference to a known or imagined state of mind. 


éxaoTds TL av exer Teds 6 BovAoLTO Gv pe TP@TOV atroAoyeioart, ANDOC. 
1,8; Each of you has some potnt which he would wish me to meet first in 
my defence. Bovdevdpevor OnBaior Srws Gv thy fyepoviav AdBovev Tis “EAAG- 
80s, XEN. Hell. 7, 1,33: The Thebans planning how they could (saying : was 
av AaBowev; How can we?) gain the primacy of Greece. ek pev ovv Gddovs éxeTE 
oiotiaw Gv Soinrte avtovs (sc. Tovs twiovs), ... ekeivors Sidote* et pevTor Has av 
BovAotabe mapaotatas padtota exewv, Hpiv aitods Sdre, XEN. Cyr. 4, 5.47; Jf 
you have others to whom you would give the horses, offer them to them; tf, 
however, you would like most to have us as your stand-bys, give them to us. 

For other examples, see Relative, Conditional, and [nterrogative Sen- 
fences. 


448. ADHERESCENT av.— Carefully to be distinguished from these 
semi-quotations are those instances in which the dy adheres to the leading 
particle and yet the subjunctive is changed into the optative. This is 
really anacoluthic and does not count. 


tovtous Sé émipedeioOar Tis Todews, Ews Gv (del. Dobr.; ad VW.) of vopor 
TeGetev, ANDOC. 1,81; These were to lake charge of the citizens until the 
laws should be made. (If év goes with reOetev: wat7l such time as in all like- 
lihood the laws would be made.) 


ANDOC. 1, 81 (see above). 
AR. Eq. 1056: kat ke yur pépoe ay Bos, ere’ Kev avip avabein. 


Examples will be given under the different categories. 


449. éav, Stav, ETC., WITH THE OPTATIVE.—The particles which coa- 
lesce with dy, such as éav, 6ray, ordray, emecdav, rarely forget their belong- 
ings, and in good Greek the optative is more than suspicious. 


450. OMISSION OF @v WITH THE OPTATIVE.—THE PURE OPTATIVE 
AS A POTENTIAL.—The pure optative (optative without dy) is sometimes 
used in the early language as a potential, the negative being ov. The in- 
stances cited, however, are not all free from doubt, and outside of these 
early examples all pure optatives used as potentials are more or less open 
to suspicion. Sometimes dv has been dropped by haplography, sometimes 
there has been a confusion with other words, an ad (AY) or a 67 (AH), some- 
times the éy is to be understood from a preceding passage, or anticipated 
from a succeeding passage, sometimes euphony may have prompted the 


POTENTIAL OPTATIVE FURE 181 


omission,' although the Greeks generally are not very sensitive to the ca- 
cophony of recurrent sounds,’ or the ear may have been cheated, some- 
times the syntax of the editors may have been at fault, and the optative 
being equivalent to an imperative may be considered as an equivalent to 
the optative with dv.* Many passages once freely cited have been cor- 
rected by editors, som 2times unnecessarily, and the tendency is decidedly 
towards the norm. Similar is the case of the omitted key (ke), and there 
are not a few passages in which the presence of a ye suggests a restoration 
of the regular modal construction. 


DIN. 1, 66: riow dpOadrpois Exactos bpay thy Tatpwav éotiay oikad’ arehOav 
idety ToApnoeceyv (roAwnoee Blass, Bk. Turr.); 1, 91: ef pev ody €re Set thy 
row THs Anuogbévous movnpias Kat aTuxias admoXavew .. ., oTEpKTéov Ein | (dv) Ein 
BE. ; ety del. Fr. Bait.] rots cupBaivovow. 2, 3: movnpiav yap apyouerny pev 
kwAvoat taxa (ray dv mal. Bk. Dobr., rec. Turr. Bl.) tis xoddtov Suvn Gein. 
3.19: peta de Swpodokias Kai mpodoaias Kai Tay dpolwy Tovtots Kak@v ... ovdepia 
(ovdene dy Bk. Dobr. Turr. Bl.) woAts ow Oe in. 

LYCURG. 50: otk (dv Bekker) aloyuvOeinv einwv orépavoy tis tmarpidos 
eivat Tas €keivor Wuyds. 144: Kal Tis dvapynobeis (dv avapvnabeis Scheibe)... 
TOCELE...; 

ISAE. 9, 5: 008’ (otr’ Bekk.) adtos (av attos Scheibe) eEapvos yévouto pe- 
paptupytal Te tyiv. 11,38: €yw yap (eyo yap dv Sch.) & dvdpes mavrwy 6podo- 
yo atpe elvat KaKiores. 

LYS. 5,5: ovdxére okéyorta 6 te ayaboy (av ayabdy Sch.) eipyarpeévoe trovs 
Seardras eAeVOepor yévouvTo. 11,7: eyo ovv Se Eaiuny (leg. deEaiuny dv) ra- 
gas amoBeBrAnkévat 7) ToLAavTNY yropny Tept Tov TaTépa ExELV. 19, 35: Opodoyn- 
cetav (6uoAoynoevay av Sch.). 

ANTIPHON, I, 10: ef S€ admapvo ylyvowTo .. .,<7 Bacavos> avayKaot 
(avayxa¢er COdd., avayxato. Bl. ex em. Steph.; leg. av dvayxator) ra yeyovira 
katnyopetv. 1,25: Kat yap ducacdtepoy .. . Kat mpos Be@v Kai mpds avOpwrwv 
y!yvotrto (yiyvorro <dy> Blass) tyiv. 5, 64: exetvou yap aporta (dor dy Hi. J. 
Bl.) rv @ouvro. ° 

PLATO, Parmen. 145 A-B: kat dpyny 8n, ws €orxe, Kat TeAevTHY Kal pero 
éxot dv To &y. “Exou (dv to be supplied from the preceding). 148 E: otrw 
pev 51) Gmrotr’ dy tO év avtov Te Kut Tov GAdwv. “Amtotro (éd.). Phaedo, 87 
B-C : eyot yap Soxet dpoiws NéyerOat taita, Gorep dy ris... N€you. . « TEKUNpLov 
b€ mapéxolTo... kat... dvepwT@n ... admoxpwapuevou b€ Twos ... oloLTo. 
(One dy suffices for four optatives in a very long sentence.) Rpb. 382 D: 


, ’ ‘ , ca . , ~ 
morepov Ota TO pn) Etd€vat Ta TaXaLta adouowy dy Wevdotro; Tedotoy pévt’ ay ety, 
p 


VSee A. J. Pi -xil,, 387; <AESCHY.L;Chox5955 <SOPiU:=\nt. 604-5: THEOGN: 
125: ofdé yap ef deine avdpog voov, where edd. ob yap dv etdetne. 

*Pinpar, I. FE. exiv. Ar. Nub. 776: omwe amoorpibac ay aytidixwy Cixny, 
Still notice the rarity of compounds in avav-. 

$B. L.G. on PINbD. O. 3, 45: Ketvog ety. P. 10, 21-2: Geog ety | amypwy Keap 


182 GREE KES MNGAXS 


€pyn. Torys pev apa Wevdrs ev Bed ork Er. OU pou Soxet. "AAA Sedids rods 
€xOpots Yevdorro (dv to be supplied from Wevdorro above); Riv. 135 C: 
kai yap €xet Téxrova pev ay mpiato Trévte 7) €€ pv@y dKkpov, apyitéxrova b€ odd dy 
pupiov Spaxparv- ddtyou ye pry Kat €v maat Tois "EAAnot yiyvowvro (ay to be 
supplied from preceding). 

XEN. An. 4,6, 13: doxotpev 8° dy pou ravtn mpooroovpevor mpogBanreiv €pn- 
porép@ dv TO GAAW Gpet xpjaOat. pévorev (dv to be supplied from above) yap 
avtov padXov aOpdot of mod€pio. Cyr. 2, 4,17: méupaye dy oor ixavodts inméas 
kat TeCous ... ods od AaBav eOUs dviots Kat airs b€... TELpwOpnNY pl) TPdTw 
tar elvat. 5,1, 23: Kat PoBoiuny ay avtovs kat aio xuvoipny droduray Tavita 
eikn amredOetv. 

Ar. Eq. 1057: adW otk ay paxyéoatto: xéaatto yap, et paxéoairo. 

Eur. Alc. 52: €o7’ ody émws”Adknortis és ynpas poor; 

SOPH. Ant. 604-5: tedv, Zev, duvacw tis avdpev | tmepBacia kataaxot 
(450, footnote 1); O.C. 1172: Kal tis mor’ €oriv, dv y' eyo WéeEatpi 7; 

AESCHYL. Ag. 620: otk €06’ mas A€Eatpe ta Wevdy kara. 1049: eibov 
dy, et meiBor' avwetOoins & tows. Cho. 172: ov« €otw datis ANY €vds KeEl- 
pacto vu. 595: add’ tréproApov avdpos ppovnya tis Aéyou (450, footnote 1) ; 
P. V. 291-2: ov €or orm | pei{ova poipay veipacp 3) col. 

PIND. O. 3, 45: o& vv diwEw* Kewvos etnv (450, footnote 3). P. 10, 21-2: 
Beds etn | amnpwv Kéap (2bzd.). 11, 50: OedOev Epaipay Kadoy (€paimay is not 
potential). N.5, 20: twmocxanro is not potential. 

THEOGN. 125 (450, footnote 1). 1187-90: ovris dmowa Sid0vs Bavaro 
pvyot (dy to be supplied from what follows) ovSe Bapetay | Svarvyxiny, ef py 
poip’ ent Téppa Bddor. | od’ dv Suadpocivas ... | Ovnrds avnp Swpots Bovd6pevos 
mpopvyot. 

Hom. Od. 3, 231: peta Oeds y’ €O€Awy Kat THADOev dvdpa Tawa. 319: 
€Amotro ye (ke Nauck, Cauer). 7,314: otkoy d€ r (dé « cod. Marcianus, 
Cauer) é€y@ kali krjpata Soinv. 14, 122-3: o& tis Ketvoy avnp adaAnpeévos eBay 
| dyyéANwy weioece yuvaika Te Kai Pidov vidv. 

Il. 4, 318-9: pada pév roe (“libri plurimi et optimi, key duo, ye unus,” 
Cauer) éyov €Oédotpe kai airos | ds epev. 5, 303: 6 od duo y’ (libri fere 
omnes; x’ Heyne, Naber, Cauer) dvdpe éporev. 10, 246-7: rovrou ye orrope- 
voto Kat €x mupos alOopévoro | Gupw vootnaatperv. 556-7: peta Beds y' €Oewv 
kai dpeivovas, né mep ode, | izrouvs Swpnaatt(o). 15,45: ad’tdp Tot Kal Kelv@ 
eyo TapapvOnaoaipny. 197-8: Ovyatépecow yap Te Kat vidow BéATeEpov etn | 
exmruyAos eméecow eviomépev. 19, 321: ov pev yap Te Kakw@repov GAO waOoLpe. 


20, 286: 6 ov duo y’ (dvo x’ Cauer) dvdpe Péporev (= 5, 303). 
Subjunctive with av 
451. The subjunctive with av is not employed as a form of 


independent statement in Attic prose. In dependent clauses it 
is either a future or good for all time. 


AN WITH SUBJUNCTIVE 183 


452. SUBJUNCTIVE WITH «ev OR @v AS A FORM OF INDEPENDENT 
STATEMENT. — The subjunctive with «ev or dy is occasionally used in 
HOMER as a form of independent statement. The negative is ov. 


eyo S€ kev aités ~Awpar, HOM. I. 1,137; 7 well take tt myself. ob« av 
vo xpaiopy Kidapis, 3,54; Of no avail to thee shall the cithern be. 


453- 1. we(v): 
a. Present: 


Hoo. Od. 1, 396: rév Kév tis 758° Exnoey, emet Odve Sios "Odvocerts. 4, 
692: ddAov kx’ €xOaipnat Bpordy, GAXov xe Hitoin. 10, 507: THv dé KE ToL TvOLT 
Bopéao Pépnaotv. 17,417-8: ro oe xpr Sopevat Kai Awiov né wep MiAXot | Girov- 
€y® 8€ ké oe KANElo. 

Il. 1, 184: eyo 8€ x’ dyw Bptonida kaddurdpnov. Cf. 9, 701-2: adN’ } roe 
Keivoy pev edooper, } Kev inoww | f KE pévyn. 14,235: weiBev: eyw S€ Ké ToL 
eidéw (perf.=pres.) yapw. Cf. 18, 307-8: adda par’ dvrnv | orjocopat, H Ke 
Pépnoe péya Kparos i Ke Pepoiunv. 
454. b. Aorzst : 


PIND. P. 4, 51-3: of kev ravde oiv tia Oedv | vacov eAOdvTes TéxwvTat Para 
kedavedéwy tediwv | Seamdtav. (Only example in Pindar. Semi-epic.) 

Hom. Od. 4, 80 (possibly future). 388-9: rov y’ et rws od dSivaio Aoynoa- 
pevos NeAaBéaba, | 6s kév To eimnoty ddov. 391: Kai dé Ké Tor eimnoe. CE. 
14, 183-4: GAN’ 7 Tou Keivoy pev edgomer, } Kev dwn, | f KE PUyN Kai Kév ot 
tmépaxn xeipa Kpoviov. 

Il. 1,137: €? d€ ke py Swwow, eyo Sé Kev aitos EAwpat. 324: ef OE Ke 
py Snow, eyo O€ kev adros EXwpat. 1, 431-3: orpepov  Sovcoiow erevea 
‘Inmaciénow ... i Kev €u@ Ud Sovpt tuTeis awd Oupdy dA€aans. 16,129: dv- 
geo Tevxea Oaccor, eym S€ ke adv dyeipw (may be a present). 24, 654-5: 
aitix’ dy e&eiroe ’Ayapépvon, troupéve Aawv, | Kal Kev avaBAnats AvatOS veEKpoio 
yévnrat (yévorro Cauer c. paucis codicibus). 


455. 2. ar: 
Hom. Od. 4, 240 (=11, 328. 517. II. 2, 488): ove av eyo pu@joopat ovd’ 
dvopnve. 6,221: dvtnv 8 otk dv eyo ye No€oaopae (May be future). 
Il. 1, 205: Hs tmepomdinat tay’ dv tote Oupov ONETaH. 3, 54: OtK ay 
To. xpaiopyn KiOapis. 11,387: otx dv ro xpalopnaoe Bws. 22,505: viv & 
av moAAa TaOnaoe Pidrov amd TaTpos dpaptav. 
The aorist is the tense used in all the above examples, and all except 


two are negative. 


456. OMISSION OF @v IN SUBJUNCTIVE DEPENDENT CLAUSES.— Sub- 
junctive dependent clauses, outside of the pure final sentence, regularly 
take dv except in the older language. The omission of dy is sometimes 


184 GREEK SYNTAX 


due to clerical error, sometimes perhaps to a sense of euphony, sometimes 
to a survival of the older construction. See /7xal, Temporal, Conditional, 
and Relatzve Sentences. 


457. av WITH OTHER Moops.—The imperative with dy does not oc- 
cur. When dy is used with an infinitive, or participle, the clause must be 
resolved by an indicative or an optative, according to the context. 

ote. ov Kadd\Ltov Gv Topyiov awoxpivag@at (—KdddAtov Gv aroxpivato ); 
PLATO, Gorg. 448 A. ote yap oixeia@’ Gv ért tHvde thy wédw (=GKeit’ av 
ere Se 4 WAL), | eb wy havepos Hyav drepetxe THY xUTpav; AR. Eq. 1175-6. dpa 
... TOMov (suhject) ... TWoAAOV peév érraivwv Kal Kah@v mpdkewv yéenovta, oPotvTa S2 
tov aking Gv SuvnGévra (= doris Gv Suvyein) SiarexOvar wept aitav, ISOC. 5, 
109. 

Further examples of a with the Infinitive will be found under Odject 
Sentences with the Accusative and Infinttzve, and additional examples of dy 
with the Participle will be given under 7he Abridged Sentence. 


458. av WITHOUT A VERB.—The verb of dp is sometimes to 
be supplied from the context. So especially in the combina- 
tions tay’ av, Mayhap, Quite likely; was av; How could it ? 

Tas emotypas Gpa Siadywréov...3; Tax’ av (sc. Stadynmréov ein), PLATO, 
Politic. 258 B; The different sctences then are to be distinguished? In all 
likelihood (= Of course). od yap av... év Tois oto éyytyvoicOnv. Ids yap 
av; /é¢d. Parmen. 149 E. 

DEM. 21,199: Tis yap €oTw Gotis... ok dy... pérpiov mapécyxev EauTdv 
«2.3 OvdEIs OoTLS OVK cy (SC. TapéT yer). 

PLATO, Euthyd. 284 A: mas yap vy; Legg. 629 A: ray’ dv tows. 658 A: 
tax dv. 696 C: mas yap dv; Parmen.149 E (see above). Phileb. 23 D: 
Tax dv. Politic. 258 B (see above). Rpb. 353 C: xai mas dv; 369 A: ray’ 
dv. Soph. 237 C: mas yap dv; 255 C: ray’ dv. 257 D(zd.). Theaet. 186 D: 
Kal T@S av; 

XEN. An. 1, 3,6: os epod oby idvtos orn av Kai bpeis (SC. inte) otTw THY yuo- 
pny €xeTe. 

Ar. Eq. 1251-2: o€ 8° cdXos tis AaB@v Kextnoetat, | KrEmTNS pev ovK av 
padXor, evtvxis & tows (parody of Eur. Alc. 181-2, quoted below). Vesp. 5: 
ot & oikérae péyxovoww* add’ ovk dy mpd Tod (SC. Eppeykov). Pax, 907: GAN’ ovk 
div (SC. mapedé&w), et TL Tpoika Tpotayayey ao édet. 

Eur. Alc. 181-2: o€ 8’ Gdn tes yuu) Kextiaeta, | copper pev ork adv 
paddov (SC. odca=1) ok dy etn), ebruyns 8 tows. Med. 1153: idovs vopigovo’ 
ovorrep av (SC. vopiCn) moors oéber. 


SoPH. El, 364-5: THs ons 8 otk ep tips tvxeiv. | 00d’ dy av (Ep@ins),’ Ta- 


1Jebb gives a choice between épyme and jag. 


POSITION OF AN (KEN) 185 


dpev y ovca. Ph. 114-5: NE. ovx dp’ 6 mépowr, as epacker’, city’ eyw; | OA. 
ott’ Gy av (SC. eins) Keivwr yopis obt’ exetva gov. Tr. 461-3: Kotmw tis aitay x 
i ako] -~ ’ ‘ > . , »9? w “ . xo oS ’ > ’ > 
y' €mod Adyov Kaxdy | hvéyxat’ od8’ dverdos: de T° odd’ dy (SC. evéyKatr’) ef | Kapr 
evtakein T@ Gide. 
Some of these ellipses have become mere formulae, such as os dy and 
xav, for which see Coadztional and Concesstve Sentences. 


459. POSITION OF é AND xe(v)—dy and xe(v) are both post- 
positive. Both are apt to combine with some leading modifier, 
conjunction, relative, adverb, only certain monosyllabic particles, 
such as pév, 6é, yap, te, being allowed to intervene. dv some- 





times goes so far as to coalesce sooner or later. So we find e¢ 
” M ae <4 v sce foam” | a oe oe ~ wv A w 
av (Hv, €av, av), el Ke(v), OT av (later 6tav), OTE KE(v), Tpiy ay, ds av, 
6s Ke(v), TAY’ av, OvK av, ov Kev). This tendency to combine with 
some leading word sometimes removes both dv and xe(v) to a 
considerable distance from the verb to which they properly be- 
long. 


460. cv [xe(v)] after Verb: 


TOS yap Gvev ToUTwy apeTH yéevort’ av; PLATO, Meno, 78 E; Why, how 
can there be virtue without those? (438). 


DEM. 3,17: ef b€ tour’ emoie: Exagtos, Evikwy dv (429). 20,143: yévotro 
yap &y kat trovto (439). 21, 189: otte Hiyotp’ ay ovr’ apvotpat rotvopa toiTo 
(444). 

LYS. 20, 2: aipeOeis ind rev hudretav, of dpista Stayvotev av tmept opar 
alT@y Orolo Tivés eiow (439). 

PLATO, Apol. 22 B (431). Gorg. 469 C (442). 507 A: Kai pny 6 ye oo- 
pov ta mpoonkovta mpatrot av Kai wept Beovs Kal wept dvOparous (442). Meno, 
78 E (see above). Phaedo, 63 B (429). 

XEN. Cyr. 3, 3,70 (430). 8.1, 33 (430). Mem. 1, 2,11: cuppayoy o.. - 
Buiter Oat roApav Séotr’ dv otk dAtywr (436). 1, 2,17: tows obv eto tes ay 
mpos tavra (438). 4, 6, 13 (431). 

THUC. 3,13. 6: ote yap amootnoerat MAXos Ta TE TpeTEpa mpoyevnoerae 
wadoipéev t dy Sewdrepa fh of mp Sovdevovres (444). 7,71, 3 (431). 

HDT. 2, 11: ey pev yap €Amopat ye Kat puplwy evtds yooOnvat dv. 22: 
kas ov Snta péoe dy (sc. 6 Neidos) amd xedvos (436); 41 (438). 98 (437). 

Ak. Ach. 797 (445). +801 (445). Eq.91: oWov yap ¢ Upocs ay Te TpaKtikw- 
tepov (445); Nub. 854-5 (431). Av. 382 (438). Lys. 97-8 (436). 

Eur. Ion, 1622: of caxoi 8’, domep mehixaa’, otor’ eb mpakecav av (442). 
I. A. 1582 (430). Phoen. 401: more pev ex’ jyup etyov, ett otk elyov dv (431). 

SOPH. Al. 186: Feoe yap av Oeia vooos (442). 


186 : GREEK? SYNTAX 


AESCHYL. P. V.758: 7dou dy olpar ryvd’ idotaca cupdopay (442). Sept. 
375 (442). 
PIND. O. 2, 20: AdOa b€ rétTp@ crv evdaipo yévorTt’ av (438). 
Hom. Od. 1, 228-9: vepeoonoattsé Kev avnp | aicxyea TAX’ dpdwy. 
I]. 22, 253: €Notpi Kev 7 Kev ddoinv (442). 


461. av [xe(v)] after Negatives : 

Tas ... TOV oToVdaiwy didias od8 Gv 6 mas aiav ékadeiWerev, ISOC. Re 6 
Not even eternity itself can obliterate the friendships of men of character. 

DEM. 18, 219: 6 pev ypadarv odk dv empéaBevoer, 6 dé mpeaBevwv odK av 
éypawev (431). 225: d pyre mponder pndets pnt’ av @7On tHyepov pnOnvat (430). 
243: €f TO Kal TO erroinoey GvOpwros, odK av améBavev (429). 21, 191 (438). 

Isoc. [1], 1 (see above). 15, 260: ey 5’ oddév dy eirouue rovoirov (444). 

ANDOC. I, 4: os dpa €ym ovr’ dy tropeivayue olynoopai Te Pevywv (444). 

ANTIPHON, 5,15: ed yap qdews drt odSeis Gy Hv oot ds... Eyov Karepaprv- 
pnoev. 

PLATO, Gorg. 491 E: ovdeis Gotis odk Av yvoin, drt ov ToiTo Aéyw. 492 B: 
i} mOs ovK dv GOAL yeyovdtes einaav; 507 A: ov yap dv gwdpovot ra jut) Tpoo- 
Hkovra mpattwy (442). Phaedr. 242 E (442). Phileb. 16 B: 0d8’ dy yévorro 
(444). 

PHILOLAUS apud SrTos. Ecl. 1, 454-6: deipa d5€ povov ov ka ety (SC. Ta 
€ovra) (442). 

XEN. An. 1,9, 19: ef dé twa dpan ...Mpoaodovs trovotvta, ovdéva ay TaH- 
mote adeiieTo, GAN’ det TAEiw Tpocedidov (431). Hell. 1,7, 7 (430). 

THUC. 1, 9, 4 (437). 3,42, 2: dvahéper 8’ aire, ef BovAdpevds te aloxpov Trei- 
oat ed pev eivety OVK dy Hyetrat mept TOU pr Kadov dSvvacbat, ed dé SiaBarav éex- 
mAnEa Gv Tovs Te avTEpovvTas Kal TOUS akovdopevous. 7, 55, 2 (430). 

HDT. 2, 11: odk dv xwoOein Kodros (439). 6,63 (436). 7,162 (442). 9,111 
(444). 

AR. Ach. 403: od yap dv améOoup’, adda KOWw Thy Ovpav (442). 1055 (442). 
Eq. 1276-7 (429). Nub. 119 (442). Lys. 129 (438). 

Eur. 1. A. 310 (444). 1.T.1007: odK dv yevoiuny cod Te Kal pntpos povevs 
(438). fr. 276 (444). 

SopH. Ph. 103: ov« dy AdBors (442). 118: pabov yap odK« av apvoiuny 7d 
dpav. 

AESCHYL. Sept. 397 : Koopov pev avdpos ot tev’ dv rpéca’ eyw (442). 

PIND. O. 2, 17-9: trav 6€ mempaypévav ... droinroy ov6’ dv ypovos... dv- 
vaito O¢pev epyawv Tédos (438). 

Hymn. HOM. 4, 132: od pev yap ke Kakot Towyde Téxovev (439). 

Hom. Od. 4,64: o& ke Kaxot towvade réxorev (439). 78: téxva Pir’, 7 Toe 
Znvi Bpotav ov cv ts €pitor (436). 240: odk dy eyw pvOjcopat ov’ dvopnyw 
(455). 347-8 (444). 6, 221 (455). 13. 86-7 (439). 

Il. 3, 54: ovK dy Toe xpaiopy KiBapts (455). , 223: €&v0’ ovk av Bpigorra 


POSITION OF AN (KEN) 187 


Bos 'Ayapépvova Siov (439). 5,85 (439). 11, 387 (455). 16, 638-9: 008’ dp 
2.» €yvw (430). 

462. cv [xe(r)] after Interrogatives : 

tls yap Gv yévoro ravrns pavia peitww; [SAk.1, 20; Why, what greater 
madness can there be than this ? 

ISAE. 1, 20 (see above). 3, 64: tis dv dyewwov i 6 matnp BovAevaaito (445) ; 

Isoc. 5,64: xairoe tis dv mpooedoxnoev im’ avdpos oitw tamewas mpakavtos 
avaotpadnoer ba ra THs “EAXados mpadyyata (430) ; 

Lys. 1,45: ri dv ody BovAdpevos ey TrovotTroy Kivduvoy exwdvvevov, et pi TO 
peyotor Tov adixnpdray Hy br’ avrovd ndinuévos; 12, 34 (439). [20], 15 (442). 

PLATO, Gorg. 491 E: éret ras dy etdaipwr yévoito tvOpwros Sovdevov 
OT @ovy ; : 
XEN. Conv. 3, 6 (306). Cyr. 5, 1, 28 (445). Hell. 2, 3, 31 (445). 

HDT. 7,103: xk@s dy dvvaiaro xu... ) Kal mevraxiopipiot .. . oTpaT@ 
toowbe ayTiotyvat ; 

AR. Ach. 991 (446). Eq. 88 (445). Av. 172: ré dv otv rowoipev (436); 
173: motay © dy oikioatmer dpyibes Tod (438) ; 

Eur. Ion, 543 (436). 1. T. 513: ap’ dv ri por ppacetas dv eyo Oédw (445) ; 

SoPH. Ai. 430-1: ris dy mor’ we Kré. (430); Ph. 41-2 (442). 

PIND. O.2, 110: ris dv dpacat Svvaito (445) ; 

SAPPHO, 62: ri ke Oeipev (438) ; 

Hom. Od. 4, 443: rls ydp x’ elvadio mapa Kyret Kouundein (438) ; 

1l.9,77: ris dv rade ynOnoeev; 10, 303: Tis Kév pot TOE Epyov Urroe 


TxXOpevos TEAETELED ; 


463. av [Ke(r)] after a Participle : 

SrarexOeis Gv por... dxeto amwv, PLATO, Conv. 217 B; He would 
have a talk with me and then he was off (431). 

ANTIPHON, 5,62: yvwoOeis av ameoréper pev eye THs Tmatpioos, amearéper 
O€ abrov iepay Kre. 

PLATO, Conv. 217 B (see above). 

XEN. Cyr. 4, 5,6: tov Aowrod olde BovAopevos dy elpes padiws tov viKTwp 
mropevopevov (430). 8, 1, 33: (Sav dv airovs Hyjow TH Gyre eis Kaddos (Hy (430). 

Hpvt.7, 38: & d€omota, xpnioas av te cev BovAoiuny tvyew. 

Ak. Eq. 1352-3: 6 tov puoOov A€ywy | Tov Tas Tpipers (SC. A€yovta) Tapa- 

‘ ? ” 

Spapwy dv @yero. 

Sopu. Ant. 94 (55). O. R. 446: wudets 7 av ov dy adytvats mréov. 

PIND. P. 10,62: ruyov kev dpradéay cxé8o ppovtiOa tay Tap Todos. 

Hom. Od. 4,47: i6000d Ke Oupov lavOns. 


464. civ [Ke(v)] wth any Leading Modifier, under which head are 
included copulative and disjunctive conjunctions. 


188 CIP DETE TT SNEN ALA 


7a pev Ga ciwtd, SAN’ Gv Exwv eiweiv, DEM. 3,27; The rest I pass over 
zn silence, although [ could say much. 

DEM.1, 1: dvtt moANOY dv @ avdpes ’AOnvaior xpnudtov tyas Ea Oat voui- 
(w, ei KTE, 2,1: emt mohAGy pev dv tis ety & avdpes "AOnvaior SoKxet pou kre. 
3, 27 (see above). 18,153: ef pev ody py peréyvwaav etbéws of OnBaio . .., 
@oTep xetuappovs av aray TovTo TO Tpayp’ eis THY TOAW eio€emeECeE. 

Isoc. 11, 20: evOvds adv amodoipeba (442). 

LYS. 3,5: moAv av Epyov etn Néyey (436). 7,16: €d yap dy eideinv (437). 

ANTIPHON, 4 8 3: Sexaias 6 dv ereOvnket (429). 

PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C: @atAoe yap av... elev xré. (437). Charm. 161 
A-B: otk tpa cwoppocivn av ety aidas (436). Gorg. 453 D: kadds div oot 
dmexéxpito (429); 481 C: dvaretpappévos av ein (between participle and 
copula, as often) (444). 492 E: of Ai@oe yap adv ovtw ye Kai of vexpot edSat- 
povéotato elev. Hipparch. 229 B: mdytov av... ijkovoas (430). Phaedo, 
76 E: eiddos av (440). Politic. 264 C: ray’ dv, as often (440). Theaet. 145 
B: €d dv you (436). 

XEN. Cyr. 1,4, 28: Spa dv ety (442). 2, 2,15: faov dv (442). 7, 2, 25: 
diptat’ dy poe Soxeis eikaoa tovro. Hell. 6, 4,16: dXlyous dy cides (430). 

THUC. I, 38, 4: ef tots mAeloow apéokortés eopev, Totad’ av povois ovk 
dpbas amapéokowper (436). 2, 35,2: Tay’ dy (438). 6, 2, 4. 

Hp?T. 1,70 (437). 1,196: of 8 dy... AdpBavov (431). 2,6: cttw dv 
(435). 3,119: adeAeds av AdXos oddevi tpdm@ yévorro (442). 9,71: adda 
raita pev kai POdva@ av etmorev (439). 

Ark. Eq. 413: patny y ay (439). Av. 815: Smaprnv yap av Ocipny eyw 
tun mode (436); Lys. 81: xav,and so often (436). 252: dAdws yap dv (440). 
Ran. 1022: mas dv tes avnp npacOn Sdios etvat (430). 

Eur. Andr. 85: moddAds ap evpous pnyavas (438). 1135: Secvas & ay 
eldes muppixas (430). H.F.97: &r’ cy (442). 

SOPH. Ph. 20: ray’ dy (442). 290-1: adtos dy radas | eiAvopny. 294-52 
ravt av... | eunxavopny: etra wip av ob maphy (431). 

PIND. O. 13, 103: tdT’ dv (442). N.10, 87: yucou pév ke mveos yatas Uré- 
vepOev ew (442). 

SOLON, 36, I-2: wuppaptupoin tradt’ ay... pytnp peyiotn Sayover ’Odup- 
Triwv (436). 

Hom. Od. 1, 396: tov Kév tis Tod” €ynow (453). 4, 391: Kat O€ Ké Tor 
eimnot (454). 692: dddov Kk’... CAXov Ke (453). 753: yap Kev (438). 10, 
84: &vOa K(e) (430). 507: tTHv Sé Ke (453). 14, 183-4: GAN’ 7H Toe Keivov pev 
edoopev, H Kev Gdon, | f KE puyn Kal Kev vi UTépoxy XEtpa Kpoviwy (454). 19, 
598: &vOa xe (442). 

Il. 1, 100: rére Kev (438). 1,137: €y@ S€ Kev avros €Xwpar (452), and 
so elsewhere with eyo. 139: 6 b€ Kev (432). 205: Tay’ dy more Oupov Od€ooN 
(455). 271-2: xelvotae & ay ov m1 | rev, of viv BpoTol eiow emyOovin, payxe- 


otro (436). 523: e€pot O€ Ke TavTa peAnoerat (432). 2,12; viv yap Kev (438). 


POSITION OF AN (KEN) : 189 


160° «ad 8é Kev... Atmore (444). 3,138: r@ O€é Ke vixnoavte (432). 4, 176: 
nut Ké tis 0’ épéet (432). 421: Uro Kev taracippova mep Séos eidev (430). 9, 
57: €wos O€ Ke Kat mas eins (442). 417: kal 8 ay... mapapvOnoaiuny (442). 
JOI-2: Hf Kev... Ke (453). 11,433: f Kev (454). 13,741: €vOev & av (442). 
18, 308: Ke... Ke (453). 22, 253: €Aompl Kev fF Kev ddroinv (442). 505: vor 
8 dv (455). 24,654-5: adrix’ av... | xai kev (454). 


465. civ [xe(v)] eerth Verbs of Saying and Thinking: 


ti xp) Tovs ToLovToVs MpomgdoKay Gv woveiv (= éroiovv av), eb pydels erty 
--. «iv8uvos; DEM. 21, 9. 


LYCURG. 74: kairo oleae dy, ef... mavtes Epuyor, ToUTwy ay Te yevér Oat 
To@YV KaAov Epywr. 
Deo. 21, 9 (see above). 
PLATO, Phaedo, 101 E: ot 8, etmep ef tov procihpor, oipat ay ws eyo 
A€eyw mois. Theaet. 164 B: cupBaiver dpa, of ts emcotipwy eyéveto, Ere pepyn- 
’ > ‘ A “4 4 6 a , »~” * 3 , ’ . * 
pévov avrov pa) emiotagOar..., 6 tTépas Eapev ay etvar ef yiyvorro, Tim. 26 
B: ey yap, & pev xOes ijxovoa, ove Gv 066" ef Suvaipny a@ravra ev pynun mad 
AaBew. 
XEN. An. 1, 3,6: ovv tyiy pev dy olmac etvat times. 2,1, 12:2 6rAa pep 
piv p rn i rm 
? »” » * ‘ - > fod - =] Pes ” - ‘ 
obv évovtes olOpeOa ay Kat TH apety xpjoOat. 2,5,160: apa dy poe Soxeis Kat 
gato kaxovous evar. Cyr. 5, 4,12: ef... emadoromodpny, ov« 0(8" dy et éxtn- 
capnv aida Tovotvroyv mepi ewe. (The hyperbaton of the dy is due to the at- 
traction of the verb ot8(a).) 
THUC. 2, 70,4: é€vopiCov yap av kpatnoa tis wOdews. 3, 42, 2: €D per 
eimety ovK Gv nyetrat Tept Tov py Kadov OvvacOa (461). 7,40, 2: a 
Huepas TavTns ovKEeTL OlOpeEvoL Gy vavpaxjoa. 
AR. Eq. 407-8: rov “lovAlov 7’ av olopat, yépovra mupominny, | nobevr’ 
Hal, Yep porinny, | ¥ 
inmawvioat Kai BaxyéBakyov aaa. 
Eur. Alc. 48: AaBav 16’ od yap of8” ay ef meioami oe. Med. 941: otk 


Far a > ‘ a . , 
01d’ dy ef meicayut, Tepac Oat Se xpr. 


466. Rare position of dv in Relative Subjunctive Sentences: 

ca {oa Evpravta mpacip’ Gv Exdgtois 7, TPLX] Sratpeiodw, PLATO, Legg. 
848 A. 

ANTIPHON, 5, 38: ka@ &v pynvin av tes, but this is changed by editors 
to xa@’ dy ay etc. 

PLATO, Legg. 739 C: Gov 16 mada Neyopevov av ylyynta. 848 A (see 
above). 850 A: dom mréov av 7. 955 D: ébmorépa ro Snpoowy av ypnoba 
BovAnrat. 

Ar. Ran. 258-60: dAda pip Kexpakipecbd y' | dmdcov 7 dpapvy€ av nav | 
xavddvy). 


For examples of the normal position ot dy in Temporal, Conditional, 


190 GREEK SYNTAX 


Concessive, and Relative Sentences, see Zemforal, Conditzonat, Concessrve, 
and felative Sentences. 


467. REPETITION OF é AND xe(v).— ay is not unfrequently 
repeated in the same clause, sometimes in order to resume a 
distant av, sometimes for rhetorical emphasis, especially with 
the negative or equivalent interrogative. «e(v) is also repeated, 
though rarely, and both dy and xe(v) are occasionally found in 
the same clause. 


Toiay tiv’ ovv Hoiot Gv oixoir Gv mékiv; AR. Av.127; What manner of 
city, then, should you like best to live tn (436) ? 

LYCURG. 57: ev Tois Tore Katpots Kai Kat’ éepyaciay exrAelv, Hvika ovS ay eis 
mpooktyicacbat ovdev ay efnrnoer. 

Isoc. 5,71: tis & otk Gv tay Kai petpiws AoytCopéevay Tavras Av wou Tapat- 
véoeve padiota tmpoatpeto Oat Tay mpakewr : 

Lys. [20], 15: més av ody ovk av Sewa Tac yxoiperv (442) ; 

PLATO, Apol.17 D: éomep ody av, ef TO dvte E€vos erdyxavov av, Evveyt- 
yrookerte Ojrov dy po. 31 A: tpets 8 tows ray’ dy dyOdpevor, Gomep ot vucra- 
fovres eyetpopevot, dpovoavtes ay pe, TELOdpEvot "AvUT@, padiws av amokreivatre. : 

XEN. Conv. 6, 2 (442). Cyr. 2,3,6. yeypooko ... dre €& dv ay ey TO Ene 
Topate ToT, ov KpOeinv ore Av mpatos ovTe Av Sevrepos, otwar 5’ odd’ ay 
xAvocTds, isws 8 odd’ Gy puptootds. 5,2, 23. Mem. 1, 4, 14. 

BUC: 36, 3 : Bpaxutaro 0’ av kepadaiw, TOLS TE Evprace Kat Kad ekaoTov, 
Tad av pr mpoécbat juas pdborre. 76,4: Gdovs y' Gy odv oidpeOa Ta Hpérepa 
AaBovras SetEae Gy padriora et re perprdgopev. 4,18, 4: Kal eXdyior’ ay... ev TO 
eituxei Gy pddvota katadvowTo. 4,114,4. 5,105,2. 6,10,4. 11,2. 

Hpv. 3, 35: d€amora, 000 ay airov eywye Soxéw tov Oedv otTw av Kaas Ba- 
New. 7,139: dpéovtes Gv... Gpodoyin av expnoavto mpos Zépeea. 

Ar. Ach. 214-7: otk Gy... &b¢ haidos ay... eEépvyev ov8’ ay eXMappas 
av amemAigato. Nub. 118. 840. Av. 127 (see above). Lys. 252-3 (440). 

Eur. Alc. 72: woddX’ av ad d€~as odSev Gv mr€éov AaBous. Andr. 934-5: 
ovk av év y’ epois Sdpots | BA€move’ av adyas Tip exapmwodr’ av Aéxn. Heracl. 
721: POdvos 8 av ork ay toiwde ody Kpitrwv Sépas. Ton, 625-6. 

Sopu. O. R. 446 (463). fr.673° mas av otk ap ev Sikn Oavom’ av; 

Pinp. N. 9, 34-5. Xpopl@ kev traomifov ...| éxpwas ay Kivduvoy d&eias 
autas. 

Hom. Od. 4, 732-4: ef yap ey mudopny ravtnv 6ddv dppaivovta, | TO KE pad’ 
i Kev epewe Kai eooupévos Tep bdot0, | Hf KE pe TEAvyKUiaY evi peyaporow EecTev. 
5,301: opp av pév kev. 6,259: op’ av peév ke). 9, 334- TOUS av Ke. 

Il. 11, 187: dp Gv pév kev. 202 (¢d.). 13, 127-8: as ovr’ dy Kev 
"Apns ovdaaito peteAOoy | ovre x’ ’AO@nvain Aaoogoos. 24, 437: wor & adv eva 


‘ , ‘ ” © U 
TTOLTOS Ka' K€ kAutov Apyos (KOLLLND. 


ree 
> ae 6 


a 
. 


creel 
gore 


4m fe 
eae ace 

Soe 
" — 





UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
Los Angeles 
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 





Vie 


OL APR : 5 1976x 
mR 81976 


aie REC'D LO-URB 
oe 26 
Ob yp y's S77 , 
ih 


ot 3 3 i979 © 





FEC'D LD-URE 


ne ? 19g 
JUNI 4 the 


Keen is 936 


MAY 16 1986 
‘2 APR 021991 


wl JAN] 6 2008 


2002 81 = THA G.54u 











